OWNER’S MANUAL

Operation
Maintenance
Specifications

All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time

of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product
improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes

descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard
equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.

Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand

Drive (RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some
operations in RHD models are opposite of those written in this
manual.
Introduction

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering
the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the Department of Transportation and other government
agencies in your country.

TWOǘWAY RADIO OR CELLULAR

TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic
components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason,
we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer’s instructions
or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special
instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

WARNIN* ǣIF E4UIPPEDǤ

The vehicle is equipped with a device of the system Pan-european eCall

which calls emergency services. Any self-or unauthorized interference in the
system Pan-european eCall, in vehicle systems and its components, installing
of equipment which is not recommended by vehicle manufacturer and/or in
authorized HYUNDAI dealer can cause incorrect operation (of the device of)
the system Pan-european eCall, making erroneous calls, causing failure of the
device (in cars) in case of traffic accident or other accidents, when you need
emergency care.
This may be dangerous and threaten your life!

F2
 SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and

NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:

DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in death or serious injury.

CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result
in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle
damage.

F3
Table of contents

Foreword 1
Vehicle information 2
Safety system 3
Instrument cluster 4
Convenience features 5
Driving your vehicle 6
Driver assistance system 7
Emergency situations 8
Maintenance 9
Index I
1. Foreword
Foreword ............................................................................................................ 1-2
Hyundai motor company .................................................................................. 1-2
How to use this manual ..................................................................................... 1-3
Safety messages ................................................................................................ 1-3 1
Fuel requirements .............................................................................................1-4
Gasoline engine ............................................................................................................ 1-4
Unleaded .................................................................................................................... 1-4
Leaded ....................................................................................................................... 1-5
Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol ............................................................. 1-5
Other fuels .................................................................................................................. 1-5
Use of MTBE ............................................................................................................... 1-6
Do not use methanol ................................................................................................. 1-6
Fuel Additives ............................................................................................................. 1-6
Operation in foreign countries .................................................................................. 1-6
Diesel engine .................................................................................................................1-7
Diesel fuel ....................................................................................................................1-7
Biodiesel .....................................................................................................................1-7
Vehicle modifications ........................................................................................1-8
Vehicle break-in process ...................................................................................1-8
Returning used vehicles (for Europe) ...............................................................1-8
Foreword

FOREWORD
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome
you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very
proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI
we build.
Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new
HYUNDAI. To become familiar with your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it,
read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to
familiarize you with your vehicle’s controls and safety features so you can safely
operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe
operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your
car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared
to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be
required.
This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and
should be kept in the vehicle so you can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay
with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety
and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality
fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use
high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-7 in
the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.

Copyright 2021 HYUNDAI Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI Motor
Company.

1-2
 01
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your
Owner’s Manual can assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read
the entire manual. In order to minimize the chance of death or injury, you must read
the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you will learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all
information in your manual.
Sections: This manual has eight chapters plus an index. Each section begins with a
brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you
want.

SAFETY MESSAGES
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manual provides
you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts
you to potential hazards that may hurt you or others, as well as damage to your vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle labels and in this manual describe these hazards
and what to do to avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained in this manual are for your safety. Failure to follow
safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and the SAFETY
ALERT SYMBOL will be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to potential physical injury
hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible
injury or death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words DANGER,
WARNING and CAUTION.

DANGER CAUTION
DANGER indicates a hazardous CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injury. result in minor or moderate injury.

WARNING NOTICE
WARNING indicates a hazardous NOTICE indicates a situation which,
situation which, if not avoided, could if not avoided, could result in vehicle
result in death or serious injury. damage.

1-3
Foreword

FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Gasoline engine
Unleaded
For Europe
For the optimal vehicle performance, we recommend you use unleaded gasoline which
has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number)
95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher. You may use unleaded gasoline with an octane
rating of RON 91-94 / AKI 87-90 but it may result in slight performance reduction of the
vehicle. (Do not use methanol blended fuels)

Except Europe
Your new vehicle is designed to use only unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating of
RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher. (Do not use
methanol blended fuels)
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain maximum performance with UNLEADED FUEL,
as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.

CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic
converter and will damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect
emission control.
Never add any fuel system cleaning agents to the fuel tank other than what has
been specified (We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.)

WARNING
ś Do not “top off” after the nozzle automatically shuts off when refueling.
ś Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the
event of an accident.

1-4
 01
Leaded (if equipped)
For some countries, your vehicle is designed to use leaded gasoline. When you are
going to use leaded gasoline, we recommend that you ask an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Octane rating of leaded gasoline is same with unleaded one.

Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol

Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline
or gasohol containing methanol (also known as wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either of these fuels may cause drivability problems
and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufacturer’s

warranty if they result from the use of:
1. Gasohol containing more than 10% ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains methanol. Discontinue use of any gasohol
product which impairs drivability.

Other fuels
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- MMT (Magnanese, Mn) fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives

may result in cylinder misfire, poor acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the
catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to the engine resulting in a
reduction in the overall life of the powertrain.

NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the use of these fuels
may not be covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

1-5
Foreword

Use of MTBE
HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)
over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may reduce
vehicle performance and produce vapor lock or hard starting.

CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty may not cover damage to the fuel system and
any performance problems that are caused by the use of fuels containing methanol
or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen
Content 2.7% weight.)

Do not use methanol

Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle. This type
of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of the fuel system,
engine control system and emission control system.

Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use unleaded gasoline which has an octane rating of
RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher (for Europe)
or Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or
higher (except Europe).
For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives
regularly, and have problems starting or the engine does not run smoothly, one
bottle of additive added to the fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is
recommended (refer to chapter 7, “Normal Maintenance Schedule”). Additives are
available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.

Operation in foreign countries

If you are going to drive your vehicle in another country, be sure to:
ś Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
ś Determine that acceptable fuel is available.

1-6
 01
Diesel engine
Diesel fuel
Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that
complies with EN 590 or comparable standard. (EN stands for “European Norm”).
Do not use marine diesel fuel, heating oils, or non-approved fuel additives, as this
will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system. The use of non-
approved fuels and / or fuel additives will result in a limitation of your warranty rights.
Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used in your vehicle. If two types of diesel fuel are
available, use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following temperature
conditions.
ś Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type diesel fuel.
ś Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type diesel fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank very carefully : If the engine stops through fuel failure,
the circuits must be completely purged to permit restarting.

CAUTION
Do not let any gasoline or water enter the tank. This would make it necessary
to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and
damaging the engine.

CAUTION
It is recommended to use the regulated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle
equipped with the DPF system.
If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur (more than 50 ppm sulfur) and unspecified
additives, it can cause the DPF system to be damaged and white smoke can be
emitted.

Biodiesel
Commercially supplied Diesel blends of no more than 7% biodiesel, commonly known
as “B7 Diesel” may be used in your vehicle if Biodiesel meets EN 14214 or equivalent
specifications. (EN stands for “European Norm”). The use of biofuels exceeding 7%
made from rapeseed methyl ester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME), vegetable
oil methyl ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceeding 7% with biodiesel will cause
increased wear or damage to the engine and fuel system. Repair or replacement
of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be
covered by the manufactures warranty.

CAUTION
ś Never use any fuel, whether diesel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise, that fails to meet
the latest petroleum industry specification.
ś Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recommended or
approved by the vehicle manufacturer.

1-7
Foreword

VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
ś This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its
performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and
emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may
not be covered under warranty.
ś If you use unauthorized electronic devices, it may cause the vehicle to operate
abnormally, wire damage, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, we
recommend that you do not use unauthorized electronic devices.

VEHICLE %REA.ǘIN PROCESS

By following a few simple precautions for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to
the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
ś Do not race the engine.
ś While driving, keep your engine speed (RPM, or revolutions per minute) between
2,000 RPM and 4,000 RPM.
ś Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time, either fast or slow. Varying
engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
ś Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
ś Don’t tow a trailer during the first 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

RETURNING USED VEHICLES ǣFOR EUROPEǤ

HYUNDAI promotes an environmentally sound treatment for end of life vehicles and
offers to take back your Hyundai end of life vehicles in accordance with the European
Union (EU) End of Life Vehicles Directive.

You can get detailed information from your national HYUNDAI homepage.

1-8
2. Vehicle information
Exterior overview (I)...........................................................................................2-2
Exterior overview (II)......................................................................................... 2-4
Interior overview (I) .......................................................................................... 2-6
Interior overview (II) ......................................................................................... 2-8
Engine compartment.......................................................................................2-10
Dimensions....................................................................................................... 2-13
Engine ............................................................................................................... 2-13 2
Bulb wattage .................................................................................................... 2-14
Tires and wheels .............................................................................................. 2-15
Load and speed capacity tires (for Europe) ................................................... 2-16
Air conditioning system ................................................................................... 2-16
Vehicle weight and luggage volume .............................................................. 2-17
Recommended lubricants and capacities ..................................................... 2-18
Recommended SAE viscosity number .....................................................................2-20
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ..............................................................2-22
Vehicle certification label ................................................................................2-22
Tire specification and pressure label ..............................................................2-23
Engine number.................................................................................................2-23
Air conditioner compressor label ...................................................................2-24
Declaration of conformity ...............................................................................2-24
Fuel label .........................................................................................................2-25
Gasoline engine .......................................................................................................... 2-25
Diesel engine .............................................................................................................. 2-25
Vehicle information

E;TERIOR OVERVIEW ǣIǤ

Front view
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS010001K

1. Hood .......................................................5-37 6. Outside rearview mirror ........................5-25

2. Head lamp....................................5-46, 9-73 7. Sunroof ...................................................5-32
3. DRL (Daytime Running Light) ............... 9-71 8. Front windshield wiper blades ............ 5-58
4. Turn signal lamp .................................... 9-71 9. Windows ............................................... 5-28
5. Tires and wheels ...................................9-46

2-2
 02
Front view (N Line)
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOSN010001K

1. Hood .......................................................5-37 6. Outside rearview mirror ........................5-25

2. Head lamp....................................5-46, 9-73 7. Sunroof ...................................................5-32
3. DRL (Daytime Running Light) ............... 9-71 8. Front windshield wiper blades ............ 5-58
4. Turn signal lamp .................................... 9-71 9. Windows ............................................... 5-28
5. Tires and wheels .................................. 9-46

2-3
Vehicle information

E;TERIOR OVERVIEW ǣIIǤ

Rear view
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS010002K

1. Door ........................................................ 5-14 6. High mounted stop lamp .....................9-83

2. Fuel filler door ........................................5-41 7. Rear window wiper blade .................... 9-42
3. Rear combination lamp.........................9-81 8. Rear view camera ................................. 7-112
4. Turn signal lamp, Rear fog lamp, 9. Antenna ................................................. 5-97
Back-up lamp.........................................9-81
5. Tailgate .................................................. 5-39

2-4
 02
Rear view (N Line)
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOSN010002K

1. Door ........................................................ 5-14 6. High mounted stop lamp .....................9-83

2. Fuel filler door ........................................5-41 7. Rear window wiper blade .................... 9-42
3. Rear combination lamp........................ 9-79 8. Rear view camera ................................. 7-112
4. Turn signal lamp, Rear fog lamp, 9. Antenna ................................................. 5-97
Back-up lamp........................................ 9-79
5. Tailgate .................................................. 5-39

2-5
Vehicle information

INTERIOR OVERVIEW ǣIǤ

Left-hand drive type
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS010003K
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B

1. Inside door handle................................. 5-16 9. Head-up display button ....................... 5-45

2. Outside rearview mirror folding ......... 5-26 10. DBC button ............................................6-51
3. Outside rearview mirror control ......... 5-26 11. ESC OFF button ................................... 6-47
4. Central door lock switch ....................... 5-16 12. Hood release lever… ..............................5-37
5. Power window lock switch ................... 5-31 13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ... . 5-21
6. Power window switches ...................... 5-28 14. Steering wheel ...................................... 5-20
7. Headlight leveling device .................... 5-50 15. Seat ......................................................... 3-3
8. Instrument panel illumination 16. Parking safety button ...........................7-137
control switch ......................................... 4-3

2-6
 02
Right-hand drive type
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS010003R

[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B

1. Inside door handle................................. 5-16 9. Head-up display button ....................... 5-45

2. Outside rearview mirror folding ......... 5-26 10. DBC button ............................................6-51
3. Outside rearview mirror control ......... 5-26 11. ESC OFF button ................................... 6-47
4. Central door lock switch ....................... 5-16 12. Hood release lever.................................5-37
5. Power window lock switch ................... 5-31 13. Key ignition switch ................................. 6-5
6. Power window switches ...................... 5-28 14. Steering wheel ...................................... 5-20
7. Headlight leveling device .................... 5-50 15. Seat ......................................................... 3-3
8. Instrument panel illumination control 16. Parking safety button ..........................7-137
switch ...................................................... 4-3 17. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ....... 5-21

2-7
Vehicle information

INTERIOR OVERVIEW ǣIIǤ

Left-hand drive type
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS010004L

1. Instrument cluster .................................. 4-2 Intelligent variable transmission shift

2. Horn ........................................................5-22 lever ........................................................ 6-21
3. Driver’s front air bag............................. 3-49 15. Drive mode button ...............................6-68
4. Key ignition switch/ ............................... 6-5 Traction mode button .......................... 6-70
Engine Start/Stop button ....................... 6-9 16. Heated steering wheel ..........................5-22
5. Light control/Turn signals ..............5-46, 48 17. Idle stop and go (ISG) OFF button....... 6-59
6. Wiper/Washer ....................................... 5-58 18. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ..........3-19
7. Infotainment system ............................ 5-97 19. 4WD lock button................................... 6-54
8. Hazard warning flasher switch .............. 8-3 20. Parking Safety button………….. ..............7-137
9. Manual climate control system ........... 5-63 21. Parking/View button ............................ 7-113
Automatic climate control system .......5-72 22. Cup holder ............................................5-89
10. Passenger’s front air bag ..................... 3-49 23. Steering wheel audio controls/ ...........5-98
11. Glove box ..............................................5-86 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free
12. USB port ................................................ 5-97 controls ................................................. 5-99
13. Power outlet..........................................5-90 24. Driving Assist button/ ........................... 7-61
14. Manual transmission shift lever............ 6-15 Lane Driving Assist button/ .......... 7-29, 102
Dual clutch transmission shift lever .... 6-26 Headway ............................................... 7-80
Intelligent manual transmission shift
lever ........................................................6-18

2-8
 02
Right-hand drive type
„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS010004R

1. Instrument cluster .................................. 4-2 Intelligent variable transmission shift

2. Horn ........................................................5-22 lever ........................................................ 6-21
3. Driver’s front air bag............................. 3-49 15. Drive mode button ...............................6-68
4. Key ignition switch/ ............................... 6-5 Traction mode button .......................... 6-70
Engine Start/Stop button ....................... 6-9 16. Heated steering wheel ..........................5-22
5. Light control/Turn signals ..............5-46, 48 17. Idle stop and go (ISG) OFF button....... 6-59
6. Wiper/Washer ....................................... 5-58 18. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ..........3-19
7. Infotainment system ............................ 5-97 19. 4WD lock button................................... 6-54
8. Hazard warning flasher switch .............. 8-3 20. Parking Safety button………….. ..............7-137
9. Manual climate control system ........... 5-63 21. Parking/View button ............................ 7-113
Automatic climate control system .......5-72 22. Cup holder ............................................5-89
10. Passenger’s front air bag ..................... 3-49 23. Steering wheel audio controls/ ...........5-98
11. Glove box ..............................................5-86 Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free
12. USB port ................................................ 5-97 controls ................................................. 5-99
13. Power outlet..........................................5-90 24. Driving Assist button/ ........................... 7-61
14. Manual transmission shift lever............ 6-15 Lane Driving Assist button/ .......... 7-29, 102
Dual clutch transmission shift lever .... 6-26 Headway ............................................... 7-80
Intelligent manual transmission shift
lever ........................................................6-18

2-9
Vehicle information

ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi
„

Smarstream G1.0 T-GDi (48V) MHEV

„

25. may differ from the illustration.

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle
OOS090047L/OOS090020L

1. Engine coolant reservoir .......................9-31 5. Air cleaner ............................................ 9-37

Engine coolant cap............................... 9-32
6. Engine oil dipstick .................................9-27
2. Fuse box ................................................ 9-55
7. Engine oil filler cap ............................... 9-28
3. Battery .................................................. 9-43
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....... 9-36
4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................. 9-34

2-10
 02
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi (including N Line)
„

Smarstream G2.0 Atkinson (Except Europe)

„

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS090002K/OOS090001K

1. Engine coolant reservoir .......................9-31 5. Air cleaner ............................................ 9-37

Engine coolant cap............................... 9-32
6. Engine oil dipstick ................................ 9-27
2. Fuse box ................................................ 9-55
7. Engine oil filler cap ............................... 9-28
3. Battery .................................................. 9-43
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....... 9-36
4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................. 9-34

2-11
Vehicle information

Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV

„

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS090022L

1. Engine coolant reservoir .......................9-31 5. Air cleaner ............................................ 9-37

Engine coolant cap............................... 9-32
6. Engine oil dipstick .................................9-27
2. Fuse box ................................................ 9-55
7. Engine oil filler cap ............................... 9-28
3. Battery .................................................. 9-43
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir ....... 9-36
4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ................. 9-34

2-12
 02
DIMENSIONS
Items mm (in)
4,205 (165.55)
Overall length
N Line: 4,215 (165.94)
Overall width 1800 (70.86)
1550 (61.02) / 1565 (61.61)*1
Overall height
N Line: 1,560 (61.42 ) / 1,570 (61.81)*1
205/60 R16 1575 (62.0)
215/55 R17 1563 (61.53)
Front tread
1559 (61.37)
235/45 R18
N Line: 1,559 (61.73)
205/60 R16 1584 (62.36)
215/55 R17 1572 (61.88)
Rear tread
1568 (61.73)
235/45 R18
N Line: 1,568 (61.73)
Wheelbase 2600 (102.36)
with roof rack
*1 :

ENGINE
Diesel
Gasoline Engine
Engine
Engine Smartstream Smartstrem Smartstream
Smartstream Smartstream
G1.0T-GDi G2.0 D1.6 (48V)
G1.0 T-GDi G1.6 T-GDi
(48V) MHEV Atkinson MHEV

Displacement
998 (60.9) 998 (60.9) 1598 (97.5) 1999 (121.9) 1598 (97.52)
cc (cu. in)
Bore x Stroke 71.0 x 84.0 71.0 x 84.0 75.6 X 89.0 81.0 x 97.0 77.0 x 85.8
mm (in.) (2.79 x 3.30) (2.79 x 3.30) (2.98 X 3.5) (3.18 x 3.81) (3.03 x 3.38)
Firing order 1-2-3 1-2-3 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2
No. of In-line 3 In-line 3 In-line 4 In-line 4 In-line 4
cylinders cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder cylinder

2-13
Vehicle information

BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Bulb Type Wattage
Low (Type A) H7 55
High (Type A) H7 55
Low (Type B) LED LED
Headlamp High (Type B) LED LED
Low Beam
Assist-static H7 55
Front
lamp
Turn signal lamp PY21W 21
Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED
Daytime running lamp (DRL) /
LED LED
position lamp
Fog lamp H8 35
Stop/Tail
P21/5W 5
(Type A)
Tail (Type A) W5W LED
Rear combination Stop/Tail
LED 21
lamp (Type B)
Rear Turn signal P21W 21
Back up P21W 21
Fog lamp PR21W 21
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
License plate lamp W5W 5
Map lamp W10W 10
Room lamp (with sunroof) FESTOON 8
Room lamp (without sunroof) FESTOON 10
Interior
Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5
Tailgate room lamp FESTOON 10
Glove box lamp FESTOON 5

2-14
 02
TIRES AND WHEELS
Inflation pressure Wheel bolt
Wheel kPa (psi) torque
Items Tire size
size Normal load Maximum load kgf·m (lbf·ft,
Front Rear Front Rear N·m)
205/60 R16 6.5J x 16
Full size tire 215/55 R17 7.0J x 17 2.3 (230,33) 2.5 (250,36)
11~13
235/45 R18 7.5J x 18 (79~94,
Compact 107~127)
spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 4.2 (420,60)
(if equipped)

NOTICE
ś It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if
colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every
7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected,
recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
ś An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above
sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in
advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +10
kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile)).
ś Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire
sidewall.

CAUTION
When replacing tires, ALWAYS use the same size, type, brand, construction and
tread pattern supplied with the vehicle. If not, it can damage the related parts or
make it work irregularly.

2-15
Vehicle information

LOAD AND SPEED CAPACITY TIRES ǣFOR EUROPEǤ

Load capacity Speed capacity
Items Tire size Wheel size
LI *1 kg SS *2 km/h
205/60 R16 6.5J x 16 92 630 H 210
Full size tire 215/55 R17 7.0J x 17 94 670 V 240
235/45 R18 7.5J x 18 94 670 V 240
Compact
spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 97 730 M 130
(if equipped)
*1 LI : LOAD INDEX
*2 SS : SPEED SYMBOL

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM

Items Weight of volume Classification
Refrigerant R-1234yf : 450 (15.87) ± 25 (0.88) R-1234yf (For Europe)
g (oz.) R-134a : 500 (17.63) ± 25 (0.88) R-134a (Except Europe)
Compressor lubricant
120 (4.23) ± 10 (0.35) PAG
g (oz.)
We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

2-16
 02
VEHICLE WEIGHT AND LUGGAGE VOLUME
Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine

Smart-
stream Smart-
Smartstream G1.0 Smartstream stream Smartstream D1.6
Items G1.0 T-GDi T-GDi G 1.6T-GDi G2.0 (48V) MHEV
(48V) Atkinson
MHEV

2WD 2WD 2WD 2WD 4WD 2WD 2WD 4WD

M/T DCT IMT DCT DCT IVT IMT DCT DCT
Gross vehicle
1770 1761 1795 1840 1935 1835 1875 1895 1965
weight
(3902) (3882) (3957) (4056) (4265) (4045) (4133) (4178) (4332)
kg (lbs.)
Luggage
MIN : 374 (13.21)
volume (VDA)
MAX : 1,156 (40.82)
Ţ FXIW 
M/T : Manual transmission
IMT : Intelligent manual transmission
DCT : Dual clutch transmission
IVT : Intelligent variable transmission
Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.
Max : Behind front seat to roof.

2-17
Vehicle information

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only
lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine
efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil *1 Smartstream For
*5 (drain and G1.0 T-GDi/ Europe
refill) Ţ SAE 0W20, API SN PLUS/
Smartstream For
(3.8 US qt.) SP or ILSAC GF-6 *3
G1.0 T-GDi Middle
Recommends (48V) MHEV East *2
For
SAE 5W-30,
Middle
ACEA A5/B5 *4
Gasoline Smartstream Ţ East *2
Engine G1.6 T-GDi (5.1 US qt.) Except
SAE 0W-20, API SN PLUS/
Middle
SP or ILSAC GF-6 *3
East
For
SAE 5W-30,
Middle
ACEA A5/B5 *4
Smartstream Ţ East *2
G2.0 Atkinson (4.5 US qt.) Except
SAE 0W-20, API SN PLUS/
Middle
SP or ILSAC GF-6 *3
East
Smartstream
Ţ
Diesel D1.6 (48V) ACEA C5 or C2 or C3
(4.6 US qt.)
MHEV
Manual
Smartstream
transmission Gasoline
G1.0 T-GDi
fluid HY SYN MTF 70W (SK)
Smartstream aŢ SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W
Gasoline
Intelligent G1.0 T-GDi (1.6~1.7 MTF (H.K.SHELL)
Engine
manual 48V MHEV US qt.) GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)
transmission Smartstream API GL-4, SAE 70W, TGO-9
fluid Diesel
D1.6 (48V)
Engine
MHEV
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 : Middle east includes Iran, Libia, Algeria, Sudan, Morocco, Tunisia and Egypt
*3 : Requires < API SN PLUS (or above) Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a lower grade
engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil and engine
oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*4 : Requires <API Latest(ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5/B5 Full synthetic> grade engine oil. If a
lower grade engine oil (mineral oil including Semi-synthetic) is used, then the engine oil
and engine oil filter must be replaced as indicated severe maintenance condition.
*5 : An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API) Certification
Mark conforms to the International Lubricant Specification Advisory
Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold
this API Certification Mark.

2-18
 02
Lubricant Volume Classification
Intelligent
Smartstream
variable Gasoline Ţ
G2.0 CVTF SP-CVT1
transmission Engine ( 7.1 US qt.)
Atkinson
fluid
Smartstream
Gasoline G1.0 T-GDi API GL-4, SAE 70W
Dual clutch Engine Smartstream HK D DCTF TGO-10 (SK)
aŢ
transmission G1.6 T-GDi SPIRAX S6 GHDE 70W
(1.7~1.8 US qt.)
fluid Smartstream DCTF (H.K.SHELL)
Diesel 7 DCTF HKM (S-OIL)
D1.6 (48V)
Engine
MHEV
Smartstream
G1.0 T-GDi/
Ţ
Smartstream
(6.2 US qt.)
G1.0 T-GDi
Gasoline Mixture of antifreeze and
(48V) MHEV
Engine distilled water
Smartstream Ţ
Coolant (Ethylene-glycol with
G1.6 T-GDi (7.3 US qt.)
phosphate based coolant for
Smartstream Ţ
aluminum radiator)
G2.0 Atkinson (6.3 US qt.)
Smartstream
Diesel Ţ
D1.6 (48V)
Engine (6.3 US qt.)
MHEV
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
aŢ SAE75W/90
Rear differential oil (4WD)
(0.5 ~ 0.55 US qt.) (SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or
equivalent)
Smartstream 0.47~0.52 Ţ
Gasoline G1.6 T-GDi (0.49~0.55 US qt.)
Engine Smartstream aŢ  HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5,
Transfer case
G2.0 Atkinson ~ 0.44 US qt.) SAE 75W85(SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL
oil (4WD)
Smartstream 75W85 or EQUIVALENT)
Diesel Ţ
D1.6 (48V)
Engine (0.53 US qt.)
MHEV
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,
0.7 ~ 0.8 Ţ
Brake/clutch fluid FMVSS 116 DOT-4,
(0.5 ~ 0.6 US qt.)
ISO4925 CLASS-6
Smartstream
iMT Gasoline Ţ
G1.0 T-GDi SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,
(intelligent Engine (0.087 US qt.)
48V MHEV ISO4925 CLASS-6,
Manual
Smartstream FMVSS116 DOT-4,
Transmission) Diesel Ţ
D1.6 (48V) FMVSS116 DOT-3
Engine (0.091 US qt.)
MHEV
50 Ţ Refer to “Fuel Requirements” in
Fuel
(13.21 US gal.) the Introduction chapter.
12 Ţ
Urea (Diesel only, if equipped) ISO22241, DIN70070
(12.68 US qt.)

2-19
Vehicle information

Recommended SAE viscosity number

CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before
checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy
areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick
areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that
could be damaged.

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can
provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any
viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated
in before the next oil change.
Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

„ Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi / Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi (48V) MHEV

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
20W-50
15W-40
For all countries
10W-30
0/5W-20, 0/5W-30, 5W-40

„ Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

For Middle East 5W-30

Except Middle East 0W-20

2-20
 02
„ Smartstream G2.0 Atkinson
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

For all countries 0W-20

„ Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
Temperature
(°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100
10W-30/40
5W-30/40
Diesel Engine Oil
0W-30
0W-20

2-21
Vehicle information

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

NUMBER ǣVINǤ LABEL
Frame number
„

OOS087001 OOS087002
The vehicle identification number (VIN) The vehicle certification label attached
is the number used in registering your on the driver’s (or front passenger’s)
vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining side center pillar gives the vehicle
to its ownership, etc. identification number (VIN).
The number is punched on the floor
under the right front seat. To check the
number, open the cover.

VIN label (if equipped)

„

OOS087006L
The VIN is also on a plate attached to
the top of the left side dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be seen
through the windshield from outside.

2-22
 02
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER
PRESSURE LABEL Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi /
„
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi (48V) MHEV

OOS010022L
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
„
OOS087003

The tires supplied on your new

vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures
recommended for your vehicle.

OOS010020K
Smartstream G2.0 Atkinson
„

OOS010021K
Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV
„

OOS010023L
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.

2-23
Vehicle information

AIR CONDITIONER DECLARATION OF

COMPRESSOR LABEL CONFORMITY ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Example
„

OHC081001 CE0678

A compressor label informs you the type The radio frequency components of the
of compressor your vehicle is equipped vehicle comply with requirements and
with such as model, supplier part other relevant provisions of Directive
number, production number, refrigerant 1995/5/EC.
(1) and refrigerant oil (2). Further information
including the manufacturer’s
declaration of conformity is available on
Hyundai web site as follows;
http://service.hyundai-motor.com

2-24
 02
FUEL LABEL ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Gasoline engine Diesel engine
The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler The fuel label is attached on the fuel filler
door. door.

OTM048455L OTM048456L

A. Octane rating of unleaded gasoline A. Fuel : Diesel

1. RON/ROZ : Research Octane B. Identifiers for FAME containing Diesel-
Number type fuels
2. (R+M)/2, AKI : Anti Knock Index à This symbol means usable fuel. Do
B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels not use any other fuel.
à This symbol means usable fuel. Do C. For further details, refer to the “Fuel
not use any other fuel. Requirement” section in this chapter.
C. For further details, refer to the
“Fuel Requirement” section in the
Introduction chapter.

2-25
3. Safety system
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your
passengers. It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

Important safety precautions ...........................................................................3-2

Always wear your seat belt .......................................................................................... 3-2
Restrain all children...................................................................................................... 3-2
Air bag hazards ............................................................................................................. 3-2
Driver distraction .......................................................................................................... 3-2
Control your speed....................................................................................................... 3-2
Keep your vehicle in safe condition ............................................................................ 3-2
Seats .................................................................................................................. 3-3
Safety precautions .......................................................................................................3-5
Front seats ....................................................................................................................3-6
Rear seats .................................................................................................................... 3-11 3
Headrest...................................................................................................................... 3-14
Seat warmers and air ventilation seats ..................................................................... 3-18
Seat belts .......................................................................................................... 3-21
Seat belt safety precautions .......................................................................................3-21
Seat belt warning light ............................................................................................... 3-22
Seat belt restraint system ..........................................................................................3-24
Additional seat belt safety precautions ....................................................................3-29
Care of seat belts.........................................................................................................3-31
Child Restraint System (CRS) ......................................................................... 3-32
Our recommendation: Children always in the rear ..................................................3-32
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................................................................3-33
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................................................................3-35
Air Bag - supplemental restraint system .......................................................3-46
Where are the air bags? ............................................................................................ 3-49
How does the air bags system operate? ...................................................................3-53
What to expect after an air bag inflates ................................................................... 3-57
Do not install a Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat .....................3-58
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? ..............................................................3-58
SRS care ......................................................................................................................3-63
Additional safety precautions................................................................................... 3-64
Air bag warning labels............................................................................................... 3-64
Safety system

IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

You will find many safety precautions Drivers can become distracted when
and recommendations throughout this they take their eyes and attention off
section, and throughout this manual. the road or their hands off the wheel to
The safety precautions in this section are focus on activities other than driving.
among the most important. To reduce your risk of distraction and an
accident:
Always wear your seat belt ś Set up your mobile devices (i.e., MP3
A seat belt is your best protection in all players, phones, navigation units, etc.)
types of accidents. Air bags are designed ONLY when your vehicle is parked or
to supplement seat belts, not to replace safely stopped.
them. So even though your vehicle is ś ONLY use your mobile device when
equipped with air bags, ALWAYS make allowed by laws and conditions permit
sure you and your passengers wear your safe use. NEVER text or email while
seat belts, and wear them properly. driving. Most countries have laws
prohibiting drivers from texting. Some
Restrain all children countries and cities also prohibit
All children under age 13 should ride drivers from using handheld phones.
in your vehicle properly restrained in a ś NEVER let the use of a mobile device
rear seat, not the front seat. Infants and distract you from driving. You have a
small children should be restrained in responsibility to your passengers and
an appropriate Child Restraint System. others on the road to always drive
Larger children should use a booster safely, with your hands on the wheel
seat with the lap/shoulder belt until they as well as your eyes and attention on
can use the seat belt properly without a the road.
booster seat.
Control your speed
Air bag hazards Excessive speed is a major factor in crash
While air bags can save lives, they can injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
also cause serious or fatal injuries to the speed, the greater the risk, but
occupants who sit too close to them, or serious injuries can also occur at lower
who are not properly restrained. Infants, speeds. Never drive faster than is safe
young children, and short adults are at for current conditions, regardless of the
the greatest risk of being injured by an maximum speed posted.
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions
and warnings in this manual. Keep your vehicle in safe
condition
Driver distraction Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
Driver distraction presents a serious and failure can be extremely hazardous. To
potentially deadly danger, especially for reduce the possibility of such problems,
inexperienced drivers. Safety should be check your tire pressures and condition
the first concern when behind the wheel frequently, and perform all regularly
and drivers need to be aware of the wide scheduled maintenance.
array of potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects, eating,
personal grooming, other passengers,
and using cellular phones.

3-2
 03
SEATS
Left-hand drive
„

OOS030001K
[A] : Front seat, [B] : Rear seat

Front seat Rear seat

(1) Forward and backward (7) Armrest*
(2) Seatback angle (8) Seatback folding
(3) Seat cushion height* (9) Headrest
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat* * : if equipped
(6) Headrest

3-3
Safety system

Right-hand drive
„

OOS030001R
[A] : Front seat, [B] : Rear seat

Front seat Rear seat

(1) Forward and backward (7) Armrest*
(2) Seatback angle (8) Seatback folding
(3) Seat cushion height* (9) Headrest
(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*
(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat* * : if equipped
(6) Headrest

3-4
 03
Safety precautions Air bags
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting You can take steps to reduce the risk
in a safe, comfortable position plays an of being injured by an inflating air bag.
important role in driver and passenger Sitting too close to an air bag greatly
safety, as much as seat belts and air increases the risk of injury in the event
bags, in an accident. the air bag inflates. Move your seat as
far back as possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control of the
WARNING vehicle.
Do not use a cushion that reduces
friction between the seat and the
passenger. The passenger’s hips may
WARNING
slide under the lap portion of the seat To reduce the risk of serious injury or
belt during an accident or a sudden death from an inflating air bag, take the
stop. following precautions:
Serious or fatal internal injuries could ś Adjust the driver’s seat as far to the
result because the seat belt cannot rear as possible maintaining the
operate properly. ability to control the vehicle.
ś Adjust the front passenger seat as far
to the rear as possible.
ś Hold the steering wheel by the rim
with hands at the 9 o’clock and 3
o’clock positions to minimize the risk
of injuries to your hands and arms.
ś NEVER place anything or anyone
between you and the air bag.
ś Do not allow the front passenger to
place feet or legs on the dashboard
to minimize the risk of leg injuries.

3-5
Safety system

Seat belts Front seats

Always fasten your seat belt before The front seat can be adjusted by using
starting any trip. At all times, passengers the control lever (or knob) or switches
should sit upright and be properly located on the outside of the seat
restrained. Infants and small children cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat
must be restrained in appropriate Child to the proper position so that you can
Restraint Systems. Children who have easily control the steering wheel, foot
outgrown a booster seat and adults must pedals and controls on the instrument
be restrained using the seat belts. panel.

WARNING WARNING
Take the following precautions when Take the following precautions when
adjusting your seat belt: adjusting your seat:
ś NEVER use one seat belt for more ś NEVER attempt to adjust the seat
than one occupant. while the vehicle is moving. The seat
ś Always position the seatback upright could respond with unexpected
with the lap portion of the seat belt movement and may cause loss
snug and low across the hips. of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
ś NEVER allow children or small infants
to ride on a passenger’s lap. ś Do not place anything under the
front seats. Loose objects in the
ś Do not route the seat belt across your
driver’s foot area could interfere
neck, across sharp edges, or reroute
with the operation of the foot pedals,
the shoulder strap away from your
causing an accident.
body.
ś Do not allow anything to interfere
ś Do not allow the seat belt to become
with the normal position and proper
caught or jammed.
locking of the seatback.
ś Do not place a cigarette lighter on
the floor or seat. When you operate
the seat, gas may exit out of the
lighter causing a fire.
ś Use extreme caution when picking
up small objects trapped under the
seats or between the seat and the
center console. Your hands might be
cut or injured by the sharp edges of
the seat mechanism.
ś If there are occupants in the rear
seats, be careful while adjusting the
front seat position.
ś Make sure that the seat is locked in
place after the adjustment. If not,
the seat might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.

3-6
 03
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
ś Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward
may cause strong pressure on your
abdomen.
ś Do not allow your hands or fingers to
get caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving. OOS037003

Manual adjustment (if equipped) Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback to the position
you desire.
3. Release the knob and make sure the
seatback is locked in place.

OOS037002

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment lever
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place. Move forward
and rearward without using the lever.
If the seat moves, it is not locked
properly.

3-7
Safety system

Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by
reclining your seatback.

WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving. OOS037004

Riding with a reclined seatback Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)
increases your chance of serious or fatal To change the height of the seat cushion:
injuries in the event of a collision or ś Push down the lever several times, to
sudden stop. lower the seat cushion.
Drivers and passengers should ALWAYS ś Pull up the lever several times, to raise
sit well back in their seats, properly the seat cushion.
belted, and with the seatbacks upright.

Seat belts must be snug against your

hips and chest to work properly. When
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not
be snug against your chest. Instead,
it will be in front of you. During an
accident, you could be thrown into the
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder
belt.

3-8
 03
Power adjustment (if equipped)

WARNING
NEVER allow children in the vehicle
unattended. The power seats are
operable when the engine is turned off.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
ś Always stop adjusting the seats when OOS037005

the seat has been adjusted as far Forward and rearward adjustment
forward or rearward as possible. To move the seat forward or rearward:
ś Do not adjust the seats longer than 1. Push the control switch forward or
necessary when the engine is turned rearward.
off. This may result in unnecessary
battery drain. 2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
ś Do not operate two or more seats at
the same time. This may result in an
electrical malfunction.

OOS037006

Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback
reaches the desired position.

3-9
Safety system

Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections
of your restraint system (seat belts and
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.

WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
when the vehicle is moving. OOSEV038001

Riding with a reclined seatback Seat cushion tilt (1, if equipped)

increases your chance of serious or fatal To change the angle of the front part of
injuries in the event of a collision or the cushion:
sudden stop. Push the front portion of the control
Driver and passengers should ALWAYS switch up to raise or down to lower the
sit well back in their seats, properly front part of the seat cushion.
belted, and with the seatbacks upright. Release the switch once the seat reaches
the desired position.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly. When Seat cushion height (2, if equipped)
the seatback is reclined, the shoulder
belt cannot do its job because it will not To change the height of the seat cushion:
be snug against your chest. Instead, Push the rear portion of the control
it will be in front of you. During an switch up to raise or down to lower the
accident, you could be thrown into the height of the seat cushion.
seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. Release the switch once the seat reaches
The more the seatback is reclined, the desired position.
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or the
passenger’s neck will strike the shoulder
belt.

3-10
 03
Rear seats
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.

WARNING
ś Never allow passengers to sit on top
OOS037008 of the folded down seatback while
the vehicle is moving. This is not a
Lumbar support proper seating position and no seat
(for driver’s seat, if equipped) belts are available for use. This could
To adjust the lumbar support: result in serious injury or death in
1. Press the front portion of the switch case of an accident or sudden stop.
(1) to increase support or the rear ś Objects carried on the folded down
portion of the switch (2) to decrease seatback should not extend higher
support. than the top of the front seatbacks.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the This could allow cargo to slide
desired position. forward and cause injury or damage
during sudden stops.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)

OOS037019
OOS037075
To fold down the rear seatback:
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the front seatbacks. 1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
CAUTION 2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the position by pushing and holding the
seatback pockets. In an accident they release button (1) and pushing down
could come loose from the pocket and on the headrest (2).
injure occupants.

3-11
Safety system

OOS037020 OOS037022

3. Locate the seatbelt toward the 5. To use the rear seat, lift and push the
outboard position before folding seatback rearward.
down the seatback. If not, the seatbelt Push the seatback firmly until it clicks
system may be interfered by the into place. Make sure the seatback is
seatback. locked in place.
Return the belt in the guide.

WARNING
When returning the rear seatback from
a folded to an upright position, hold the
seatback and return it slowly. Ensure
that the seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by pushing on
the top of the seatback. In an accident
or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback
OOS037021
could allow cargo to move forward with
great force and enter the passenger
compartment, which could result in
serious injury or death.

WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear seats,
since they cannot be properly secured
and may hit vehicle occupants in a
collision causing serious injury or death.

OOS037023 WARNING
4. Remove the belt from the guide (1) Make sure the engine is off, the shift
and pull up the seatback folding lever lever is in P (Park), and the parking
(2), then fold the seat toward the front brake is securely applied whenever
of the vehicle. loading or unloading cargo. Failure to
take these steps may allow the vehicle
to move if the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.

3-12
 03
CAUTION Armrest (if equipped)
Damaging rear seat belt buckles
When you fold the rear seatback, insert
the buckle in the pocketbetween the
rear seatback and cushion. Doing so
can prevent the buckle from being
damaged by the rear seatback.

CAUTION
Rear seat belts
When returning the rear seatbacks OOS037024
to the upright position, to return the The armrest is located in the center of
rear shoulder belts to their proper the rear seat. Pull the armrest down by
position. Be careful not to damage the using the strap from the seatback to use
seat belt webbing by seat back locking it.
mechanism.

NOTICE
ś Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger seats
to prevent damage to the vehicle
interior.
ś When cargo is loaded through the
rear passenger seats, ensure the
cargo is properly secured to prevent
it from moving while driving.

WARNING
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about the
vehicle in a collision and causing injury
to the vehicle occupants. Do not place
objects in the rear seats, since they
cannot be properly secured and may hit
the front seat occupants in a collision.

3-13
Safety system

Headrest NOTICE
The vehicle’s front and rear seats have To prevent damage, NEVER hit or pull
adjustable headrests. The headrests on the headrests.
provide comfort for passengers, but
more importantly they are designed to
help protect passengers from whiplash CAUTION
and other neck and spinal injuries during When there is no occupant in the rear
an accident, especially in a rear impact seats, adjust the height of the headrest
collision. to the lowest position. The rear seat
headrest can reduce the visibility of the
rear area.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death in an accident, take the following
precautions when adjusting your
headrests:
ś Always properly adjust the headrests
for all passengers BEFORE starting
the vehicle.
ś NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with
the headrest removed or reversed.

OLF034072N

Adjust the headrests so the middle of

the headrest is at the same height as
the height of the top of the eyes.
ś NEVER adjust the headrest position
of the driver’s seat when the vehicle
is in motion.
ś Adjust the headrest as close to the
passenger’s head as possible. Do
not use a seat cushion that holds the
body away from the seatback.
ś Make sure the headrest locks into
position after adjusting it.

3-14
 03
Front seat headrests

OOS037010

OOSEV038012L Forward and rearward adjustment

(if equipped)
The driver’s and front passenger’s seats
are equipped with adjustable headrests The headrest may be adjusted forward
for the passengers safety and comfort. to 3 different positions by pulling the
headrest forward to the desired detent.
To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest
rearwards position, pull it fully forward to
the farthest position and release it.

OOS037061

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the headrest:

1. Push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support.
2. Lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).

3-15
Safety system

Type A
„

OLF034015 OOS037011

Type B
„
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the headrest and seat
cushion raised, the headrest may come
in contact with the sunvisor or other
parts of the vehicle.

OOS037012

Removal/Reinstall
To remove the headrest:
1. Recline the seatback (2) with using
the seatback angle lever or switch (1).
2. Raise the headrest as far as it can go.
3. Press the headrest release button (3)
while pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING
NEVER allow anyone to travel in a seat
with the headrest removed.

3-16
 03
Type A
„ Rear seat headrests

OOSEV038004

Type B
„ OOSEV038030L

The rear seats are equipped with

headrests in all the seating positions for
the passenger’s safety and comfort.

CAUTION
ś Adjust the headrests so the middle of
the headrest is at the same height as
the height of the top of the eyes.
OOSEV038005

To reinstall the headrest :

1. Recline the seatback.
2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the
holes while pressing the release
button (1).
3. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height. ś When sitting on the rear seat, do not
4. Recline the seatback (4) the seatback adjust the height of the headrest to
angle lever or switch (3). the lowest.

WARNING
Always make sure the headrest locks
into position after reinstalling and
adjusting it properly.

3-17
Safety system

Seat warmers and air ventilation

seats
Front seat warmers (if equipped)
Seat warmers are provided to warm the
seats during cold weather.

WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a SERIOUS
BURN, even at low temperatures and
OOS037018 especially if used for long periods of
Adjusting the height up and down time.
To raise the headrest: Passengers must be able to feel if the
seat is becoming too warm so they can
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1). turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature
To lower the headrest: change or pain to the skin should
1. Push and hold the release button (2) use extreme caution, especially the
on the headrest support. following types of passengers:
2. Lower the headrest to the desired ś Infants, children, elderly or disabled
position (3). persons, or hospital outpatients.
ś People with sensitive skin or who
burn easily.
ś Fatigued individuals.
ś Intoxicated individuals.
ś People taking medication that can
cause drowsiness or sleepiness.

WARNING
NEVER place anything on the seat
that insulates against heat when the
OOSEV038029 seat warmer is in operation, such as a
Removal/Reinstallation blanket or seat cushion. This may cause
the seat warmer to overheat, causing a
To remove the headrest: burn or damage to the seat.
1. Raise the headrest as far as it can go.
2. Press the headrest release button (1)
while pulling the headrest up (2).

To reinstall the headrest:

1. Put the headrest poles into the holes
(3) while pressing the release button
(1).
2. Adjust the headrest to the appropriate
height.

3-18
 03
NOTICE Information
To prevent damage to the seat warmers With the seat warmer switch in the ON
and seats: position, the heating system in the seat
ś Never use a solvent such as paint turns off or on automatically depending on
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline the seat temperature.
to clean the seats.
ś Do not place heavy or sharp objects Rear seat warmers (if equipped)
on seats equipped with seat
warmers.
ś Do not change the seat cover. It may
damage the seat warmer.

OOSH039027L

While the vehicle is in the ready ( )

mode, push either of the switches to
warm the rear seat. During mild weather
or under conditions where the operation
OOS030015K of the seat warmer is not needed, keep
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B the switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push either Each time you push the switch, the
of the switches to warm the driver’s seat temperature setting of the seat is
or front passenger’s seat. changed as follows :
During mild weather or under conditions
where the operation of the seat warmer OFF Ɵ MIDDLE ( ) Ɵ LOW ( )
is not needed, keep the switches in the
OFF position.
The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
ś Each time you push the switch, the position whenever the ignition switch is
temperature setting of the seat is in the ON position.
changed as follows :

OFF HIGH ( ) Information

With the seat warmer switch in the ON
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
position, the heating system in the seat
ś When pressing the switch for more turns off or on automatically depending on
than 1.5 seconds with the seat warmer the seat temperature.
operating, the seat warmer will turn
OFF.
ś The seat warmer defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ignition switch
is placed to the ON position.

3-19
Safety system

Front air ventilation seat NOTICE

(if equipped) To prevent damage to the air ventilation
seat:
ś Use the air ventilation seat ONLY
when the climate control system
is on. Using the air ventilation seat
for prolonged periods of time with
the climate control system off could
cause the air ventilation seat to
malfunction.
ś Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline
to clean the seats.
OOS030016K
ś Avoid spilling liquids on the surface
The air ventilation seats are provided of the front seats and seatbacks; this
to cool the front seats by blowing air may cause the air vent holes to block
through small vent holes on the surface and not work properly.
of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
ś Do not place materials such as
When the operation of the air ventilation plastic bags or newspapers under
seat is not needed, keep the switches in the seats. They may block the air
the OFF position. intake causing malfunction of the air
While the engine is running, push the ventilation.
switch to cool the driver’s seat or the ś Do not change the seat covers. It may
front passenger’s seat (if equipped). damage the air ventilation seat.
ś Each time you push the switch, the ś If the air vents do not operate, restart
airflow changes as follows: the vehicle. If there is no change,
we recommend that you have your
OFF HIGH ( )
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )
ś When pressing the switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the
air ventilation seat operating, the
operation will turn OFF.
ś The air ventilation seats defaults
to the OFF position whenever the
ignition switch is placed to the ON
position.

3-20
 03
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the ś NEVER wear a seat belt over fragile
seat belts properly. It also describes objects. If there is a sudden stop or
some of the things not to do when using impact, the seat belt can damage it.
seat belts. ś Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt will not
Seat belt safety precautions protect you properly in an accident.
Always fasten your seat belt and make ś Do not use a seat belt if the webbing
sure all passengers have fastened their or hardware is damaged.
seat belts before starting any trip. Air ś Do not latch the seat belt into the
bags are designed to supplement the buckles of other seats.
seat belt as an additional safety device,
not a replacement. Most countries ś NEVER unfasten the seat belt
require all occupants of a vehicle to wear while driving. This may cause loss
seat belts. of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
ś Make sure there is nothing in the
WARNING buckle interfering with the seat belt
Seat belts must be used by ALL latch mechanism. This may prevent
passengers whenever the vehicle is the seat belt from fastening securely.
moving. Take the following precautions ś No modifications or additions
when adjusting and wearing seat belts: should be made by the user which
ś Children under the age of 13 should will either prohibit the seat belt
be properly restrained in the rear adjusting devices from operating to
seats. remove slack, or prohibit the seat
ś Never allow children to ride in the belt assembly from being adjusted to
front passenger seat, unless the air remove slack.
bag is deactivated. If a child is seated
in the front passenger seat, move WARNING
the seat as far back as possible and
properly restrain them in the seat. Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
ś NEVER allow an infant or child to be Always replace:
carried on an occupant’s lap.
ś Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
ś NEVER ride with the seatback webbing.
reclined when the vehicle is moving.
ś Damaged hardware.
ś Do not allow children to share a seat
or seat belt. ś The entire seat belt assembly after it
has been worn in an accident, even
ś Do not wear the shoulder belt under if damage to webbing or assembly is
your arm or behind your back. not apparent.

3-21
Safety system

Seat belt warning light

Seat belt warning
Instrument cluster
„

OOS030025K

Front passenger’s seat belt warning

OAM032161L As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger’s seat belt warning
Driver’s seat belt warning light will illuminate for approximately 6
As a reminder to the driver, the seat seconds each time you turn the ignition
belt warning light will illuminate for switch ON regardless of belt fastening.
approximately 6 seconds each time you If the seat belt is not fastened when the
turn the ignition switch ON regardless ignition switch is turned ON or if it is
of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt disconnected after the ignition switch
is not fastened, the warning chime will is turned ON, the seat belt warning light
sound for about 6 seconds. will illuminate until the belt is fastened.
If the seat belt is not fastened when the If you start to drive without the seat
ignition switch is turned ON or if it is belt fastened or you unfasten the seat
disconnected after the ignition switch belt when you drive under 20km/h,
is turned ON, the seat belt warning light the corresponding warning light will
will illuminate until the belt is fastened. continue to illuminate until you fasten
If you start to drive without the seat the seat belt.
belt fastened or you unfasten the seat If you continue to drive without the
belt when you drive under 20km/h, seat belt fastened or you unfasten the
the corresponding warning light will seat belt when you drive over 20km/h,
continue to illuminate until you fasten the seat belt warning chime will sound
the seat belt. for approximately 100 seconds and the
If you continue to drive without the corresponding warning light will blink.
seat belt fastened or you unfasten the
seat belt when you drive over 20km/h,
the seat belt warning chime will sound
for approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.

3-22
 03
WARNING
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the front passenger’s
seat belt warning system. It is important
for the driver to instruct the passenger
to properly be seated as instructed in
this manual.

Information
ś You can find the front passenger’s seat OOSEV038011
belt warning light on the center fascia Rear passenger’s seat belt warning
panel.
ś As a reminder to the rear passenger,
ś Although the front passenger seat is not the rear passenger’s seat belt warning
occupied, the seat belt warning light lights will illuminate for approximately
will blink or illuminate for 6 seconds. 6 seconds each time you turn the
ś The front passenger’s seat belt warning ignition switch ON regardless of belt
may operate when luggage is placed on fastening.
the front passenger seat. ś If the seat belt is not fastened when
the ignition switch is turned ON, the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
for approximately 70 seconds.
ś If you start to drive without the
seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive under
20km/h, the corresponding warning
light will continue to illuminate for
approximately 70 seconds.
ś If you unfasten the seat belt when
you drive over 20km/h, the seat
belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 35 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
ś If the seat belt is fastened, the
warning light will turn off immediately.
ś If the rear door is opened or closed
under 10km/h, warning light and
warning sound does not work even if
driving over 20km /h.

3-23
Safety system

Seat belt restraint system NOTICE

Lap/shoulder belt If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.

ODH033055

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull it out of the retractor and insert the
metal tab (1) into the buckle (2). There
will be an audible “click” when the tab ODH033056
locks into the buckle.
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts may
increase the risk of serious injury
in an accident. Take the following
precautions when adjusting the seat
belt:
ś Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across your
hips, not on your waist, so that it
fits snugly. This allows your strong
pelvic bones to absorb the force of
ODH033053
the crash, reducing the chance of
You should place the lap belt (1) portion internal injuries.
across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) ś Position one arm under the shoulder
portion across your chest. belt and the other over the belt, as
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the shown in the illustration.
proper length after the lap belt portion ś Always position the shoulder belt
is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly anchor into the locked position at the
around your hips. If you lean forward in appropriate height.
a slow, easy motion, the belt will extend
and move with you. ś Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
If there is a sudden stop or impact, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.

3-24
 03
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the four different
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.

Front seat
„
OHI038142

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in the locking
buckle.
Once it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen, check
the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.

OOS037060

To adjust the height of the seat belt

anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.

3-25
Safety system

Rear center seatbelt Pre-tensioner seat belt

(3-point rear center seat belt)

OLMB033039
OOSEV038031L Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s and
When using the rear center seat belt, the front passenger’s and rear passengers
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be (if equipped) Pre-tensioner Seat Belts
used. (Retractor Pretensioner). The purpose
of the pre-tensioner is to make sure
the seat belts fit tightly against the
Information occupant’s body in certain frontal or
If you are not able to pull out the safety side collision(s). The pre-tensioner seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt belts may be activated in crashes where
out and release it. After release, you will be the frontal or side collision(s) is severe
able to pull the belt out smoothly. enough, together with the air bags.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
WARNING quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
Make sure that the seatback is locked in into position.
place when using the rear center seat In certain frontal collisions, the pre-
belt. tensioner will activate and pull the seat
If not, the seatback may move when belt into tighter contact against the
there is a sudden stop or collision, occupant’s body.
which could result in serious injury. If the system senses excessive tension
on the driver or passenger’s seat belt
when the pre-tensioner system activates,
the load limiter inside the retractor
pre-tensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.

3-26
 03
WARNING
ś Always wear your seat belt and sit
properly in your seat.
ś Do not use the seat belt if it is loose
or twisted. A loose or twisted seat
belt will not protect you properly in
an accident.
ś Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely affect
the buckle and cause it to function
OHI038175L
improperly.
ś Always replace your pre-tensioners
after activation or an accident.
ś NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners
yourself. We recommend that you
have the pre-tensioners inspected,
serviced, repaired or replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ś Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.

OOSEV038032L
WARNING The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat consists mainly of the following
belt assemblies for several minutes components. Their locations are shown
after they have been activated. When in the illustration above:
the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism (1) SRS air bag warning light
deploys during a collision, the pre-
tensioner can become hot and can burn (2) Retractor pre-tensioner
you. (3) SRS control module
(4) Rear Retractor pre-tensioner
CAUTION (if equipped)
Body work on the front area of the
vehicle may damage the pre-tensioner
seat belt system. Therefore, we
recommend the system to be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-27
Safety system

NOTICE Information
The sensor that activates the SRS ś Both the driver’s and front passenger’s
control module is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belts may be
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air activated in certain frontal or side
bag warning light on the instrument collisions.
cluster will illuminate for approximately
6 seconds after the ignition switch is ś When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
placed in the ON position, and then it activated, a loud noise may be heard
should turn off. and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
If the pre-tensioner is not working compartment. These are normal
properly, the warning light will operating conditions and are not
illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not hazardous.
malfunctioning. If the warning light
does not illuminate, stays illuminated ś Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
or illuminates when the vehicle is may cause skin irritation and should
being driven, we recommend the pre- not be inhaled for prolonged periods.
tensioner seat belts and/or SRS control Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly
module be inspected by an authorized after an accident in which the pre-
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. tensioner seat belts were activated.

3-28
 03
Additional seat belt safety Seat belt use and children
precautions Infant and small children
Seat belt use during pregnancy Most countries have Child Restraint
The seat belt should always be used System laws which require children to
during pregnancy. The best way to travel in approved Child Restraint System
protect your unborn child is to protect devices, including booster seats. The age
yourself by always wearing the seat belt. at which seat belts can be used instead
Pregnant women should always wear of Child Restraint System differs among
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the countries, so you should be aware of the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed specific requirements in your country,
between your breasts and away from and where you are travelling. Infant and
your neck. Place the lap belt below your Child Restraint System must be properly
belly so that it fits SNUGLY across your placed and installed in a rear seat.
hips and pelvic bone, under the rounded For more information refer to the “Child
part of the belly. Restraint Systems” in this chapter.

WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury or ALWAYS properly restrain infants and
death to an unborn child during an small children in a Child Restraint
accident, pregnant women should System appropriate for the child’s
NEVER place the lap portion of the height and weight.
seat belt above or over the area of the To reduce the risk of serious injury or
abdomen where the unborn child is death to a child and other passengers,
located. NEVER hold a child in your lap or arms
when the vehicle is moving. The violent
forces created during an accident will
tear the child from your arms and throw
the child against the interior of the
vehicle.

Small children are best protected from

injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a Child
Restraint System that meets the
requirements of the Safety Standards of
your country. Before buying any Child
Restraint System, make sure that it has
a label certifying that it meets Safety
Standard of your country.
The Child Restraint System must be
appropriate for your child’s height and
weight. Check the label on the Child
Restraint System for this information.
Refer to “Child Restraint Systems” in this
chapter.

3-29
Safety system

Larger children Seat belt use and injured people

Children under age 13 and who are A seat belt should be used when an
too large for a booster seat should injured person is being transported.
always occupy the rear seat and use the Consult a physician for specific
available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt recommendations.
should lie across the upper thighs and
be snug across the shoulder and chest One person per belt
to restrain the child safely. Check belt fit Two people (including children) should
periodically. A child’s squirming could never attempt to use a single seat belt.
put the belt out of position. In the event This could increase the severity of
of an accident, children are afforded the injuries in case of an accident.
best safety restrained by a proper Child
Restraint System in the rear seats. Do not lie down
If a larger child over age 13 must be
Sitting in a reclined position when the
seated in the front seat, the child must
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
be securely restrained by the available
Even when buckled up, the protections
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
of your restraint system (seat belts
placed in the rearmost position.
and/or air bags) is greatly reduced by
If the shoulder belt portion slightly reclining your seatback.
touches the child’s neck or face, try
Seat belts must be snug against your
placing the child closer to the center
hips and chest to work properly.
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck, they need to During an accident, you could be thrown
be returned to an appropriate booster into the seat belt, causing neck or other
seat in the rear seat. injuries.
The more the seat back is reclined, the
greater the chance for the passenger’s
WARNING hips to slide under the lap belt or the
ś Always make sure larger children’s passenger’s neck to strike the shoulder
seat belts are worn and properly belt.
adjusted.
ś NEVER allow the shoulder belt to WARNING
contact the child’s neck or face.
ś NEVER ride with a reclined seatback
ś Do not allow more than one child to
when the vehicle is moving.
use a single seat belt.
ś Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
ś Driver and passengers should always
sit well back in their seats, properly
belted, and with the seatbacks
upright.

3-30
 03
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition,
care should be taken to assure that seat
belts and belt hardware are not damaged
by seat hinges, doors or other abuse.

Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of any
kind. Any damaged parts should be
replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry

Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts

The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident.
This should be done even if no damage is
visible. We recommend that you consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-31
Safety system

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM ǣCRSǤ

Our recommendation: Child Restraint System (CRS)
Children always in the rear Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rearward-
facing or forward-facing CRS that has
WARNING first been properly secured to the seat
Always properly restrain children in the of the vehicle. Read and comply with
vehicle. Children of all ages are safer the instructions for installation and use
when riding in the rear seats. Never provided by the manufacturer of the
place a rearward-facing Child Restraint Child Restraint System.
System on the front passenger seat,
unless the air bag is deactivated.
WARNING
Children under age 13 should always ś Always follow the Child Restraint
ride in the rear seats and must always be System manufacturer’s instructions
properly restrained to minimize the risk for installation and use.
of injury in an accident, sudden stop or ś Always properly restrain your child in
sudden maneuver. the Child Restraint System.
According to accident statistics, children ś Do not use an infant carrier or a
are safer when properly restrained in the child safety seat that “hooks” over
rear seats than in the front seat. Children a seatback, it may not provide
too large for a Child Restraint System adequate protection in an accident.
must use the seat belts provided. ś After an accident, we recommend
Most countries have regulations which a HYUNDAI dealer to check the
require children to travel in approved Child Restraint System, seat belts,
Child Restraint Systems. ISOFIX anchorages and top-tether
The laws governing the age or height/ anchorages.
weight restrictions at which seat belts
can be used instead of Child Restraint
System differs among countries, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your country, and where
you are travelling.
Child Restraint Systems must be properly
installed in the vehicle seat. Always use
a commercially available Child Restraint
System that meets the requirements of
your country.

3-32
 03
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a Child Restraint System
for your child, always:
ś Make sure the Child Restraint System
has a label certifying that it meets
applicable Safety Standards of your
country.
A Child Restraint System may only
be installed if it was approved in
accordance with the requirements of OOS037028
ECE-R44 or ECE-R129. Rearward-facing Child Restraint System
ś Select a Child Restraint System based A rearward-facing Child Restraint System
on your child’s height and weight. The provides restraint with the seating
required label or the instructions for surface against the back of the child. The
use typically provide this information. harness system holds the child in place,
ś Select a Child Restraint System that and in an accident, acts to keep the child
fits the vehicle seating position where positioned in the Child Restraint Systems
it will be used. and reduce the stress to the fragile neck
ś Read and comply with the warnings and spinal cord.
and instructions for installation and All children under the age of one year
use provided with the Child Restraint must always ride in a rearward-facing
System. Child Restraint System. There are
different types of rearward-facing Child
Child Restraint System types Restraint Systems: infant-only Child
Restraint Systems can only be used
There are three main types of Child
rearward-facing. Convertible and 3-in-1
Restraint Systems: rearward-facing,
Child Restraint Systems typically have
forward-facing and booster Child
higher height and weight limits for the
Restraint Systems.
rearward-facing position, allowing you
They are classified according to the to keep your child rearward-facing for a
child’s age, height and weight. longer period of time.
Keep using Child Restraint Systems in
the rearward-facing position as long as
children fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer.

3-33
Safety system

Booster seats
A booster seat is a Child Restraint
System designed to improve the fit of
the vehicle’s seat belt system. A booster
seat positions the seat belt so that it
fits properly over the stronger parts of
your child’s body. Keep your children in
booster seats until they are big enough
to fit in a seat belt properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie comfortable across the upper
OOS037029
thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder
Forward-facing Child Restraint System belt should lie comfortable across the
A forward-facing Child Restraint System shoulder and chest and not across the
provides restraint for the child’s body neck or face. Children under age 13
with a harness. Keep children in a must always be properly restrained to
forward-facing Child Restraint System minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
with a harness until they reach the top sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
height or weight limit allowed by your
Child Restraint System’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forward-
facing Child Restraint System, your child
is ready for a booster seat.

3-34
 03
Installing a Child Restraint ś Make sure the Child Restraint System
System (CRS) is firmly secured. After installing a
Child Restraint System to the vehicle,
push and pull the seat forward and
WARNING from side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A Child
Before installing your Child Restraint Restraint System secured with a seat
System always: belt should be installed as firmly as
Read and follow the instructions possible. However, some side-to- side
provided by the manufacturer of the movement can be expected.
Child Restraint System. When installing a Child Restraint
Failure to follow all warnings and System, adjust the vehicle seat and
instructions could increase the risk of seatback (up and down, forward
the SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if an and rearward) so that your child fits
accident occurs. in the Child Restraint System in a
confortable manner.
WARNING ś Secure the child in the Child
Restraint System. Make sure the
If the vehicle headrest prevents proper child is properly strapped in the Child
installation of a Child Restraint System, Restraint System according to the
the headrest of the respective seating Child Restraint System manufacturer’s
position shall be readjusted or entirely instructions.
removed.

After selecting a proper Child Restraint CAUTION

System for your child and checking that A Child Restraint System in a closed
the Child Restraint System fits properly vehicle can become very hot. To prevent
on the seating position, there are three burns, check the seating surface and
general steps for a proper installation: buckles before placing your child in the
ś Properly secure the Child Restraint Child Restraint System.
System to the vehicle. All Child
Restraint Systems must be secured
to the vehicle with the lap belt or lap
part of a lap/shoulder belt or with
the ISOFIX top-tether and/or ISOFIX
anchorage and/or with the support
leg.

3-35
Safety system

Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint
Systems according to UN regulations (for Europe)
(Information for use by vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
ś Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
ś No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
ś “-” : Not applicable
ś The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is
valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information
for the seating position number 3.

Seating positions
CRS categories Seating position
1 2 3 4 5 6
Yes1) Yes Yes2) Yes
Universal belted CRS - -
F, R F, R F, R F, R

Yes Yes
i-size CRS - - No No
F, R F, R

ISOFIX infant
F : Forward facing
CRS ISOFIX Yes Yes R : Rearward facing
- - No No
(i.e. CRS for a (R1) R R
baby)
Carry cot
ISOFIX
(ISOFIX lateral - - No No No No
(L1,L2)
facing CRS)
ISOFIX
ISOFIX toddler Yes Yes
(F2,F2X, - - No No
CRS - small F, R F, R
R2X)
ISOFIX toddler OOSEV038035L

CRS – large* ISOFIX Yes3) Yes3)

- - No No
(* : not booster (F3, R3) F, R F, R
seats)
Booster Seat - ISO CRF:
- - No Yes No Yes
reduced Width B2
Booster Seat - ISO CRF:
- - No No No No
full Width B3

3-36
 03
Position in the Position in the
Seat number Seat number
vehicle vehicle
1 Front left 4 2nd row left
2 Front center 5 2nd row center
3 Front right 6 2nd row right

Note1) : You should adjust seatback or seat pumping(if equipped) properly.

Note2) : The seating position(number 5) is not suitable for fitment of child restraint
system with support leg.
Note3) : For fitment of ISOFIX toddler’s rearward facing large CRS
- Driver’s seat : Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height.
- Front passenger seat : Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate
position.
à Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat,
unless the passenger air bag is deactivated.
à For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the
vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS.
à It is recommended to remove the head restraint, when CRS is unstable due to head
restraint

3-37
Safety system

Recommended Child Restraint Systems (for Europe)

ECE-R44/R129
Mass group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation
Approval No.
Cabriofix &
Group 0+ Maxi Cosi ISOFIX E4 04443907
Familyfix
ISOFIX and
Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer E1 04301133
top-tether
ISOFIX and
Group II KidFix II XP Britax Römer E1 04301323
vehicle belt
E11 03.44.164
Group III Junior III Graco Vehicle belt
E11 03.44.165

CRS Manufacturer information

Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com
Britax Römer http://www.britax.com
Graco http://www.gracobaby.com

3-38
 03
Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint
Systems according to UN regulations (except Europe)
(Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)
ś Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
ś No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS
ś “-” : Not applicable
ś The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is
valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information
for the seating position number 3.

Seating positions
CRS categories Seating position
1 2 3 4 5 6
Yes1) Yes Yes2) Yes
Universal belted CRS - -
F, R F, R F, R F, R

Yes Yes
i-size CRS - - No No
F, R F, R

ISOFIX infant
F : Forward facing
CRS ISOFIX Yes Yes R : Rearward facing
- - No No
(i.e. CRS for a (R1) R R
baby)
Carry cot
ISOFIX
(ISOFIX lateral - - No No No No
(L1,L2)
facing CRS)
ISOFIX
ISOFIX toddler Yes Yes
(F2,F2X, - - No No
CRS - small F, R F, R
R2X)
ISOFIX toddler OOSEV038035L

CRS – large* ISOFIX Yes3) Yes3)

- - No No
(* : not booster (F3, R3) F, R F, R
seats)
Booster Seat - ISO CRF:
- - No Yes No Yes
reduced Width B2
Booster Seat - ISO CRF:
- - No No No No
full Width B3

3-39
Safety system

Position in the Position in the

Seat number Seat number
vehicle vehicle
1 Front left 4 2nd row left
2 Front center 5 2nd row center
3 Front right 6 2nd row right

Note1) : You should adjust seatback or seat pumping(if equipped) properly.

Note2) : The seating position(number 5) is not suitable for fitment of child restraint
system with support leg.
Note3) : For fitment of ISOFIX toddler’s rearward facing large CRS
- Driver’s seat : Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height.
- Front passenger seat : Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate
position.
à Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat,
unless the passenger air bag is deactivated.
à For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the
vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS.
à It is recommended to remove the head restraint, when CRS is unstable due to head
restraint

3-40
 03
ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether
anchorage (ISOFIX anchorage
system) for children
The ISOFIX system holds a Child
Restraint System during driving and in
an accident. This system is designed
to make installation of the Child
Restraint System easier and reduce
the possibility of improperly installing
your Child Restraint System. The ISOFIX
system uses anchors in the vehicle and
OOSEV038012
attachments on the Child Restraint
System. The ISOFIX system eliminates ISOFIX anchorages have been provided
the need to use seat belts to secure the in the left and right outboard rear seating
Child Restraint System to the rear seats. positions. Their locations are shown in
ISOFIX anchorages are metal bars built the illustration.
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each ISOFIX seating position WARNING
that will accommodate a Child Restraint
System with lower attachments. Do not attempt to install a Child
Restraint System using ISOFIX
To use the ISOFIX system in your vehicle,
anchorages in the rear center
you must have a Child Restraint System
seating position. There are no ISOFIX
with ISOFIX attachments.
anchorages provided for this seat.
The Child Restraint System manufacturer Using the outboard seat anchorages, for
will provide you with instructions on how the CRS installation on the rear center
to use the Child Restraint System with its seating position, can damage the
attachments for the ISOFIX anchorages. anchorages.

3-41
Safety system

Securing a Child Restraint System

with the “ISOFIX Anchorage System”
To install an i-Size or ISOFIX-compatible
Child Restraint System in either of the
rear outboard seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the ISOFIX anchorages.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchorages that could prevent
a secure connection between the
OOS037076 Child Restraint System and the ISOFIX
[A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator,
anchorages.
[B] : ISOFIX Anchorage 3. Place the Child Restraint System on
the vehicle seat, then attach the seat
ISOFIX anchorages are located between to the ISOFIX anchorages according to
the seatback and the seat cushion of the the instructions provided by the Child
rear seat left and right outboard seating Restraint System manufacturer.
positions, indicated by the symbols .
4. Follow the instructions of the Child
Restraint System’s manufacturer for
proper installation and connection
of the ISOFIX attachments on the
Child Restraint System to the ISOFIX
anchorages.

3-42
 03
WARNING Securing a Child Restraint System
seat with “Top-tether Anchorage”
Take the following precautions when system
using the ISOFIX system:
ś Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with your Child
Restraint System.
ś To prevent the child from reaching
and taking hold of unretracted
seat belts, buckle all unused rear
seat belts and retract the seat belt
webbing behind the child. Children
can be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around their neck
and the seat belt tightens. OOS037031
ś NEVER attach more than one Top-tether anchorages for Child Restraint
Child Restraint System to a single Systems are located on the rear of the
anchorage. This could cause the seatbacks.
anchor or attachment to come loose
or break.
ś Following an accident we
recommend to have the ISOFIX
system inspected by your HYUNDAI
dealer. An accident can damage the
ISOFIX system and may not properly
secure the Child Restraint System.

OOS037032

To install the tether anchor:

1. Route the Child Restraint System top-
tether strap over the seatback. Placing
the top tether strap, please follow
the instructions of the Child Restraint
System manufacturer.
2. Connect the top-tether strap to the
top-tether anchorage, then tighten
the top-tether strap according to the
instructions of your Child Restraint
System’s manufacturer to firmly
attach the Child Restraint System to
the seat.

3-43
Safety system

WARNING Securing a Child Restraint System

with a lap/shoulder belt
Take the following precautions when
installing the top-tether: When not using the ISOFIX system, all
Child Restraint Systems must be secured
ś Read and follow all installation to a rear seat with the lap part of a lap/
instructions provided with your Child shoulder belt.
Restraint System.
ś NEVER attach more than one Child
Restraint System to a single ISOFIX
top-tether anchorage. This could
cause the anchorage or attachment
to come loose or break.
ś Do not attach the top-tether to
anything other than the correct top-
tether anchorage. It may not work
properly if attached to something
else.
ś Child Restraint System anchorages OLMB033044
are designed to withstand only those
loads imposed by correctly fitted Installing a Child Restraint System with a
Child Restraint System. lap/shoulder belt
Under no circumstances are they To install a Child Restraint System on the
to be used for adult seat belts or rear seats, do the following:
harnesses or for attaching other 1. Place the Child Restraint System on a
items or equipment to the vehicle. rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder
belt around or through the Child
Restraint System, following the Child
Restraint System manufacturer’s
instructions. Make sure the seat belt
webbing is not twisted.

OOS037030

2. Make sure to insert the belt into the

guide (1) and check that the seat belt
is not twisted.

3-44
 03

ODH033063 OHI038183L

3. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 4. Remove as much slack from the belt
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct as possible by pushing down on the
“click” sound. Child Restraint System while feeding
the shoulder belt back into the
retractor.
Information 5. Push and pull on the Child Restraint
Position the release button so that it is easy System to confirm that the seat belt is
to access in case of an emergency. holding it firmly in place.

If your Child Restraint System

manufacturer recommends the use of a
top-tether with the lap/shoulder belt, see
page 3-43.
To remove the Child Restraint System,
press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the Child Restraint System and allow the
seat belt to retract fully.

3-45
Safety system

AIR BAG ǘ SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Left-hand drive
„

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS037034/OOS037070L

1. Driver’s front air bag 4. Curtain air bag*

2. Passenger’s front air bag 5. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF
3. Side air bag* switch*
* : if equipped

3-46
 03
Right-hand drive
„

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS037034R/OOS037070E

1. Driver’s front air bag 4. Curtain air bag*

2. Passenger’s front air bag 5. Front passenger air bag ON/OFF
3. Side air bag* switch*
* : if equipped

3-47
Safety system

The vehicles are equipped with a WARNING

Supplemental Air Bag System for the
driver’s seat and front passenger’s seats. AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
The front air bags are designed to ALWAYS use seat belts Child Restraint
supplement the three-point seat belts. Systems - every trip, every time,
For these air bags to provide protection, everyone! Even with air bags, you
the seat belts must be worn at all times can be seriously injured or killed in a
when driving. collision if you are improperly belted or
You can be severely injured or killed not wearing your seat belt when the air
in an accident if you are not wearing bag inflates.
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to NEVER place a child in any Child
supplement seat belts, but do not Restraint System or booster seat in the
replace them. Also, air bags are not front passenger seat, unless the air bag
designed to deploy in every collision. In is deactivated.
some accidents, the seat belts are the An inflating air bag could forcefully
only restraint protecting you. strike the infant or child causing serious
or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age
13 in the back seat. It is the safest place
for children of any age to ride. If a child
age 13 or older must be seated in the
front seat, he or she must be properly
belted and the seat should be moved as
far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with
the seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with
their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor
until the vehicle is parked and the
engine is turned off. If an occupant is
out of position during an accident, the
rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully
contact the occupant causing serious or
fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never
sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air
bags or lean against the door or center
console.
Move your seat as far back as possible
from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle.

3-48
 03
Where are the air bags? The SRS consists of air bags which are
Driver’s and passenger’s front air located in the center of the steering
bags wheel, in the driver’s side lower crash
pad below the steering wheel, and the
Driver’s front air bag
„ passenger’s side front panel pad above
the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle’s driver and front passengers with
additional protection than that offered
by the seat belt system alone in case of a
frontal impact of sufficient severity.

OOS037035
WARNING
Passenger’s front air bag
„
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from inflating front air bags, take
the following precautions:
ś Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
ś Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags, while
still maintaining control of the
vehicle.
OOS030055L
ś Never lean against the door or center
Your vehicle is equipped with a console.
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ś Do not allow the front passenger
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver to place their feet or legs on the
and passenger seating positions. dashboard.
ś No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder, cup
holder, perfume or stickers) should
be placed over or near the air bag
modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, windshield glass,
and the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle is in a
crash severe enough to cause the air
bags to deploy.
ś Do not attach any objects on the
front windshield and inside mirror.

3-49
Safety system

OOS037071L OOS030053L

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch To reactivate the passenger’s front air
(if equipped) bag:
The purpose of the switch is to disable Insert the key or a similar rigid device
the passenger’s front air bag in order into the passenger’s front air bag
to transport occupants who are at ON/OFF switch and turn it to the ON
increased risk for air bag-related injury position. The passenger air bag ON
due to age, size, or medical condition. indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on
for 60 seconds.

Information
The passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the ignition switch is placed in the
ON position.

WARNING
OOS030052L
Never allow an adult passenger to
ride in the front passenger seat when
To deactivate the passenger’s front air the passenger air bag OFF indicator is
bag: illuminated. During a collision, the air
Insert the key or a similar rigid device bag will not inflate if the indicator is
into the passenger’s front air bag ON/ illuminated. Turn on the passenger’s
OFF switch and turn it to the OFF front air bag or have your passenger
position. The passenger air bag OFF move to the rear seat.
indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on
until the passenger’s front air bag is
reactivated.

3-50
 03
WARNING Side air bags (if equipped)
If the passenger’s front air bag ON/
OFF switch malfunctions, the following
conditions may occur:
ś The air bag warning light ( ) on the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
ś The passenger air bag OFF indicator
( ) will not illuminate and the ON
indicator ( ) will come on and go
off after approximately 60 seconds.
The passenger’s front air bag will
inflate in a frontal impact even OOS037040
though the passenger’s front air
bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF
position.
ś We recommend that an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the
passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch and the SRS air bag system as
soon as possible.

OOS037041

Your vehicle is equipped with a side air

bag in each front seat. The purpose of
the air bag is to provide the vehicle’s
driver and the front passenger with
additional protection than that offered by
the seat belt alone.
The side air bags are designed to deploy
during certain side impact collisions,
depending on the crash severity.
The side air bags on both sides of the
vehicle are designed to deploy when a
rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
(if equipped with rollover sensor)
The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.

3-51
Safety system

WARNING Curtain air bags (if equipped)

To reduce the risk of serious injury or
death from an inflating side air bag,
take the following precautions:
ś Seat belts must be worn at all times
to help keep occupants positioned
properly.
ś Do not allow passengers to lean their
heads or bodies onto doors, put their
arms on the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats. OOS037042
ś Hold the steering wheel at the 9
o’clock and 3 o’clock positions, to
minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
ś Do not use any accessory seat
covers. This could reduce or prevent
the effectiveness of the system.
ś Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may cause
vehicle damage or personal injury
especially when air bag is inflated.
OOS037043
ś Do not place any objects over the
air bag or between the air bag and Curtain air bags are located along both
yourself. Also, do not attach any sides of the roof rails above the front and
objects around the area the air bag rear doors.
inflates such as the door, side door They are designed to help protect the
glass, front and rear pillar. heads of the front seat occupants and
ś Do not place any objects between the rear outboard seat occupants in
the door and the seat. They may certain side impact collisions.
become dangerous projectiles if the The curtain air bags are designed to
side air bag inflates. deploy during certain side impact
ś Do not install any accessories on the collisions, depending on the crash
side or near the side air bags. severity.
ś Do not cause impact to the doors The curtain air bags on both sides of the
when the ignition switch is in the ON vehicle are designed to deploy when a
position as this may cause the side rollover is detected by a rollover sensor.
air bags to inflate. (if equipped with rollover sensor)
ś If the seat or seat cover is damaged, The curtain air bags are not designed
we recommend that the system be to deploy in all side impact or rollover
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI situations.
dealer.

3-52
 03
WARNING How does the air bags system
To reduce the risk of serious injury or
operate?
death from an inflating curtain air bag,
take the following precautions:
ś All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help keep
occupants positioned properly.
ś Properly secure Child Restraint
System as far away from the door as
possible.
ś Do not place any objects over the air
bag. Also, do not attach any objects
around the area the air bag inflates OOS037063L
such as the door, side door glass, The SRS consists of the following
front and rear pillar, roof side rail. components:
ś Do not hang other objects except (1) Driver’s front air bag module
clothes, especially hard or breakable
objects. (2) Passenger’s front air bag module
In an accident, it may cause vehicle (3) Side air bag modules
damage or personal injury. (4) Curtain air bag modules
ś Do not allow passengers to lean their (5) Rear retractor pre-tensioner
heads or bodies onto doors, put their (if equipped)
arms on the doors, stretch their arms (6) Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
out of the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats. (7) Air bag warning light
ś Do not open or repair the side curtain (8) SRS control module (SRSCM)/
air bags. Rollover sensor
(9) Front impact sensors
(10) Side impact sensors (acceleration)
(11) Side impact sensors (pressure)
(12) Passenger’s front air bag OFF
indicator (front passenger’s seat only)
(13) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch

The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS

components while the ignition switch
is ON to determine if a crash impact
is severe enough to require air bag
deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt
deployment.

3-53
Safety system

SRS warning light During a moderate to severe frontal

collision, sensors will detect the
vehicle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate of
deceleration is high enough, the control
The SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
unit will inflate the front air bags, at the
air bag warning light on the instrument
time and with the force needed.
panel displays the air bag symbol
depicted in the illustration. The system The front air bags help protect the driver
checks the air bag electrical system for and front passenger by responding to
malfunctions. The light indicates that frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
there is a potential problem with your cannot provide adequate restraint. When
air bag system, which could include needed, the side air bags help provide
your side and/or curtain air bags used protection in the event of a side impact
for rollover protection (if equipped with or rollover by supporting the side upper
rollover sensor). body area.
ś Air bags are activated (able to inflate
if necessary) only when the ignition
WARNING switch is in the ON position.
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag ś Air bags inflate in the event of certain
may not inflate properly during an frontal or side collisions to help
accident increasing the risk of serious protect the occupants from serious
injury or death. physical injury.
If any of the following conditions occur, ś There is no single speed at which the
your SRS is malfunctioning: air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
ś The light does not turn on for are designed to inflate based upon the
approximately six seconds when the severity of a collision and its direction.
ignition switch is in the ON position. These two factors determine whether
ś The light stays on after illuminating the sensors produce an electronic
for approximately six seconds. deployment/inflation signal.
ś The light comes on while the vehicle ś The front air bags will completely
is in motion. inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see the
ś The light blinks when the engine is air bags inflate during an accident. It is
running. much more likely that you will simply
We recommend that an authorized see the deflated air bags hanging out
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS of their storage compartments after
as soon as possible if any of these the collision.
conditions occur. ś In addition to inflating in serious side
collisions, vehicles equipped with a
rollover sensor, side and/or curtain air
bags will inflate if the sensing system
detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, curtain
air bags will remain inflated longer to
help provide protection from ejection,
especially when used in conjunction
with the seat belts. (if equipped with a
rollover sensor)

3-54
 03
ś To help provide protection, the air Driver’s front air bag (1)
„
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which
to inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or life-
threatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation OLMB033054
can also cause injuries which can When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
include facial abrasions, bruises and severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
broken bones because the inflation it will automatically deploy the front air
speed also causes the air bags to bags.
expand with a great deal of force.
ś There are even circumstances under Driver’s front air bag (2)
„
which contact with the air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the air bag.
You can take steps to reduce the risk of
being injured by an inflating air bag. The
greatest risk is sitting too close to the air
bag. An air bag needs space to inflate.
It is recommended that drivers sit as far
as possible between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest while still OLMB033055
maintaining control of the vehicle. Upon deployment, tear seam molded
directly into the pad cover will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver’s or the front passenger’s forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.

3-55
Safety system

Driver’s front air bag (3)

„
WARNING
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger’s air bag inflates:
ś Do not install or place any objects
(drink holder, CD holder, stickers,
etc.) on the front passenger’s panel
above the glove box where the
passenger’s air bag is located.
ś Do not install a container of liquid
OLMB033056 air freshener near the instrument
Passenger’s front air bag
„ cluster or on the instrument panel
surface.

OLMB033057

After complete inflation, the air bag

immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility
and the ability to steer or operate other
controls.

3-56
 03
What to expect after an air bag Noise and smoke from inflating air
inflates bag
After a frontal or side air bag inflates, it When the air bags inflate, they make a
will deflate very quickly. Air bag inflation loud noise and may produce smoke and
will not prevent the driver from seeing powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
out of the windshield or being able This is normal and is a result of the
to steer. Curtain air bags may remain ignition of the air bag inflator. After the
partially inflated for some time after they air bag inflates, you may feel substantial
deploy. discomfort in breathing because of the
contact of your chest with both the seat
belt and the air bag, as well as from
WARNING breathing the smoke and powder. The
After an air bag inflates, take the powder may aggravate asthma for some
following precautions: people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment,
ś Open your windows and doors as seek medical attention immediately.
soon as possible after impact to
reduce prolonged exposure to the Though the smoke and powder are
smoke and powder released by the nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
inflating air bag. the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is
the case, wash and rinse with cold water
ś Do not touch the air bag storage immediately and seek medical attention
area’s internal components if the symptoms persist.
immediately after an air bag has
inflated. The parts that come into
contact with an inflating air bag may
be very hot.
ś Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with cold water and mild
soap.
ś We recommend that an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag
immediately after deployment. Air
bags are designed to be used only
once.

3-57
Safety system

Do not install a Child Restraint Why didn’t my air bag go off in a

System on the front passenger seat collision?
There are certain types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third
collisions in multiple impact accidents,
as well as low speed impacts. Damage to
the vehicle indicates a collision energy
absorption, and is not an indicator of
whether or not an air bag should have
inflated.

OYDESA2042 Air bag collision sensors

Never install a Child Restraint System in
the front passenger seat, unless the air
bag is deactivated
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and causing
WARNING serious injury or death:
NEVER use a rearward facing Child ś Do not hit or allow any objects to
Restraint on a seat protected by an impact the locations where air bags
ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or sensors are installed.
or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can ś Do not perform maintenance on or
occur. around the air bag sensors. If the
location or angle of the sensors is
altered, the air bags may deploy
when they should not or may not
deploy when they should.
ś Installing bumper guards with non-
genuine HYUNDAI or non-equivalent
parts may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deployment
performance. To ensure correct
function of the airbag system we
recommend to replace the bumper
with genuine HYUNDAI part or the
equivalent (of the genuine part)
specified for your vehicle.
ś Place the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF or ACC position, when the
vehicle is being towed to prevent
inadvertent air bag deployment.
ś We recommend that all air bag
repairs are conducted by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

3-58
 03

OOS030044K/OOS037045/OOS030046K/OOS037047/OOS037077

1. SRS control module

2. Front impact sensor (front door)
3. Side pressure sensor (front)*
4. Side impact sensor (rear)*
* : if equipped

3-59
Safety system

Air bag inflation conditions Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags are designed
to inflate when an impact is detected
by side collision sensors depending on
the severity, speed or angles of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
Although the driver’s and front
passenger’s air bags are designed to
inflate in frontal collisions, they also may
inflate in other types of collisions if the
front impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact. Side and curtain air bags are
OOS037049 designed to inflate in side impact
Front air bags collisions, but they may inflate in other
collisions if the side impact sensors
Front air bags are designed to inflate detect a sufficient impact.
in a frontal collision depending on the
severity, speed or angles of impact of the Also, the side and curtain air bags are
front collision. designed to inflate when a rollover
is detected by a rollover sensor. (if
equipped with rollover sensor)
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.

OOS030050K

OCN7030042

3-60
 03
Air bag non-inflation conditions

OOS030051K

OOS037052 Front air bags may not inflate in side

impact collisions, because occupants
In certain low-speed collisions the air move in the direction of the collision,
bags may not deploy. The air bags are and thus in side impacts, front air bag
designed not to deploy in such cases deployment would not provide additional
because they may not provide benefits occupant protection.
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
However, side and curtain air bags may
inflate depending on the severity, vehicle
speed and angles of impact.

OOS037053

Front air bags are not designed to inflate

in rear collisions, because occupants OTL035069
are moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags In an angled collision, the force of impact
would not provide any additional benefit. may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.

3-61
Safety system

Information
ś Vehicles equipped with rollover sensor
The side and curtain air bags may
inflate in a rollover situation, when it is
detected by the rollover sensor.
ś Vehicles not equipped with rollover
sensor
The side and/or curtain air bags may
inflate when the vehicle is rolled over
OOS037055
by a side impact collision, if the vehicle
Just before impact, drivers often brake is equipped with side and/or curtain air
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the bags.
front portion of the vehicle causing it
to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this “under-ride” situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.

OOS030054L

Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle

collides with objects such as utility poles
or trees, where the point of impact is
concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
OTL035068

Front air bags may not inflate in

rollover accidents because front air bag
deployment would not provide additional
occupant protection.

3-62
 03
SRS care WARNING
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free To reduce the risk of serious injury or
and there are no parts you can safely death take the following precautions:
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate ś Do not attempt to modify or
when the ignition switch is in the ON disconnect the SRS components or
position, or continuously remains on, wiring, including the addition of any
we recommend that the system be kind of badges to the pad covers or
immediately inspected by an authorized modifications to the body structure.
HYUNDAI dealer. ś Do not place objects over or near
We recommend any work on the SRS the air bag modules on the steering
system, such as removing, installing, wheel, instrument panel, and the
repairing, or any work on the steering front passenger’s panel above the
wheel, the front passenger’s panel, front glove box.
seats and roof rails be performed by an ś Clean the air bag pad covers with
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper a soft cloth moistened with plain
handling of the SRS system may result in water. Solvents or cleaners could
serious personal injury. adversely affect the air bag covers
and proper deployment of the
system.
ś We recommend that inflated air
bags be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ś If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed.
We recommend that you consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
the necessary information. Failure
to follow these precautions could
increase the risk of personal injury.

3-63
Safety system

Additional safety precautions Air bag warning labels

Passengers should not move out of
or change seats while the vehicle is
moving. A passenger who is not wearing
a seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve
occupant comfort or reposition the seat
belt can reduce the protection provided
by the seat belt and increase the chance OOS037079L
of serious injury in a crash. Air bag warning labels are attached to
Do not modify the front seats. alert the passengers of potential risks of
Modification of the front seats could the air bag system.
interfere with the operation of the Be sure to read all of the information
supplemental restraint system sensing about the air bags that are installed on
components or side air bags. your vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front seats
could interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing
components and wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the ignition
switch is in the ON position may cause
the air bags to inflate.

Adding equipment to or modifying

your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle’s frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle’s air bag system.

3-64
4. Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster ............................................................................................ 4-2
Instrument cluster control ...........................................................................................4-3
Instrument panel illumination...................................................................................4-3
Gauges and meters ......................................................................................................4-3
Speedometer .............................................................................................................4-3
Tachometer ............................................................................................................... 4-4
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ....................................................................... 4-4
Fuel Gauge .................................................................................................................4-5
Outside Temperature Gauge .....................................................................................4-5
Odometer .................................................................................................................. 4-6
Distance to empty .................................................................................................... 4-6
Transmission shift indicator......................................................................................... 4-7
LCD display messages ...............................................................................................4-25
LCD display.......................................................................................................4-31
LCD display control .................................................................................................... 4-31
View modes ................................................................................................................4-32
Trip computer mode ................................................................................................4-33 4
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode .........................................................................................4-33
Driving Assist mode .................................................................................................4-33
Master warning group .............................................................................................4-34
Urea level (Diesel engine) ........................................................................................4-35
User settings mode ....................................................................................................4-36
Trip computer (Type A).............................................................................................. 4-44
Trip modes ............................................................................................................... 4-44
Trip computer (Type B).............................................................................................. 4-46
Trip modes ............................................................................................................... 4-46
Instrument cluster

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Conventional cluster (Type A)
„

Full LCD cluster (Type B)

„

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the “Gauges and Meters” in this chapter.
OOS040015L/ONX4040002

1. Tachometer 4. Fuel gauge

2. Speedometer 5. Warning and indicator lights
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

4-2
 04
Instrument cluster control Gauges and meters
Instrument panel illumination Speedometer
Type A
„
Ǵkm/h Ǵ
MPH, km/h

OOS040120 OOS040001K OOS047103N

When the vehicle’s position lights or Type B

„
headlamps are on, press the illumination Ǵkm/h Ǵ
MPH
control button to adjust the brightness of
the instrument panel illumination.
When pressing the illumination control
button, the interior switch illumination
intensity is also adjusted.

WARNING
Never adjust the instrument cluster
while driving. This could result in loss OCN704005 OCN7040005L
of control and lead to an accident that The speedometer indicates the speed of
may cause death, serious injury, or the vehicle and is calibrated in kilometers
vehicle damage. per hour (km/h) and/or miles per hour
(MPH).

OCN7040019L

ś The brightness of the instrument

panel illumination is displayed.
ś If the brightness reaches the
maximum or minimum level, an alarm
will sound.

4-3
Instrument cluster

Tachometer Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

Type A
„ Type A
„
ǴGasoline engine Ǵ
Diesel engine ǴExcept Europe Ǵ
For Europe

OOS047104L OOS047105L OOS047106 OOS047106L

Type B
„ Type B
„
ǴGasoline engine Ǵ
Diesel engine ǴExcept Europe Ǵ
For Europe

OCN704007 ONX4040006 OCN704009 OCN7040009L

The tachometer indicates the This gauge indicates the temperature

approximate number of engine of the engine coolant when the ignition
revolutions per minute (RPM). switch is in the ON position.
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/ NOTICE
or over-revving the engine.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond the
normal range area toward the “130 or
NOTICE H” position, it indicates overheating
Do not operate the engine within the that may damage the engine.
tachometer’s RED ZONE. This may Do not continue driving with an
cause severe engine damage. overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to “If the Engine
Overheats” in chapter 4.

WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap when
the engine is hot. The engine coolant is
under pressure and could cause severe
burns. Wait until the engine is cool
before adding coolant to the reservoir.

4-4
 04
Fuel Gauge WARNING
Type A
„
Running out of fuel can expose vehicle
ǴExcept Europe Ǵ
For Europe occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional
fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the “0
or E(Empty)” level.

NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely low
OOS047107 OOS047107L
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
Type B
„ cause the engine to misfire damaging
ǴExcept Europe Ǵ
For Europe the catalytic converter.

Outside Temperature Gauge

Type A
„ Type B
„

OCN7040011 OCN7040011L

This gauge indicates the approximate

amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

OOS040003K OCN7040012
Information This gauge indicates the current outside
ś The fuel tank capacity is given in air temperatures either in Celsius (°C) or
chapter 2. Fahrenheit.
ś The fuel gauge is supplemented by - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C
a low fuel warning light, which will (-40°F ~ 140°F)
illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly
The outside temperature on the display
empty.
may not immediately change like a
ś On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge general thermometer not to distract the
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel driver.
warning light may come on earlier than
The temperature unit (from °C to °F or
usual due to the movement of fuel in
from °F to °C) can be changed by:
the tank.
- User Settings mode in the Cluster :
You can change the temperature unit
in the “Other Features - Temperature
unit” .
- Automatic climate control system :
While pressing the OFF button, press
the AUTO button for 3 seconds or
more.

4-5
Instrument cluster

The temperature unit of the instrument Distance to empty

cluster and climate control system will Type A
„ Type B
„
change at once.

Odometer
Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM040018 OTM040020

ś The distance to empty is the

estimated distance the vehicle can be
driven with the remaining fuel.
OTM040017 OTM040019
ś If the estimated distance is below
The odometer indicates the total 1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer will
distance that the vehicle has been display “---” as distance to empty.
driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should be
performed. Information
ś If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted,
the distance to empty function may not
operate correctly.
ś The distance to empty may differ
from the actual driving distance as it
is an estimate of the available driving
distance.
ś The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6
gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
ś The distance to empty may vary
significantly based on driving
conditions, driving habits, and
condition of the vehicle.

4-6
 04
Transmission shift indicator Intelligent variable transmission
Manual transmission shift indicator / (if equipped)
Intelligent transmission shift indicator Type A
„
(if equipped)
Type A
„

OTL045132
Type B
„
OPDE046142
Type B
„

OCN7040013

This indicator displays which shift lever

OCN7040014 position is selected.
This indicator informs which gear is ś Park : P
recommended while driving, to save fuel. ś Reverse : R
ś Shifting up :Ÿ2, Ÿ3, Ÿ4, Ÿ5, Ÿ6 ś Neutral : N
ś Shifting down : ź1, ź2, ź3, ź4, ź5 ś Drive : D
ś Manual shift mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
gear is recommended (currently the
shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the
3rd gear is recommended (currently
the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or
6th gear).

When the system is not working properly,

the indicator is not displayed.

4-7
Instrument cluster

Dual clutch transmission shift Dual clutch transmission shift

indicator (if equipped) indicator (for Europe, if equipped)
Type A
„ Type A
„

OTL045132 OPDE046142
Type B
„ Type B
„

OCN7040013 OCN7040014

This indicator displays which shift lever In the manual shift mode, this indicator
position is selected. informs which gear is desired while
ś Park : P driving to save fuel.
ś Reverse : R ś Dual clutch transmission shift
indicator
ś Neutral : N
- Shifting up : Ÿ2, Ÿ3, Ÿ4, Ÿ5,
ś Drive : D Ÿ6, Ÿ7
ś Manual shift mode : D1, D2, D3, D4, - Shifting down : ź1, ź2, ź3, ź4,
D5, D6, D7 ź5, ź6
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd
gear is desired (currently the shift
lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to the
3rd gear is desired (currently the
shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th
gear).
When the system is not working properly,
the indicator is not displayed.

4-8
 04
Warning and indicator lights Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Information This warning light illuminates:
Make sure that all warning lights are OFF ś When you set the ignition switch or
after starting the engine. If any light is still the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON, this indicates a situation that needs ON position.
attention.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds
Air Bag Warning Light - It remains on if the parking brake is
applied.
ś When the parking brake is applied.
This warning light illuminates:
ś When the brake fluid level in the
ś When you turn the ignition switch or reservoir is low.
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position. - If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
- It illuminates for approximately 6 indicates the brake fluid level in the
seconds and then goes off. reservoir is low.
ś When there is a malfunction with the
SRS. If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is
In this case, we recommend that low:
you have the vehicle inspected by an 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
Seat Belt Warning Light brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required (For more details,
refer to “Brake Fluid” in chapter 9).
After adding brake fluid, check all
This warning light informs the driver that brake components for fluid leaks. If
the seat belt is not fastened. a brake fluid leak is found, or if the
For more details, refer to “Seat Belts” in warning light remains on, or if the
chapter 3. brakes do not operate properly, do not
drive the vehicle. We recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

4-9
Instrument cluster

Dual-diagonal braking system Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

Your vehicle is equipped with dual- Warning Light
diagonal braking systems. This means
you still have braking on two wheels even This warning light illuminates:
if one of the dual systems should fail.
ś When you set the ignition switch or
With only one of the dual systems the Engine Start/Stop button to the
working, more than normal pedal travel ON position.
and greater pedal pressure are required
- It illuminates for approximately 3
to stop the vehicle.
seconds and then goes off.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short
ś When there is a malfunction with
a distance with only a portion of the
the ABS (The normal braking system
brake system working.
will still be operational without the
If the brakes fail while you are driving, assistance of the anti-lock brake
shift to a lower gear for additional engine system).
braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it
In this case, we recommend that
is safe to do so.
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Distribution (EBD) System
Light Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light
ON is dangerous. If the Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid level is These two warning lights illuminate at the
low. same time while driving:
In this case, we recommend that you ś When the ABS and regular brake
have the vehicle inspected by an system may not work normally.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking Brake &
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
brake system will not work normally
and you may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during sudden
braking.
In this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking.
We recommend you have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.

4-10
 04
AUTO HOLD Indicator Light
Information (if equipped)
Electronic Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
This indicator light illuminates:
When the ABS Warning Light is on
or both ABS and Parking Brake & ś [White] When you activate the auto
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, the hold system by pressing the AUTO
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter may HOLD button.
not work. Also, the EPS Warning Light ś [Green] When you stop the vehicle
may illuminate and the steering effort may completely by depressing the brake
increase or decrease. pedal with the auto hold system
In this case, we recommend you have activated.
the vehicle inspected by an authorized ś [Yellow] When there is a malfunction
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. with the auto hold system.
ś In this case, we recommend that
Electronic Parking Brake you have the vehicle inspected by an
(EPB) warning light authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(if equipped) For more details, refer to “Auto Hold” in
This warning light illuminates: chapter 6.
ś When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
ś When there is a malfunction with the
EPB.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicate that
the ESC is not working properly (This
does not indicate malfunction of the EPB).

4-11
Instrument cluster

Electric Power Steering (EPS) NOTICE

Warning Light - Gasoline Engine
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
This warning light illuminates: (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic
ś When you set the ignition switch or converter damage is possible which
the Engine Start/Stop button to the could result in loss of engine power.
ON position. In this case, we recommend that you
- It illuminates for approximately 3 have the vehicle inspected by an
seconds and then goes off. authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
ś When there is a malfunction with the possible.
Electric Power Steering System.
In this case, we recommend that NOTICE
you have the vehicle inspected by an - Diesel Engine
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Malfunction Indicator Lamp blinks, an error related to the engine
control system may have occurred
(MIL) which could result in loss of engine
power, combustion noise and poor
This warning light illuminates: emission.
ś When you set the ignition switch or In this case, we recommend that
the Engine Start/Stop button to the you have the engine control system
ON position. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
- It illuminates for approximately 3 dealer.
seconds and then goes off.
ś When there is a malfunction with the NOTICE
emission control system. If the oil pressure lowers due to
In this case, we recommend that insufficient engine oil, etc., the engine
you have the vehicle inspected by an oil pressure warning light turns on
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. and an enhanced engine protection
system that limits the engine's power
NOTICE is activated. After that, engine warning
light turns on if driving repeatedly and
Driving with the Malfunction Indicator continuously.
Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to
the emission control system which
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.

4-12
 04
Charging System Warning à When oil pressure is restored to an
Light optimal level, the oil pressure warning
light and the protection system that
limits engine power will turn off. Even
This warning light illuminates:
if the oil pressure returns to normal,
ś When there is a malfunction with check the engine once again in a safe
either the alternator or electrical place.
charging system.

If there is a malfunction with either the

NOTICE
alternator or electrical charging system: ś If the engine does not stop
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe immediately after the Engine
location and stop your vehicle. Oil Pressure Warning Light is
illuminated, severe damage could
2. Turn the engine off and check the result.
alternator drive belt for looseness or
breakage. ś If the warning light stays on while the
engine is running, it indicates that
If the belt is adjusted properly, there there may be serious engine damage
may be a problem in the electrical or malfunction. In this case:
charging system.
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it is
In this case, we recommend that safe to do so.
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon 2. Turn off the engine and check the
as possible. oil level. If the oil level is low, fill
the engine oil to the proper level.
Engine Oil Pressure Warning 3. Start the engine again. If the
Light warning light stays on after
the engine is started, turn the
engine off immediately. In this
This warning light illuminates: case, we recommend that you
ś When the engine oil pressure is low. have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 9). If
the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, we
recommend that you have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
3. Driving with the warning light on may
cause engine failure.

4-13
Instrument cluster

Engine Oil Level Warning Low Fuel Level Warning

Light (if equipped) Light

The engine oil level warning light This warning light illuminates:
illuminates when the engine oil level ś When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
should be checked. Add fuel as soon as possible.
If the warning light comes on, check the
engine oil level as soon as possible and NOTICE
add engine oil as required.
Slowly pour the recommended oil little Driving with the Low Fuel Level warning
by little into a funnel. (Oil refill capacity : light on or with the fuel level below
approximately 0.6 ~ 1.0 Ţ) “0” can cause the engine to misfire
and damage the catalytic converter (if
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer equipped).
to “Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in chapter 2.)
Do not overfill the engine oil. Make sure Overspeed Warning Light
the oil level is not above F (Full) mark on (if equipped)
the dipstick.
This warning light blinks:
Information ś When you drive the vehicle more than
120 km/h.
ś If you travel approximately 50 km ~100
- This is to prevent you from driving
km after the engine warms up, after
your vehicle with overspeed.
adding the engine oil, the warning light
will go off. - The overspeed warning chime also
sound for approximately 5 seconds.
ś Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3
times within 10 seconds, the warning
light will go off immediately. However,
when you turn off the warning light
without adding the engine oil, the light
will come on again after traveling
approximately 50 ~ 100 km after the
engine warms up.

NOTICE
If the light comes on continuously after
adding the engine oil and travelling
approximately 50~100 km after the
engine warms up, we recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Even if this light doesn’t come on after
the engine has started, the engine oil
level should be periodically checked
and topped up if required.

4-14
 04
Master Warning Light Low Tire Pressure Warning
Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

ś When there is a malfunction in the ś When you set the ignition switch or
below systems. Engine Start/Stop button to the ON
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist position.
malfunction (if equipped) - It illuminates for approximately 3
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist seconds and then goes off.
radar blocked (if equipped) ś When one or more of your tires are
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning significantly underinflated (The
malfunction (if equipped) location of the underinflated tires are
displayed on the LCD display).
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped) For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter
- LED headlamp malfunction (if 8.
equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction (if This warning light remains on after
equipped) blinking for approximately 60 seconds
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go or repeatedly blinks on and off at
malfunction (if equipped) approximately 3 second intervals:
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go ś When there is a malfunction with the
radar blocked (if equipped) TPMS.
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System In this case, we recommend that
(TPMS) malfunction you have the vehicle inspected by an
To identify the details of the warning, authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
look at the LCD display. as possible.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter
8.

WARNING
Safe Stopping
ś The TPMS cannot alert you to severe
and sudden tire damage caused by
external factors.
ś If you notice any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.

4-15
Instrument cluster

Exhaust System (GPF) Exhaust System (DPF)

Warning Light Warning Light
(for gasoline engine, (for diesel engine,
if equipped) if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:
ś When accumulated soot reaches a ś When there is a malfunction with the
certain amount. Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system.
ś When this warning light illuminates, it When this warning light illuminates, it
may turn off after driving the vehicle may turn off after driving the vehicle:
under the following conditions: - At more than 60 km/h (37 mph), for
- At more than 80 km/h (50 mph) for about 25 minutes (above 2nd gear
about 30 minutes (above 3rd gear with 1500 ~ 2500 engine RPM).
with 1500 ~ 4000 engine RPM). If this warning light blinks in spite
If this warning light blinks in spite of the procedure (at this time LCD
of the procedure (at this time LCD warning message will be displayed),
warning message will be displayed), we recommend that you have the
we recommend that you have the DPF system checked by an authorized
GPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
NOTICE If you continue to drive with the DPF
If you continue to drive with the GPF warning light blinking for a long time,
warning light blinking for a long time, the DPF system can be damaged and
the GPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen.
fuel consumption can worsen.

4-16
 04
Fuel Filter Warning Light Glow Indicator Light
(for diesel engine) (for diesel engine)

This warning light illuminates:

This indicator light illuminates:
ś When water has accumulated inside
the fuel filter. ś When the engine is being preheated
with the ignition switch or Engine
In this case, remove the water from Start/Stop button in the ON position.
the fuel filter.
- The engine can be started after the
For more details, refer to “Fuel Filter” in glow indicator light goes off.
chapter 9.
- The illumination time varies
depending on the with the
NOTICE engine coolant temperature, air
ś When the Fuel Filter Warning Light temperature, and battery condition.
illuminates, engine power (vehicle If the indicator light remains on or blinks
speed & idle speed) may decrease. after the engine has warmed up or while
ś If you keep driving with the warning driving, there may be a malfunction with
light on, engine parts (injector, the engine preheating system.
common rail, high pressure fuel In this case, we recommend that
pump) may be damaged. If this you have the vehicle inspected by an
occurs, we recommend that you authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible. Information
If the engine does not start within 10
seconds after the preheating is completed,
set the ignition switch or Engine Start/
Stop Button to the LOCK or OFF position
for 10 seconds and then to the ON position
in order to preheat the engine again.

4-17
Instrument cluster

SCR warning light 4 Wheel Drive (4WD)

(Diesel Engine, if equipped) Warning Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

ś When the urea solution tank is nearly ś Once you set the ignition switch or
empty. Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON
- If the urea solution tank is nearly position.
empty: - It illuminates for approximately 3
ś Refill urea solution as soon as seconds and then goes off.
possible. ś When there is a malfunction with the
For more details, refer to “Low urea 4WD system.
solution warning message” in the In this case, we recommend that
chapter 9. you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
ś When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
ś When there is a malfunction with the
ESC system.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

ś While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6.

4-18
 04
Electronic Stability Control Immobilizer Indicator Light
(ESC) OFF Indicator Light (without smart key)
(if equipped) (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
ś When you set the ignition switch or ś When the vehicle detects the
the Engine Start/Stop button to the immobilizer in the key with the
ON position. ignition switch in the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately - At this time, you can start the
3 seconds and then goes off. engine.
ś When you deactivate the ESC system - The indicator light goes off after
by pressing the ESC OFF button. starting the engine.
For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 6. This indicator light blinks:
ś When there is a malfunction with the
AUTO STOP Indicator Light immobilizer system.
(if equipped) In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates:
ś When the engine enters the Idle Stop Immobilizer Indicator Light
mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and Go) (with smart key)
system. (if equipped)
This indicator light blinks: This indicator light illuminates for up to
ś When the automatic starting occurs, 30 seconds:
the AUTO STOP indicator on the ś When the vehicle detects the smart
cluster will blink for 5 seconds. key in the vehicle with the Engine
For more details, refer to the “ISG (Idle Start/Stop button in the ACC or ON
Stop and Go) system” in chapter 6. position.
- At this time, you can start the
Information engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
When the engine automatically starts by
starting the engine.
the ISG system, some warning lights(ABS,
ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake
warning light) may turn on for a few This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds. seconds:
This happens because of low battery ś When the smart key is not in the
voltage. It does not mean the system has vehicle.
malfunctioned. - At this time, you cannot start the
engine.

4-19
Instrument cluster

This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator Light

seconds and goes off:
ś If the smart key is in the vehicle and
the Engine Start/Stop button is ON, This indicator light blinks:
but the vehicle cannot detect the
ś When you operate the turn signals.
smart key.
If any of the following occur, there may
In this case, we recommend that
be a malfunction with the turn signal
you have the vehicle inspected by an
system.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The turn signal indicator light
This indicator light blinks: illuminates but does not blink
ś When the battery voltage of the smart - The turn signal indicator light blinks
key is low. rapidly
- At this time, you cannot start the - The turn signal indicator light does
engine. However, you can start the not illuminate at all
engine if you press the Engine Start/ If any of these conditions occur, we
Stop button with the smart key. (For recommend that you have your vehicle
more details, refer to “Starting the inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
Engine” in chapter 6). dealer.
ś When there is a malfunction with the
immobilizer system. Low Beam Indicator Light
In this case, we recommend that (if equipped)
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. This indicator light illuminates:
ś When the headlamps are on.

High Beam Indicator Light

(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

ś When the headlamps are on and in
the high beam position.
ś When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.

4-20
 04
High Beam Assist (HBA) LED Headlamp Warning
indicator light (if equipped) Light (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

ś When the high-beam is on with the ś When you turn the ignition switch or
light switch in the AUTO light position. the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ś If your vehicle detects oncoming or ON position.
preceding vehicles, High Beam Assist ś When there is a malfunction with the
(HBA) will switch the high beam to LED headlamp.
low beam automatically. In this case, we recommend that you
For more details, refer to “High Beam have the vehicle inspected by an an
Assist (HBA)” in this chapter 5. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Light ON Indicator Light This warning light blinks:

When there is a malfunction with a LED
headlamp related part.
This indicator light illuminates: In this case, we recommend that you
ś When the tail lights or headlamps are have the vehicle inspected by an an
on. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Front Fog Indicator Light NOTICE

(if equipped)
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlamp Warning Light on or blinking
This indicator light illuminates: can reduce LED headlamp life.
ś When the front fog lights are on.

Rear Fog Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates:

ś When the rear fog lights are on.

4-21
Instrument cluster

4 Wheel Drive (4WD) LOCK Cruise Indicator Light

Indicator Light (if equipped) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:

ś Once you set the ignition switch or ś When the cruise control system is
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON enabled.
position. For more details, refer to “Cruise
- It illuminates for approximately 3 Control System” in chapter 7.
seconds and then goes off.
ś When you select 4WD Lock mode by Cruise SET Indicator Light
pressing the 4WD LOCK button. (if equipped)
- The 4WD LOCK mode is to increase
the drive power when driving on
This indicator light illuminates:
wet pavement, snow covered roads
and/or off-road. ś When the cruise control speed is set.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
NOTICE Control System” in chapter 7.
Do not use 4WD LOCK mode on dry
paved roads or highway, it can cause Speed Limiter Indicator
noise, vibration or damage of 4WD Light (if equipped)
related parts.
This indicator light illuminates when:
ś When the speed limiter is enabled.
For more details, refer to “Speed Limit
Control System” in chapter 7.

4-22
 04
Downhill Brake Control SPORT Mode Indicator Light
(DBC) Indicator Light (if equipped)
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
ś Once you set the ignition switch or ś When you select “SPORT” mode as
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON drive mode.
position. For more details, refer to “Drive Mode
- It illuminates for approximately 3 Integrated Control System” in chapter
seconds and then goes off. 6.
ś When you activate the DBC system by
pressing the DBC button. ECO Mode Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This warning light blinks:
ś When the DBC is operating. This indicator light illuminates:
ś When you select “ECO” mode as drive
This warning light illuminates yellow: mode.
ś When there is a malfunction with the For more details, refer to “Drive Mode
DBC system. Integrated Control System” in chapter
In this case, we recommend that 6.
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to “Downhill
Brake Control (DBC) System” in chapter
6.

4-23
Instrument cluster

Forward Safety warning Icy Road Warning Light

light (if equipped) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This warning light is to warn the driver
ś When you set the ignition switch or the road may be icy.
Engine Start/Stop button to the ON When the temperature on the outside
position. temperature gauge is approximately
- It illuminates for approximately 3 below 4°C (40°F), the Icy Road Warning
seconds and then goes off. Light and Outside Temperature Gauge
blinks and then illuminates. Also, the
ś When there is a malfunction with the warning chime sounds 1 time.
FCA.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an Information
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the icy road warning light appears while
For more information, refer to “Forward driving, you should drive more attentively
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) and safely, refraining from over-speeding,
system” in chapter 7. rapid acceleration, sudden braking or
sharp turning, etc.
Lane Safety indicator light
(if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates:

ś [Green] When the function operating
conditions are satisfied.
ś [White] The function operating
conditions are not satisfied.
ś [Yellow] When there is a malfunction
with lane keeping assist.
In this case, we recommend that you
have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to “Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)” in chapter 7.

4-24
 04
LCD display messages Press brake pedal to start engine
Shift to P (for smart key system and (for smart key system and dual
dual clutch transmission) clutch transmission)
This warning message is displayed if you This warning message is displayed if the
try to turn off the engine without the Engine Start/Stop button changes to
shift lever in P (Park) position. the ACC position twice by pressing the
button repeatedly without depressing
At this time, the Engine Start/Stop button the brake pedal.
turns to the ACC position (If you press
the Engine Start/Stop button once more, You can start the vehicle by depressing
it will turn to the ON position). the brake pedal.

Low Key Battery Press clutch pedal to start engine

(for smart key system) (for smart key system and manual
This warning message is displayed if the
transmission)
battery of the smart key is discharged This warning message is displayed if the
while changing the Engine Start/Stop Engine Start/Stop button is in the ACC
button to the OFF position. position twice by pressing the button
repeatedly without depressing the clutch
Press START button while turning pedal.
wheel (for smart key system) Depress the clutch pedal to start the
This warning message is displayed if the engine
steering wheel does not unlock normally
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed.
You should press the Engine Start/Stop
button while turning the steering wheel
right and left.

Steering wheel not locked

(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
steering wheel is not locked while the
Engine Start/Stop button changes to the
OFF position.

Check Steering Wheel Lock System

(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if the
steering wheel does not lock normally
while the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the OFF position.

4-25
Instrument cluster

Key not in vehicle Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse

(for smart key system) (for smart key system and dual
This warning message is displayed if the clutch transmission)
smart key is not in the vehicle when you This warning message is displayed if the
open or close door in the ACC position or brake switch fuse is disconnected.
ON position. The warning sound is heard You need to replace the fuse with a new
when you close door without a smart key one. If that is not possible, you can start
in vehicle. the engine by pressing the Engine Start/
When attempting to start the vehicle Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC
always have the smart key with you. position.

Key not detected Shift to P or N to start engine

(for smart key system) (for smart key system and dual
This warning message is displayed if the clutch transmission)
smart key is not detected when you press This warning message is displayed if you
the Engine Start/Stop button. try to start the engine with the shift lever
not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position.
Press START button with key
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if you
Information
press the Engine Start/Stop button while You can start the engine with the shift
the warning message “Key not detected” lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, for
is displayed. your safety, we recommend that you start
the engine with the shift lever in the P
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
(Park) position.
light blinks.

Press START button again

(for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you were
unable to start the vehicle when the
Engine Start/Stop button was pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the engine
by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button
again.
If the warning message appears each
time you press the Engine Start/Stop
button, we recommend that you have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

4-26
 04
Door, Hood, Tailgate open Sunroof open (if equipped)

OOS040004K OOS047113
This warning is displayed indicating This warning is displayed if you turn off
which door, or hood, or tailgate is open. the engine when the sunroof is open.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
CAUTION your vehicle.
Before driving the vehicle, you should Lights mode
confirm that the door/ hood/tailgate
is fully closed. Also, check there is no Type A
„ Type B
„
door/ hood/tailgate open warning light
or message displayed on the instrument
cluster.

OIK047145L OIK047163L

This indicator displays which exterior

light is selected using the lighting
control.

4-27
Instrument cluster

Wiper mode Turn on FUSE SWITCH

Type A
„ Type B
„

OJX1049008L OJX1049063L OPDE046119

This indicator displays which wiper speed This warning message is displayed if
is selected using the wiper control. the fuse switch located on the fuse box
under the steering wheel is OFF.
Low Pressure (if equipped) You should turn the fuse switch on.
For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
chapter 9.

OTM040022L

This warning message is displayed if the

tire pressure is low. The corresponding
tire on the vehicle will be illuminated.
For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter
8.

4-28
 04
Heated Steering Wheel turned off Low urea (for diesel engine)
(if equipped) This warning message illuminates if the
This message is displayed if you turn off urea solution level in the urea solution
the heated steering wheel. tank is nearly empty.
For more details, refer to “Heated - When the SCR warning light is
Steering Wheel” in chapter 5. illuminates.
Refill urea solution as soon as possible.
Low washer fluid (if equipped) For more details, refer to “Low urea
This warning message is displayed if solution warning message” in the
the washer fluid level in the reservoir is chapter 9.
nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled. Check urea system
(for diesel engine)
Low fuel This warning message illuminates if the
This warning message is displayed if the urea system has a malfunction.
fuel tank is almost out of fuel. In this case, we recommend that you
When this message is displayed, the low have the urea system checked by an
fuel level warning light in the cluster will authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
come on. For more details, refer to “Low urea
It is recommended to look for the nearest solution warning message” in the
fueling station and refuel as soon as chapter 9.
possible.
Check headlight (if equipped)
Engine overheated/Engine has This warning message is displayed if the
overheated (if equipped) headlamps are not operating properly. A
This warning message is displayed headlamp bulb may need to be replaced.
when the engine coolant temperature
is above 120°C (248°F). This means that
the engine is overheated and may be Information
damaged. Make sure to replace the burned out bulb
If your vehicle is overheated, refer to “If with a new one of the same wattage rating.
the engine overheats” in chapter 8.

Check exhaust system (if equipped)

This warning message illuminates if the
DPF or GPF system has a malfunction. At
this time, DPF or GPF warning light also
blinks.
In this case, we recommend that you
have the DPF or GPF system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
DPF : Diesel Particulate Filter
GPF : Gasoline Particulate Filter
For more details, refer to “Warning
lights” in this chapter.

4-29
Instrument cluster

Check High Beam Assist (HBA)

system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with High Beam Assist
(HBA). We recommend that you have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to “High
Beam Assist (HBA)” in chapter 5.

Check forward safety system

(if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a malfunction with Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA). We
recommend that you have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
For more details, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)” in
chapter 7.

Check Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed
if there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Warning (DAW).
We recommend that you have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to “Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 7.

Check Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA). We recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)” in chapter 7.

4-30
 04
LCD DISPLAY
LCD display control

OOSH049025L

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons.

Switch Function

MODE button for changing modes

, MOVE switch for changing items

OK SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

4-31
Instrument cluster

View modes
View modes Symbol Explanation
This mode displays the state of :
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC)
- Highway Driving Assist (HDA)
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
Driving Assist - Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
- Drivng force distribution (4WD)
For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)", "Highway Driving Assist (HDA)", "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA)”, “Driver Attention Warning (DAW)” in
chapter 7 and "4 Wheel Drive (4WD)" in chapter 6.
This mode displays driving information such as the
Trip
tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.
Computer
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
(TBT)

In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps,

User Settings
etc.

This mode displays warning messages related to the broken

lamps, etc.
Warning This mode displays information related to the tire pressure
(TPMS), the state of driving force distribution and the
amount of remaining urea solution.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable
to your vehicle.

4-32
 04
Trip computer mode Driving Assist mode
Type A
„ Type B
„

OOSH049028L
OJX1049042L OJX1049069L
SCC/HDA/LKA
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving This mode displays the state of the Smart
parameters including fuel economy, Cruise Control, Highway Driving Assist
tripmeter information and vehicle speed. and Lane Keeping Assist.
For more information, refer to "Trip For more details, refer to each function
Computer" in this chapter. information in chapter 7.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

OIG059288L

Driver Attention Warning

OOSH049027L
This mode displays the state of Driver
Turn-by-turn navigation, distance/time
Attention Warning.
to destination information is displayed
when Turn by Turn view is selected. For more details, refer to “Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)” in chapter 7.

4-33
Instrument cluster

Master warning group

OTM040024

Driving force distribution (4WD) OIG059097L

This mode displays information related to This warning light informs the driver the
4WD driving force. following situations.
If the vehicle is in 4WD lock state, this - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
mode is not displayed. malfunction (if equipped)
For detailed information, refer to the - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
"Four Wheel Drive" in the chapter 6. radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control malfunction
(if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control radar blocked
(if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
The Master Warning Light illuminates
if one or more of the above warning
situations occur.
At this time, a Master Warning icon ( )
will appear beside the User Settings icon
( ), on the LCD display.
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the Master Warning icon will
disappear.

4-34
 04
Urea level (Diesel engine)

OCN7040026L

Tire Pressure OTM048163L

This mode displays information related to This mode dispalys the approximate
Tire Pressure. amount of remaining urea solution inside
For more details, refer to "Tire Pressure the urea solution tank.
Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter Add the urea before the level indicates
8. [E] or [0].
For more details, refer to “Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR)” in chapter 9.

4-35
Instrument cluster

User settings mode Shift to P to edit settings

This warning message illuminates if
you try to select an item from the User
Settings mode while driving.
ś Intelligent variable transmission /
Dual clutch transmission.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and
selecting the shift button to P(Park).

Quick guide (Help)

OTM040060L
This mode provides quick guides for the
In this mode, you can change the systems in the User Settings mode.
settings of the instrument cluster, doors,
lamps, etc. Select an item, press and hold the OK
button.
1. Driver Assistance
For more details about each system,
2. Head-Up Display refer to this Owner’s Manual.
3. Cluster
4. Lights
Information
5. Door
When the infotainment system is applied,
6. Convenience only the User’s Setting mode on the
7. Units infotainment system is supported but the
The information provided may differ User’s Setting mode on the instrument
depending on which functions are cluster is not supported.
applicable to your vehicle.

4-36
 04
1. Driver Assistance

Items Explanation
To adjust the sensitivity of Smart Cruise Control.
SCC śFast/Normal/Slow
Reaction
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control (SCC)'' in chapter 7.
śHighway Driving Assist
To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist.
For more details, refer to the "Highway Driving Assist (HDA)" in chapter 7.
śAuto Highway Speed Control
Driving To activate or deactivate the Auto Highway Speed Control.
Convenience For more details, refer to the "Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
(NSCC)" in chapter 7.
śSpeed Limit Warning
To activate or deactivate the Speed Limit Warning.
For more details, refer to the "Speed Limit Assist" in chapter 7.
Warning To adjust the warning timing of the driver assistance system.
Timing śNormal / Late
Warning To adjust the warning volume of the driver assistance system.
Volume śHigh / Medium / Low
śLeading Vehicle Departure Alert
To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert.
For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter
7.
śForward Attention warning
Driver
To alert the driver’s inattentive driving.
Attention
For more details, refer to the “Driver Attention Warning (DAW)” in
Warning
chapter 7.

śInattentive Driving Warning

To alert the driver's inattentive driving.
For more details, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in
chapter 7.
To adjust the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
śActive Assist
Forward śWarning Only
safety śOff
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)"
in chapter 7.

4-37
Instrument cluster

Items Explanation
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) function.
śAssist
Lane Safety śWarning Only
śOff
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)" in chapter 7.
śSafe Exit Warning (SEW)
To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Warning
For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Warning (SEW)" in chapter 7.
Blind-spot
Safety śActive Assist
śWarning Only
śOff
śParking Distance Warning Auto On
To activate or deactivate the Parking Distance Warning Auto On.
For more details, refer to the "Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Parking Warning (PDW)" in chapter 7.
Safety śRear Cross-Traffic Safety
To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Safety.
For more details, refer to the "Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 7.

4-38
 04
2. Head-Up Display (if equipped)

Items Explanation
Enable
Head-up If this item is checked, Head-Up Display will be activated.
display
Display
To adjust the height of the image displayed.
Height
Rotation To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
Content
To select the content to be displayed.
Selection

4-39
Instrument cluster

3. Cluster

Items Explanation
śAt vehicle start
Reset fuel śAfter refueling
economy
(if equipped) śManually
To reset the fuel economy displayed.
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/ Light mode.
Wiper/Lights
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode
Display
whenever you changed the mode.
Traffic Signs To set the traffic signs displayed.
Icy Road
To activate or deactivate the icy road warning.
Warning
Cluster Voice
To adjust the cluster voice guidance volume.
Guidance
śLevel 0 ~ 3
Volume
Welcome
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound.
Sound
Theme You can select the theme of the cluster.
Selection Link to Drive Mode / Theme A / Theme B / Theme C / CUBE (if equipped)

4-40
 04
4. Lights

Items Explanation
To adjust the illumination level.
Illumination
śLevel 1~20
śOff : The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
One Touch ś3, 5, 7 Flashes : The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when
Turn Signal the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
For more details, refer to “Lighting” in chapter 5.
Headlight To activate or deactivate the headlamp delay function.
Delay For more details, refer to "Lighting" in chapter 5.
Footwell
To activate or deactivate the Footwell Light function.
Light
To activate or deactivate the traffic change function.
Travel Mode
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in chapter 5.
High Beam To activate or deactivate High Beam Assist.
Assist For more details, refer to "High Beam Assist (HBA)" in chapter 5.

5. Door

Items Explanation
śEnable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the shift button
is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D
Automatically (Drive) position. (only when the engine is running.)
Lock śEnable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle
speed exceeds 15km/h (9.3mph).
śOff : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.
śOn Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the shift button is
shifted to the P (Park) position. (only when the engine is running.)
Automatically śOn key out/On vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when
Unlock the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Start/
Stop button is set to the OFF position.
śOff : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
śOff: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all
doors will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
Two Press
Unlock śOn: Only the driver’s door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed.
When the door unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the
remaining doors will unlock.
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.
If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock
Horn
button on the remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn
Feedback
feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if
equipped with remote key).

4-41
Instrument cluster

6. Convenience

Items Explanation
Rear To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert.
Occupant For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in chapter
Alert 5.
śOn door unlock : The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the
welcome light turns on automatically when the doors are unlocked.
Welcome śOn driver approach : The outside rearview mirrors are unfolded and the
Mirror/Light welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached
with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in chapter 5."
Wireless To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
Charging For more details, refer to "Wireless cellular phone charging system" in
System chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Auto Rear Wiper function.
Auto Rear If you move the shift button from D to R when the front wiper operates, the
Wiper (in R) rear wiper will operate automatically. Then, if you move the shift button
from R to D, the rear wiper will stop."
śService Interval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
śAdjust Interval
Service
Interval If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and
distance.
śReset
To reset the service interval.

4-42
 04
7. Units

Items Explanation

Speed Unit To select the speed unit. (km/h, MPH)

Temperature
To select the temperature unit. (°C,°F)
Unit
Fuel
Economy To select the fuel economy unit. (km/L, L/100km, MPG)
Unit
Tire Pressure
To select the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
Unit

4-43
Instrument cluster

Trip computer (Type A)

The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving.

Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
OOSH049025L

Trip modes To change the trip mode, toggle the

" , " switch on the steering wheel
Drive Info
ś Tripmeter
ś Average Fuel Economy
ś Instant Fuel Economy

Accumulated Info
ś Tripmeter
ś Average Fuel Economy
ś Instant Fuel Economy

Auto Stop (if equipped)

Digital Speedometer

4-44
 04
Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM040063L OTM040064L OJX1069044

Drive info Auto stop (if equipped)

Trip distance (1), average fuel economy AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
(2), and instant fuel economy (3) are time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
displayed. system.
The information is combined for each For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
ignition cycle. However, when the engine Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
has been OFF for 3 minutes or longer the
Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than 1
second when ‘Drive Info’ is displayed.

Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM040045

Digital speedometer
Digital speedometer display shows the
speed of the vehicle.
OTM040067L OTM040068L

Accumulated info
Accumulated trip distance (1), average
fuel economy (2), and instant fuel
economy (3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.

4-45
Instrument cluster

Trip computer (Type B)

The trip computer is a microcomputer-
controlled driver information system that
displays information related to driving.

Information
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
OOSH049025L

Trip modes To change the trip mode, toggle the

" , " switch on the steering wheel
Drive Info
Type A
„ Type B
„
ś Tripmeter
ś Average Fuel Economy
ś Elapsed Time

Since refueling
ś Trip distance
ś Average Fuel Economy
OJX1049011L OTM040061L
ś Elapsed Time
Drive info
Trip distance (1), average fuel economy
(2), and total driving time (3) are
Accumulated Info displayed.
ś Tripmeter The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the engine
ś Average Fuel Economy has been OFF for 3 minutes or longer the
ś Elapsed Time Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than 1
second when ‘Drive Info’ is displayed.
Auto Stop (if equipped)

Digital Speedometer

4-46
 04
Type A
„ Type B
„

OJX1049013L OJX1049066L OJX1069044

Since refuel(l)ing Auto stop (if equipped)

Trip distance (1), average fuel economy AUTO STOP display shows the elapsed
(2), and total driving time (3) after the time of engine stop by Idle Stop and Go
vehicle has been refueled are displayed. system.
To reset manually, press the OK switch For more details, refer to “Idle Stop and
on the steering wheel for more than Go (ISG)” section in chapter 6.
1 second when ‘Since Refueling’ is
displayed.

Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM040045

Digital speedometer
OJX1049012L OJX1049067L
Digital speedometer display shows the
Accumulated info speed of the vehicle.
Accumulated trip distance (1), average
fuel economy (2), and total driving time
(3) are displayed.
The information is accumulated starting
from the last reset.
To reset manually, press the OK switch
on the steering wheel for more than
1 second when ‘Accumulated Info’ is
displayed.

4-47
5. Convenience features
Accessing your vehicle ..................................................................................... 5-5
Remote key ...................................................................................................................5-5
Smart key ......................................................................................................................5-8
Immobilizer system .....................................................................................................5-13
Door locks......................................................................................................... 5-14
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ....................................................... 5-14
Operating door locks from inside the vehicle .......................................................... 5-16
Deadlocks ....................................................................................................................5-17
Auto door lock/unlock features..................................................................................5-17
Child-protector rear door locks................................................................................. 5-18
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) ........................................................................................ 5-18
Theft-alarm system ..........................................................................................5-19
Steering wheel ................................................................................................ 5-20
Electric power steering (EPS) ....................................................................................5-20
Tilt steering / Telescopic steering ..............................................................................5-21
Heated steering wheel ............................................................................................... 5-22
Horn............................................................................................................................. 5-22
Mirrors ............................................................................................................. 5-23
Inside rearview mirror ................................................................................................ 5-23
Outside rearview mirror ............................................................................................. 5-25 5
Windows .......................................................................................................... 5-28
Power windows ..........................................................................................................5-28
Sunroof ............................................................................................................ 5-32
Sunshade .................................................................................................................... 5-32
Tilt open/close ............................................................................................................5-33
Slide open/close.........................................................................................................5-33
Automatic reversal .....................................................................................................5-34
Resetting the sunroof ................................................................................................5-35
Sunroof open warning ...............................................................................................5-36
Exterior features...............................................................................................5-37
Hood............................................................................................................................ 5-37
Tailgate ........................................................................................................................5-39
Fuel filler door............................................................................................................. 5-41
Head Up Display (HUD) .................................................................................. 5-44
Precautions while using the head up display .......................................................... 5-44
Head Up Display ON/OFF ..........................................................................................5-45
Head Up Display Information ....................................................................................5-45
Head Up Display Setting ............................................................................................5-45
 Lighting ...........................................................................................................5-46
Exterior lights............................................................................................................. 5-46
Welcome system ........................................................................................................ 5-51
Interior lights ..............................................................................................................5-52
High Beam Assist (HBA) ................................................................................. 5-55
Function setting .........................................................................................................5-55
Operating condition ...................................................................................................5-55
System malfunction and limitations .........................................................................5-56
Wipers and washers........................................................................................ 5-58
Windshield wipers ......................................................................................................5-59
Windshield washers .................................................................................................. 5-60
Rear window wiper and washer switch .................................................................... 5-61
Manual climate control system ...................................................................... 5-63
Heating and air conditioning .................................................................................... 5-64
System operation .......................................................................................................5-67
System maintenance ................................................................................................ 5-69
Automatic climate control system ..................................................................5-72
Automatic heating and air conditioning ................................................................... 5-73
5 Manual heating and air conditioning ........................................................................ 5-73
System operation ....................................................................................................... 5-77
System maintenance ................................................................................................. 5-79
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............................................................5-81
Manual climate control system ................................................................................. 5-81
Automatic climate control system ............................................................................5-82
Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control system) ....................5-83
Defroster .................................................................................................................... 5-84
Rear window defroster ............................................................................................. 5-84
Climate control additional features ............................................................... 5-85
Cluster ionizer.............................................................................................................5-85
Automatic ventilation.................................................................................................5-85
Sunroof inside air recirculation .................................................................................5-85
Storage compartment ....................................................................................5-86
Center console storage ............................................................................................. 5-86
Glove box ................................................................................................................... 5-86
Sunglass holder ..........................................................................................................5-87
Multi box .....................................................................................................................5-87
Luggage tray .............................................................................................................. 5-88
5. Convenience features
Interior features ..............................................................................................5-89
Cup holder ................................................................................................................. 5-89
Sunvisor ..................................................................................................................... 5-90
Power outlet .............................................................................................................. 5-90
Wireless cellular phone charging system ................................................................. 5-91
Clock ...........................................................................................................................5-93
Clothes hanger ...........................................................................................................5-93
Floor mat anchor(s) .................................................................................................. 5-94
Luggage net (holder)..................................................................................................5-95
Cargo area cover ........................................................................................................5-95
Exterior features..............................................................................................5-96
Roof rack .................................................................................................................... 5-96
Infotainment system ....................................................................................... 5-97
USB and iPod® port ....................................................................................................5-97
Antenna .......................................................................................................................5-97
Steering wheel audio controls.................................................................................. 5-98
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free .......................................................... 5-99
Voice recognition ...................................................................................................... 5-99
Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ............................................................... 5-99
How vehicle radio works..........................................................................................5-100 5
Audio (without touch screen)........................................................................5-103
System layout – control panel ................................................................................. 5-103
System layout – steering wheel remote control .................................................... 5-105
Turning the system on or off.....................................................................................5-107
Turning the display on or off.................................................................................... 5-108
Getting to know the basic operations..................................................................... 5-108
Radio ...............................................................................................................5-109
Turning on the radio ................................................................................................. 5-109
Changing the radio mode .........................................................................................5-110
Scanning for available radio stations .......................................................................5-110
Searching for radio stations......................................................................................5-110
Saving radio stations ..................................................................................................5-111
Listening to saved radio stations...............................................................................5-111
Media player .................................................................................................... 5-111
Using the media player ..............................................................................................5-111
Using the USB mode ................................................................................................. 5-112
Using the iPod mode ................................................................................................. 5-114
 Bluetooth ......................................................................................................... 5-117
Connecting Bluetooth devices ................................................................................. 5-117
Using a Bluetooth audio device .............................................................................. 5-120
Using a Bluetooth phone .......................................................................................... 5-121
Setup...............................................................................................................5-126
Display....................................................................................................................... 5-126
Sound ........................................................................................................................ 5-126
Date/Time ..................................................................................................................5-127
Bluetooth ...................................................................................................................5-127
System........................................................................................................................5-127
Pan-european ecall ........................................................................................5-128
System status icons .......................................................................................5-129
Infotainment system specifications .............................................................5-130
USB ............................................................................................................................ 5-130
Bluetooth ................................................................................................................... 5-131
Trademarks ......................................................................................................5-131
Declaration of Conformity............................................................................. 5-132
5 CE ...............................................................................................................................5-132
NCC ........................................................................................................................... 5-133
BSMI .......................................................................................................................... 5-134
UkrSEPRO ..................................................................................................................5-135
TRA .............................................................................................................................5-135
NBTC ..........................................................................................................................5-135
 05
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Remote key (if equipped) WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could place the
key in the ignition switch and may
operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
injury or death.

Unlocking
OPDE046001
To unlock:
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
you can use to lock or unlock a door (and the remote key.
tailgate) and even start the engine. 2. The doors will unlock. The hazard
1. Door Lock warning lights will blink two times.
Also, the outside rearview mirror will
2. Door Unlock unfold, if the outside rearview mirror
3. Tailgate Unlock folding switch is in the AUTO position.

Locking
Information
To lock :
After unlocking the doors, the doors will
1. Close all doors, engine hood and lock automatically after 30 seconds unless
tailgate. a door is opened.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on the
remote key. Tailgate unlocking
3. The doors will lock. The hazard To unlock:
warning lights will blink. Also, the
1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button (3)
outside rearview mirror will fold, if the
on the remote key for more than one
outside rearview mirror folding switch
second.
is in the AUTO position.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
two times.
checking the position of the door lock
button inside the vehicle.

5-5
Convenience features

Information Mechanical key

Type A
„ Type B
„
The word “HOLD” is written on the
button to inform you that you must press
and hold the button for more than one
second.

Start-up
For detailed information refer to “Key
Ignition Switch” in chapter 5.

NOTICE OED036001A OFD047002-A

To prevent damaging the remote key: Type C

„
ś Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire. If
the inside of the smart key gets
damp (due to drinks or moisture),
or is heated, internal circuit may
malfunction and may void the
vehicle warranty.
ś Avoid dropping or throwing the
remote key.
ś Protect the remote key from extreme OPDE046003
temperatures. If the remote key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the door
by using the mechanical key.
To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold
automatically.
To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.

NOTICE
Do not fold the key without pressing the
release button. This may damage the
key.

5-6
 05
Remote key precautions Information
The remote key will not work if any of the Changes or modifications not expressly
following occur: approved by the party responsible
ś The key is in the ignition switch. for compliance could void the user’s
ś You exceed the operating distance authority to operate the equipment. If the
limit (about 30 m [90 feet]). keyless entry system is inoperative due
ś The remote key battery is weak. to changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
ś Other vehicles or objects may be compliance, it will not be covered by your
blocking the signal. manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
ś The weather is extremely cold.
ś The remote key is close to a radio NOTICE
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with Keep the remote key away from
normal operation of the remote key. electromagnetic materials that block
electromagnetic waves to the key
If the remote key does not work surface.
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the remote key, it is
recommended that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals.
This is specifically relevant when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging, and/or
sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the remote key and your
mobile phone in the same location and
always try to maintain an adequate
distance between the two devices.

5-7
Convenience features

Battery replacement Smart key (if equipped)

Type A
„

OPDE046044

OPD046002
Type B
„

If the remote key is not working properly,

try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
2. Using a screw driver, remove the
battery cover.
3. Remove the old battery and insert a OOS050026L
new battery. Make sure the battery Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, which
position is correct. you can use to lock or unlock a door (and
4. Reinstall the battery cover and key tailgate) and even start the engine.
cover in the reverse order of removal. 1. Door Lock
If you suspect your remote key might 2. Door Unlock
have sustained some damage, or you feel
your remote key is not working correctly, 3. Tailgate Unlock
it is recommended that you contact an 4. Remote Start
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.

5-8
 05
Locking Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for three
seconds if any of the following occur:
ś The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
ś The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
ś Any door except the tailgate is open.

WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in your
OOS047001
vehicle with unsupervised children.
To lock : Unattended children could press the
1. Close all doors, engine hood and Engine Start/Stop button and may
tailgate. operate power windows or other
controls, or even make the vehicle
2. Either press the door handle button or
move, which could result in serious
press the Door Lock button (1) on the
injury or death.
smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will blink. Unlocking
Also, the outside rearview mirror will
fold, if the outside rearview mirror
folding switch is in the AUTO position.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door lock
button inside the vehicle.

Information
The door handle button will only operate
when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m
(28~40 in.) from the outside door handle. OOS047001

To unlock:
1. Carry the Smart Key.
2. Either press the door handle button or
press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the smart key.
3. The doors will unlock. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times.

5-9
Convenience features

Information NOTICE
ś The door handle button will only To prevent damaging the smart key:
operate when the smart key is within ś Keep the smart key away from water
0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside or any liquid and fire. If the inside
door handle. Other people can also of the smart key gets damp (due to
open the doors without the smart key in drinks or moisture), or is heated,
possession. internal circuit may malfunction and
ś After unlocking the doors, the doors may void the vehicle warranty.
will lock automatically after 30 seconds ś Avoid dropping or throwing the
unless a door is opened. smart key.
ś Protect the smart key from extreme
Tailgate unlocking temperatures.
To unlock:
1. Carry the smart key. Remotely starting vehicle (if
equipped)
2. Either press the tailgate handle button
or press the Tailgate Unlock button (3) You can start the vehicle using the
on the smart key for more than one Remote Start button on the smart key.
second. To start the vehicle remotely:
3. The hazard warning lights will blink 1. Press the door lock button on the
two times. smart key within 10 m (32 feet) from
the vehicle.
2. Press the Remote Start button for
Information more than 2 seconds within 4 seconds
ś The Tailgate Unlock button (3) will after pressing the door lock button.
only unlock the tailgate. It will not 3. The hazard warning lights will blink
release the latch and open the tailgate and the engine will start.
automatically. If the Tailgate Unlock
button is used, someone must still press 4. To turn off the remote start function,
the tailgate handle button to open the press the Remote Start button once.
tailgate.
ś After unlocking the tailgate, the tailgate Information
will lock automatically after 30 seconds
unless the tailgate is opened. ś The vehicle must be in P (Park) for the
remote start function to start.
Start-up ś The engine turns off if you get on the
vehicle without a registered smart key.
You can start the engine without
inserting the key. ś The engine turns off if you do not get
on the vehicle within 10 minutes after
For detailed information refer to the remotely starting the vehicle.
Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 5.
ś The Remote Start button may not
operate if the smart key is not within
10 m (32 feet).
ś The vehicle will not remotely start if the
engine hood or tailgate is opened.
ś Do not idle the engine for a long period.

5-10
 05
Mechanical key Loss of a smart key
If the Smart Key does not operate A maximum of two smart keys can
normally, you can lock or unlock the door be registered to a single vehicle. If
by using the mechanical key. you happen to lose your smart key,
it is recommended that you should
immediately take the vehicle and
remaining key to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle, if
necessary.

Smart key precautions

The smart key may not work if any of the
following occur:
ś The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
OPD046045 an airport which can interfere with
Move the release lever in the direction normal operation of the transmitter.
of the arrow (1) and then remove ś The smart key is near a mobile two
the mechanical key (2). Insert the way radio system or a cellular phone.
mechanical key into the key hole on the ś Another vehicle’s smart key is being
door. operated close to your vehicle.
To reinstall the mechanical key, put the If the smart key does not work correctly,
key into the hole and push it until a click open and close the door with the
sound is heard. mechanical key. If you have a problem
with the smart key, it is recommended
that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity to
your mobile phone, the signal could be
blocked by your mobile phone’s normal
operational signals. This is specifically
relevant when the phone is active such
as making and receiving calls, text
messaging, and/or sending/receiving
emails.
Avoid placing the smart key and your
mobile phone in the same location and
always try to maintain an adequate
distance between the two devices.

5-11
Convenience features

Information Battery replacement

Changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user’s
authority to operate the equipment. If the
keyless entry system is inoperative due
to changes or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for
compliance, it will not be covered by your
manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from OPDE046046
electromagnetic materials that blocks
electromagnetic waves to the key If the Smart Key is not working properly,
surface. try replacing the battery with a new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
NOTICE To replace the battery:
Always have the smart key with you 1. Remove the mechanical key.
when leaving the vehicle. If the smart 2. Use a slim tool to pry open the rear
key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle cover of the smart key.
battery may be discharged. 3. Remove the old battery and insert the
new battery. Make sure the battery
position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the smart
key.
If you suspect your smart key might have
sustained some damage, or you feel
your smart key is not working correctly,
it is recommended that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s) or
regulations.

5-12
 05
Immobilizer system (if equipped) WARNING
The immobilizer system protects your In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle from theft. If an improperly vehicle, do not leave spare keys
coded key (or other device) is used, the anywhere in your vehicle. Your
engine’s fuel system is disabled. immobilizer password is a customer
When the ignition switch is placed in unique password and should be kept
the ON position, the immobilizer system confidential.
indicator should come on briefly, then
go off. If the indicator starts to blink, the NOTICE
system does not recognize the coding of
the key. The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/ system. It is designed to give years
OFF position, then place the ignition of trouble-free service, however you
switch to the ON position again. should avoid exposure to moisture,
The system may not recognize your static electricity and rough handling.
key’s coding if another immobilizer key Immobilizer system malfunction could
or other metal object (i.e., key chain) is occur.
near the key. The engine may not start
because the metal may interrupt the
transponder signal from transmitting
normally.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your
HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system
or add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.

5-13
Convenience features

DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from Remote key
outside the vehicle
Mechanical key
Remote key
„ Smart key
„

OPDE046413

To lock the doors, press the Door Lock

button (1) on the remote key.
OOS047002
To unlock the doors, press the Door
Unlock button (2) on the remote key.
[A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
Turn the key toward the rear of the be opened by pulling the door handle.
vehicle to unlock and toward the front of When closing the door, push the door by
the vehicle to lock. hand. Make sure that doors are closed
If you lock/unlock the driver’s door with securely.
a key, a driver’s door will lock/unlock
automatically.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.

5-14
 05
Smart key Information
ś In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
ś If the door is locked/unlocked multiple
times in rapid succession with either
the vehicle key or door lock switch, the
system may stop operating temporarily
in order to protect the circuit and
prevent damage to system components.

OOS047001

OPDE046004

To lock the doors, press the button on

the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the door
lock button on the smart key.
To unlock the doors, press the button on
the outside door handle while carrying
the smart key with you or press the door
unlock button on the smart key.
Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
When closing the door, push the door by
hand. Make sure that doors are closed
securely.

5-15
Convenience features

Operating door locks from inside With the central door lock/unlock
the vehicle switch
With the door lock button

OOS047004

OOS047003 When pressing the ( ) portion (2) on the

ś To unlock a door, push the door lock switch, all vehicle doors will lock.
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. ś If any door is opened, the doors will
The red mark (2) on the door lock not lock even though the lock button
button will be visible. (2) of the central door lock switch is
ś To lock a door, push the door lock pressed.
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the ś If the smart key is in the vehicle and
door is locked properly, the red mark any door is opened, the doors will
(2) on the door lock button will not be not lock even though the lock button
visible. (2) of the central door lock switch is
ś To open a door, pull the door handle pressed.
(3) outward. When pressing the ( ) portion (1) on the
ś Front doors cannot be locked if the switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.
key is in the ignition switch and any
front door is open. WARNING
ś Doors cannot be locked if the smart ś The doors should always be fully
key is in the vehicle and any door is closed and locked while the
open. vehicle is in motion. If the doors
are unlocked, the risk of being
Information thrown from the vehicle in a crash is
increased.
If a power door lock ever fails to function
while you are in the vehicle try one or ś Do not pull the inner door handle of
more of the following techniques to exit: the driver’s or passenger’s door while
the vehicle is moving.
Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual)
while simultaneously pulling on the door
handle.
Operate the other door locks and handles.
Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door from
outside.

5-16
 05
WARNING Deadlocks (if equipped)
Do not leave children or animals Some vehicles are equipped with a
unattended in your vehicle. An enclosed deadlock system. Deadlocks prevent
vehicle can become extremely hot, opening of a door from either inside or
causing death or serious injury to outside the vehicle once the deadlocks
unattended children or animals who have been activated providing an
cannot escape the vehicle. Children additional measure of vehicle security.
might operate features of the vehicle To lock the vehicle using the deadlock
that could injure them, or they could function, the doors must be locked by
encounter other harm, possibly from using the remote key or smart key. To
someone gaining entry to the vehicle. unlock the vehicle, the transmitter or
smart key must be used again.
WARNING
Leaving your vehicle unlocked increases WARNING
the potential risk to you or others from Do not lock the doors with the remote
someone hiding in your vehicle. key or the smart key with anybody left
To secure your vehicle, while in the vehicle. The passenger in the
depressing the brake, move the shift vehicle cannot unlock the doors with
lever to the P (Park) position (for dual the door lock button. For example, if the
clutch transmission) or first gear or door is locked with the remote key, the
R (Reverse, for manual transaxle), passenger in the vehicle cannot unlock
engage the parking brake, and place the door without the transmitter.
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position, close all windows, lock all Auto door lock/unlock features
doors, and always take the key with you. Impact sensing door unlock system
(if equipped)
WARNING All doors will be automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the air bags to
Opening a door when something is deploy.
approaching may cause damage or
injury. Be careful when opening doors Speed sensing door lock system
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, (if equipped)
bicycles or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door. All doors will be automatically locked
when vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h
(9 mph).
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a long time You can activate or deactivate the Auto
while the weather is very hot or cold, Door Lock/Unlock features from the User
there are risks of injuries or danger to Settings mode on the LCD display. For
life. Do not lock the vehicle from the more details, refer to “LCD Display” in
outside when someone is in the vehicle. this chapter.

5-17
Convenience features

Child-protector rear door locks Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)

(if equipped)
This function prevents the driver from
leaving a passenger in the rear seats.
If your vehicle is equipped with
additional navigation, please refer
to the infotainment system manual
separately supplied.

OOS047005N

The child safety lock is provided to help

prevent children seated in the rear from
accidentally opening the rear doors. The
rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on the
edge of each rear door. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position, the OCN7050135L
rear door will not open if the inner door
handle is pulled. NOTICE
To lock the child safety lock, insert a When the driver turns off the engine
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or and opens the driver’s door after
similar) (1) into the slot and turn it to the opening and closing a rear door, a
lock position as shown. warning message “Check rear seats”
To allow a rear door to be opened from appears.
inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety
lock.
WARNING
The rear seat passenger alarm system
WARNING provides information to the driver to
If children accidently open the rear check the rear seats but it does not
doors while the vehicle is in motion, detect whether there is an object or
they could fall out of the vehicle. The passenger in the back seats. Please
rear door safety locks should always check the rear seats always when
be used whenever children are in the leaving the vehicle.
vehicle.
CAUTION
The door open and close history is
initialized if the driver turns off the
engine and lock the vehicle door. Even
though the rear door is not opened
again, the alarm may sound if there is
the previous record. For example, if the
driver does not lock the vehicle door
and opens the door to get off after the
alarm sounds, the alarm may go off.
5-18
 05
THEFTǘALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your vehicle
and valuables. The horn will sound and
Information
the hazard warning lights will blink ś Do not lock the doors until all
continuously if any of the following passengers have left the vehicle. If the
occur: remaining passenger leaves the vehicle
- A door is opened without using the when the system is armed, the alarm
remote key or smart key. will be activated.
- The tailgate is opened without using ś If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
the remote key or smart key. remote key or smart key, open the
doors by using the mechanical key and
- The engine hood is opened. place the ignition switch in the ON
The alarm continues for 30 seconds, then position (for remote key) or start the
the system resets. To turn off the alarm, engine (for smart key) and wait for 30
unlock the doors with the remote key or seconds.
smart key. ś When the system is disarmed but a
The Theft Alarm System automatically door or tailgate is not opened within 30
sets 30 seconds after you lock the seconds, the system will be rearmed.
doors and the tailgate. For the system
to activate, you must lock the doors and
the tailgate from outside the vehicle
with the remote key or smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of the
door handles with the smart key in your
possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the tailgate, or the hood
OJC040170
without using the remote key or smart
key will cause the alarm to activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if the Information
hood, the tailgate, or any door is not fully
closed. If the system will not set, check Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm
the hood, the tailgate, or the doors are system will have a label attached to the
fully closed. vehicle with the following words:
Do not attempt to alter this system or 1. WARNING
add other devices to it. 2. SECURITY SYSTEM

5-19
Convenience features

STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS) Information
The system assists you with steering the The following symptoms may occur during
vehicle. If the engine is off or if the power normal vehicle operation:
steering system becomes inoperative,
the vehicle may still be steered, but it will ś The steering effort may be high
require increased steering effort. immediately after placing the ignition
switch in the ON position.
Also, the steering effort becomes heavier
as the vehicle’s speed increases and This happens as the system performs
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s speed the EPS system diagnostics. When
decreases for better control of the the diagnostics are completed, the
steering wheel. steering wheel will return to its normal
condition.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal ś When the battery voltage is low, you
vehicle operation, we recommend that might have to put more steering effort.
the system be checked by an authorized However, it is a temporary condition so
HYUNDAI dealer. that it will return to normal condition
after charging the battery.
ś A click noise may be heard from the
NOTICE EPS relay after the ignition switch
ś If the Electric Power Steering System is placed in the ON or LOCK/OFF
does not operate normally, the position.
warning light ( ) will illuminate ś Motor noise may be heard when the
or blink on the instrument cluster. vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
The steering wheel may become speed.
difficult to control or operate. We
recommend to contact an authorized ś When you operate the steering wheel
HYUNDAI dealer to have the system in low temperatures, abnormal noise
checked as soon as possible. may occur. If the temperature rises, the
noise will disappear. This is a normal
ś When abnormality is detected in condition.
the electric power steering system,
to prevent a deadly accident, the ś When the vehicle is stationary, if you
steering assist function will stop. At turn the steering wheel all the way
this time, the warning light turns on to the left or right continuously, the
or blinks on the cluster. The steering steering wheel effort increases. This
wheel may become difficult to is not a system malfunction. As time
control or operate. Have your vehicle passes, the steering wheel effort will
checked immediately, after moving return to its normal condition.
the vehicle to a safe zone.

5-20
 05
Tilt steering / Telescopic steering

WARNING
Never adjust the steering wheel while
driving. You may lose steering control
and cause severe personal injury, death
or accidents.

Information
OOS047006
After adjustment, sometimes the lock-
release lever may not lock the steering Pull down the lock-release lever (1) on
wheel. the steering wheel column and adjust
It is not a malfunction. This occurs when the steering wheel angle (2) and position
two gears are not engaged correctly. In (3). Move the steering wheel, so it points
this case, adjust the steering wheel again toward your chest, not toward your face.
and then lock the steering wheel. Make sure you can see the instrument
panel warning lights and gauges.
After adjusting, pull up the lock-release
lever (1) to lock the steering wheel in
place. Push the steering wheel both up
and down to be certain it is locked in
position. Always adjust the position of
the steering wheel before driving.

CAUTION
While adjusting the steering wheel
height, please do not push or pull it
hard since the fixture can be damaged.

5-21
Convenience features

Heated steering wheel Horn

(if equipped)

OOS047008
OOS050003K To sound the horn, press the area
When the ignition switch is in the ON indicated by the horn symbol on your
position or when the engine is running, steering wheel. The horn will operate
press the heated steering wheel button only when this area is pressed.
to warm the steering wheel.
The indicator on the button will NOTICE
illuminate. Do not strike the horn severely to
To turn the heated steering wheel off, operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not
press the button again. The indicator on press on the horn with a sharp-pointed
the button will turn off. object.

Information
The heated steering wheel will turn off
automatically approximately 30 minutes
after the heated steering wheel is turned
on.

NOTICE
Do not install any cover or accessory
on the steering wheel. This cover or
accessory could cause damage to the
heated steering wheel system.

5-22
 05
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Day/night rearview mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the (if equipped)
rearview mirror to the center on the view
through the rear window.

WARNING
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in the
rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear
headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear window.

OOS047009
WARNING [A] : Day/night lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night
To prevent serious injury during an Make this adjustment before you start
accident or deployment of the air bag, driving and while the day/night lever is in
do not modify the rearview mirror and the day position.
do not install a wide mirror.
Pull the day/night lever towards you to
reduce glare from the headlamps of the
WARNING vehicles behind you during night driving.
NEVER adjust the mirror while driving. Remember that you lose some rearview
This may cause loss of vehicle control clarity in the night position.
resulting in an accident.

NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened
with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass
cleaner directly on the mirror as that
may cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.

5-23
Convenience features

Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)

(if equipped)
The electric rearview mirror
automatically controls the glare from the
headlamp of the vehicle behind you in
nighttime or low light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror. The
sensor detects the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically adjusts to OOS047010L
control the headlamp glare from vehicles
behind you. [A] : Indicator
The electric rearview mirror
automatically controls the glare from the
headlamp of the vehicle behind you in
nighttime or low light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the glare is
automatically controlled by the sensor
mounted in the rearview mirror. The
sensor detects the light level around the
vehicle, and automatically adjusts to
control the headlamp glare from vehicles
behind you. Whenever the shift lever
is placed in R (Reverse), the mirror will
automatically go to the brightest setting
in order to improve the driver’s view
behind the vehicle.

NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a paper
towel or similar material dampened
with glass cleaner. Do not spray glass
cleaner directly on the mirror as that
may cause the liquid cleaner to enter
the mirror housing.

5-24
 05
Outside rearview mirror WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control resulting in
an accident.

NOTICE
ś Do not scrape ice off the mirror face;
this may damage the surface of the
glass.
ś If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
OOS047012 not adjust the mirror by force. Use an
Be sure to adjust mirror angles before approved spray de-icer (not radiator
driving. antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft
Your vehicle is equipped with both left- cloth with very warm water, or move
hand and right-hand outside rearview the vehicle to a warm place and
mirrors. allow the ice to melt.
The mirror can be adjusted remotely with
the remote switch.
The mirror heads can be folded to
prevent damage during an automatic car
wash or when passing through a narrow
street.

WARNING
ś The right outside rearview mirror
is convex. In some countries, the
left outside rearview mirror is also
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
ś Use your interior rearview mirror or
turn your head and look to determine
the actual distance of following
vehicles when changing lanes.

5-25
Convenience features

Adjusting the rearview mirrors Folding the outside rearview mirror

OOS047013 OOS047014

1. Press either the L (left side) or R (right Manual type

side) button (1) to select the rearview To fold the outside rearview mirror, grasp
mirror you would like to adjust. the housing of the mirror and then fold it
2. Use the mirror adjustment control (2) toward the rear of the vehicle.
to position the selected mirror up,
down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, put the button into
neutral (center) position to prevent
inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE
ś The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting
angles, but the motor continues to
operate while the switch is pressed.
Do not press the switch longer OOS047015
than necessary, the motor may be Electric type
damaged.
Left : The mirror will unfold.
ś Do not attempt to adjust the outside
rearview mirror by hand otherwise Right : The mirror will fold.
the motor may be damaged. Center (AUTO) : The mirror will fold or
unfold automatically as follows:
ś Without smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the remote key and “Welcome
mirror” in the User Setting Mode on
the LCD display is activated.

5-26
 05
ś With smart key system
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked
by the smart key and “Welcome
mirror” in the User Setting Mode on
the LCD display is activated.
- The mirror will fold or unfold when
the door is locked or unlocked by
the button on the outside door
handle and “Welcome mirror” in
the User Setting Mode on the LCD
display is activated.

NOTICE
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the OFF position.
However, to prevent unnecessary
battery discharge, do not adjust the
mirrors longer than necessary while the
engine is not running.

NOTICE
Do not fold the electric type outside
rearview mirror by hand. It could cause
motor failure.

5-27
Convenience features

WINDOWS
Power windows (if equipped)

OOS047017

(1) Driver’s door power window switch (5) Window opening and closing
(2) Front passenger’s door power (6) Automatic power window
window switch (7) Power window lock switch*
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch* * : if equipped
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch*

5-28
 05
The ignition switch must be in the Window opening and closing
ON position to be able to raise or
lower the windows. Each door has a
Power Window switch to control that
door’s window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock switch which can block
the operation of passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC or
OFF position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the Power Windows cannot
be operated even within the 30 second
OOS047018
period.
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
WARNING first detent position (5). Release the
To avoid serious injury or death, do not switch when you want the window to
extend your head, arms or body outside stop.
the windows while driving. To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
Information detent position (5). Release the window
ś In cold and wet climates, power switch when you want the window to
windows may not work properly due to stop.
freezing conditions.
Auto down window (if equipped)
ś While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if equipped) Pressing the power window switch
opened (or partially opened), your momentarily to the second detent
vehicle may demonstrate a wind position (6) completely lowers the
buffeting or pulsation noise. This window even when the switch is
noise is normal and can be reduced released. To stop the window at the
or eliminated by taking the following desired position while the window is in
actions. If the noise occurs with one operation, pull up or press down and
or both of the rear windows down, release the switch.
partially lower both front windows
approximately 2.5 cm. If you Auto up/down window (if equipped)
experience the noise with the sunroof Pressing or pulling up the power window
open, slightly close the sunroof. switch momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers or
lifts the window even when the switch
is released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.

5-29
Convenience features

To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not
operate properly after resetting, it is
recommended that the system be OLF044032
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. If a window senses any obstacle while it
is closing automatically, it will stop and
lower approximately 30 cm (12 inches) to
WARNING allow the object to be cleared.
The automatic reverse feature doesn’t If the window detects the resistance
activate while resetting power window while the power window switch is
system. Make sure body parts or other pulled up continuously, the window
objects are safely out of the way before will stop upward movement then lower
closing the windows to avoid injuries or approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).
vehicle damage. If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds
after the window is lowered by the
automatic window reverse feature,
the automatic window reverse will not
operate.

Information
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the “Auto Up” feature is used
by fully pulling up the switch to the second
detent.

WARNING
Make sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before closing
the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle
damage.
Objects less than 4 mm (0.16 inch) in
diameter caught between the window
glass and the upper window channel
may not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window will
not stop and reverse direction.

5-30
 05
NOTICE WARNING
Do not install any accessories on the Do not allow children to play with the
windows. The automatic reverse power windows. Keep the driver’s
feature may not operate. door power window lock switch in the
LOCK position. Serious injury or death
Power window lock switch can result from unintentional window
operation by a child.

NOTICE
ś To prevent possible damage to the
power window system, do not open
or close two windows or more at the
same time. This will also ensure the
longevity of the fuse.
ś Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver’s door and the
OOS047019 individual door window switch in
The driver can disable the power window opposite directions at the same time.
switches on the rear passengers’ doors If this is done, the window will stop
by pressing the power window lock and cannot be opened or closed.
switch.
When the power window lock switch is WARNING
pressed: ś NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle
ś The driver’s master control can with unsupervised children, when
operate all the power windows. the engine is running.
ś The front passenger’s control can ś NEVER leave any child unattended in
operate the front passenger’s power the vehicle. Even very young children
window. may inadvertently cause the vehicle
ś The rear passenger’s control cannot to move, entangle themselves in
operate the rear passengers’ power the windows, or otherwise injure
window. themselves or others.
ś Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the
way before closing a window.
ś Do not allow children to play with the
power windows. Keep the driver’s
door power window lock switch in
the LOCK position (pressed). Serious
injury can result from unintentional
window operation by the child.
ś Do not extend your head, arms or
body outside the windows while
driving.

5-31
Convenience features

SUNROOF ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

If your vehicle is equipped with a Sunshade
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof switch located on the
overhead console.

OCN7050029

Use the sunshade to block direct sunlight

coming through the sunroof glass.
OOS047021
Open or close the sunshade by hand.
The sunroof can only be operated when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
The sunroof can be operated for Information
approximately 3 secondss after the The sunshade opens automatically when
ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK the sunroof glass is opened, but the
position. However, if the front door is sunshade does not close automatically
open, the sunroof cannot be operated when the sunroof glass is closed. Also, only
even within the 30 seconds. the sunshade cannot be closed when the
sunroof glass is opened.
WARNING
NOTICE
ś Never adjust the sunroof or sunshade
while driving. This could result in loss Do not pull the sunshade up or down,
of control and an accident that may or apply excessive force as such action
cause injury, or property damage. may damage the sunshade or cause it
to malfunction.
ś Do not leave the engine running
and the key in your vehicle with
unsupervised children. Unattended
children could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious injury.
ś Do not sit on the top of the vehicle. It
may cause injury or vehicle

NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when the
roof bars are installed on the vehicle or
when there is luggage on the roof.

5-32
 05
Tilt open/close Slide open/close

OOS047023 OOS051201

ś Push the sunroof switch upward, the Pressing the sunroof control lever
sunroof glass tilts open. backward or forward momentarily to the
ś Push the sunroof switch forward, the second detent position completely opens
sunroof glass automatically closes. or closes the sunroof even when the
switch is released. To stop the sunroof at
the desired position while the sunroof is
To stop the sunroof movement at any
in operation, press the sunroof control
point, push the sunroof switch in any
lever backward or forward and release
direction.
the switch.

Information Information
The sunroof glass cannot slide open and
To reduce wind noise while driving,
tilt open at the same time. You cannot tilt
we recommend that you drive at the
the sunroof glass open while the sunroof
recommended position before the
glass is slide open. Also, you cannot slide
maximum slide open position.
the sunroof glass open while the sunroof
is tilt open. Slide open or tilt open with
the sunroof glass when the sunroof glass is
completely closed.

5-33
Convenience features

Automatic reversal NOTICE

ś Do not continue to push the sunroof
switch after the sunroof is fully
opened, closed, or tilted. Damage to
the sunroof motor could occur.
ś Continuous operations such as slide
open/close, tilt open/close, etc. may
cause the motor or sunroof system to
malfunction.
ś Regularly remove any accumulated
dust on the sunroof rail.
ODH043039
ś Using the sunroof for a long time
can make noise caused by dust in
If the sunroof glass senses any obstacle accumulated between the sunroof
while it is closing automatically, it will and vehicle body. Open the sunroof
reverse direction then stop at a certain and remove dust regularly using a
position. clean cloth.
The auto reverse function may not ś Do not try to open the sunroof when
work if an object thin or soft is caught the temperature is below freezing
between the sliding sunroof glass and or when the sunroof is covered with
sunroof sash. snow or ice, otherwise the motor
could be damaged. In cold and wet
WARNING climates, the sunroof may not work
properly.
ś Make sure heads, hands, arms or ś Do not open or drive with the sunroof
any other body parts or objects are glass open immediately after rain or
out of the way before operating the washing the vehicle. Water may wet
sunroof. Body parts or objects may the interior of the vehicle.
get caught causing injuries or vehicle
damage. ś Do not extend any luggage outside
the sunroof while driving. Vehicle
ś Never deliberately use your body damage may occur if the vehicle
parts to test the automatic reversal suddenly stops.
function. The sunroof glass may
reverse direction, but there is a risk
of injury. WARNING
Do not extend your head, arms, body
parts or objects outside the sunroof
while driving. Injuries may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.

5-34
 05
Resetting the sunroof Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in P
(Park).
2. Make sure the sunroof glass is in the
fully closed position. If the sunroof
glass is open, push the switch forward
until the sunroof glass is fully closed.
3. Release the switch when the sunroof
glass is fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the
OOS051202
sunroof glass moves slightly. Then
In some circumstances resetting the release the switch.
sunroof operation may need to be 5. Once again push and hold the sunroof
performed. Some instances where switch forward until the sunroof glass
resetting the sunroof may be required slides open and close. Do not release
include: the switch until the operation is
ś When the 12-volt battery is either completed.
disconnected or discharged If you release the switch during
ś When the sunroof fuse is replaced operation, start the procedure again
ś If the sunroof one-touch AUTO OPEN/ from step 2.
CLOSE operation is not functioning
properly
Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the vehicle
battery is disconnected or discharged, or
the sunroof fuse is blown, the sunroof may
not operate normally.

5-35
Convenience features

Sunroof open warning

OOS051203

If the driver turns off the engine when

the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warning
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
Close the sunroof securely when leaving
your vehicle.

CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed fully
when leaving your vehicle. If the
sunroof is left open, rain or snow may
wet the interior of the vehicle. Also,
leaving the sunroof open when the
vehicle is unattended may invite theft.

5-36
 05
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood
Opening the hood

OOS047026

5. Hold the hood open with the support

rod (1).
OOS040024

1. Park the vehicle and set the parking

brake. WARNING
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the ś Grasp the support rod in the area
hood. The hood should pop open wrapped in rubber. The rubber will
slightly. help prevent you from being burned
by hot metal when the engine is hot.
ś The support rod must be inserted
completely into the hole provided
whenever you inspect the engine
compartment. This will prevent
the hood from falling and possibly
injuring you.

OOS050005K

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise

the hood slightly, push the secondary
latch up (1) inside of the hood center
and lift the hood (2).
4. Pull out the support rod.

5-37
Convenience features

Closing the hood WARNING

1. Before closing the hood, check the ś Before closing the hood, ensure
following: all obstructions are removed from
śAll filler caps in engine around the hood opening.
compartment must be correctly ś Always double check to be sure that
installed. the hood is firmly latched before
śGloves, rags or any other driving away. Check there is no
combustible material must hood open warning light or message
be removed from the engine displayed on the instrument cluster.
compartment. If the hood is not latched while the
2. Return the support rod to its clip to vehicle is moving, the chime will
prevent it from rattling. sound to warn the driver the hood
3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted is not fully latched. Driving with the
approximately 30cm from the closed hood opened may cause a total loss
position) and push down to securely of visibility, which might result in an
lock in place. Then double check to be accident.
sure the hood is secure. ś Do not move the vehicle with the
If the hood can be raised slightly, it is hood in the raised position, as vision
not securely locked. Open it again and is obstructed, which might result in
close it with more force. an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.

5-38
 05
Tailgate Closing the tailgate
Opening the tailgate

OOS050007K

OOS050006K Lower the tailgate lid and press down

Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park) and until it locks. To be sure the tailgate lid is
set the parking brake. securely fastened, always check by trying
to pull it up again without pressing the
Then do one of the following: tailgate handle button.
1. Unlock all doors with the Door Unlock
button on your remote key or smart
key. Press the tailgate handle button WARNING
and open the tailgate. Always keep the tailgate lid completely
2. Press and hold the Tailgate Unlock closed while the vehicle is in motion. If
button on the remote key or smart it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust
key. Press the tailgate handle button gases containing carbon monoxide
and open the tailgate. (CO) may enter the vehicle and serious
3. With the Smart Key in your illness or death may result.
possession, press the tailgate handle
button and open the tailgate. Information
To prevent damage to the tailgate lift
cylinders and the attached hardware,
always close the tailgate before driving.

NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, tailgate lock
and tailgate mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.

5-39
Convenience features

WARNING Emergency tailgate safety release

OOS050008K
OOS047085

Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that Your vehicle is equipped with the
supports the tailgate. Be aware that emergency tailgate safety release lever
the deformation of the part may cause located on the bottom of the tailgate.
vehicle damage and a risk of injury. When someone is inadvertently locked in
the luggage compartment. The tailgate
can be opened by doing as follows:
WARNING 1. Insert the key into the hole.
ś NEVER allow anyone to occupy the 2. Push the release lever to the right by
luggage compartment of the vehicle a key.
at any time. If the tailgate is partially 3. Push up the tailgate.
or totally latched and the person
is unable to get out, serious injury
or death could occur due to lack WARNING
of ventilation, exhaust fumes and ś For emergencies, be fully aware
rapid heat build-up, or because of of the location of the emergency
exposure to cold weather conditions. tailgate safety release lever in the
The luggage compartment is also vehicle and how to open the tailgate
a highly dangerous location in the if you are accidentally locked in the
event of a crash because it is not a luggage compartment.
protected occupant space but is a
part of the vehicle’s crush zone. ś No one should be allowed to occupy
the luggage compartment of the
ś Your vehicle should be kept locked vehicle at any time. The luggage
and keys should be kept out of compartment is a very dangerous
the reach of children. Parents location in the event of a crash.
should teach their children about
the dangers of playing in luggage ś Use the release lever for
compartments. emergencies only. Use with extreme
caution, especially while the vehicle
is in motion.

5-40
 05
Fuel filler door Gasoline engine
„
Opening the fuel filler door

OOS047031

Diesel engine
„

OOS047086

The fuel filler door must be opened from

inside the vehicle by pulling up on the
fuel-filler door opener.
1. Turn the engine off.
2. To open the fuel filler door, pull the
fuel filler door opener up.

OOS048031

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully

open.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), turn
it counterclockwise. You may hear a
hissing noise as the pressure inside
the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break the
ice and release the door. Do not pry on the
door. If necessary, spray around the door
with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use
radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to
a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

5-41
Convenience features

Closing the fuel filler door ś Do not get back into a vehicle once
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it you have begun refueling. You
clockwise until it “clicks” one time. can generate a build-up of static
electricity by touching, rubbing
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is or sliding against any item or
latched securely. fabric capable of producing static
electricity.
Information ś Static electricity discharge can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire. If you must
The fuel filler door will not close if the re-enter the vehicle, you should
driver’s door is locked. If you lock the once again eliminate potentially
driver’s door while fueling, unlock it dangerous static electricity
before closing the fuel filler door. discharge by touching a metal part
of the vehicle, away from the fuel
WARNING filler neck, nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
Gasoline is highly flammable and
explosive. Failure to follow these ś When refueling, always move the
guidelines may result in SERIOUS shift lever to the P (Park) position
INJURY or DEATH: (for dual clutch transmission) or
first gear or R (Reverse, for manual
ś Read and follow all warnings posted transmission), set the parking brake,
at the gas station. and place the ignition switch to the
ś Before refueling, note the location of LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced
the Emergency Gasoline Shut-Off, if by electrical components related
available, at the gas station. to the engine can ignite fuel vapors
ś Before touching the fuel nozzle, you causing a fire.
should eliminate the potential build- ś When using an approved portable
up of static electricity by touching fuel container, be sure to place the
a metal part of the vehicle, a safe container on the ground prior to
distance away from the fuel filler refueling. Static electricity discharge
neck, nozzle, or other gas source, from the container can ignite fuel
with your bare hand. vapors causing a fire. Once refueling
ś Do not use cellular phones while has begun, contact between your
refueling. Electric current and/or bare hand and the vehicle should
electronic interference from cellular be maintained until the filling is
phones can potentially ignite fuel complete.
vapors and cause a fire.

5-42
 05
ś Use only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to carry and
Information
store gasoline. Make sure to refuel your vehicle according
ś Do not use matches or a lighter and to the “Fuel Requirements” suggested in
do not smoke or leave a lit cigarette the Introduction chapter.
in your vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling. NOTICE
ś Do not over-fill or top-off your ś Do not spill fuel on the exterior
vehicle tank, which can cause surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of
gasoline spillage. fuel spilled on painted surfaces may
ś If a fire breaks out during refueling, damage the paint.
leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and ś If the fuel filler cap requires
immediately contact the manager replacement, use only a genuine
of the gas station and then contact HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
the local fire department. Follow any specified for your vehicle. An
safety instructions they provide. incorrect fuel filler cap can result
ś If pressurized fuel sprays out, it can in a serious malfunction of the fuel
cover your clothes or skin and thus system or emission control system.
subject you to the risk of fire and
burns. Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap is
venting fuel or if you hear a hissing
sound, wait until the condition stops
before completely removing the cap.
ś Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.

5-43
Convenience features

HEAD UP DISPLAY ǣHUDǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

WARNING
ś Do not attach any stickers or
accessories on the HUD or crash pad.
ś Do not adjust HUD shutter and
combiner directly by hands.
ś The image may be invisible due to
finger prints. Also, excessive force
applied during operation may damage
the display.
OOS050018K
ś Do not place any objects near the
HUD. Interference with such objects
The head up display is a transparent during activation may influence the
display which projects a shadow of some operation or damage the display.
information of the instrument cluster and ś Do not put any drinks near the HUD.
navigation on the display located on the If liquid flows in the HUD, the display
crash pad. may be damaged.
Precautions while using the ś Do not place any objects on the HUD.
Also, attaching something (sticker,
head up display etc.) on the combiner may affect the
It may be difficult to read information visibility of the image.
on the head up display in the following ś Do not let strong light shine on
situations. the combiner. It may damage the
- The driver is improperly positioned in combiner and internal components.
the driver’s seat. ś Do not place any objects on, inside or
- The driver wears polarised sunglasses. near the display whether the HUD is
- An object is located above the head opened or closed. Also, do not attach
up display cover. any objects to the system components
or insert anything inside the system.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
ś Use a soft cloth to clean the HUD. Do
- Any improper lighting accessory is not use organic solvent, detergent or
installed inside the vehicle, or there polishing cloth.
is incoming light from outside of the
vehicle. ś For your safety, make sure to stop the
vehicle before adjusting the settings.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head up CAUTION
display information, adjust the image ś When you open or close the HUD,
height of HUD or the head up display noise may occur from the motor and
brightness level in the User Settings gears.
Mode. For more information, refer to ś When you adjust the image height of
“LCD Display” in chapter 4. the HUD, noise may occur from the
motor and gears.
à HUD stands for Head Up Display.

5-44
 05
Head Up Display ON/OFF 5. SCC headway information
(if equipped)
6. Lane Following Assist information
(if equipped)
7. Lane Safety information (if equipped)
8. Blind-Spot Safety information
(if equipped)
9. Highway Driving Assist information
(if equipped)
10. Highway Auto Speed Change
information (if equipped)
OOS040080

With the engine ON, you can turn ON/ Information

OFF the HUD by pressing the HUD
button on the crash pad. If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as HUD contents,
With the engine OFF, the HUD will close the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation
automatically when the door is locked by information will not be displayed on the
a remote or smart key. LCD Display.
If your vehicle uses a smart key, the HUD
will close automatically when the door Head Up Display Setting
is locked by pressing the button on the
On the LCD display, you can change the
outside door handle.
head up display settings as follows.
If the engine is OFF and the door is not
ś Display Height
locked, the HUD will close automatically
after approximately 5 minutes. ś Rotation
ś Brightness
Head Up Display Information ś Content Select
For more details, refer to “LCD Display”
in chapter 4.

OOS050019L

1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation

information
2. Road signs
3. Speedometer
4. SCC set speed information
(if equipped)

5-45
Convenience features

LIGHTING
Exterior lights
Lighting control

OOS04750L
OPDE046065 AUTO light position (if equipped)
To operate the lights, turn the knob at When the light switch is in the AUTO
the end of the control lever to one of the position, the position lamp and
following positions: headlamp will be turned ON or OFF
(1) O position automatically depending on the amount
of light outside the vehicle.
(2) AUTO light position (if equipped)
Even with the AUTO light feature
(3) Position lamp position in operation, it is recommended to
(4) Headlamp position manually turn ON the lamps when
driving at night or in a fog, or when you
enter dark areas, such as tunnels and
parking facilities.

NOTICE
ś Do not cover or spill anything on the
sensor (1) located on the instrument
panel.
ś Do not clean the sensor using
a window cleaner, the cleanser
may leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
ś If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the AUTO light
system may not work properly.

5-46
 05
High beam operation

OAE046469L

Position lamp position ( ) OAE046453L

The position lamp, license plate lamp To turn on the high beam headlamp,
and instrument panel lamp are turned push the lever away from you. The lever
ON. will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlamp high beams are switched
on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp, pull
the lever towards you. The low beams
will turn on.

WARNING
Do not use high beam when there are
other vehicles approaching you. Using
OAE046467L high beam could obstruct the other
driver’s vision.
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, position lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.

Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlamp.

OAE046455L

To flash the high beam headlamp, pull

the lever towards you, then release the
lever. The high beams will remain ON as
long as you hold the lever towards you.

5-47
Convenience features

Turn signals and lane change signals Front fog lamps (if equipped)

OTLE045284 OPDE046066

To signal a turn, push down on the lever Fog lamps are used to provide improved
for a left turn or up for a right turn in visibility when visibility is poor due to
position (A). To signal a lane change, fog, rain or snow, etc.
move the turn signal lever slightly and Use the switch next to the headlamp
hold it in position (B).The lever will return switch to turn the fog lamps ON and OFF.
to the OFF position when released or
when the turn is completed. 1. Turn on the position lamp.
If an indicator stays on and does not flash 2. Turn the light switch (1) to the front
or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn fog lamp position.
signal bulbs may be burned out and will 3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn
require replacement. the light switch to the front fog lamp
position again or turn off the position
One-touch turn signal function lamp.
To activate a one-touch turn signal
function, move the turn signal lever NOTICE
slightly and then release it. The lane When in operation, the fog lamps
change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. consume large amounts of vehicle
You can activate/deactivate the One electrical power. Only use the fog lamps
Touch Turn Signal function or choose when visibility is poor.
the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the
User Settings mode on the LCD display.
For more details, refer to “LCD Display”
in chapter 4.

5-48
 05
Rear fog lamp

OTLE045285

OPDE046064 Vehicle without front fog lamps

Vehicle with front fog lamps To turn on the rear fog lamp:
To turn on the rear fog lamp: Position the light switch in the headlamp
Position the light switch in the position position, and then turn the light switch
lamp position, turn the light switch (1) to (1) to the rear fog lamp position.
the front fog lamps position, and then To turn the rear fog lamps off, do one of
turn the light switch (1) to the rear fog the following:
lamp position. ś Turn off the headlamp switch.
ś Turn the light switch to the rear fog
To turn the rear fog lamps off, do one of lamp position again.
the following:
ś Turn off the position light switch. Battery saver function
ś Turn the light switch to the rear fog The purpose of this feature is to prevent
lamp position again. the battery from being discharged.
ś When the light switch is in the The system automatically turns off the
position lamp position, if you turn off position lamp when the driver turns the
the front fog lamps, the rear fog lamp engine off and opens the driver-side
will also turn off. door.
With this feature, the position lamps will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of the road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on when
the engine is turned off, perform the
following:
(1) Open the driver-side door.
(2) Turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the light switch on the
steering column.

5-49
Convenience features

Headlamp delay function Daytime running light (DRL)

(if equipped) (if equipped)
If you place the ignition switch to the The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
ACC or OFF position with the headlamps make it easier for others to see the front
ON, the headlamps (and/or position of your vehicle during the day, especially
lamps) remain on for about 5 minutes. after dawn and before sunset.
However, with the engine off if the The DRL system will turn the dedicated
driver’s door is opened and closed, the lamps OFF when:
headlamps (and/or position lamps) are
turned off after 15 seconds. 1. The headlamps or front fog lights are
in the ON position.
The headlamps (and/or position lamps)
can be turned off by pressing the lock 2. The position light switch is in the ON
button on the remote key or smart key position.
twice or turning the light switch to the 3. The engine is turned off.
OFF or AUTO position. However, if you
turn the light switch to the AUTO position Headlamp leveling device
when it is dark outside, the headlamps (if equipped)
will not be turned off.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the User
Settings mode on the LCD display. For
more details, refer to “LCD Display” in
chapter 4.

NOTICE
If the driver gets out of the vehicle
through other doors (except driver’s
door), the battery saver function OOS040049
does not operate and the headlamp
delay function does not turn off Manual type
automatically. Therefore, It causes the To adjust the headlamp beam level
battery to be discharged. In this case, according to the number of the
make sure to turn off the headlamps passengers and loading weight in the
before getting out of the vehicle. luggage area, turn the beam leveling
switch.
The higher the number on the switch
position, the lower the headlamp beam
level. Always keep the headlamp beam
at the proper leveling position, otherwise
headlamps may dazzle other road users.
Listed below are examples of appropriate
switch settings for varying loads. For
loading conditions other than those
listed, adjust the switch position to the
most similar situation.

5-50
 05

Loading condition
Priority while Welcome system (if equipped)
overlapping Interior lamp
Driver only 0 When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
tailgate) are closed and locked, the room
Driver + Front passenger 0 lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any
of the below is performed.
Full passengers
1 ś When the door unlock button is
(including driver)
pressed on the remote key or smart
Full passengers
key.
(including driver) +
2 ś When the button of the outside door
Maximum permissible
loading handle is pressed with the smart key
in possession.
Driver + Maximum
3 At this time, if you press the door lock or
permissible loading
unlock button, the room lamp will turn
off immediately.
Automatic type
It automatically adjusts the headlamp
beam level according to the number of
passengers and loading weight in the
luggage area.
It also adjusts to the appropriate
headlamp beam level for various
situations.

WARNING
If the function does not work properly,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the wiring yourself.

5-51
Convenience features

Interior lights Front lamps

Type A (Without sunglass case)
„
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior lights
may obscure your view and cause an
accident.

WARNING
Do not use the interior lights when
driving in the dark. The interior lights OOS047051
may obscure your view and cause an
accident. Type B (With sunglass case)
„

Interior lamp AUTO cut

The interior lamps will automatically go
off approximately 20 minutes after the
engine is turned off and the doors are
closed. If a door is opened, the lamp
will go off 40 minutes after the engine
is turned off. If the doors are locked and
the vehicle enters the armed stage of the
theft alarm system, the lamps will go off OOS047052
five seconds later.
Front map lamp (1)
Press the map lamp. lens (1) to turn ON
the map lamp. Re-press the map lamp
lens to turn OFF the map lamp.

Front Door Lamp ( ) (2) :

The room lamp for the front/rear
seats is automatically turned ON for
approximately 30 seconds, when a door
is opened.
The room lamp for the front/rear
seats is automatically turned ON for
approximately 15 seconds, when the
remote key (smart key) unlocks the
doors. The room lamp fades out, when
the ignition switch is placed to the ON
position in 15 seconds. The room lamp
remains ON up to 20 minutes, when a
door is opened with the ignition switch in
the either the ACC or OFF position.

5-52
 05
Front room lamp Rear lamps
ś (3) : Type A
„
Press the button to turn ON the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.
ś (4) :
Press the button to turn OFF the room
lamp for the front/rear seats.

OOS047321

Type B
„

OOS047053

Rear Room Lamp Switch :

Press this button to turn the room lamp
on and off.

NOTICE
Do not leave the lamp switches on for
an extended period of time when the
engine is turned off.

5-53
Convenience features

Luggage compartment lamp Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

OOS050009K OCN7050058

The luggage compartment lamp comes Push the switch to turn the light on or off.
on when the tailgate is opened. ś : The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
NOTICE ś : The lamp will turn off if this
The luggage compartment lamp comes button is pressed.
on as long as the tailgate is open. To
prevent unnecessary charging system NOTICE
drain, close the tailgate securely after
using the tailgate. Always have the switch in the off
position when the vanity mirror lamp
is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed
without the lamp off, it may discharge
the battery or damage the sunvisor.

5-54
 05
HIGH BEAM ASSIST ǣHBAǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
High Beam Assist setting
The driver can activate HBA by placing
the ignition switch to the ON position
DQGE\VHOHFWLQJœ8VHU6HWWLQJVƟ/LJKWV
Ɵ+%$ +LJK%HDP$VVLVW Ŕ,I\RXGLVDEOH
this setting, HBA will not work.
The setting of HBA will be maintained, as
selected, when the engine is re-started.

High Beam Assist condition

OPDE046057 1. Place the light switch in the AUTO
High Beam Assist is a function that position.
automatically adjusts the headlamp 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the
range (switches between high beam and lever away from you.
low beam) according to the brightness of 3. High Beam Assist ( ) indicator will
other vehicles and road conditions. illuminate.
Detecting sensor (Front view 4. High Beam Assist will turn on when
camera) vehicle speed is above 40 km/h
(25mph).
1) If the light switch is pushed away
when High Beam Assist is operating,
High Beam Assist will turn off
and the high beam will be on
continuously.
2) If the light switch is pulled towards
you when the high beam is off, the
high beam will turn on without High
Beam Assist canceled. When you let
go of the light switch, the lever will
OOSO07001K
move to the middle and the high
[1] : Front view camera
beam will turn off.
3) If the light switch is pulled towards
The front view camera is used as a you when the high beam is on by
detecting sensor to detect ambient light High Beam Assist, the low beam
and brightness while driving. will be on and High Beam Assist will
Refer to the picture above for the turn off.
detailed location of the detecting sensor. 4) If the light switch is placed to the
For more details on the precautions headlamp position, High Beam
of the front view camera, refer to Assist will turn off and the low
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist beam will be on continuously.
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.

5-55
Convenience features

When High Beam Assist is operating, the High Beam Assist malfunction
high beam switches to low beam in the and limitations
following conditions.
Warning light and message
- When the headlamp of an on-coming
vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in front
is detected.
- When headlamp/tail lamp of bicycle/
motorcycle is detected.
- When the surroundings are bright
enough high beams are not needed.
- When street lights or other lights are
detected.
- When the light switch is not in the OOS047127L
AUTO position.
When High Beam Assist is not working
- When High Beam Assist is off. properly, the warning message will come
- When vehicle speed is below 30 km/h on for a few second. After the message
(19 mph). disappears, the master warning light ( )
will illuminate.
We recommend that you take your
vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and have the system checked.

CAUTION
The function may not operate normally
in the following conditions.
X When the light from on-coming or
vehicle in front is dim
ś When the in light from the on-
coming or vehicle in front in is not
detected because of lamp damage,
hidden from sight, etc.
ś When the lamp of the on-coming or
vehicle in front is covered with dust,
snow or water.
ś When the vehicle in front’s
headlamps are off but the fog lamps
on and etc.
X When it is affected by an external
condition
ś When there is a similar shaped lamp
with the vehicle front vehicle’s
lamps.
ś When the headlamp is not repaired
or replaced at an authorized dealer.

5-56
 05
ś When headlamp aiming is not WARNING
properly adjusted.
ś When driving on a narrow winding ś Do not disassemble a front view
road or rough road. camera temporarily for tinted
window or attaching any types
ś When driving downhill or uphill. of coatings and accessories. If
ś When only part of the vehicle in you disassemble the camera and
front is visible on a crossroad or on a assemble it again, we recommend
corner. that you take your vehicle to an
ś When there is a traffic light, authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
reflecting sign, flashing sign or have the function checked to need a
mirror. calibration.
ś When the road conditions are bad ś When you replace or reinstall the
such as being wet or covered with windshield glass, front view camera,
snow. we recommend that you take your
vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
ś When a vehicle suddenly appears dealer and have the function
from around a corner. checked.
ś When the vehicle is tilted from a flat ś Be careful that water doesn’t get into
tire or being towed. High Beam Assist unit and do not
X When the front visibility is poor remove or damage related parts of
ś When the light from the on-coming High Beam Assist.
or vehicle in front is not detected ś Do not place objects on the crash
because of exhaust fume, smoke, pad that reflect light such as mirrors,
fog, snow, Heavy rain, dust, etc. white paper, etc. The function may
ś When the front window is covered malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
with foreign matter. ś At times, High Beam Assist may
not work properly. The function is
for your convenience only. It is the
responsibility of the driver for safe
driving practices and always check
the road conditions for your safety.
ś When the function does not operate
normally, change the lamp position
manually between the high beam
and low beam.

5-57
Convenience features

WIPERS AND WASHERS

Front windshield wiper/washer
„ Rear windshield wiper/washer
„
ǴType A ǴType A

OTLE045159 OTLE045507

Ǵ
Type B Ǵ
Type B

OTLE045161 OTLE045508

A. Wiper speed control C. Wash with brief wipes (front)

ś / MIST – Single wipe
śO / OFF – Off D. Rear wiper control*
ś--- / INT – Intermittent wipe ś2 / HI – High wiper speed
AUTO* – Auto control wipe ś1 / LO – Low wiper speed
ś1 / LO– Low wiper speed śO / OFF – Off
ś2 / HI – High wiper speed
E. Wash with brief wipes (rear)
B. Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
* : if equipped

5-58
 05
Windshield wipers AUTO (Automatic) control
Operates as follows when the ignition (if equipped)
switch is in the ON position.
/MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever down ( )
or up (MIST) and release it.
The wipers will operate
continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
O/OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
---/INT : Wipers operate intermittently
at the same wiping intervals.
Rain Sensor
Use this mode in light rain or
mist. To vary the speed setting,
turn the speed control knob. OOS047322L
1/LO : Normal wiper speed The rain sensor located on the upper end
2/HI : Fast wiper speed of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the
wiping cycle for the proper interval. The
Information wiper operation time will be
If there is heavy accumulation of snow automatically controlled depends on
or ice on the windshield, defrost the rainfall.
windshield for about 10 minutes, or until When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
the snow and/or ice is removed before To vary the sensitivity setting, turn the
using the windshield wipers to ensure sensitivity control knob (1).
proper operation. If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode
If you do not remove the snow and/or ice when the ignition switch is in the ON
before using the wiper and washer, it may position, the wiper will operate once to
damage the wiper and washer system. perform a self-check of the system.

WARNING
To avoid personal injury from the
windshield wipers, when the engine
is running and the windshield wiper
switch is placed in the AUTO mode:
ś Do not touch the upper end of the
windshield glass facing the rain
sensor.
ś Do not wipe the upper end of the
windshield glass with a damp or wet
cloth.
ś Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
ś Set the wiper switch to the OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.

5-59
Convenience features

NOTICE Windshield washers

ś When washing the vehicle, set the Type A
„
wiper switch in the O (OFF) position
to stop the auto wiper operation. The
the switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
ś Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
OTLE045163
ś Because of using a photo sensor,
temporary malfunction could occur Type B
„
according to sudden ambient light
change made by stone and dust
while driving.

OTLE045164

In the OFF (O) position, pull the lever

gently toward you to spray washer fluid
on the windshield and to run the wipers
1-3 cycles.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, you may
need to add washer fluid to the washer
fluid reservoir.
If equipped with the Headlamp Washer,
washer fluid will be sprayed on the
headlamp at the same time you operate
the windshield washer when:
1. The ignition switch is in the ON
position.
2. The light switch is in the headlamp
position.

5-60
 05
WARNING Rear window wiper and washer
When the outside temperature is below
switch (if equipped)
freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield Type A
„
using the defroster to prevent the
washer fluid from freezing on the
windshield and obscuring your vision
which could result in an accident and
serious injury or death.

CAUTION
ś To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is OTLE045167
empty. Type B
„
ś To prevent possible damage to the
wipers or windshield, do not operate
the wipers when the windshield is
dry.
ś To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
ś To prevent possible damage to the
wipers and washer system, use anti- OTLE045165
freezing washer fluids in the winter The rear window wiper and washer
season or cold weather. switch is located at the end of the wiper
and washer switch lever.
Turn the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
2 / HI – High wiper speed
1 / LO – Low wiper speed
O / OFF – Off

5-61
Convenience features

Type A
„ Auto rear wiper (if equipped)
The rear wiper will operate while the
vehicle is in reverse with the front wipers
ON by selecting the function on the LCD
display.
Go to ‘User Settings o Convenience o
Auto Rear Wiper (reverse)’.

OTLE045168
Type B
„

OTLE045166

Push the lever away from you to spray

rear washer fluid and to run the rear
wiper 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper
operation will continue until you release
the lever. (if equipped)

5-62
 05
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

OOS050100K

1. Fan speed control knob 5. A/C (Air conditioning) button*

2. Temperature control knob 6. Air intake control button
3. Mode selection knob 7. Rear window defroster button
4. Front windshield defroster position * : if equipped

5-63
Convenience features

Heating and air conditioning 3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.
1. Start the engine.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
mode.
To improve the effectiveness of
5. Set the fan speed control to the
heating and cooling :
desired speed.
- Heating:
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
- Cooling: air conditioning system on.

Mode selection

OOS050101K

The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation
system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield.

5-64
 05
Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air
discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and OOS047305

the floor. A/C MAX-Level (B, D) (if equipped)
To operate the A/C MAX, turn the
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) temperature control knob to extreme
left. Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
Most of the air flow is directed to the In this mode, the air conditioning and the
floor, with a small amount of the air recirculated air position will be selected
being directed to the windshield and side automatically.
window defrosters.
After the interior has cooled sufficiently,
whenever possible, move the
Floor/Defrost-Level temperature knob away from A/C MAX
(A, C, D, E) and press the A/C button.

Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
OOS050102K

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened or closed
( ) separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.

5-65
Convenience features

Temperature control (2) Information

The temperature will increase by turning Using the system in the fresh air position is
the knob to the right. The temperature recommended.
will decrease by turning the knob to the
left. Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
Air intake control (7) conditioning selected) can cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and the
This is used to select outside (fresh) air air within the passenger compartment will
position or recirculated air position. become stale.
To change the air intake control position, In addition, prolonged use of the air
press the control button. conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively
Recirculated air position dry air in the passenger compartment.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from the
passenger compartment will WARNING
be drawn through the heating ś Continued climate control system
system and heated or cooled operation in the recirculated air
according to the function position may allow humidity to
selected. increase inside the vehicle which
may fog the glass and obscure
Outside (fresh) air position visibility.
With the outside (fresh) air ś Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
position selected, air enters conditioning or heating system on. It
the vehicle from outside and may cause serious harm or death due
is heated or cooled according to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
to the function selected. body temperature.
ś Continued climate control system
operation in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness
or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
control. Set the air intake control
to the outside (fresh) air position as
much as possible while driving.

5-66
 05
Fan speed control (1) System operation
Turn the knob to the right to increase Ventilation
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the knob 1. Set the mode to the position.
to the left to decrease fan speed and
airflow. 2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
“0” position turns off the fan. 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
NOTICE desired speed.
Operating the fan speed when the
ignition switch is in the ON position Heating
could cause the battery to discharge. 1. Set the mode to the position.
Operate the fan speed when the engine
is running. 2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
Air conditioning (A/C) (5) 3. Set the temperature control to the
(if equipped) desired position.
Press the A/C button to turn the air 4. Set the fan speed control to the
conditioning system on (indicator light desired speed.
will illuminate). Press the button again to 5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system off. turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
to the or position.

5-67
Convenience features

Operation Tips
Information
ś To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or
ventilation system, temporarily set the R-1234yf according to the regulation in
air intake control to the recirculated your country at the time of production.
air position. Be sure to return the You can find out which air conditioning
control to the fresh air position when refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the irritation has passed to keep fresh the label located inside of the hood. Refer
air in the vehicle. This will help keep to chapter 5 for the location of the air
the driver alert and comfortable. conditioning refrigerant label.
ś To prevent interior fog on the
windshield, set the air intake control NOTICE
to the fresh air position and fan speed ś The refrigerant system should only
to the desired position, turn on the air be serviced by trained and certified
conditioning system, and adjust the technicians to insure proper and safe
temperature control to the desired operation.
temperature. ś The refrigerant system should be
serviced in a well-ventilated place.
Air conditioning
ś The air conditioning evaporator
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are (cooling coil) shall never be repaired
filled with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant. or replaced with one removed from
1. Start the engine. Push the air a used or salvaged vehicle and new
conditioning button. replacement MAC evaporators shall
2. Set the mode to the position. be certified (and labeled) as meeting
SAE Standard J2842.
3. Set the air intake control to the
outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and NOTICE
temperature control to maintain ś When using the air conditioning
maximum comfort. system, monitor the temperature
gauge closely while driving up
hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high.
Air conditioning system operation
may cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan but turn the
air conditioning system off if the
temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
ś When opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets
may cause damage to electrical
equipment, air conditioning should
only be used with the windows
closed.

5-68
 05
Air conditioning system operation tips System maintenance
ś If the vehicle has been parked in Climate control air filter
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
ś After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside air
position.
ś To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air OIK047401L
conditioning system with the windows [A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
and sunroof closed. [C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
ś Use the air conditioning system every [E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
month for a few minutes to ensure This filter is installed behind the glove
maximum system performance. box. It filters the dust or other pollutants
ś If you operate the air conditioner that enter the vehicle through the
excessively, the difference between heating and air conditioning system.
the temperature of the outside air and We recommend that the climate control
that of the windshield could cause air filter be replaced by an authorized
the outer surface of the windshield to HYUNDAI dealer according to the
fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
case, set the mode selection knob to being driven in severe conditions such
the position and set the fan speed as dusty or rough roads, more frequent
control knob to the lowest speed climate control filter inspections and
setting. changes are required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases,
we recommend the system be checked
at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-69
Convenience features

Checking the amount of air WARNING

conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant Vehicles equipped with R-134a
Since the refrigerant is
When the amount of refrigerant is low, operated at very high
the performance of the air conditioning pressure, the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the system should only be
performance of the air conditioning serviced by trained and
system. certified technicians.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is All refrigerants should be reclaimed
found, we recommend that the system with proper equipment.
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
NOTICE warnings can lead to serious injuries.
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor WARNING
and abnormal system operation may Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
occur. To prevent damage, the air Since the refrigerant is
conditioning system in your vehicle mildly flammable and
should only be serviced by trained and operated at high pressure,
certified technicians. the air conditioning system
should only be serviced
by trained and certified
technicians. It is important
that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant
are used.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.

5-70
 05
Example
„
ǴType A

OOS050010K OHYK059004

Air Conditioning refrigerant label Ǵ

Type B

You can find out which air conditioning

refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
the label located inside of the hood.

OHYK059001

Each symbols and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
7. Service manual

5-71
Convenience features

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

OOS050103L

1. Temperature control knob 6. Front windshield defroster button

2. Fan speed control knob 7. Mode selection button
3. AUTO (automatic control) button 8. Rear window defroster button
4. Air conditioning button 9. Air intake control button
5. OFF button 10. Climate control information screen

5-72
 05
Automatic heating and air
conditioning
The Automatic Climate Control System
is controlled by setting the desired
temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button. (3)
The modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature setting
you select.
OOSH059075L
2. Turn the temperature control knob
(1) to the desired temperature. If
the temperature is set to the lowest Information
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously. Never place anything near the sensor to
After the interior has cooled ensure better control of the heating and
sufficiently, adjust the knob to cooling system.
a higher temperature set point
whenever possible. Manual heating and air
conditioning
To turn the automatic operation off, The heating and cooling system can be
select any button of the following: controlled manually by pushing buttons
- Mode selection button other than the AUTO button. In this case,
- Front windshield defroster button the system works sequentially according
(Press the button one more time to the order of buttons selected. When
to deselect the front windshield pressing any button except the AUTO
defroster funcn The ‘AUTO’ sign will button while using automatic operation,
illuminate on the information display the functions not selected will be
once again.) controlled automatically.
- Fan speed control button 1. Start the engine.
The selected function will be 2. Set the mode to the desired position.
controlled manually while other For improving the effectiveness of
functions operate automatically. heating and cooling, select:
For your convenience and to improve - Heating:
the effectiveness of the climate control,
- Cooling:
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 23°C (73°F). 3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
full automatic control of the system.

5-73
Convenience features

Mode selection

OOS050101L

The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation
system.

5-74
 05
Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the

windshield.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper

body and face. Additionally, each outlet
can be controlled to direct the air OOS050120L
discharged from the outlet. Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E) ( ) separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
Most of the air flow is directed to the control lever as shown.
floor.
Temperature control (1)
Defrost-Level (A) (6) The temperature will increase by turning
Most of the air flow is directed to the the knob to the right. The temperature
windshield with a small amount of air will decrease by turning the knob to the
directed to the side window defrosters. left.

Air intake control (9)

This is used to select the outside (fresh)
air position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
push the control button.

5-75
Convenience features

Recirculated air position

WARNING
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from the ś Continued climate control system
passenger compartment will operation in the recirculated air
be drawn through the heating position may allow humidity to
system and heated or cooled increase inside the vehicle which
according to the function may fog the glass and obscure
selected. visibility.
ś Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air
Outside (fresh) air position conditioning or heating system on. It
may cause serious harm or death due
With the outside (fresh) air to a drop in the oxygen level and/or
position selected, air enters body temperature.
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled according ś Continued climate control system
to the function selected. operation in the recirculated air
position can cause drowsiness
or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle
Information control. Set the air intake control
to the outside (fresh) air position as
Using the system in the fresh air position is
much as possible while driving.
recommended.
Prolonged operation of the heater in the Fan speed control (2)
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) can cause fogging of The fan speed can be set as desired by
the windshield and side windows and the pushing the fan speed control button.
air within the passenger compartment will More air is delivered with higher fan
become stale. speeds.
In addition, prolonged use of the air Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected will result in excessively NOTICE
dry air in the passenger compartment.
Operating the fan when the ignition
switch is in the ON position could cause
the battery to discharge. Operate the
fan when the engine is running.

Air conditioning (4)

Push the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will illuminate).
Push the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.

OFF mode (5)

Push the OFF button to turn the climate
control system off. However, you can still
operate the mode and air intake buttons
as long as the ignition switch is in the ON
position.

5-76
 05
System operation Air conditioning
Ventilation HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are
1. Set the mode to the position. filled with R-134a or R-1234yf refrigerant.
2. Set the air intake control to the 1. Start the engine. Push the air
outside (fresh) air position. conditioning button.
3. Set the temperature control to the 2. Set the mode to the position.
desired position. 3. Set the air intake control to the
4. Set the fan speed control to the outside air or recirculated air position.
desired speed. 4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
Heating maximum comfort.
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the Information
outside (fresh) air position. Your vehicle is filled with R-134a or
3. Set the temperature control to the R-1234yf according to the regulation in
desired position. your country at the time of production.
4. Set the fan speed control to the You can find out which air conditioning
desired speed. refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, the label located inside of the hood. Refer
turn the air conditioning system on. to chapter 5 for the location of the air
conditioning refrigerant label.
ś If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the or position.
NOTICE
Operation Tips ś The refrigerant system should only
ś To keep dust or unpleasant fumes be serviced by trained and certified
from entering the vehicle through the technicians to insure proper and safe
ventilation system, temporarily set the operation.
air intake control to the recirculated ś The refrigerant system should be
air position. Be sure to return the serviced in a well-ventilated place.
control to the fresh air position when ś The air conditioning evaporator
the irritation has passed to keep fresh (cooling coil) shall never be repaired
air in the vehicle. This will help keep or replaced with one removed from
the driver alert and comfortable. a used or salvaged vehicle and new
ś To prevent interior fog on the replacement MAC evaporators shall
windshield, set the air intake control be certified (and labeled) as meeting
to the fresh air position and fan speed SAE Standard J2842.
to the desired position, turn on the air
conditioning system, and adjust the
temperature control to the desired
temperature.

5-77
Convenience features

NOTICE Air conditioning system operation tips

ś When using the air conditioning ś If the vehicle has been parked in
system, monitor the temperature direct sunlight during hot weather,
gauge closely while driving up open the windows for a short time
hills or in heavy traffic when to let the hot air inside the vehicle
outside temperatures are high. escape.
Air conditioning system operation ś After sufficient cooling has been
may cause engine overheating. achieved, switch back from the
Continue to use the fan but turn the recirculated air to the fresh outside air
air conditioning system off if the position.
temperature gauge indicates engine ś To help reduce moisture inside of
overheating. the windows on rainy or humid
ś When opening the windows in humid days, decrease the humidity inside
weather air conditioning may create the vehicle by operating the air
water droplets inside the vehicle. conditioning system with the windows
Since excessive water droplets and sunroof closed.
may cause damage to electrical ś Use the air conditioning system every
equipment, air conditioning should month for a few minutes to ensure
only be used with the windows maximum system performance.
closed.
ś If you operate the air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to
fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this
case, set the mode selection button to
the position and set the fan speed
control knob to the lowest speed
setting.

5-78
 05
System maintenance Checking the amount of air
Climate control air filter conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning
is reduced. Overfilling also reduces the
performance of the air conditioning
system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

OIK047401L NOTICE
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower It is important that the correct type and
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor
This filter is installed behind the glove and abnormal system operation may
box. It filters the dust or other pollutants occur. To prevent damage, the air
that enter the vehicle through the conditioning system in your vehicle
heating and air conditioning system. should only be serviced by trained and
We recommend that the climate control certified technicians.
air filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is WARNING
being driven in severe conditions such Vehicles equipped with R-134a
as dusty or rough roads, more frequent Since the refrigerant is
climate control filter inspections and operated at very high
changes are required. pressure, the air conditioning
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, system should only be
we recommend the system be checked serviced by trained and
at an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. certified technicians.
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.

5-79
Convenience features

Example
„
WARNING ǴType A
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure,
the air conditioning system
should only be serviced
by trained and certified
technicians. It is important
that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant OHYK059004
are used. Ǵ
Type B
All refrigerants should be reclaimed
with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals
and environment. Failure to heed these
warnings can lead to serious injuries.

OHYK059001

Each symbols and specification on

the air conditioning refrigerant label is
represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
OOS050010K 3. Classification of compressor lubricant
Air Conditioning refrigerant label 4. Caution
You can find out which air conditioning 5. Flammable refrigerant
refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on 6. To require registered technician to
the label located inside of the hood. service air conditioning system
7. Service manual

5-80
 05
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING Manual climate control system
Windshield heating
To defog inside windshield
Do not use the or position
during cooling operation in extremely
humid weather. The difference between
the temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause the
outer surface of the windshield to fog
up, causing loss of visibility. In this case,
set the mode selection knob or button
to the position and fan speed control
knob or button to lower speed.
OOS050110K
ś For maximum windshield defrosting,
set the temperature control knob to 1. Select any fan speed except “0”
the highest temperature setting and position.
the fan control knob to the highest 2. Select the desired temperature.
fan speed. Select the front defrost
3. Select the or position.
button on the climate control display.
After the engine warm-up period, 4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected
warm air will be directed to the front automatically. Additionally, the
windshield. air conditioning (if equipped) will
automatically operate if the mode is
ś If warm air to the floor is desired while
selected to the position.
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position. If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
ś Before driving, clear all snow and ice
automatically, press the corresponding
from the windshield, rear window,
button manually.
outside rear view mirrors, and all side
windows.
ś Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill
to improve heater and defroster
efficiency and to reduce the
probability of fogging up inside of the
windshield.

Information
If the engine temperature is still cold after
starting, then a brief engine warm up
period may be required for the vented air
flow to become warm or hot.

5-81
Convenience features

To defrost outside windshield Automatic climate control

system
To defog inside windshield

OOS050111K

1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position. OOS050112K
2. Set the temperature to the extreme 1. Select the desired fan speed.
hot position. 2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Select the position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ).
4. The outside (fresh) air and air 4. The air-conditioning will turn on
conditioning (if equipped) will be according to the detected ambient
selected automatically. temperature, outside (fresh) air
position and higher fan speed will be
selected automatically.
If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh)
air position and higher fan speed are
not selected automatically, adjust the
corresponding button or knob manually.
If the position is selected, lower fan
speed is controlled to higher fan speed.

5-82
 05
To defrost outside windshield Auto defogging system
(only for automatic climate
control system, if equipped)
Auto defogging reduces the possibility of
fogging up the inside of the windshield
by automatically sensing the moisture on
inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is on.

Information
OOS050113K
The auto defogging system may not
1. Set fan speed to the highest position. operate normally, when the outside
2. Set temperature to the extreme hot temperature is below -10 °C.
(HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button ( ). To cancel or set the Auto Defogging
4. The air-conditioning will turn System, keep the front defroster button
on according to the detected pressed for 3 seconds. The “ADS OFF”
ambient temperature and outside symbol will be shown in the climate
(fresh) air position will be selected display to inform you that the system
automatically. is deactivated. To re-activate the auto
defogging system, follow the procedure
If the position is selected, lower fan mentioned above and the “ADS OFF”
speed is controlled to higher fan speed. symbol will disappear.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto
defogging status.

Information
For efficiency, do not select recirculated
air position while the Auto defogging
system is operating.

NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover located
on the top of the windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could occur
and may not be covered by your vehicle
warranty.

5-83
Convenience features

Defroster ś To activate the rear window defroster,

press the rear window defroster
button located in the center facia
NOTICE switch panel. The indicator on the rear
To prevent damage to the conductors window defroster button illuminates
bonded to the inside surface of the rear when the defroster is ON.
window, never use sharp instruments or ś To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window cleaners containing abrasives window defroster button again.
to clean the window.

Information
Information ś If there is heavy accumulation of snow
If you want to defrost and defog the on the rear window, brush it off before
front windshield, refer to “Windshield operating the rear defroster.
Defrosting and Defogging” in this chapter.
ś The rear window defroster
automatically turns off after
Rear window defroster approximately 20 minutes or when the
Manual climate control system
„ ignition switch is in the OFF position.

Outside mirror defroster

(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with outside
mirror defrosters, they will operate at the
same time you turn on the rear window
defroster.

OOS050116K
Automatic climate control system
„

OOS050119L

The defroster heats the window to

remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.

5-84
 05
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Cluster ionizer (if equipped) Sunroof inside air recirculation
When the ignition switch is in the ON (if equipped)
position, the clean air function turns on When the sunroof is opened, outside
automatically. (fresh) air will be automatically selected.
Also, the clean air function turns off At this time, if you press the air intake
automatically, when the ignition switch is control button, recirculated air position
in the OFF position. will be selected but will change back
to outside (fresh) air after 3 minutes.
Automatic ventilation When the sunroof is closed, the air
(if equipped) intake position will return to the original
position that was selected.
To increase cabin air quality and reduce
windscreen misting, air recirculation
mode switches off automatically after
about 5 to 30 minutes, depending on
outside temperature, and the air intake
will change to outside (fresh) mode.
To cancel or set the automatic ventilation
feature, select Face level mode and
press the air recirculation mode button
for 3 seconds.
When the automatic ventilation is set,
the air recirculation indicator will blink 6
times. When canceled, the indicator will
blink 3 times.

5-85
Convenience features

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING Center console storage
Never store cigarette lighters, propane
cylinders, or other flammable/explosive
materials in the vehicle. These items
may catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures
for extended periods.

WARNING
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment
covers closed securely while driving.
Items inside your vehicle are moving as OOS047056

fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop To open :

or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the Pull the lever (1).
items may fly out of the compartment
and may cause an injury if they strike
the driver or a passenger.
Glove box

NOTICE
To avoid possible theft, do not leave
valuables in the storage compartments.

OOS047057

To open the glove box, pull the handle

(1) and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.

WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box door after
use.
An open glove box door can cause
serious injury to the passenger in an
accident, even if the passenger is
wearing a seat belt.

5-86
 05
Sunglass holder (if equipped) Multi box

OOS047058 OOS050011K

To open : Small things may be placed in the multi

Press the cover and the holder will box.
slowly open. Place your sunglasses in the
compartment door with the lenses facing
out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglasses holder is
closed while driving.

WARNING
ś Do not keep objects except
sunglasses inside the sunglasses
holder. Such objects can be thrown
from the holder in the event of a
sudden stop or an accident, possibly
injuring the passengers in the
vehicle.
ś Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The rear
view mirror of the vehicle can be
blocked by an open sunglass holder.
ś Do not attempt to force sunglasses
into the sunglass holder. If the
sunglasses become jammed and you
try to open it forcibly, personal injury
may occur.

5-87
Convenience features

Luggage tray (if equipped) To increase luggage space

OOS047070 OOS047320

You can place a first aid kit, a reflector

triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box
for easy access.
ś Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.

OOS047319

1. Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and pull out the luggage tray
board backwards.
2. Pull out the luggage tray board
completely and remove the luggage
tray.(If the luggage tray is equipped.)
3. Push the luggage tray board forwards
into the lower sliding slot.

5-88
 05
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder WARNING
Front ś Avoid abrupt starting and braking
when the cup holder is in use to
prevent spilling your drink. If hot
liquid spills, you could be burned.
Such a burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
ś Do not place uncovered or unsecured
cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup
holder containing hot liquid while
the vehicle is in motion. Injuries may
result in the event of a sudden stop
OOS050013K or collision.
Cups or small beverages cups may be ś Only use soft cups in the cup holders.
placed in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an
accident.
Rear (if equipped)
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun
light and do not put them in a hot
vehicle. It may explode.

NOTICE
ś Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your drink.
If liquid spills, it may get into the
OOS047061
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system
and damage electrical/electronic
Pull the armrest down to use the cup parts.
holders.
ś When cleaning spilled liquids,
do not dry the cup holder at high
temperature. This may damage the
cup holder.

5-89
Convenience features

Sunvisor Power outlet (if equipped)

OOS047062 OOS050027L
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward. The power outlet is designed to provide
To use a sunvisor for a side window, pull power for mobile telephones or other
it downward, unsnap it from the bracket devices designed to operate with vehicle
(1) and swing it to the side (2). electrical systems.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the The devices should draw less than 180
sunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3). W(Watt) with the engine running.
Use the ticket holder (4) to hold tickets.
WARNING
Information Avoid electrical shocks. Do not place
your fingers or foreign objects (pin, etc.)
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and into a power outlet or touch the power
return the sunvisor to its original position outlet with a wet hand.
after use.

WARNING
For your safety, do not block your view
when using the sunvisor.

NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the ticket
holder at one time. This could cause
damage to the ticket holder.

5-90
 05
NOTICE Wireless cellular phone charging
To prevent damage to the Power system (if equipped)
Outlets :
ś Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods
of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
ś Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 180 W(Watt) in
electric capacity.
ś Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
OOS050015K
to the lowest operating level when
[A] : Indicator light, [B] : Charging pad
using the power outlet.
ś Close the cover when not in use. There is a wireless cellular phone charger
inside the front console.
ś Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference The system is available when all doors
when plugged into a vehicle’s are closed, and when the ignition switch
power outlet. These devices may is in the ON position.
cause excessive audio static and
malfunctions in other electronic To charge a cellular phone
systems or devices used in your The wireless cellular phone charging
vehicle. system charges only the Qi-enabled
ś Push the plug in as far as it will go. If cellular phones ( ). Read the label on
good contact is not made, the plug the cellular phone accessory cover or
may overheat and the fuse may open. visit your cellular phone manufacturer’s
website to check whether your cellular
ś Plug in battery equipped electrical/
phone supports the Qi technology.
electronic devices with reverse
current protection. The current The wireless charging process starts
from the battery may flow into the when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
vehicle’s electrical/electronic system phone on the wireless charging unit.
and cause system malfunction. 1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging
unit. If not, the wireless charging
process may be interrupted. Place
the cellular phone on the center of
charging pad.
2. The indicator light is orange when
the cellular phone is charging. The
indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless
charging function in the User Settings
mode on the instrument cluster. For
further information, refer to the “User
setting mode” in chapter 4.

5-91
Convenience features

If your cellular phone is not charging: ś The wireless charging process may
- Slightly change the position of the temporarily stop, when temperature
cellular phone on the charging pad. abnormally increases inside the
wireless cellular phone charging
- Make sure the indicator light is system. Stop the charging cellular
orange. phone and wait until temperature
The indicator light will blink orange for 10 falls to a certain level.
seconds if there is a malfunction in the ś The wireless charging process may
wireless charging system. temporarily stop when there is
In this case, temporarily stop the any metallic item, such as a coin,
charging process, and re-attempt to between the wireless cellular phone
wirelessly charge your cellular phone charging system and the cellular
again. phone.
The system warns you with a message ś The charging some cell phones with
on the LCD display if the cellular phone the case still applied, the wireless
is still on the wireless charging unit after charging speed may decrease and
the engine is turned OFF and the front the wireless charging may stop.
door is opened. ś If the cell phone is not completely
śHigh speed wireless charging can be contacting the charging pad,
activated only when the cellular phones wireless charging may not operate
equipped with a wireless charging properly.
function is on the charging pad. ś Some magnetic items like credit
ś During wireless charging, the internal cards, phone cards or rail tickets may
fan operates to prevent the charging pad be damaged if left with the cellular
from becoming hot. This may cause fan phone during the charging process.
noise. ś When any cellular phone without
a wireless charging function or a
Information metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
For some manufacturers’ cellular phones, sound. This small sound is due to the
the system may not warn you even though vehicle discerning compatibility of
the cellular phone is left on the wireless the object placed on the charging
charging unit. This is due to the particular pad. It does not affect your vehicle or
characteristic of the cellular phone and the cellular phone in any way.
not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
ś If some metallic items such as coins
and other metallic substances exist
NOTICE between the wireless charging
ś The wireless cellular phone charging system and the cell phone, the
system may not support certain wireless charging process may be
cellular phones, which are not temporarily interrupted, the metallic
verified for the Qi specification ( ). substances can be hot, and the alarm
may not work when the cell phone is
ś When placing your cellular phone on left on the charging pad.
the charging mat, position the phone
in the middle of the mat for optimal
charging performance. If your cell Information
phone is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some cases If the Engine Start/Stop button is OFF, the
the cell phone may experience charging also stops.
higher heat conduction.
5-92
 05
Clock Clothes hanger (if equipped)

WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while driving.
You may lose your steering control
and cause severe personal injury or
accidents.

Vehicles with Audio system

Select the [SETUP/CLOCK] button on the
audio system o Select [Date/Time].
ś Set time: Set the time displayed on OOS047065

the audio screen. These hangers are not designed to hold

ś Time format: Choose between 12-hour large or heavy items.
and 24-hour time formats.
WARNING
Vehicles with Navigation system
Select the Settings menu on the
Navigation system o Select [Date/Time].
ś GPS time: Displays time according to
the received GNSS time.
ś 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24
hour.
For more details, please refer to the
separate manual that was supplied with
your vehicle.
OOS047066

Do not hang other objects such

as hangers or hard objects except
clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp
or breakable objects in the clothes
pockets.
In an accident or when the curtain air
bag is inflated, it may cause vehicle
damage or personal injury.

5-93
Convenience features

Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped) WARNING

The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
ś Ensure to remove a protective
film attached on the carpet
before attaching a floor mat on
the front floor carpet. Otherwise,
the floor mat may move freely on
the protective film and it could
result in unintentional braking or
accelerating.
OOS047067 ś Ensure that the floor mats are
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors to securely attached to the vehicle’s
attach the front floor mats to the vehicle. floor mat anchor(s) before driving
The anchors on the front floor carpet the vehicle.
keep the floor mats from sliding forward. ś Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot
be firmly attached to the vehicle’s
floor mat anchors.
ś Do not stack floor mats on top of one
another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat
on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only
a single floor mat should be installed
in each position.
ś IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends
that the HYUNDAI floor mat designed
for use in your vehicle be installed.

5-94
 05
Luggage net (holder) Cargo area cover (if equipped)

OOS047068 OOS050006K

To keep items from shifting in the Use the cover to hide items stored in the
luggage compartment, you can use cargo area.
the four holders located in the luggage The cargo area cover will lift when the
compartment, to attach the luggage net. tailgate is opened.
If necessary, we recommend that you Disconnect the strap (1) from the holder
contact your authorized HYUNDAI dealer if you want to return the cover to the
to obtain a luggage net. original position. To remove the cargo
area cover completely, lift the cover to a
CAUTION 50-degree angle and pull it out (2).
To prevent damage to the goods or the
vehicle, care should be taken when NOTICE
carrying fragile or bulky objects in the Since the cargo area cover may be
luggage compartment. damaged or deformed, do not put
luggage on it when it is being used.
WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT overstretch WARNING
the luggage net. ALWAYS keep your ś Do not place objects on the cargo
face and body out of the luggage net’s area cover while driving. Such
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net objects may be thrown about inside
when the strap has visible signs of wear the vehicle and possibly injure
or damage. vehicle occupants during an accident
or when braking.
ś Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is designed
for luggage only.
ś Maintain balance of the vehicle and
locate the weight as far forward as
possible.

5-95
Convenience features

EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof rack (if equipped) WARNING
ś The following specification is the
maximum weight that can be loaded
onto the roof rack. Distribute the
load as evenly as possible onto the
roof rack and secure the load firmly.
ROOF 80 kg (176 lbs.)
RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

ś Loading cargo or luggage in excess

of the specified weight limit on the
OOS050028L roof rack may damage your vehicle.
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can ś The vehicle center of gravity will
load cargo on top of your vehicle. be higher when items are loaded
onto the roof rack. Avoid sudden
NOTICE starts, braking, sharp turns, abrupt
maneuvers or high speeds that may
If the vehicle is equipped with a result in loss of vehicle control or
sunroof, be sure not to position cargo rollover resulting in an accident.
onto the roof rack in such a way that it ś Always drive slowly and turn corners
could interfere with sunroof operation. carefully when carrying items on
the roof rack. Severe wind updrafts,
NOTICE caused by passing vehicles or natural
ś When carrying cargo on the roof causes, can cause sudden upward
rack, take the necessary precautions pressure on items loaded on the
to make sure the cargo does not roof rack. This is especially true
damage the roof of the vehicle. when carrying large, flat items such
as wood panels or mattresses. This
ś When carrying large objects on the could cause the items to fall off the
roof rack, make sure they do not roof rack and cause damage to your
exceed the overall roof length or vehicle or others around you.
width.
ś To prevent damage or loss of cargo
while driving, check frequently
before or while driving to make
sure the items on the roof rack are
securely fastened.

5-96
 05
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
Information Antenna
ś If you install an aftermarket HID
Roof antenna
headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic devices may malfunction.
ś Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner,
and air freshener from contacting the
interior parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.

USB and iPod® port

You can use a USB port to plug in an USB
and an iPod® port. OOS090019K

The roof antenna receives transmitted

data. (For example : AM/FM, DAB, GPS/
GNSS)
Rotate the roof antenna in a
counterclockwise direction to remove it.
Rotate it in a clockwise direction to
reinstall it.

NOTICE
ś Before entering a place with low
OOS050016K height clearance or a car wash,
remove the antenna by rotating it
Information counterclockwise. If not, the antenna
may be damaged.
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may ś When reinstalling your antenna, it is
occur during playback. If this happens, important that it is fully tightened
use the power source of the portable audio and adjusted to the upright position
device. to ensure proper reception.

à iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

NOTICE
ś Do not clean the inside of the rear
window glass with a cleaner or use a
scraper to remove foreign deposits
as this may cause damage to the
antenna elements.
ś Avoid adding metallic coatings
such as Ni, Cd, and so on. These can
degrade the received AM and FM
broadcast signals.

5-97
Convenience features

Steering wheel audio controls SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)

(if equipped) If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is
Type A
„
moved up or down and held for 0.8
seconds or more, it will function in the
following modes.

RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select
switch. It will SEEK until you release the
switch.

MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/REW switch.
OOS050022K
Type B
„
If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switch is
moved up or down, it will function in the
following modes.

RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
UP/DOWN switch.

MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/ DOWN
OOS050023K switch.
The steering wheel audio control switches
are installed for your convenience. MODE ( ) (3)
Press the MODE button to select Radio,
NOTICE Disc, or AUX.
Do not operate audio remote control MUTE ( ) (4)
buttons simultaneously.
ś Press the button to mute the sound.
VOLUME ( + / - ) (1) ś Press the button again to activate the
sound.
ś Move the VOLUME toggle switch up
to increase volume.
ś Move the VOLUME toggle switch Information
down to decrease volume. Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in the following
pages in this chapter.

5-98
 05
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Voice recognition
hands-free

OOS050025K
OOS050024K You can operate the voice recognition
function through voice commands.
For detailed information, refer to the
separately supplied infotainment
system manual.

Audio / Video / Navigation

system (AVN) (if equipped)
Detailed information for the AVN system
is described in a separately supplied
OOS047076 manual.
You can use the phone wirelessly by
using the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone (RHD vehicle : Right
side)

ś Audio : For detailed information, refer

to “AUDIO” in this chapter.
ś AVN : Detailed information for the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
hands-free is described in the manual
supplied separately.

5-99
Convenience features

How vehicle radio works AM (MW, LW) reception

FM reception

OJF045309L
OJF045308L AM broadcasts can be received at
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast greater distances than FM broadcasts.
from transmitter towers located around This is because AM radio waves are
your city. They are intercepted by the transmitted at low frequencies. These
radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal long, low frequency radio waves can
is then received by the radio and sent to follow the curvature of the earth rather
your vehicle speakers. than travelling straight out into the
When a strong radio signal has reached atmosphere.
your vehicle, the precise engineering In addition, they curve around
of your audio system ensures the best obstructions so that they can provide
possible quality reproduction. However, better signal coverage.
in some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear. FM radio station
This can be due to factors, such as
the distance from the radio station,
closeness of other strong radio stations
or the presence of buildings, bridges or
other large obstructions in the area.

OJF045310L
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow
the earth’s surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade at
short distances from the station. Also, FM
signals are easily affected by buildings,
mountains, or other obstructions. These
can result in certain listening conditions
which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio.

5-100
 05
The following conditions are normal and
do not indicate radio trouble :

OJF045311L

ś Station Swapping - As a FM signal

weakens, another more powerful
JBM004 signal near the same frequency may
ś Fading - As your vehicle moves away begin to play. This is because your
from the radio station, the signal will radio is designed to lock onto the
weaken and sound will begin to fade. clearest signal. If this occurs, select
When this occurs, we suggest that you another station with a stronger signal.
select another stronger station.
ś Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio
ś Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals signals being received from several
or large obstructions between the directions can cause distortion or
transmitter and your radio can disturb fluttering. This can be caused by a
the signal causing static or fluttering direct and reflected signal from the
noises to occur. Reducing the treble same station, or by signals from two
level may lessen this effect until the stations with close frequencies. If this
disturbance clears. occurs, select another station until the
condition has passed.

5-101
Convenience features

Using a cellular phone or a two-way iPod®

radio iPod® is a registered trademark of Apple
When a cellular phone is used inside Inc.
the vehicle, noise may be produced
from the audio system. This does not Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mean that something is wrong with the
audio equipment. In such a case, use The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
the cellular phone at a place as far as are registered trademarks owned by
possible from the audio equipment. Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by HYUNDAI is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are
NOTICE those of their respective owners.
When using a communication system
such as a cellular phone or a radio set A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
inside the vehicle, a separate external enabled cell phone is required to use
antenna must be fitted. When a cellular Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.
phone or a radio set is used with an
internal antenna alone, it may interfere
with the vehicle’s electrical system and
adversely affect safe operation of the
vehicle.

WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to use a
cellular phone.

5-102
 05
AUDIO ǣWITHOUT TOUCH SCREENǤ
System layout – control panel

Type A
„ Type B
„

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(1) SEEK/TRACK button (4) PHONE button

śChange the station/track/file. śPress to start connecting a mobile
śWhile listening to the radio, press phone via Bluetooth.
and hold to search for a station. śAfter a Bluetooth phone connection
śWhile playing media, press and hold is made, press to access the
to rewind or fast forward (except for Bluetooth phone menu.
the Bluetooth audio mode).
(5) POWER button/VOL knob
(2) RADIO button śPress to turn the system on or off.
śPress to turn on the radio. While śTurn to the left or right to adjust the
listening to the radio, press to system sound volume.
change the radio mode.
(6) Reset button
(3) MEDIA button
śPress to play content from a media
storage device. Press repeatedly to
switch modes between USB (iPod)
and Bluetooth audio.
śIf you have multiple media storage
devices, select one from the media
selection window.

à The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle
model and specification.

5-103
Convenience features

Type A
„ Type B
„

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(7) PRESET button (11) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER

śWhile listening to the radio, press to button
move to previous or next page of the śWhile listening to the radio, turn to
preset list. adjust the frequency.
śWhile playing media, turn to search
(8) SETUP button/CLOCK button for a track/file (except for the
śPress to access the setup screen. Bluetooth audio mode).
śPress and hold to access the time śDuring a search, press to select the
setup screen. current track/file.

(9) MENU button (12) Number buttons (1–6)

śPress to return to the previous śWhile listening to the radio, press to
screen. listen to a saved radio station.
śWhile listening to the radio, press
(10) BACK button and hold to save the current radio
śPress to return to the previous station to the preset.
screen. śPress the corresponding number
button to select an item.

à The system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle
model and specification.

5-104
 05
System layout – steering wheel (4) Up/Down lever
remote control ś Change the station/track/file.
ś While listening to the radio, push to
listen to the previous/next saved radio
station.
ś While listening to the radio, push and
hold to search for a station.
ś While playing media, push and hold to
rewind or fast forward (except for the
Bluetooth audio mode).

(5) Call/Answer button

ś Press to start connecting a mobile
phone via Bluetooth.
(Bluetooth® equipped model)
ś After a Bluetooth phone connection
à The system’s actual appearance and is made, access the Bluetooth phone
layout may differ depending on the screen. Press and hold to dial the
vehicle model and specification. most recent phone number. When a
call comes in, press to answer the call.
(1) MUTE button
ś During a call, press to switch between
ś Press to mute or unmute the system. the active call and the held call. Press
ś During a call, press to mute or unmute and hold to switch the call between
the microphone. the system and the mobile phone.
ś While playing media, press to pause
or resume playback (except for the (6) Call/Answer button
iPod mode).

(2) MODE button

ś Press to switch between radio and
media modes.

(3) Volume lever

ś Push up or down to adjust the volume.

5-105
Convenience features

WARNING - About driving WARNING

ś Do not operate the system while - About handling the system
driving. Driving while distracted may ś Do not disassemble or modify the
result in a loss of vehicle control, system. Doing so may result in an
potentially leading to an accident, accident, fire, or electric shock.
severe personal injury, or death. ś Do not allow liquids or foreign
The driver’s primary responsibility substances to enter the system.
is the safe and legal operation of a Liquids or foreign substances may
vehicle, and any handheld devices, cause noxious fumes, a fire, or a
equipment, or vehicle systems which system malfunction.
divert the driver’s attention from this
responsibility should never be used ś Stop using the system if it
during operation of the vehicle. malfunctions, such as no audio
output or display. If you continue
ś Avoid watching the screen while using the system when it is
driving. Driving while distracted malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire,
may lead to a traffic accident. Stop electric shock, or system failure.
your vehicle in a safe location before
using functions that require multiple ś Do not touch the antenna during
operations. thunder or lightning because such an
act may cause electric shock.
ś Stop your vehicle first before using
your mobile phone. Using a mobile
phone while driving may lead to a Information
traffic accident. If necessary, use the - About operating the system
Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make ś Use the system with the engine running.
calls and keep the call as short as Using the system for a long time when
possible. the engine is stopped may discharge the
ś Keep the volume low enough to hear battery.
external sounds. Driving without the ś Do not install unapproved products.
ability to hear external sounds may Using unapproved products may cause
lead to a traffic accident. Listening an error while using the system. System
to a loud volume for a long time may errors caused by installing unapproved
cause hearing damage. products are not covered under the
warranty.

5-106
 05
Information Turning the system on or off
- About handling the system To turn on the system, start the engine.
ś Do not apply excessive force to the ś If you do not want to use the system
system. Excessive pressure on the while driving, you can turn off the
screen may damage the LCD panel or system by pressing the [POWER]
the touch panel. button on the control panel. To use
ś When cleaning the screen or button the system again, press the [POWER]
panel, make sure to stop the engine button again.
and use a soft, dry cloth. Wiping the
screen or buttons with a rough cloth or After you have turned off the engine, the
using solvents (alcohol, benzene, paint system will automatically turn off after a
thinner, etc.) may scratch or chemically while or as soon as you open the driver’s
damage the surface. door.
ś If you attach a liquid-type air freshener ś Depending on the vehicle model or
to the fan louvre, the surface of the specifications, the system may turn
louvre may become deformed due to off as soon as you turn off the engine.
the flowing air. ś When you turn back on the system,
ś If you want to change the position of the previous mode and settings will
the installed device, please inquire remain intact.
with your place of purchase or service
maintenance centre. Technical expertise
is required to install or disassemble the WARNING
device. ś Some functions may be disabled for
safety reasons while the vehicle is
NOTICE moving. They work only when the
vehicle stops. Park your vehicle in
ś If you experience any problems with a safe location before using any of
the system, contact your place of them.
purchase or dealer.
ś Stop using the system if it
ś Placing the infotainment system malfunctions, such as no audio
within an electromagnetic output or display. If you continue
environment may result in noise using the system when it is
interference. malfunctioning, it may lead to a fire,
electric shock, or system failure.
NOTICE
Manufacturer: HYUNDAI MOBIS Co., Information
Ltd.203, Teheran-ro, Gangnam-gu,
You can turn on the system when the key
Seoul, 06141 , KoreaTel: +82-31-260-2707
ignition switch is placed in the “ACC”
or “ON” position. Using the system for
an extended period without the engine
running drains the battery. If you plan on
using the system for a long time, start the
engine.

5-107
Convenience features

Turning the display on or off Numberless items

To prevent glare, you can turn off the Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
screen. The screen can be turned off only desired item, and then press the knob.
while the system is on.
1. On the control panel, press the
[SETUP/CLOCK] button.
2. On the control panel, press the [6]
button to select Display Off.
ś To turn the screen back on, press any
of the control panel buttons.

Getting to know the basic

operations
You can select an item or adjust the
settings by using the number buttons and
the [TUNE] knob on the control panel.

Selecting an item
Numbered items Adjusting the settings
Press the corresponding number button. Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust the value,
and then press the knob to save changes.
Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right to
increase the value and turn the [TUNE]
knob to the left to decrease the value.

5-108
 05
RADIO
Turning on the radio FM/AM Mode (With RDS)
On the control panel, press the [RADIO]
button.

FM/AM Mode

(1) Current radio mode

(2) Radio station information
(3) Preset list

(1) Current radio mode Press the [MENU] button on the control
(2) Radio station information panel to access the following menu
(3) Preset list options:
ś List: Display all available radio
Press the [MENU] button on the control stations.
panel to access the following menu ś Traffic Announcement (TA)
options: (if equipped): Activate or
ś List: Display all available radio deactivate traffic announcements.
stations. Announcements and programmes will
be received automatically if available.
ś Scan: The system searches for radio
stations with strong radio signals and ś Scan: The system searches for radio
plays each radio station for about five stations with strong radio signals and
seconds. plays each radio station for about five
seconds.
ś Sound Settings: Customise the
system sound settings. ś Sound Settings: Customise the
system sound settings.

5-109
Convenience features

DAB/FM Mode (With DAB) Changing the radio mode

Alternatively, press the [RADIO] button
on the control panel or the [MODE]
button on the steering wheel. Each time
you press the button, the radio mode
switches.

Scanning for available radio

stations
You can listen to each radio station for
a few seconds to test the reception and
(1) Current radio mode select the one you want.
(2) Radio station information 1. From the radio screen, press the
[MENU] button on the control panel.
(3) Preset list
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Scan,
and then press the knob.
Press the [MENU] button on the control
panel to access the following menu śThe system searches for radio
options: stations with strong radio signals
and plays each radio station for
ś List: Display all available radio about five seconds.
stations.
3. When you find the radio station you
ś Traffic Announcement (TA): Activate want to listen to, press the [TUNE]
or deactivate traffic announcements. knob.
Announcements and programmes will
be received automatically if available. śYou can continue listening to the
selected station.
ś Region: Enable or disable automatic
switching between regional stations.
Searching for radio stations
ś Sound Settings: Customise the
system sound settings. To search for the previous or next
available radio station, press the
ś Scan: The system searches for radio [ SEEK/TRACK ] button on the
stations with strong radio signals and control panel.
plays each radio station for about five
seconds. ś You can also press and hold the
[ SEEK/TRACK ] button to search
ś Manual tune FM: Tune the radio for frequencies quickly. When you
frequency manually. release the button, a radio station
with a strong signal is selected
automatically. (if equipped)

If you know the exact frequency of the

radio station you want to listen to, turn
the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to
change the frequency.

5-110
 05
MEDIA PLAYER
Saving radio stations Using the media player
You can save your favourite radio stations You can play music stored in various
and listen to them by selecting them media storage devices, such as USB
from the preset list. storage devices, smartphones, and
iPods.
While listening to the radio, press the 1. Connect a device to the USB port in
number button for an empty preset slot your vehicle.
on the radio screen. śPlayback may start immediately
ś The radio station you are listening to depending on the device that you
will be added to the selected number. connect to the system.
2. On the control panel, press the
NOTICE [MEDIA] button.
ś You can save up to 36 radio stations. śIf you have multiple media storage
ś If the preset list is full, you can devices, press the [MEDIA] button
replace one of your favourite stations again and press the corresponding
with the station you are listening to. number button to select the desired
On the control panel, press and hold mode.
the desired number button.

Listening to saved radio stations

1. Confirm the preset number for the
radio station you want to listen to.
2. On the control panel, press the
desired number button.
śAlternatively, push the Up/Down
lever on the steering wheel to
change the station.

5-111
Convenience features

NOTICE Using the USB mode

ś When you connect an Apple You can play media files stored in
device, playback does not start portable devices, such as USB storage
automatically. To start the media devices and MP3 players. Check
player in the iPod mode, press the compatible USB storage devices and
[MEDIA] button on the control panel. file specifications before using the USB
ś You can also change the mode by mode.
press the [MODE] button repeatedly
on the steering wheel. Connect your USB device to the USB port
ś Make sure to connect or disconnect in the vehicle.
external USB devices with the system ś Playback starts immediately.
power turned off. ś If a USB device is already connected
ś Depending on vehicle models and to the system, press the [MEDIA]
specifications, available buttons or button and press the [1] button to
the appearance and layout of the select USB from the media selection
USB ports in your vehicle may vary. window.
ś Do not connect a smartphone or
an MP3 device to the system via
multiple methods such as USB and
Bluetooth, simultaneously. Doing
so may cause a distorted noise or a
system malfunction.
ś When the equaliser function of the
connected device and Equaliser
settings of the system are both
activated, the effects may interfere
with each other and may lead to
sound degradation or distortion. (1) Repeat play mode
Deactivate the device’s equaliser (2) Current file number and total number
function if possible. of files
ś Noise may occur when an Apple (3) Information about the song currently
device is connected. When such playing
devices are not being used,
(4) Playback time and playback position
disconnect the device for storage.
ś When the Apple device power is Press the [MENU] button on the control
connected to the power jack, playing panel to access the following menu
the external device may result in options:
noise. In such cases, disconnect the
power connection before use. ś Information: Display information
about the song currently playing.
ś Sound Settings: Customise the
system sound settings.

5-112
 05
Rewinding/Fast forwarding Playing repeatedly
On the control panel, press and hold the On the control panel, press the [1] button.
[ SEEK/TRACK ] button. The repeat play mode changes each time
ś You can also push and hold the Up/ you press it. The corresponding mode
Down lever on the steering wheel. icon will be displayed on the screen.

Restarting the current playback Playing in random order

On the control panel after the song has On the control panel, press the [2]
played for 2 seconds, press the button. The shuffle play mode is
[ SEEK/TRACK] button. activated or deactivated each time you
press it. When you activate the shuffle
ś You can also push the Up/Down lever mode, the corresponding mode icon will
on the steering wheel. be displayed on the screen.
Playing the previous or next song Searching for music files on a file list
To play the previous song on the control 1. On the control panel, press the [3]
panel within the first 2 seconds of the button to select List.
current song, press the [ SEEK/TRACK]
button. To play the next song, press the 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
[SEEK/TRACK ] button on the control desired category and file, and then
panel. press the knob to play the music file.
ś If more than 2 seconds of playback have
elapsed, press the [ SEEK/TRACK] Information
button on the control panel twice to
play the previous song. ś Start the engine of your vehicle before
connecting a USB device to your
ś You can also push the Up/Down lever system. Starting the engine with a USB
on the steering wheel. device connected to the system may
damage the USB device.
NOTICE ś Be careful of static electricity when
ś On the control panel, turn the [FILE] connecting or disconnecting a USB
knob to find the desired song and device. A static discharge may cause a
press the knob within five seconds to system malfunction.
play the file. ś Be careful not to let your body or
ś If no control is detected within five external objects contact the USB port.
seconds, the search is cancelled Doing so may cause an accident or a
and the screen displays information system malfunction.
about the song currently playing. ś Do not connect and disconnect a USB
connector repeatedly in a short time.
Doing so may cause an error in the
device or a system malfunction.
ś Do not use a USB device for purposes
other than playing files. Using USB
accessories for charging or heating may
cause poor performance or a system
malfunction.

5-113
Convenience features

NOTICE Using the iPod mode

ś When connecting a USB storage You can listen to music stored on your
device, do not use an extension Apple devices, such as an iPod or an
cable. Connect it directly to the iPhone.
USB port. If you use a USB hub or an 1. Connect your Apple device to the USB
extension cable, the device may not port in your vehicle using the cable
be recognized. supplied with the Apple device.
ś Fully insert a USB connector into the śWhen connected, the device will
USB port. Failure to do so may cause begin charging. Music playback will
a communication error. not start automatically.
ś When you disconnect a USB storage 2. On the control panel, press the
device, a distorted noise may occur. [MEDIA] button.
ś The system can play only files śIf multiple devices are connected
encoded in a standard format. to the system, press the [MEDIA]
ś The following types of USB devices button and press the [1] button
may not be recognised or work to select iPod from the media
correctly: selection window.
- Encrypted MP3 players
- USB devices not recognised as
removable disks
ś A USB device may not be recognised
depending on its condition.
ś Some USB devices may be
incompatible with your system.
ś Depending on the USB device’s type,
capacity, or the format of files, USB
recognition time may be longer.
ś Image and video playback are not (1) Repeat play mode
supported. (2) Current file number and total number
of files
(3) Information about the song currently
playing
(4) Playback time and playback position

Press the [MENU] button on the control

panel to access the following menu
options:
ś Information: Display information
about the song currently playing.
ś Sound Settings: Customise the
system sound settings.

5-114
 05
Rewinding/Fast forwarding Playing repeatedly
On the control panel, press and hold the On the control panel, press the [1] button.
[ SEEK/TRACK ] button. The repeat play mode changes each time
ś You can also push and hold the Up/ you press it. The corresponding mode
Down lever on the steering wheel. icon will be displayed on the screen.

Restarting the current playback Playing in random order

On the control panel after the song has On the control panel, press the [2]
played for 2 seconds, press the button. The shuffle play mode is
[ SEEK/TRACK] button. activated or deactivated each time you
press it. When you activate the shuffle
ś You can also push the Up/Down lever mode, the corresponding mode icon will
on the steering wheel. be displayed on the screen.
Playing the previous or next song Searching for music files on a file list
To play the previous song on the control 1. On the control panel, press the [3]
panel within the first 2 seconds of the button to select List.
current song, press the [ SEEK/TRACK]
button. To play the next song, press the 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
[SEEK/TRACK ] button on the control desired category and file, and then
panel. press the knob to play the music file.
ś If more than 2 seconds of playback have
elapsed, press the [ SEEK/TRACK] Information
button on the control panel twice to
play the previous song. ś Be sure to start the engine before you
connect devices to the system. The
ś You can also push the Up/Down lever device may be damaged if the engine is
on the steering wheel. started while the device connected.
ś Do not connect and disconnect a USB
NOTICE connector repeatedly in a short time.
ś On the control panel, turn the [FILE] Doing so may cause an error in the
knob to find the desired song and device or a system malfunction.
press the knob within five seconds to
play the file.
ś If no control is detected within five
seconds, the search is cancelled
and the screen displays information
about the song currently playing.

5-115
Convenience features

Notes on connecting Apple devices Notes on playing Apple devices

ś Ensure that the iOS and firmware ś Depending on the model, your
of your device is up-to-date before device may not be recognised due
connecting it to your system. to unsupported communication
Outdated devices may cause a system protocols.
error. ś The order of the songs displayed or
ś If your device’s battery is low, the played on the system may differ from
device may not be recognised. Check the order of the songs stored in your
the battery level and, if necessary, device.
charge the battery before connecting ś Depending on the music player
the device to your system. application you are using, information
ś Use an Apple-approved cable. Using displayed on the system may differ.
an unapproved cable may cause a ś In an iPhone, the audio streaming
distorted noise or an error during function and iPod mode control may
playback. conflict. If an error occurs, disconnect
ś Use a cable shorter than 1 metre in and reconnect the USB cable.
length, such as the one originally ś When using an iPhone or an iPod
supplied with a new Apple device. touch, do not control the device while
Longer cables may lead to the it is connected to your system. An
infotainment system not recognising error may occur.
the Apple device.
ś If you make or receive a call during
ś Fully insert a USB connector into the playback via an iPhone, the music
USB port. Failure to do so may cause a may remain paused after you end the
communication error. call. If you do not hear the music after
ś If you connect your device to the ending a call, check the device to see
system while playback is in progress if the music is paused.
on the device, you may hear a high ś Do not duplicate a song in multiple
pitch sound just after the connection. folders. One song saved in multiple
Connect the device after stopping or folders may cause an error with search
pausing playback. and playback functions.
ś Connecting your device during a ś If you perform a media control
download or synchronizing with function, such as stop or repeat,
iTunes may cause an error. Connect just before a song ends, the song
the device after the download or information displayed on the screen
synchronization is complete. may not match the song currently
ś If you connect an iPod nano (except playing. This is not a system error.
for the 6th generation) or an iPod Restart the iPod mode on the system
classic, the brand logo will be or pause and resume playback on
displayed on the device screen. For your device.
an iPhone and an iPod touch, the logo ś Skipping or improper operations
will not be displayed. may occur depending on the
characteristics of your Apple device.
ś If the Apple device malfunctions due
to an Apple device defect, reset the
Apple device and try again. (To learn
more, refer to your Apple device
manual.)

5-116
 05
BLUETOOTH
Connecting Bluetooth devices NOTICE
Bluetooth is a short-range wireless ś On your system, you can use only
networking technology. Via Bluetooth, Bluetooth Handsfree and Audio
you can connect nearby mobile features. Connect a mobile device
devices wirelessly to send and receive that supports both features.
data between connected devices. ś Some Bluetooth devices may cause
This enables you to use your devices malfunctions to the infotainment
effectively. system or make interference noises.
To use Bluetooth, you must first connect In this case, storing the device in a
a Bluetooth-enabled device to your different location may resolve the
system, such as a mobile phone or an problem.
MP3 player. Ensure that the device you ś Depending on the connected
want to connect supports Bluetooth. Bluetooth device or mobile
phone, some functions may not be
supported.
WARNING
ś If the system is not stable due
Park your vehicle in a safe location to a vehicle-Bluetooth device
before connecting Bluetooth devices. communication error, delete the
Distracted driving can cause a traffic paired devices and connect the
accident and lead to personal injury or Bluetooth devices again.
death.
ś If Bluetooth connection is not stable,
follow these steps to try again.
1. Deactivate Bluetooth and
reactivate it on the device. Then,
reconnect the device.
2. Turn the device off and on. Then,
reconnect it.
3. Remove the battery from the
device and reinstall it. Then, turn
the device on and reconnect it.
4. Unregister the Bluetooth pairing
on both the system and the device
and then re-register and connect
them.

5-117
Convenience features

Pairing devices with your system 4. Choose whether or not to connect the
For Bluetooth connections, first pair your Bluetooth device to your system prior
device with your system to add it to the to other devices.
system’s list of Bluetooth devices. You śIf you grant priority to the Bluetooth
can register up to five devices. device, it will be connected
1. From the control panel, press the automatically to the system when
[SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then you turn on the system.
select Bluetooth X Connections.
śIf you are pairing a device with your NOTICE
system for the first time, you can ś The screen image in this manual is an
also press the [PHONE] button on example. Check your system screen
the control panel or the Call/Answer for the exact vehicle name and
button on the steering wheel. Bluetooth device name.
2. On the Bluetooth device you want to ś The default passkey is ‘0000’.
connect, activate Bluetooth, search for ś It may take a while for the system
your vehicle’s system, and then select it. to connect with the device after
śCheck the system’s Bluetooth you permit the system to access the
name, which is displayed in the new device. When a connection is made,
registration pop-up window on the the Bluetooth status icon appears at
system screen. the top of the screen.
ś You can change the permission
settings via the mobile phone’s
Bluetooth settings menu. For more
information, refer to your mobile
phone’s user guide.
ś To register a new device, repeat
steps 1 to 4.
ś When a device is connected to the
system via Bluetooth, you cannot
pair another device.
3. Enter or confirm the passkey to
confirm the connection. ś If you use the automatic Bluetooth
connection function, a call may be
śIf the passkey input screen is switched to the vehicle’s Handsfree
displayed on the Bluetooth device when you are taking on the phone
screen, enter the passkey ‘0000’ near the vehicle while the vehicle’s
which is displayed on the system engine is on. If you do not want the
screen. system to connect with the device
śIf the 6-digit passkey is displayed automatically, deactivate Bluetooth
on the Bluetooth device screen, on your device.
ensure that the Bluetooth passkey ś When a device is connected to the
displayed on the Bluetooth device system via Bluetooth, the device’s
is the same as the passkey on the battery may discharge faster.
system screen and confirm the
connection from the device.

5-118
 05
Connecting a paired device Disconnecting a device
To use a Bluetooth device on your If you want to stop using a Bluetooth
system, connect the paired device to the device or connect another device,
system. Your system can connect with disconnect your currently connected
only one device at a time. device.
1. From the control panel, press the 1. From the control panel, press the
[SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then
select Bluetooth X Connections. select Bluetooth X Connections.
śIf there is no connected device, 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
press the [PHONE] button on the device to disconnect, and then press
control panel or the Call/Answer the knob.
button on the steering wheel. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the Disconnect, and then press the knob.
device to connect, and then press the
knob. Deleting paired devices
śIf another device is already If you no longer want a Bluetooth device
connected to your system, paired or if you want to connect a new
disconnect it. Select the connected device when the Bluetooth device list is
device to disconnect. full, delete paired devices.
3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select 1. From the control panel, press the
Connect, and then press the knob. [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then
select Bluetooth X Connections.
NOTICE 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
ś If a connection ends because a device to delete, and then press the
device is out of the connection knob.
range or a device error occurs, 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Delete,
the connection will be restored and then press the knob.
automatically when the device
enters the connection range or when NOTICE
the error is cleared.
ś When you delete a paired device, the
ś The Bluetooth connection is Call history and Contacts stored in
unavailable when the device’s the system are also deleted.
Bluetooth function is turned off.
Be sure to turn on the device’s ś To re-use a deleted device, you must
Bluetooth function. pair the device again.
ś Depending on auto connection
priority, connection to a device may
take time.

5-119
Convenience features

Using a Bluetooth audio device Pausing/Resuming playback

You can listen to music stored in the To pause playback, press the [3]
connected Bluetooth audio device via button on the control panel. To resume
your vehicle’s speakers. playback, press the [3] button again.

Playing repeatedly
On the control panel, press the [MEDIA]
button. On the control panel, press the [1] button.
The repeat play mode changes each time
ś If you have multiple media storage you press it. The corresponding mode
devices, press the [MEDIA] button and icon will be displayed on the screen.
press the [2] button to select BT Audio
from the media selection window. Playing in random order
On the control panel, press the [2]
button. The shuffle play mode is
activated or deactivated each time you
press it. When you activate the shuffle
mode, the corresponding mode icon will
be displayed on the screen.

NOTICE
ś Depending on the connected
Bluetooth device, mobile phone,
(1) Repeat play mode or the music player you are using,
(2) Information about the song currently playback controls may differ.
playing ś Depending on the music player you
are using, streaming may not be
Press the [MENU] button on the control supported.
panel to access the following menu ś Depending on the connected
options: Bluetooth device or mobile
ś Connections: Set up the Bluetooth phone, some functions may not be
connection. supported.
ś Sound Settings: Customise the ś If you connect a Bluetooth device or
system sound settings. mobile phone to your system via USB
and Bluetooth simultaneously the
Bluetooth mode is deactivated and
music plays in the USB or iPod mode.
To listen to music streamed via
Bluetooth, remove the USB device.
ś If a Bluetooth enabled phone is being
used to play music and it receives or
makes a phone call, the music will
stop.
ś Receiving an incoming call or making
an outgoing call while playing
Bluetooth audio may result in audio
interference.

5-120
 05
ś If you use the Bluetooth phone WARNING
mode while using Bluetooth audio,
playback may not automatically ś Park your vehicle in a safe location
resume after you end the call before connecting Bluetooth
depending on the connected mobile devices. Distracted driving can
phone. cause a traffic accident and lead to
ś If you use the Bluetooth phone personal injury or death.
mode while using Bluetooth audio, ś Never dial a phone number or pick
playback may not automatically up your mobile phone while driving.
resume after you end the call Use of a mobile phone may distract
depending on the connected mobile your attention, making it difficult to
phone. recognize external conditions and
ś Moving the track up/down while reducing the ability to cope with
playing Bluetooth audio mode may unexpected situations, which may
result in pop noises with some lead to an accident. If necessary, use
mobile phones. the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to
make calls and keep the call as short
ś The playlist feature is not supported as possible.
in the Bluetooth audio mode.
ś The playlist feature is not supported NOTICE
in the Bluetooth audio mode.
ś If the Bluetooth device is ś You cannot access the Phone screen
disconnected, Bluetooth audio mode if there is no connected mobile
will end. phone. To use the Bluetooth phone
function, connect a mobile phone to
the system.
Using a Bluetooth phone
ś The Bluetooth Handsfree function
You can use Bluetooth to talk on the may not work when you are
phone hands free. View call information passing out of the cellular service
on the system screen, and make or coverage area, such as when you
receive calls safely and conveniently via are in a tunnel, underground, or in a
the vehicle’s built-in microphone and mountainous area.
speakers.
ś Call quality may be degraded in the
following environments:
- The reception of the mobile phone
is poor
- The inside of the vehicle is noisy
- The mobile phone is placed
near metallic objects, such as a
beverage can
ś Depending on the connected mobile
phone, the volume and sound quality
of the Bluetooth Handsfree may vary.

5-121
Convenience features

Making a call Using the favourites list

If your mobile phone is connected to the 1. From the Phone screen, press the [1]
system, you can make a call by selecting button to select Favourites.
a name from your call history or contacts 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
list. desired contact, and then press the
1. On the control panel, press the knob to make a phone call.
[PHONE] button.
śAlternatively, press the Call/Answer
button on the steering wheel.
2. If you have multiple paired mobile
devices, select a mobile phone from
your list of paired devices.

Press the [MENU] button on the control

panel to access the following a menu
option:
ś Delete: Delete favourites items.

3. Select a phone number. NOTICE

śTo select a phone number from your ś You can register up to 20 favourites
favourites list, select Favourites. for each device.
śTo select a phone number from your ś You must first download the contacts
call history, select Call history. to the system to register favourites.
śTo select a phone number from your ś The favourites list saved on the
contacts list that downloaded from mobile phone is not downloaded to
the connected mobile phone, select the system.
Contacts. ś Even if the contact information on
4. To end the call, press the [2] button on the mobile phone is edited, the
the control panel to select End. favourites on the system are not
śAlternatively, press the Call end automatically edited. Delete and add
button on the steering wheel. the item to favourites again.
ś When you connect a new mobile
phone, your favourites set for the
previous mobile phone will not be
displayed, but they will remain in
your system until you delete the
previous phone from the device list.

5-122
 05
Using your call history ś Permission is required to download
1. From the Phone screen, press the [2] your call history from the mobile
button to select Call history. phone. When you attempt to
download data, you may need to
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the permit the download on the mobile
desired entry, and then press the knob phone. If the download fails, check
to make a phone call. the mobile phone screen for any
notification or the mobile phone’s
permission setting.
ś When you download your call
history, any old data will be deleted.

Using the contacts list

1. From the Phone screen, press the [3]
button to select Contacts.
2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
desired group of alphanumeric
Press the [MENU] button on the control characters, and then press the knob.
panel to access the following menu 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the
options: desired contact, and then press the
ś All calls: View all call records. knob to make a phone call.
ś Missed calls: View only missed calls.
ś Dialled calls: View only dialled calls.
ś Received calls: View only received
calls.
ś Download: Download your call history.

NOTICE
ś Some mobile phones may not
support the download function.
ś The call history is accessed only Press the [MENU] button on the control
when the mobile phone is connected panel to access the following a menu
to the system. option:
ś Calls from restricted IDs are not ś Download: Download your mobile
saved on the call history list. phone contacts.
ś Up to 50 call records will be
downloaded per individual list.
ś Call duration and time information
will not be displayed on the system
screen.

5-123
Convenience features

NOTICE Answering calls

ś Contacts can be downloaded only When a call comes in, a notification pop-
from the currently connected up window of the incoming call appears
Bluetooth device. on the system screen.
ś Contacts can be viewed only when
the Bluetooth device is connected.
ś Only contacts in the supported format
can be downloaded and displayed
from the Bluetooth device. Contacts
from some applications will not be
included.
ś Up to 2,000 contacts can be
downloaded from your device.
ś Some mobile phones may not support
the download function. To answer the call, press the [1] button on
ś Depending on the system’s the control panel to select Accept.
specifications, some of the ś Alternatively, press the Call/Answer
downloaded contacts may be lost. button on the steering wheel.
ś Contacts stored both in the phone
and in the SIM card are downloaded.
With some mobile phones, contacts in To reject the call, press the [2] button on
the SIM card may not be downloaded. the control panel to select Reject.
ś Special characters and figures used ś Alternatively, press the Call end
in the contact name may not be button on the steering wheel.
displayed properly.
ś Permission is required to download NOTICE
contacts from the mobile phone. ś Depending on the mobile phone
When you attempt to download data, type, call rejection may not be
you may need to permit the download supported.
on the mobile phone. If the download ś Once your mobile phone is
fails, check the mobile phone screen connected to the system, the call
for any notification or the mobile sound may be output through the
phone’s permission setting. vehicle’s speakers even after you
ś Depending on the mobile phone type exit the vehicle if the phone is within
or status, downloading may take the connection range. To end the
longer. connection, disconnect the device
ś When you download your contacts, from the system or deactivate
any old data will be deleted. Bluetooth on the device.
ś You cannot edit or delete your
contacts on the system.
ś When you connect a new mobile
phone, your contacts downloaded
from the previous mobile phone will
not be displayed, but they will remain
in your system until you delete the
previous phone from the device list.

5-124
 05
Using options during a call NOTICE
During a call, you will see the call screen ś If the caller information is saved in
shown below. Press a button to perform your contacts list, the caller’s name
the function you want. and phone number will be displayed.
If the caller information is not saved
in your contacts list, only the caller’s
phone number will be displayed.
ś You cannot switch to any other
screen, such as the audio screen
or the settings screen, during a
Bluetooth call.
ś Depending on the mobile phone
type, call quality may vary. On some
phones, your voice may be less
audible to the other party.
To switch the call to your mobile phone, ś Depending on the mobile phone
press the [1] button on the control panel type, the phone number may not be
to select Private. displayed.
ś Alternatively, press and hold the Call/ ś Depending on the mobile phone
Answer button on the steering wheel. type, the call switching function may
not be supported.
To end the call, press the [2] button on
the control panel to select End.
ś Alternatively, press the Call end
button on the steering wheel.

Press the [MENU] button on the control

panel to access the following a menu
option:
ś Microphone Volume: Adjust the
microphone volume or turn off the
microphone so the other party cannot
hear you.

5-125
Convenience features

SETUP
Display Sound
You can change the settings related to You can change the settings related to
the system display. sounds, such as location where sound
On the control panel, press the will be concentrated and the output level
[SETUP/CLOCK] X [1] buttons to select for each range.
Display. On the control panel, press the
ś Dimming mode: Set the screen [SETUP/CLOCK] X [2] buttons to select
brightness to be adjusted Sound.
automatically according to the ś Position: Select a location where
headlight use or set the screen to stay sound will be concentrated in the
bright or dark continuously. vehicle. Select Fade or Balance, turn
ś Brightness: Adjust the brightness for the [TUNE] knob to select the desired
the day or night mode according to position, and then press the knob. To
your setting in the Dimming mode set sound to be centred in the vehicle,
option. select Centre.
ś Screensaver: Select a screen saver ś Equaliser: Adjust the output level for
option to be displayed when the each sound tone mode.
system is turned off. ś Speed dependent volume control:
ś Scroll text: Set to scroll text when Set the volume to be adjusted
information text is too long to display automatically according to your
all on the screen. driving speed.
ś Rear parking sensors prioritised:
NOTICE Set to decrease the audio volume to
hear a reverse warning prior to other
The text scroll function is only available sounds while reversing your vehicle.
in the following situation:
ś When displaying main screen in NOTICE
the USB/iPod/Bluetooth audio and
radio/DAB modes ś Depending on vehicle models or
specifications, available options may
ś When displaying list screen in the vary.
USB/iPod/Bluetooth audio, radio/
DAB and phone modes ś Depending on the system or
amplifier specifications applied to
your vehicle, available options may
vary.

5-126
 05
Date/Time System
You can change the date and time that You can change the display language or
are shown on the system display. initialise system settings.
On the control panel, press the On the control panel, press the
[SETUP/CLOCK] X [3] buttons to select [SETUP/CLOCK] X [5] buttons to select
Date/Time. System.
ś Set date: Set date to display on the ś Language: Change the display
system display. language.
ś Set time: Set time to display on the ś Default: Reset your system settings to
system display. the default values. All user data stored
ś Time format: Select to display time in in the system will also be deleted.
the 12 hour format or the 24 hour format.

Bluetooth
You can change the settings for
Bluetooth connections.
On the control panel, press the
[SETUP/CLOCK] X [4] buttons to select
Bluetooth.
ś Connections: Pair new Bluetooth
devices with your system, or connect
or disconnect a paired device. You can
also delete paired devices.
ś Auto connection priority: Select
a paired device to connect to your
system automatically when it turns on.
ś Update contacts: Download the
contacts list from the connected
mobile phone.
ś Bluetooth voice guidance: Turn on or
off the voice guidance for Bluetooth
pairing, connection, and errors.

NOTICE
ś If no Bluetooth device is connected,
the Update contacts menu is
disabled.
ś If the system language is selected to
Slovakian or Hungarian, Bluetooth
voice guidance menu is disabled.

5-127
Convenience features

PANǘEUROPEAN ECALL ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

The Pan-European eCall system is an
automatic emergency call service made
in event of a traffic accident or other
accidents on the roads.

SOS
Driver or passenger manually can
make an emergency call in the single
duty dispatch service, by pressing SOS
button to call the necessary emergency
services.
ś Stops sound and SOS is displayed on
screen.

NOTICE
ś For more information, refer to the
“Emergency situations” in manual.
ś Depending on your region, the
service may not be supported.
ś Depending on your region or vehicle
model, the name of the button may
vary.

5-128
 05
SYSTEM STATUS ICONS
Status icons appear at the top of the Signal strength
screen to display the current system
status. Icon Description
Familiarise yourself with the status icons Signal strength of the mobile
that appear when you perform certain phone connected via Bluetooth
actions or functions and their meanings.
NOTICE
ś The battery level displayed on the
screen may differ from the battery
level displayed on the connected
device.
ś The signal strength displayed on the
screen may differ from the signal
strength displayed on the connected
mobile phone.
Mute ś Depending on vehicle models and
specifications, some status icons
Icon Description may not be displayed.

Audio muted

Bluetooth
Icon Description
Battery level of connected
Bluetooth device
Mobile phone connected via
Bluetooth
Audio device connected via
Bluetooth
Mobile phone and audio device
connected via Bluetooth

Bluetooth call in progress

Microphone turned off during

Bluetooth call
Downloading call history from
a mobile phone connected via
Bluetooth to the system
Downloading contacts from a
mobile phone connected via
Bluetooth to the system

5-129
Convenience features

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

USB ś Supported characters for folder/
Supported audio formats file names (Unicode support): 2,604
Korean characters, 94 alphanumeric
ś Audio file specification characters, 4,888 Chinese characters
- WAVeform audio format in common use, 986 special
- MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3 characters
- Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/8.X ś Maximum number of folders: 2,000
ś Bit rates ś Maximum number of files: 6,000
- MPEG1 (Layer3):
32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/160 NOTICE
/192/224/256/320 kbps ś Files that are not in a supported
- MPEG2 (Layer3): format may not be recognised or
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112 played, or information about them,
/128/144/160 kbps such as the file name, may not be
- MPEG2.5 (Layer3): displayed properly.
8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112 ś Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav
/128/144/160 kbps extensions can be recognised by the
- WMA (High Range): system. If the file is not in supported
48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps format, change the file format by
using the latest encoding software.
ś Bits Per Sample
ś The device will not support files
- WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit locked by DRM (Digital Rights
- WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit Management).
- WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit ś For MP3/WMA compression files and
ś Sampling frequency WAV file, differences in sound quality
will occur depending on the bitrate.
- MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz (Music files with a higher bitrate
- MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz have a better sound quality.)
- MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz ś Japanese or Simplified Chinese
- WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz characters in folder or file names
- WAV: 44100/48000 Hz may not be displayed properly.
ś Maximum number of directory layers:
No limitation
ś Maximum length of folder names
(Based on Unicode): 31 English or
Korean characters
ś Maximum length of file names (Based
on Unicode): 63 English or Korean
characters
ś The scroll feature can be used to
display file and folder names that are
too long to display on the screen.

5-130
 05
TRADEMARKS
Supported USB storage devices Other trademarks and trade names are
those of their respective owners.
ś Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less
ś Format system: FAT12/16/32 ś The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
(recommended) are registered trademarks owned
ś Maximum device size: 32 GB by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use
of such marks by HYUNDAI is under
licence.
NOTICE
ś Operation is guaranteed only for a
metal cover type USB storage device
with a plug type connector. ś Apple®, iPad®, iPad mini™, iPhone®,
- USB storage devices with a plastic iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, iPod
plug may not be recognised. touch®, and iTunes® are a registered
trademark of Apple Inc.
- USB storage devices in memory
card types, such as CF card or SD
cards, may not be recognised.
ś USB hard disk drives may not be
recognised.
ś When you use a large capacity USB
storage device with multiple logical
drives, only files stored on the first
drive will be recognised.
ś If an application program is loaded
on a USB storage device, the
corresponding media files may not
play.
ś Use USB 2.0 devices for better
compatibility.

Bluetooth
ś Bluetooth Power Class 2: -6 to 4 dBm
ś Aerial power: Max 3 mW
ś Frequency range: 2400 to 2483.5 MHz
ś Bluetooth patch RAM software
version: 1

5-131
Convenience features

DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
CE

5-132
 05
NCC

According to NCC low-power radio frequency devices technical regulations:

Article 12
Without permission, any company, firm or user shall not alter the frequency, increase
the power, or change the characteristics and functions of the original design of the
certified lower power frequency electric machinery.

Article 14
The application of low power frequency electric machineries shall not affect the
navigation safety nor interfere a legal communication, if an interference is found, the
service will be suspended until improvement is made and the interference no longer
exists.

5-133
Convenience features

BSMI

5-134
 05
UkrSEPRO
Category Item Specification
HYUNDAI MOBIS Co., Ltd.
Manufacturer 203, Teheran-ro, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, 06141,
Korea
Frequency range 2400 to 2483.5 MHz
Supported Bluetooth
4.1
specification
Supported profile HFP (1.7), A2DP (1.3), AVRCP (1.6), PBAP (1.2)
Bluetooth
Aerial power 2.5 mW (maximum)
Number of channels 79
Bluetooth patch RAM
1
software version

TRA
OMAN-TRA
D172249
TRA/TA-R/5089/18

NBTC

5-135
6. Driving your vehicle
Before driving .................................................................................................... 6-4
Before entering the vehicle ....................................................................................... 6-4
Before starting ............................................................................................................ 6-4
Ignition switch................................................................................................... 6-5
Key ignition switch .......................................................................................................6-5
Engine start/stop button ........................................................................................... 6-9
Manual transmission operation ................................................................................ 6-15
Manual transmission .......................................................................................6-15
Good driving practices ...............................................................................................6-17
Intelligent manual transmission ....................................................................6-18
Intelligent manual transmission operation ............................................................. 6-18
Intelligent variable transmission..................................................................... 6-21
Intelligent variable transmission operation .............................................................. 6-21
Parking ........................................................................................................................6-24
Good driving practices...............................................................................................6-24
Dual clutch transmission ................................................................................ 6-26
Dual clutch transmission operation .........................................................................6-26
Parking ........................................................................................................................6-33
Good driving practices ..............................................................................................6-33
Braking system ................................................................................................ 6-35
Power brakes .............................................................................................................6-35
Disc brakes wear indicator .......................................................................................6-35
Parking brake ............................................................................................................ 6-36 6
Electronic parking brake (EPB) .................................................................................6-37
Auto hold.................................................................................................................... 6-42
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ................................................................................... 6-45
Electronic stability control (ESC) ..............................................................................6-47
Vehicle stability management (VSM)....................................................................... 6-49
Hill-start assist control (HAC) .................................................................................. 6-50
Emergency stop signal (ESS) .................................................................................... 6-51
Downhill brake control (DBC) ................................................................................... 6-51
Good braking practices .............................................................................................6-53
Four wheel drive (4WD) .................................................................................6-54
Ƙ:' operation ...........................................................................................................6-55
Emergency precautions ............................................................................................ 6-58
 Idle stop and go (ISG) system .......................................................................6-59
Activating the isg....................................................................................................... 6-59
Deactivating the isg .................................................................................................. 6-59
Condition of isg system operation ........................................................................... 6-62
ISG indication ............................................................................................................ 6-63
ISG malfunction......................................................................................................... 6-65
The battery sensor deactivation............................................................................... 6-66
Start stop coasting (SSC) (for 48V MHEV) ................................................... 6-67
SSC operating conditions .........................................................................................6-67
Engine restarting conditions ....................................................................................6-67
Drive mode integrated control system .........................................................6-68
Traction control ............................................................................................... 6-70
Traction Control mode ...............................................................................................6-70
Traction mode operation ...........................................................................................6-70
LCD display message ..................................................................................................6-71
Special driving conditions ...............................................................................6-72
Hazardous driving conditions ................................................................................... 6-72
Rocking the vehicle ................................................................................................. 6-72
Smooth cornering ...................................................................................................... 6-73
Driving at night ........................................................................................................... 6-73
Driving in the rain ....................................................................................................... 6-73
Driving in flooded areas ............................................................................................. 6-74
6 Highway driving ......................................................................................................... 6-74
Reducing the risk of a rollover................................................................................... 6-74
Winter driving.................................................................................................. 6-75
Snow or icy conditions............................................................................................... 6-75
Winter precautions..................................................................................................... 6-77
Trailer towing (for Europe) .............................................................................. 6-79
Trailer towing equipment.......................................................................................... 6-83
Driving with a trailer .................................................................................................. 6-84
Maintenance when towing a trailer ..........................................................................6-87
Vehicle weight .................................................................................................6-88
Overloading ............................................................................................................... 6-88
 06
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and
death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.

If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows
immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.

The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the
oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend
that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.

Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous
practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle
out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the
vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan
control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes
located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate open:

Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the
fan control set to high. Before driving

6-3
Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering the vehicle WARNING
ś Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
and outside lights are clean and DEATH, take the following precautions:
unobstructed.
ś ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All
ś Remove frost, snow, or ice. passengers must be properly belted
ś Visually check the tires for uneven whenever the vehicle is moving.
wear and damage. For more information, refer to “Seat
ś Check under the vehicle for any sign Belts” in chapter 2.
of leaks. ś Always drive defensively. Assume
ś Be sure there are no obstacles behind other drivers or pedestrians may be
you if you intend to back up. careless and make mistakes.
ś Stay focused on the task of driving.
Before starting Driver distraction can cause
ś Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and accidents.
the doors are securely closed and ś Leave plenty of space between you
locked. and the vehicle in front of you.
ś Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel. WARNING
ś Adjust the inside and outside rearview NEVER drink or take drugs and drive.
mirrors.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving
ś Verify all the lights work. is dangerous and may result in an
ś Fasten your seat belt. Check that all accident and SERIOUS INJURY or
passengers have fastened their seat DEATH.
belt. Drunk driving is the number one
ś Check the gauges and indicators contributor to the highway death
in the instrument panel and the toll each year. Even a small amount
messages on the instrument display of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
when the ignition switch is in the ON perceptions and judgment. Just
position. one drink can reduce your ability to
ś Check that any items you are carrying respond to changing conditions and
are stored properly or fastened down emergencies and your reaction time
securely. gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous or more
dangerous than driving under the
influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or take
drugs and drive. If you are drinking or
taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride
with a driver who has been drinking
or taking drugs. Choose a designated
driver or call a taxi.

6-4
 06
IGNITION SWITCH
WARNING WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or ś NEVER turn the ignition switch to
DEATH, take the following precautions: the LOCK or ACC position while the
ś NEVER allow children or any person vehicle is in motion except in an
who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to emergency.
touch the ignition switch or related This will result in the engine turning
parts. Unexpected and sudden off and loss of power assist for the
vehicle movement can occur. steering and brake systems. This may
ś NEVER reach through the steering lead to loss of directional control and
wheel for the ignition switch, or any braking function, which could cause
other control, while the vehicle is in an accident.
motion. The presence of your hand ś Before leaving the driver’s seat,
or arm in this area may cause a loss always make sure the shift lever is
of vehicle control resulting in an in 1st gear (for manual transmission
accident. vehicle) or P (Park, for dual clutch
transmission vehicle) position, apply
Key ignition switch (if equipped) the parking brake, and turn the
ignition switch to the LOCK position.
ON
ACC Unexpected vehicle movement may
START occur if these precautions are not
followed.

LOCK
NOTICE
Never use aftermarket keyhole covers.
This may generate start-up failure due
to communication failure.

OAE056172L
Whenever the front door is opened, the
ignition switch will illuminate, provided
the ignition switch is not in the ON
position. The light will go off immediately
when the ignition switch is turned on or
go off after about 30 seconds when the
door is closed. (if equipped)

6-5
Driving your vehicle

Key ignition switch positions

Switch Position Action Notes
To turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, push the key in
at the ACC position and turn the
key towards the LOCK position.
LOCK The ignition key can be removed in
the LOCK position.
The steering wheel locks to protect
the vehicle from theft.
(if equipped)
Some electrical accessories are If difficulty is experienced turning
usable. the ignition switch to the ACC
ACC The steering wheel unlocks. position, turn the key while turning
the steering wheel right and left to
release.
This is the normal key position Do not leave the ignition switch in
when the engine has started. the ON position when the engine is
All features and accessories are not running to prevent the battery
ON usable. from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked
when you turn the ignition switch
from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the The engine will crank until you
ignition switch to the START release the key.
START position. The switch returns to the
ON position when you let go of
the key.

6-6
 06
Starting the engine Vehicle with dual clutch transmission /
intelligent variable transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is
WARNING applied.
ś Always wear appropriate shoes when 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, 3. Depress the brake pedal.
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere 4. Turn the ignition switch to the START
with your ability to use the brake, position. Hold the key (maximum of
accelerator and clutch pedals. 10 seconds) until the engine starts and
ś Do not start the vehicle with the release it.
accelerator pedal depressed. The
vehicle can move which can lead to Information
an accident.
ś Do not wait for the engine to warm up
ś Wait until the engine rpm is normal.
while the vehicle remains stationary.
The vehicle may suddenly move if
the brake pedal is released when the Start driving at moderate engine
RPM is high. speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.)
Starting the gasoline engine ś Always start the vehicle with your foot
Vehicle with manual transmission: on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
1. Make sure the parking brake is Do not race the engine while warming
applied. it up.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
3. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position. Hold the key (maximum of
10 seconds) until the engine starts and
release it.

Vehicle with intelligent manual

transmission :
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Depress the brake pedal fully and shift
the transmission into Neutral.
3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while
turning the ignition switch to the
start position. If you turn the ignition
switch to the start position without
depressing the brake pedal, the
engine will not start.

6-7
Driving your vehicle

Starting the diesel engine Starting and stopping the engine for
To start the diesel engine when the turbocharger intercooler
engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated 1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
and then it has to be warmed up, before immediately after starting the engine.
starting to drive. If the engine is cold, idle for several
seconds before sufficient lubrication
Vehicle with intelligent manual is ensured in the turbocharger.
transmission : 2. After high speed or extended driving
1. Make sure the parking brake is that requires heavy engine load, idle
applied. the engine about 1 minute before
2. Depress the brake pedal fully and shift turning the engine off.
the transmission into Neutral. This idle time will allow the
3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while turbocharger to cool prior to shutting
turning the ignition switch to the the engine off.
start position. If you turn the ignition
switch to the start position without NOTICE
depressing the brake pedal, the
engine will not start. Do not turn off the engine immediately
after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission: damage to the engine or turbocharger.
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
NOTICE
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
3. Depress the brake pedal.
ś Do not hold the ignition key in the
4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON START position for more than 10
position to pre-heat the engine. seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds before
The glow indicator light ( ) will trying again.
illuminate.
ś Do not turn the ignition switch to
5. When the glow indicator light ( ) the START position with the engine
goes out, turn the key ignition switch running. It may damage the starter.
to the START position. Hold the key
(maximum of 10 seconds) until the ś If traffic and road conditions permit,
engine starts and release it. you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and turn the ignition
NOTICE switch to the START position in an
If the engine does not start within 10 attempt to restart the engine.
seconds after preheating is completed, ś Do not push or tow your vehicle to
turn the ignition switch once more start the engine.
to the LOCK position and wait for 10
seconds. Then turn the ignition switch
to the ON position in order to preheat
the engine again.

6-8
 06
Engine Start/Stop button WARNING
(if equipped) ś NEVER press the Engine Start/ Stop
button while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the engine turning off and
loss of power assist for the steering
and brake systems. This may lead
to loss of directional control and
braking function, which could cause
an accident.
ś Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is in
the P (Park) position, set the parking
OOS057001
brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop
Whenever the front door is opened, the button to the OFF position, and take
Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate the Smart Key with you. Unexpected
and will go off 30 seconds after the door vehicle movement may occur if these
is closed. precautions are not followed.

WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine Start/ Stop
button for more than two seconds OR
Rapidly press and release the Engine
Start/Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you can
restart the engine without depressing
the brake pedal by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button with the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position.

6-9
Driving your vehicle

Engine Stop/Start button positions

- Vehicle with Manual Transmission/Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT)
Button Position Action Notes
OFF To turn off the engine, stop If the steering wheel is not locked
the vehicle and then press the properly when you open the driver’s
Engine Start/Stop button. door, the warning chime will sound.
The steering wheel locks to
protect the vehicle from theft.
(if equipped)

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button when the button is button in the ACC position for more
in the OFF position without than one hour, the battery power will
depressing the clutch pedal. turn off automatically to prevent the
battery from discharging.
Some electrical accessories If the steering wheel doesn’t unlock
are usable. properly, the Engine Start/Stop
The steering wheel unlocks. button will not work. Press the Engine
Start/Stop button while turning
the steering wheel right and left to
release.

ON Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop

button while it is in the ACC button in the ON position when the
position without depressing engine is not running to prevent the
the clutch pedal. battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be
checked before the engine is
started.

START To start the engine, depress If you press the Engine Start/Stop
the clutch and brake pedals button without depressing the clutch
and press the Engine Start/ pedal, the engine does not start and
Stop button with the shift the Engine Start/Stop button changes
lever in neutral. as follows:
2))Ɵ$&&Ɵ21Ɵ2))RU$&&

6-10
 06
Engine Stop/Start button positions
- Vehicle with Dual Clutch Transmission/Intelligent Variable Transmission (iVT)
Button Position Action Notes
OFF To turn off the engine, press If the steering wheel is not locked
the Engine Start/Stop button properly when you open the driver’s
with shift lever in P (Park). door, the warning chime will sound.
When you press the Engine
Start/Stop button without
the shift lever in P (Park), the
Engine Start/Stop button does
not turn to the OFF position,
but turns to the ACC position.
The steering wheel locks to
protect the vehicle from theft.
(if equipped)
ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop If you leave the Engine Start/Stop
button when the button is button in the ACC position for more
in the OFF position without than one hour, the battery power will
depressing the brake pedal. turn off automatically to prevent the
Some electrical accessories battery from discharging.
are usable. If the steering wheel doesn’t
The steering wheel unlocks. unlock properly, the Engine Start/
Stop button will not work. Press
the Engine Start/Stop button while
turning the steering wheel right and
left to release tension.
ON Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop
button while it is in the ACC button in the ON position when the
position without depressing engine is not running to prevent the
the brake pedal. battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be
checked before the engine is
started.

START To start the engine, depress If you press the Engine Start/Stop
the brake pedal and press the button without depressing the brake
Engine Start/Stop button with pedal, the engine does not start
the shift lever in the P (Park) or and the Engine Start/Stop button
in the N (Neutral) position. changes as follows:
For your safety, start the 2))Ɵ$&&Ɵ21Ɵ2))RU$&&
engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.

6-11
Driving your vehicle

Starting the engine Starting the gasoline engine

Vehicle with manual transmission:
WARNING 1. Always carry the smart key with you.
ś Always wear appropriate shoes when 2. Make sure the parking brake is
operating your vehicle. Unsuitable applied.
shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, 3. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.
sandals, flip-flops, etc., may interfere 4. Depress the clutch and brake pedals.
with your ability to use the brake,
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
accelerator and clutch pedals.
ś Do not start the vehicle with the Vehicle with Intelligent Manual
accelerator pedal depressed. Transmission :
The vehicle can move which can lead 1. Make sure the parking brake is
to an accident. applied.
ś Wait until the engine rpm is normal. 2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and
The vehicle may suddenly move if shift the transmission into Neutral.
the brake pedal is released when the
RPM is high. 3. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed while pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button to the START
Information position.
ś The engine will start by pressing the If you press the ENGINE START/STOP
Engine Start/Stop button, only when button to the START position without
the smart key is in the vehicle. depressing the brake pedal and clutch
ś Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, pedal, the engine will not start.
if it is far away from the driver, the
engine may not start. Vehicle with dual clutch transmission:
ś When the Engine Start/Stop button 1. Always carry the smart key with you.
is in the ACC or ON position, if any 2. Make sure the parking brake is
door is open, the system checks for the applied.
smart key. If the smart key is not in the 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
vehicle, the “ ” indicator will blink
and the warning “Key not in vehicle” 4. Depress the brake pedal.
will come on, and if all doors are closed, 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
the chime will also sound for about
5 seconds. Keep the smart key in the
vehicle when using the ACC position or Information
if the vehicle engine is ON. ś Do not wait for the engine to warm up
while the vehicle remains stationary.
Start driving at moderate engine
speeds. Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.
ś Always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming
it up.

6-12
 06
Starting the diesel engine
Information
To start the diesel engine when the
engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated If the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed
and then it has to be warmed up, before while the engine is pre-heating, the engine
starting to drive. may start.

Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Starting and stopping the engine for
Transmission : turbocharger intercooler
1. Make sure the parking brake is 1. Do not race or accelerate the engine
applied. immediately after starting the engine.
2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and If the engine is cold, idle for several
shift the transmission into Neutral. seconds before sufficient lubrication
is ensured in the turbocharger.
3. Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal
depressed while pressing the ENGINE 2. After high speed or extended driving
START/STOP button to the START that requires heavy engine load, idle
position. the engine about 1 minute before
turning the engine off. This idle time
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP will allow the turbocharger to cool
button to the START position without prior to shutting the engine off.
depressing the brake pedal and clutch
pedal, the engine will not start.
NOTICE
Vehicle with dual clutch transmission: Do not turn off the engine immediately
1. Always carry the smart key with you. after it has been subjected to a heavy
load. Doing so may cause severe
2. Make sure the parking brake is damage to the engine or turbocharger.
applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
6. Continue depressing the brake pedal
until the glow indicator light ( )
goes out.
7. When the glow indicator light ( )
goes out, the engine will start.

6-13
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
ś If the engine stalls while you are in
motion, do not attempt to move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions permit,
you may put the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position while the vehicle
is still moving and press the Engine
Start/Stop button in an attempt to
restart the engine. OOS057003

ś Do not push or tow your vehicle to

start the engine. Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
NOTICE smart key does not work correctly, you
To prevent damage to the vehicle: can start the engine by pressing the Engine
Do not press the Engine Start/ Stop Start/Stop button with the smart key in
button for more than 10 seconds except the direction of the picture above.
when the stop lamp fuse is blown.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you
can’t start the engine normally. Replace
the fuse with a new one. If you are not
able to replace the fuse, you can start
the engine by pressing and holding the
Engine Start/Stop button for 10 seconds
with the Engine Start/ Stop button in
the ACC position.
For your safety always depress the
brake and/or clutch pedal before
starting the engine.

6-14
 06
MANUAL TRANSMISSION ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Manual transmission operation To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the
vehicle has completely stopped, and
then move the shift lever to neutral
before moving into R (Reverse).

When you’ve come to a complete stop

and it’s hard to shift into 1st gear or R
(Reverse):
1. Put the shift lever in neutral and
release the clutch pedal.
2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then
shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.
OPDE056107
The shift lever can be moved without
pres sing the button (1).
Information
The button (1) must be pressed while During cold weather, shifting may be
moving the shift lever. difficult until the transmission lubricant
has warmed up.
The manual transmission has 6
forward gears. The transmission is fully Using the clutch
synchronized in all forward gears so The clutch pedal should be depressed all
shifting to either a higher or a lower gear the way to the floor before:
is easily accomplished.
- Starting the engine
The engine will not start without
WARNING depressing the clutch pedal.
Before leaving the driver’s seat, always - Shifting into gear, up shifting to the
make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear next higher gear, or down shifting to
when the vehicle is parked on a uphill the next lower gear.
and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the - Stopping the engine
parking brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Stop the vehicle safely and depress
Unexpected vehicle movement may the brake pedal and the clutch pedal.
occur if these precautions are not Then shift into N(Neutral) gear and
followed. turn off the engine.

When releasing the clutch pedal, release

it slowly. The clutch pedal should always
be released while driving.

6-15
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE Downshifting
To prevent unnecessary wear or Down shift to a lower gear when slowing
damage to the clutch: down in heavy traffic or driving up a
ś Do not rest your foot on the clutch steep hill to prevent high engine loads.
pedal while driving. Also, downshifting reduces the chance
ś Do not hold the vehicle with the of stalling and helps to reaccelerate the
clutch on an incline, while waiting for vehicle when you need to increase your
the traffic light, etc. speed.
ś Always depress the clutch pedal When the vehicle is going downhill,
down fully to prevent noise or downshifting helps maintain safe speed
damage. by providing brake power from the
engine and results in less wear on the
ś Do not start with the 2nd (second) brakes.
gear engaged except when you start
on a slippery road.
ś Do not drive with cargo loaded more
NOTICE
than required loading capacity. To prevent damage to the engine,
ś Make sure to depress the clutch clutch and transmission:
pedal until the engine starts ś When downshifting from 5th
completely. If you release the clutch gear to 4th gear, be careful not to
pedal before the engine starts inadvertently push the shift lever
completely, the engine may stop. sideways engaging the 2nd gear.
A drastic downshift may cause the
engine speed to increase to the point
WARNING the tachometer will enter the red-
ś In case that there is not equipped zone.
with an ignition lock switch, if ś Do not downshift more than two
starting engine in below conditions, gears at a time or downshift the gear
the vehicle suddenly may move. when the engine is running at high
- the parking brake is released. speed (5,000 RPM or higher). Such
a downshifting may damage the
- the shift lever is not in N(neutral) engine, clutch and the transmission.
position.
- clutch pedal is not depressed fully.

6-16
 06
Good driving practices WARNING
ś Never take the vehicle out of gear and Do not use aggressive engine braking
coast down a hill. This is extremely (shifting from a higher gear to a lower
dangerous. gear) on slippery roads. This could
ś Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can cause the tires to slip and may result in
cause the brakes and related parts to an accident.
overheat and malfunction.
When you are driving down a long hill,
slow down and shift to a lower gear.
WARNING
Engine braking will help slow down To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
the vehicle. or DEATH:
ś Slow down before shifting to a lower ś ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
gear. This will help avoid over-revving collision, an unbelted occupant
the engine, which can cause damage. is significantly more likely to be
ś Slow down when you encounter cross seriously injured or killed than a
winds. This gives you much better properly belted occupant.
control of your vehicle. ś Avoid high speeds when cornering or
ś Be sure the vehicle is completely turning.
stopped before you shift into R ś Do not make quick steering wheel
(Reverse) to prevent damage to the movements, such as sharp lane
transmission. changes or fast, sharp turns.
ś Exercise extreme caution when ś The risk of rollover is greatly
driving on a slippery surface. Be increased if you lose control of your
especially careful when braking, vehicle at highway speeds.
accelerating or shifting gears. ś Loss of control often occurs if two or
On a slippery surface, an abrupt more wheels drop off the roadway
change in vehicle speed can cause the and the driver over steers to reenter
drive wheels to lose traction and may the roadway.
cause loss of vehicle control resulting ś In the event your vehicle leaves
in an accident. the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
ś HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.

6-17
Driving your vehicle

INTELLIGENT MANUAL TRANSMISSION ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) The shift lever must be returned to the
system use E-Clutch (Electronic Clutch) neutral position before shifting into
technology. Using the E-Clutch, the R (Reverse). Push the button located
vehicle can cut engine drive off without immediately below the shift knob
pressing the clutch pedal by driver. The and pull the gearshift lever to the left
E-Clutch is controlled by an actuator that sufficiently, and then shift into reverse
assists the driver in changing gear. (R) gear position. Make sure the vehicle
is completely stopped before shifting
Intelligent Manual Transmission into R (Reverse). Never operate the
operation engine with the tachometer (RPM) in the
red zone.

OPDE056107
The shift lever can be moved without
pressing the button (1).
The button (1) must be pressed while
moving the shift lever.

The Intelligent manual transmission

has 6 forward gears. This shift pattern
is imprinted on the shift knob. The
transmission is fully synchronized in
all forward gears so shifting to either
a higher or a lower gear is easily
accomplished. Depress the clutch pedal
down fully while shifting, then release
it slowly. If your vehicle is equipped
with an ignition lock switch, the engine
will not start when starting the engine
without depressing the brake pedal and
clutch pedal. (if equipped)

6-18
 06
CAUTION WARNING
ś When downshifting from fifth gear ś Before leaving the driver's seat,
to fourth gear, caution should be always set the parking brake fully
taken not to inadvertently press the and shut the engine off. Then make
shift lever sideways in such a manner sure the transmission is shifted into
that the second gear is engaged. 1st gear when the vehicle is parked
Such a drastic downshift may cause on a level or uphill grade, and shifted
the engine speed to increase to the into R (Reverse) on a downhill grade.
point that the tachometer will enter Unexpected and sudden vehicle
the red-zone. Such overrevving of movement can occur if these
the engine and transmission may precautions are not followed in the
possibly cause engine damage. order identified.
ś Do not downshift more than 2 gears ś Do not use the engine brake (shifting
or downshift the gear when the from a high gear to lower gear)
engine is running at high speed rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle
(5,000 RPM or higher). Such a may slip causing an accident.
downshifting may damage the
engine, clutch and the transmission. Using the clutch
ś During cold weather, shifting may The clutch should be pressed all the way
be difficult until the transmission to the floor before shifting, then released
lubricant is warmed up. This is slowly. The clutch pedal should always
normal and not harmful to the be fully released while driving. Do not
transmission. rest your foot on the clutch pedal while
ś If you've come to a complete stop driving. This can cause unnecessary
and it's hard to shift into 1st or wear. Do not partially engage the clutch
R(Reverse), leave the shift lever at to hold the vehicle on an incline. This
N(Neutral) position and release the causes unnecessary wear. Use the foot
clutch. Press the clutch pedal back brake or parking brake to hold the vehicle
down, and then shift into 1st or on an incline. Do not operate the clutch
R(Reverse) gear position. pedal rapidly and repeatedly.
ś To avoid premature clutch wear and
damage, do not drive with your foot CAUTION
resting on the clutch pedal. Also,
don't use the clutch to hold the When operating the clutch pedal, press
vehicle stopped on an uphill grade, the clutch pedal down fully. If you don’t
while waiting for a traffic light, etc. press the clutch pedal fully, the clutch
may be damaged or noise may occur.
ś Do not use the shift lever as a
handrest during driving, as this
can result in premature wear of the
transmission shift forks.
ś To prevent possible damage to the
clutch system, do not start with the
2nd (second) gear engaged except
when you start on a slippery road.

6-19
Driving your vehicle

Downshifting WARNING
When you must slow down in heavy ś Always buckle-up! In a collision, an
traffic or while driving up steep hills, unbelted occupant is significantly
downshift before the engine starts to more likely to be seriously injured
labor. Downshifting reduces the chance or killed than a properly belted
of stalling and gives better acceleration occupant.
when you again need to increase your
speed. When the vehicle is traveling ś Avoid high speeds when cornering or
down steep hills, downshifting helps turning.
maintain safe speed and prolongs brake ś Do not make quick steering wheel
life. movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
Good driving practices ś The risk of rollover is greatly
ś Never take the vehicle out of gear and increased if you lose control of your
coast down a hill. This is extremely vehicle at highway speeds.
hazardous. Always leave the vehicle ś Loss of control often occurs if two or
in gear. more wheels drop off the roadway
ś Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause and the driver oversteers to reenter
them to overheat and malfunction. the roadway.
Instead, when you are driving down a ś In the event your vehicle leaves
long hill, shift to a lower gear. When the roadway, do not steer sharply.
you do this, engine braking will help Instead, slow down before pulling
slow down the vehicle. back into the travel lanes.
ś Slow down before shifting to a lower ś Never exceed posted speed limits.
gear. This will help avoid over-revving
the engine, which can cause damage.
ś Slow down when you encounter cross
winds. This gives you much better
control of your vehicle.
ś Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into reverse. The transmission can be
damaged if you do not.
ś Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and the vehicle
to go out of control.

6-20
 06
INTELLIGENT VARIABLE TRANSMISSION ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

OOS057004
Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button ahead of the shift lever, and then move shift
lever.
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.

Intelligent variable transmission operation

The Intelligent variable transmission has no actual fixed gears. The varying gear ratios
are selected automatically, depending on the position of the shift lever, vehicle's speed
and position of the accelerator pedal.

6-21
Driving your vehicle

WARNING R (Reverse)
To reduce the risk of serious injury or Use this position to drive the vehicle
death: backward.
ś ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, NOTICE
especially children, before shifting a Always come to a complete stop before
vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you
ś Before leaving the driver’s seat, may damage the transaxle if you shift
always make sure the shift lever into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in
is in the P (Park) position, then set motion.
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF N (Neutral)
position. Unexpected and sudden The wheels and transmission are not
vehicle movement can occur if these engaged.
precautions are not followed.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
ś Do not use engine braking (shifting stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
from a high gear to lower gear) with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park)
rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle if you need to leave your vehicle for any
may slip causing an accident. reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when
The indicator in the instrument cluster you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
displays the shift lever position when the another gear.
ignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park) WARNING
Always come to a complete stop before Do not shift into gear unless your foot is
shifting into P (Park). firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before gear when the engine is running at high
turning the engine off. speed can cause the vehicle to move
very rapidly. You could lose control of
the vehicle and hit people or objects.
WARNING
ś Shifting into P (Park) while the D (Drive)
vehicle is in motion may cause you to This is the normal forward driving
lose control of the vehicle. position. The transaxle will automatically
ś After the vehicle has stopped, always shift to the optimal gear ratio, providing
make sure the shift lever is in P better fuel efficiency and a smoother ride.
(Park), apply the parking brake, and For extra power when passing another
turn the engine off. vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
ś Do not use the P (Park) position in accelerator further until you feel the
place of the parking brake. transmission downshift to a lower gear.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located on the
shift lever console, allows the driver to
Information switch from NORMAL mode to SPORT
The RPM (revolutions per minute) may mode.
increase or decrease when performing the For more details, refer to "Drive Mode
IVT self-diagnosis. Integrated Control System" later in this
chapter.
6-22
 06
Manual shift mode Shift-lock system
For your safety, the intelligent variable
transmission (IVT) has a shif-tlock system
which prevents shifting the transmission
+ (UP) from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the
brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition
- (DOWN) switch in the ON position.
OOS060002K 3. Move the shift lever.
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, Manual shift mode is selected by Shift-lock release
pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) If the shift lever cannot be moved from
position into the manual gate. To return the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) range operation, push the position with the brake pedal depressed,
shift lever back into the main gate. continue depressing the brake, and then
In Manual shift mode, moving the shift do the following:
lever backwards (B) and forwards (A) will
allow you to select the desired range of
gears for the current driving conditions.
+ (Up): Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
- (Down): Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear.

Information
ś Only the four forward gears can be
selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, OOS060027L
move the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required. 1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position.
ś Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When the 2. Apply the parking brake.
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically 3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering
selected. the shift-lock access hole.
ś When the engine RPM approaches 4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver)
the red zone the transaxle will upshift into the access hole and press down
automatically. on the tool.
5. Move the shift lever while holding
down the screwdriver.
6. Remove the tool from the shift-lock
release access hole then install the
cap.
7. Depress the brake pedal, and then
restart the engine.

6-23
Driving your vehicle

If you need to use the shift-lock release, Good driving practices

we recommend that the system be
ś Never move the shift lever from P
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
dealer immediately.
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
Parking
ś Never move the shift lever into P
Always come to a complete stop and (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park) Be sure the vehicle is completely
position, apply the parking brake, and stopped before you attempt to shift
place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
OFF position. Take the Key with you ś Do not move the shift lever to N
when exiting the vehicle. (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may
result in an accident because of a loss
of engine braking and the transaxle
WARNING could be damaged.
When you stay in the vehicle with ś Driving uphill or downhill, always shift
the engine running, be careful not to to D (Drive) when driving forward or to
depress the accelerator pedal for a long R (Reverse) when driving backwards,
period of time. The engine or exhaust and check the gear position indicated
system may overheat and start a fire. on the cluster before driving. If you
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system drive in the opposite direction of the
are very hot. Keep away from the selected gear, the engine will turn
exhaust system components. off and a serious accident might be
occurred due to the degraded brake
Do not stop or park over flammable performance.
materials, such as dry grass, paper or
leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire. ś Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
ś Depressing both accelerator
and brake pedals at the same
time can trigger logic for engine
power reduction to assure vehicle
deceleration. Vehicle acceleration
will resume after the brake pedal is
released.
ś When driving in Manual shift mode,
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine RPMs
are outside of the allowable range.
ś Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.

6-24
 06
ś Exercise extreme caution when WARNING
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking, To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
accelerating or shifting gears. On a or DEATH:
slippery surface, an abrupt change ś ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
in vehicle speed can cause the drive collision, an unbelted occupant
wheels to lose traction and may cause is significantly more likely to be
loss of vehicle control resulting in an seriously injured or killed than a
accident properly belted occupant.
ś Optimum vehicle performance and ś Avoid high speeds when cornering or
economy is obtained by smoothly turning.
depressing and releasing the ś Do not make quick steering wheel
accelerator. movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
ś The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
ś Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
ś In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
ś HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.

6-25
Driving your vehicle

DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

OOS057004
Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button ahead of the shift lever while moving the
shift lever.
Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.
The shift lever can freely operate.

Dual clutch transmission operation

The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reverse speed. The
individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift lever is in the D (Drive)
position.

ś The dual clutch transmission can be thought of as an automatically shifting manual

transmission. It gives the driving feel of a manual transmission, yet provides the
ease of a fully automatic transmission.
ś When D (Drive) is selected, the transmission will automatically shift through
the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission. Unlike a traditional
automatic transmission, the gear shifting can sometimes be felt and heard as the
actuators engage the clutches and the gears are selected.

6-26
 06
ś The dual clutch transmission ś When you turn the engine on and off,
incorporates a dry-type dual clutch you may hear clicking sounds as the
mechanism, which allows for better system goes through a self-test. This
acceleration performance and is a normal sound for the dual clutch
increased fuel efficiency while driving. transmission.
But it differs from a conventional ś During the first 1,500 km (1000 miles),
automatic transmission because you may feel that the vehicle may not
it does not incorporate a torque be smooth when accelerating at low
converter. Instead, the transition from speed. During this break-in period, the
one gear to the next is managed by shift quality and performance of your
clutch slip, especially at lower speeds. new vehicle is continuously optimized.
As a result, shifts are sometimes more
noticeable, and a light vibration can
be felt as the transmission shaft speed WARNING
is matched with the engine shaft To reduce the risk of serious injury or
speed. This is a normal condition of death:
the dual clutch transmission. ś ALWAYS check the surrounding
ś The dry-type clutch transfers torque areas near your vehicle for people,
more directly and provides a direct- especially children, before shifting a
drive feeling which may feel different vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
from a conventional automatic ś Before leaving the driver’s seat,
transmission. This may be more always make sure the shift lever
noticeable when launching the vehicle is in the P (Park) position, then set
from a stop or when traveling at low, the parking brake, and place the
stop-and-go vehicle speeds. ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
ś When rapidly accelerating from a position. Unexpected and sudden
lower vehicle speed, the engine vehicle movement can occur if these
RPM may increase dramatically as a precautions are not followed.
result of clutch slip as the dual clutch ś Do not use aggressive engine braking
transmission selects the correct gear. (shifting from a higher gear to a
This is a normal condition. lower gear) on slippery roads. This
ś When accelerating from a stop on could cause the tires to slip and may
an incline, press the accelerator result in an accident.
smoothly and gradually to avoid any
shudder feeling or jerkiness.
NOTICE
ś When traveling at a lower vehicle
speed, if you release the accelerator ś Always come to a complete stop
pedal quickly, you may feel engine before shifting into D (Drive) or R
braking before the transmission (Reverse).
changes gears. This engine braking ś Do not put the shift lever in N
feeling is similar to operating a (Neutral) while driving.
manual transmission at low speed.
ś When driving downhill, you may
wish to move the gear shift lever to
Manual Shift mode and downshift to
a lower gear in order to control your
speed without using the brake pedal
excessively.

6-27
Driving your vehicle

WARNING DCT warning messages

Due to transmission failure, you may This warning message is displayed when
not continue to drive and the position vehicle is driven slowly on a grade and
indicator and the position indicator (D, the vehicle detects that the brake pedal
P) on the instrument cluster will blink. is not applied.
We recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
the system checked.

OTLE055019

Steep grade
Driving up hills or on steep grades:
ś To hold the vehicle on an incline use
the foot brake or the parking brake.
ś When in stop-and-go traffic on an
incline, allow a gap to form ahead
of you before moving the vehicle
forward. Then hold the vehicle on the
incline with the foot brake.
ś If the vehicle is held or creeping
forward on an incline by applying
the accelerator pedal, the clutch and
transmission may overheat which
can result in damage. At this time, a
warning message will appear on the
LCD display.
ś If the LCD warning is active, the foot
brake must be applied.
ś Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the transmission.

6-28
 06

OPD047470N OJS058137L OJS058138L

Transmission high temperature Transmission overheated

ś Under certain conditions, such as ś If the vehicle continues to be driven
repeated stop-and go launches and the clutch temperatures reach
on steep grades, sudden take off the maximum temperature limit, the
or acceleration, or other harsh “Transmission Hot! Park with engine
driving conditions, the transmission on” warning will be displayed. When
clutch temperatures will increase this occurs the clutch is disabled
excessively. Finally the clutch in until the clutch cools to normal
transmission could be overheated. temperatures.
ś When the clutch is overheated, the ś The warning will display a time to wait
safe protection mode engages and for the transmission to cool.
the gear position indicator on the ś If this occurs, pull over to a safe
cluster blinks with a chime. At this location, stop the vehicle with the
time, “Transmission temp. is high! engine running, apply the brakes and
Stop safely” warning message will shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow
appear on the LCD display and driving the transmission to cool.
may not be smooth. ś When the message “Transmission
ś If this occurs, pull over to a safe cooled down. Resume driving (Trans
location, stop the vehicle with the cooled. Resume driving)” appears you
engine running, apply the brakes and can continue to drive your vehicle.
shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow ś When possible, drive the vehicle
the transmission to cool. smoothly.
ś If you ignore this warning, the driving
condition may become worse. You If any of the warning messages in the
may experience abrupt shifts, or LCD display continue to blink, for your
Jerkiness. To return to the normal safety, we recommend that you contact
driving condition, stop the vehicle an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have
and apply the foot brake or shift into P the system checked.
(Park). Then allow the transmission to
cool for a few minutes with engine on,
before driving off.
ś When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.

6-29
Driving your vehicle

Transmission ranges N (Neutral)

The indicator in the instrument cluster The wheels and transmission are not
displays the shift lever position when the engaged.
ignition switch is in the ON position. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
P (P ark) stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
Always come to a complete stop before with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park)
shifting into P (Park). if you need to leave your vehicle for any
reason.
To shift from P (Park), you must depress
firmly on the brake pedal and make sure Always depress the brake pedal when
your foot is off the accelerator pedal. you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
If you have done all of the above and
still cannot shift the lever out of P
D (Drive)
(Park), see “Shift-Lock Release” in this
chapter. This is the normal driving position. The
transmission will automatically shift
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before
through a 7-gear sequence, providing the
turning the engine off.
best fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
WARNING vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
ś Shifting into P (Park) while the accelerator fully. The transmission will
vehicle is in motion may cause you to automatically downshift to the next
lose control of the vehicle. lower gear (or gears, as appropriate).
ś After the vehicle has stopped, always
make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park), apply the parking brake, and
turn the engine off.
ś When parking on an incline, place
the shift lever in P (Park) and apply
the parking brake to prevent the
vehicle from rolling downhill.
ś For safety, always engage the
parking brake with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position except for the
case of emergency parking. OOS060002K

Manual shift mode

R (Reverse) Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
Use this position to drive the vehicle motion, manual shift mode is selected by
backward. pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive)
position into the manual gate. To return
to D (Drive) range operation, push the
NOTICE shift lever back into the main gate.
Always come to a complete stop before In manual shift mode, moving the shift
shifting into or out of R (Reverse); you lever backwards (B) and forwards (A) will
may damage the transmission if you allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is
in motion.

6-30
 06
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to Paddle shifter (if equipped)
shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear.

Information
ś Only the seven forward gears can
be selected in Manual Shift Mode.
To reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P
(Park) position as required.
ś Downshifts are made automatically OOS057006
when the vehicle slows down. When the The paddle shifter is functional when the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically shift lever is in the D (Drive) position or
selected. the manual shift mode.
ś When the engine RPM approaches the
red zone the transmission will upshift With the shift lever in the D position
automatically.
The paddle shifter will operate when the
ś If the driver presses the lever to vehicle speed is more than 3km/h.
ś + (Up) or - (Down) position, the Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
transmission may not make the to shift up or down one gear and the
requested gear change if the next gear system changes from automatic mode to
is outside of the allowable engine RPM manual mode.
range. The driver must execute upshifts
in accordance with road conditions, When the vehicle speed is lower than
taking care to keep the engine RPMs 2 km/h, if you depress the accelerator
below the red zone. pedal for more than 6 seconds (in the
Normal mode) or if you move the shift
lever from D (Drive) to manual shift mode
and move it from manual shift mode to D
(Drive) again, the system changes from
manual mode to automatic mode.
When releasing the paddle shifter, pull it
for more than 1 second.

With the shift lever in the manual shift

mode
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once to
shift up or down one gear.

Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled
at the same time, gear shift may not occur.

6-31
Driving your vehicle

Shift-lock system Shift-lock release

For your safety, the dual clutch If the shift lever cannot be moved from
transmission has a shift-lock system the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
which prevents shifting the transmission position with the brake pedal depressed,
from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the continue depressing the brake, and then
brake pedal is depressed. do the following:
To shift the transmission from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition
switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.

OOS060027L

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK/

OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering
the shift-lock access hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver)
into the access hole and press down
on the tool.
5. Move the shift lever while holding
down the screwdriver.
6. Remove the tool from the shift-lock
release access hole then install the
cap.
7. Depress the brake pedal, and then
restart the engine.
If you need to use the shift-lock release,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer immediately.

6-32
 06
Parking Good driving practices
Always come to a complete stop and ś Never move the shift lever from P
continue to depress the brake pedal. (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
Move the shift lever into the P (Park) position with the accelerator pedal
position, apply the parking brake, and depressed.
place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ ś Never move the shift lever into P
OFF position. Take the Key with you (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
when exiting the vehicle.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
WARNING into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
When you stay in the vehicle with ś Do not move the shift lever to N
the engine running, be careful not to (Neutral) when driving. Doing so
depress the accelerator pedal for a long may result in an accident because
period of time. The engine or exhaust of a loss of engine braking and the
system may overheat and start a fire. transmission could be damaged.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust system ś Driving uphill or downhill, always shift
are very hot. Keep away from the to D (Drive) when driving forward or to
exhaust system components. R (Reverse) when driving backwards,
and check the gear position indicated
Do not stop or park over flammable on the cluster before driving. If you
materials, such as dry grass, paper or drive in the opposite direction of the
leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire. selected gear, the engine will turn
off and a serious accident might be
occurred due to the degraded brake
performance.
ś Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can result
in the brakes overheating, brake wear
and possibly even brake failure.
ś When driving in manual shift mode,
slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may
not be engaged if the engine RPMs
are outside of the allowable range.
ś Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
ś Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the drive
wheels to lose traction and may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an
accident.

6-33
Driving your vehicle

ś Optimum vehicle performance and WARNING

economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
accelerator. or DEATH:
ś ALWAYS wear your seat belt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant
is significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
ś Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
ś Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
ś The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
ś Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
ś In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
ś HYUNDAI recommends you follow all
posted speed limits.

Information
- Kickdown Mechanism (if equipped)
Use the kickdown mechanism for
maximum acceleration. Depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
point. The dual clutch transmission will
shift to a lower gear depending on the
engine speed.

6-34
 06
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes ś Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
vehicle may also pull to one side
that adjust automatically through normal
when the brakes are applied.
usage.
Applying the brakes lightly will
If the engine is not running or is turned indicate whether they have been
off while driving, the power assist for affected in this way. Always test your
the brakes will not work. You can still brakes in this fashion after driving
stop your vehicle by applying greater through deep water. To dry the
force to the brake pedal than typical. brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to
The stopping distance, however, will be heat up the brakes while maintaining
longer than with power brakes. a safe forward speed until brake
When the engine is not running, the performance returns to normal.
reserve brake power is partially depleted Avoid driving at high speeds until the
each time the brake pedal is applied. brakes function correctly.
Do not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted. Disc brakes wear indicator
Pump the brake pedal only when When your brake pads are worn and new
necessary to maintain steering control on pads are required, you will hear a high
slippery surfaces. pitched warning sound from your front
or rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
WARNING you depress the brake pedal.
Take the following precautions: Note that some driving conditions or
ś Do not drive with your foot resting climates may cause a brake squeal
on the brake pedal. This will create when you first apply (or lightly apply)
abnormal high brake temperatures, the brakes. This is normal and does not
excessive brake lining and pad wear, indicate a problem with your brakes.
and increased stopping distances.
ś When descending a long or steep NOTICE
hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid
To avoid costly brake repairs, do not
continuous application of the brakes.
continue to drive with worn brake pads.
Applying the brakes continuously
will cause the brakes to overheat and
could result in a temporary loss of Information
braking performance.
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.

6-35
Driving your vehicle

Parking brake (if equipped) If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, we
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
ś Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal. Move the shift lever into
the 1st gear (for manual transmission
vehicle) or P (Park, for dual clutch
OOS057010
transmission vehicle) position, then
Always set the parking brake before apply the parking brake, and place
leaving the vehicle, to apply: the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
Firmly depress the brake pedal. position.
Pull up the parking brake lever as far as Vehicles with the parking brake not
possible. fully engaged are at risk of moving
inadvertently and causing injury to
yourself or others.
WARNING ś When parking on an incline, block
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY the wheels to prevent the vehicle
or DEATH, do not operate the parking from rolling down.
brake while the vehicle is moving ś NEVER allow anyone who is
except in an emergency situation. It unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
could damage the brake system and the parking brake. If the parking
lead to an accident. brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
ś Only release the parking brake when
you are seated inside the vehicle
with your foot firmly on the brake
pedal.

NOTICE
ś Do not apply the accelerator pedal
while the parking brake is engaged.
If you depress the accelerator pedal
with the parking brake engaged, a
OOS057011
warning will sound. Damage to the
To release: parking brake may occur.
Firmly depress the brake pedal. ś Driving with the parking brake on
Slightly pull up the parking brake lever. can overheat the braking system and
While pressing the release button (1), cause premature wear or damage to
lower the parking brake (2). brake parts. Make sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is off before driving.

6-36
 06
Check the Parking Brake Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light by placing (if equipped)
the ignition switch to the Applying the parking brake
ON position (do not start the
engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is released and the Brake Warning Light
is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while the engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the OOS060026L
brake system. Immediate attention is To apply EPB (Electronic Parking Brake):
necessary. 1. Depress the brake pedal.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle 2. Pull up the EPB switch.
immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating Make sure the Parking Brake Warning
the vehicle and only continue to drive Light comes on.
the vehicle until you can reach a safe
location. WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH, do not operate the EPB
while the vehicle is moving except
in an emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and lead to
an accident.

6-37
Driving your vehicle

Releasing the parking brake ś Satisfy the following conditions

1. Ensure seat belts are fastened and the
doors, hood and tailgate are closed.
2. With the vehicle in the ready ( )
mode, depress the brake pedal and
shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or Manual shift mode.
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning
Light goes off.

OOS060007K
Information
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
ś For your safety, you can engage EPB
Brake):
even though the ignition switch is in the
ś Place the ignition switch in the ON OFF position (only if battery power is
position. available), but you cannot release it.
ś Depress the brake pedal. ś For your safety, depress the brake
ś Press the EPB switch. pedal and release the parking brake
Make sure the Parking Brake Warning manually with the EPB switch when
Light goes off. you drive downhill or when backing up
the vehicle.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
automatically: NOTICE
ś Shift lever in P (Park) ś If the parking brake warning light
With the vehicle in the ready ( ) is still on even though the EPB has
mode, depress the brake pedal and been released, we recommend that
shift out of P (Park) to R (Reverse) or you have the system checked by an
D (Drive). authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ś Shift lever in N (Neutral) ś Do not drive your vehicle with EPB
applied. It may cause excessive brake
With the vehicle in the ready ( ) pad and brake rotor wear.
mode, depress the brake pedal and
shift out of N (Neutral) to R (Reverse)
or D (Drive). EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) may be
automatically applied when:
ś Requested by other systems
ś The driver turns the vehicle off while
Auto Hold is operating.

6-38
 06
Warning messages ś NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the EPB switch. If EPB is released
unintentionally, serious injury may
occur.
ś Only release EPB when you are
seated inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.

NOTICE
ś Do not apply the accelerator pedal
OOSH069023L
while the parking brake is engaged.
If you depress the accelerator pedal
To release EPB, close the doors, hood and with EPB engaged, a warning will
tailgate and fasten seatbelt sound and a message will appear.
ś If you try to drive with EPB applied, a Damage to the parking brake may
warning will sound and a message will occur.
appear. ś Driving with the parking brake on
ś If the driver's seat belt is unfastened can overheat the braking system and
and the engine hood or lift-gate is cause premature wear or damage
opened, a warning will sound and a to brake parts. Make sure EPB is
message will appear. released and the Parking Brake
ś If there is a problem with the vehicle, Warning Light is off before driving.
a warning may sound and a message
may appear. Information
If the situation occurs, depress the brake
ś A clicking sound may be heard while
pedal and release EPB by pressing the
operating or releasing the EPB. These
EPB switch.
conditions are normal and indicate that
EPB is functioning properly.
WARNING ś When leaving your keys with a parking
ś Whenever leaving the vehicle or attendant or assistant, make sure to
parking, always come to a complete inform him/her how to operate EPB.
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, press the EPB switch, and
set the ignition switch to the OFF
position. Take the Key with you when
exiting the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in P (Park)
with the parking brake set are at risk
for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.

6-39
Driving your vehicle

EPB malfunction indicator

OOSH069024L

Deactivating AUTO HOLD... OOSH069028L

Press brake pedal
This warning light illuminates if the
When the conversion from Auto Hold to ignition switch is set to the ON position
EPB is not working properly a warning and goes off in approximately 3 seconds
will sound and a message will appear. if the system is operating normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator remains
on, comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is set
to the ON position, this indicates that the
EPB may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, we recommend that
you have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator comes
on to indicate that ESC is not working
OOSH069026L properly, but it does not indicate a
Parking brake automatically applied malfunction of EPB.
If EPB is applied while Auto Hold is
activated, a warning will sound and a NOTICE
message will appear. ś If the EPB warning light is still on,
we recommend that you have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ś If the parking brake warning light
does not illuminate or blinks even
though the EPB switch was pulled
up, EPB may not be applied.
ś If the parking brake warning light
blinks when the EPB warning light is
on, press the switch, and then pull
it up. Repeat this one more time.
If the EPB warning does not go off,
we recommend that you have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

6-40
 06
Parking brake warning light Emergency braking
Check the Parking Brake If there is a problem with the brake
Warning Light by setting the pedal while driving, emergency braking
ignition switch to the ON is possible by pulling up and holding
position ( indicator off). the EPB switch. Braking is possible only
This light will be illuminated when the while you are holding the EPB switch.
parking brake is applied with the ignition However, braking distance will be longer
switch in the START or ON position. than normal.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is released and the Brake Warning Light WARNING
is OFF.
Do not operate the parking brake while
If the Parking Brake Warning Light the vehicle is moving except in an
remains on after the parking brake is emergency situation. It could damage
released while the vehicle is in the ready the brake system and lead to a severe
( ) mode, there may be a malfunction accident.
in the brake system. Immediate attention
is necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle Information
immediately. If that is not possible, During emergency braking, the parking
use extreme caution while operating brake warning light will illuminate to
the vehicle and only continue to drive indicate that the system is operating.
the vehicle until you can reach a safe
location.
NOTICE
If you continuously notice a noise or
burning smell when the EPB is used for
emergency braking, we recommend
that you have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When the EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)

does not release
If the EPB does not release normally,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer by loading
the vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and
have the system checked.

6-41
Driving your vehicle

Auto Hold
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle in a
standstill even though the brake pedal is
not depressed after the driver brings the
vehicle to a complete stop by depressing
the brake pedal.

To apply:

OOSH069030L

2. When you stop the vehicle

completely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes from
white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
OOS060008K
even if you release the brake pedal.
1. With the driver's door and engine 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
hood closed, depress the brake released.
pedal and then press the [AUTO
HOLD] switch. The white AUTO HOLD To release:
indicator will come on and the system ś If you depress the accelerator pedal
will be in the standby position. with the shift lever in D (Drive) or
Manual shift mode, the Auto Hold will
be released automatically and the
vehicle will start to move. The AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white.
ś If the vehicle is restarted using the
cruise control toggle switch (RES+
or SET-) while Auto Hold and cruise
control is operating, the Auto Hold will
be released regardless of accelerator
pedal operation. The AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white.

6-42
 06
WARNING Information
When the AUTO HOLD is automatically ś The Auto Hold does not operate when:
released by depressing the accelerator - The driver's door is opened
pedal, always take a look around your
vehicle. - The engine hood is opened
Slowly depress the accelerator pedal - The shift lever is in P (Park) or R
for a smooth start. (Reverse)
- EPB is applied
To cancel: ś For your safety, the Auto Hold
automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for more
than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the parking brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
OOS060009K
HOLD indicator changes from green
1. Depress the brake pedal. to white, and a warning sound and a
2. Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch. message will appear to inform you that
EPB has been automatically engaged.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn off.
Before driving off again, depress the
brake pedal, check the surrounding
WARNING area near your vehicle and release the
parking brake manually with the EPB
To prevent, unexpected and sudden switch.
vehicle movement, ALWAYS press your
foot on the brake pedal to cancel the ś While operating Auto Hold, you may
Auto Hold before you: hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
NOTICE
- Park the vehicle.
If the AUTO HOLD indicator changes
to yellow, the Auto Hold is not working
properly. We recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

6-43
Driving your vehicle

WARNING
ś Depress the accelerator pedal slowly
when you start the vehicle.
ś For your safety, cancel the Auto Hold
when you drive downhill, back up the
vehicle or park the vehicle.

NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open OOSH069024L
detection system, the Auto Hold may Deactivating AUTO HOLD...
not work properly. Press brake pedal
We recommend that you contact an When the conversion from Auto Hold to
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. EPB is not working properly a warning
will sound and a message will appear.
Warning messages
When this message is displayed, the Auto
Hold and EPB may not operate. For your
safety, depress the brake pedal.

OOSH069026L

Parking brake automatically applied

When the EPB is applied from Auto Hold,
OOSH069032L
a warning will sound and a message will
appear. Press brake pedal to deactivate AUTO
HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal when
you release the Auto Hold by pressing
the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.

6-44
 06
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System (ABS) or
an Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system will not prevent accidents
due to improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle
control is improved during emergency
braking, always maintain a safe
OOSH069033L distance between you and objects
AUTO HOLD conditions not met. ahead of you. Vehicle speeds should
Close door and hood. always be reduced during extreme
When you press the [AUTO HOLD] road conditions. The braking distance
switch, if the driver's door and engine for vehicles equipped with ABS or ESC
hood are not closed, a warning will may be longer than for those without
sound and a message will appear on the these systems in the following road
cluster LCD display. conditions.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after Drive your vehicle at reduced speeds
closing the driver's door and hood. during the following conditions:
ś Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
ś On roads where the road surface is
pitted or has different surface height.
ś Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle. Drive your vehicle at
reduced speeds during the above
conditions.
The safety features of an ABS or ESC
equipped vehicle should not be tested
by high speed driving or cornering. This
could endanger the safety of yourself or
others.

ABS is an electronic braking system that

helps to prevent a braking skid. ABS
allows the driver to steer and brake at the
same time.

6-45
Driving your vehicle

Using ABS WARNING

To obtain the maximum benefit from If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and
your ABS in an emergency situation, stays on, you may have a problem with
do not attempt to modulate your brake the ABS. Your power brakes will work
pressure and do not try to pump your normally. To reduce the risk of serious
brakes. Depress your brake pedal as hard injury or death, we recommend that you
as possible. contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon
When you apply your brakes under as possible.
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the NOTICE
brake pedal. This is normal and it means When you drive on a road having poor
your ABS is active. traction, such as an icy road, and apply
ABS does not reduce the time or distance your brakes continuously, the ABS will
it takes to stop the vehicle. be active continuously and the ABS
warning light ( ) may illuminate.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place
and turn the engine off.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such Restart the engine. If the ABS warning
as trying to take a corner too fast or light is off, then your ABS system is
making a sudden lane change. Always normal.
drive at a safe speed depending on the Otherwise, you may have a problem
road and weather conditions. with your ABS system. We recommend
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. that you contact an authorized
Always steer moderately when braking HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road. Information
On loose or uneven road surfaces, When you jump start your vehicle because
operation of the anti-lock brake system of a drained battery, the ABS warning
may result in a longer stopping distance light ( ) may turn on at the same
than for vehicles equipped with a time. This happens because of the low
conventional brake system. battery voltage. It does not mean your
ABS is malfunctioning. Have the battery
The ABS warning light ( ) will stay on recharged before driving the vehicle.
for several seconds after the Ignition
switch is placed in the ON position.
During that time, the ABS will go through
self-diagnosis and the light will go off
if everything is normal. If the light stays
on, you may have a problem with your
ABS. We recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.

6-46
 06
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ESC operation
(if equipped) ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the
ON position, the ESC and the ESC
OFF indicator lights illuminate for
approximately three seconds and goes
off, then the ESC is turned on.

When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
the ESC indicator light blinks:

OOS050012 ś When you apply your brakes under

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) conditions which may lock the wheels,
system helps to stabilize the vehicle you may hear sounds from the brakes,
during cornering maneuvers. or feel a corresponding sensation in
the brake pedal. This is normal and it
ESC checks where you are steering and means your ESC is active.
where the vehicle is actually going. ESC
applies braking pressure to any one of ś When the ESC activates, the engine
the vehicle’s brakes and intervenes in the may not respond to the accelerator as
engine management system to assist the it does under routine conditions.
driver with keeping the vehicle on the ś If the Cruise Control was in use when
intended path. It is not a substitute for the ESC activates, the Cruise Control
safe driving practices. Always adjust your automatically disengages. The Cruise
speed and driving to the road conditions. Control can be reengaged when the
road conditions allow. See “Cruise
Control System” later in this chapter.
WARNING (if equipped)
Never drive too fast for the road ś When moving out of the mud or
conditions or too quickly when driving on a slippery road, the engine
cornering. The ESC system will not RPM (revolutions per minute) may
prevent accidents. not increase even if you press the
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maneuvers, and hydroplaning on wet maintain the stability and traction of
surfaces can result in severe accidents. the vehicle and does not indicate a
problem.

6-47
Driving your vehicle

ESC OFF condition Indicator lights

To cancel ESC operation:
ESC indicator light (blinks)
„

ś State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The
ESC OFF indicator light and message
ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
„
“Traction Control disabled” will
illuminate. In this state, the traction
control function of ESC (engine
management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (braking
management) still operates.
When the ignition switch is in the
ON position, the ESC indicator light
ś State 2 illuminates, then goes off if the ESC
Press and hold the ESC OFF button system is operating normally.
continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
The ESC OFF indicator light and message the ESC is operating.
“Traction & Stability Control disabled”
illuminates and a warning chime sounds. If the ESC indicator light stays on, your
In this state, both the traction control vehicle may have a malfunction with
function of ESC (engine management) the ESC system. When this warning light
and the brake control function of ESC illuminates we recommend that the
(braking management) are disabled. vehicle be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
If the ignition switch is placed in the
LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the vehicle, The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
the ESC will automatically turn on again. when the ESC is turned off with the
button.

WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates
the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC off
while the ESC indicator light is blinking
or you may lose control of the vehicle
resulting in an accident.

6-48
 06
NOTICE Vehicle Stability Management
Driving with wheels and tires with (VSM) (if equipped)
different sizes may cause the ESC The Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
system to malfunction. Before replacing is a function of the Electronic Stability
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels Control (ESC) system. It helps ensure the
are the same size. Never drive the vehicle stays stable when accelerating
vehicle with different sized wheels and or braking suddenly on wet, slippery
tires installed. and rough roads where traction over the
four tires can suddenly become uneven.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
WARNING
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in Take the following precautions when
snow or mud, by temporarily stopping using the Vehicle Stability Management
operation of the ESC, to maintain wheel (VSM):
torque. ś ALWAYS check the speed and the
To turn ESC off while driving, press the distance to the vehicle ahead. The
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat VSM is not a substitute for safe
road surface. driving practices.
ś Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. The VSM system will not
NOTICE prevent accidents. Excessive speed
To prevent damage to the transmission: in bad weather, on slippery and
ś Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle to uneven roads can result in severe
spin excessively while the ESC, ABS, accidents.
and parking brake warning lights
are displayed. The repairs would not VSM operation
be covered by the vehicle warranty. VSM ON condition
Reduce engine power and do not
The VSM operates when:
spin the wheel(s) excessively while
these lights are displayed. ś The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
is on.
ś When operating the vehicle on
a dynamometer, make sure the ś Vehicle speed is approximately above
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light 15 km/h (9 mph) on curve roads.
illuminated). ś Vehicle speed is approximately above
20 km/h (12 mph) when the vehicle is
braking on rough roads.
Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS When operating
or standard brake system operation. When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate the ESC,
you may hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the
brake pedal. This is normal and it means
your VSM is active.

6-49
Driving your vehicle

Information Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) (if

The VSM does not operate when:
equipped)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
ś Driving on a banked road such as
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
gradient or incline.
backwards when starting a vehicle from
ś Driving in reverse. a stop on a hill. The system operates the
ś The ESC OFF indicator light is on. brakes automatically for approximately
ś The EPS (Electric power steering) 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2
warning light ( ) is on or blinks. seconds or when the accelerator pedal is
depressed.

WARNING
WARNING
If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS
warning light ( ) stays illuminated Always be ready to depress the
or blinks, your vehicle may have a accelerator pedal when starting off on
malfunction with the VSM system. a incline. The HAC activates only for
When the warning light illuminates approximately 2 seconds.
we recommend that the vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Information
dealer as soon as possible.
ś The HAC does not operate when the
shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
NOTICE
ś The HAC activates even when the ESC
Driving with wheels and tires with (Electronic Stability Control) is off.
different sizes may cause the VSM However, it does not activate, when the
system to malfunction. Before replacing ESC does not operate normally.
tires, make sure all four tires and wheels
are the same size. Never drive the
vehicle with different sized tires and
wheels installed.

6-50
 06
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) (if Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
equipped) (if equipped)
The Emergency Stop Signal system
alerts the driver behind by blinking the
stop lights, while sharply and severely
braking.
The system is activated when:
ś The vehicle suddenly stops. (The
deceleration power exceeds 7 m/
s2, and the driving speed exceeds 55
km/h (34 mph).)
ś The ABS is activated and the driving
speed exceeds 55 km/h (34 mph). OOS060020L
The hazard warning flasher automatically The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
turns ON after blinking the stop lights: supports the driver come down a steep
ś When the driving speed is under 40 hill without depressing the brake pedal.
km/h (25 mph), It slows down the vehicle under 8 km/h
ś When the ABS is deactivated, and (5 mph) (for dual clutch transmission
ś When the sudden braking situation is vehicles) or 8 km/h (5 mph) (for manual
over. transaxle vehicles) and lets the driver
concentrate on steering the vehicle.
The hazard warning flasher turns OFF:
ś When the vehicle drives at a low
speed for a certain period of time. WARNING
The driver can manually turn OFF the Always turn off the DBC on normal
hazard warning flasher by pressing the roads. The DBC might activate
button. inadvertently from the standby mode
when driving through speed bumps or
making sharp curves.
Information
The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) system NOTICE
will not activate, when the hazard warning
flashers are already on. ś The DBC defaults to the OFF position
whenever the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position.
ś Noise or vibration may occur
from the brakes when the DBC is
activated.
ś The rear stop light comes on when
DBC is activated.

6-51
Driving your vehicle

DBC operation
Mode Indicator light Description
Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under
40km/h (25mph). The DBC system will turn ON and enter
Standby the standby mode.
The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over
illuminated 40km/h (25mph).

In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 35km/h

(22mph) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC will
Activated activate automatically.

blinks

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily

deactivate under the following conditions:
śThe hill is not steep enough.
Temporarily
deactivated śThe brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.
illuminated If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will
automatically activate again.
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:
śThe DBC button is pressed again.
OFF śVehicle speed is over 60km/h (38mph).
not
illuminated

6-52
 06
WARNING Good braking practices
If the DBC red indicator light
illuminates, the system may have WARNING
overheated or have malfunctioned.
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
When the warning light illuminates
parking, always come to a complete
even though the DBC system has cooled
stop and continue to depress the brake
off, we recommend that the vehicle be
pedal. Move the shift lever into the P
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
(Park) position, then apply the parking
dealer as soon as possible.
brake, and place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF position.
NOTICE Vehicles parked with the parking brake
ś The DBC may not deactivate on steep not applied or not fully engaged may
inclines even though the brake or roll inadvertently and may cause injury
accelerator pedal is depressed. to the driver and others. ALWAYS apply
ś Do not turn on the DBC when driving the parking brake before exiting the
with shift lever in 3rd gear (and vehicle.
above) for vehicles with manual
transmission. The engine may stop if Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
the DBC system is activated. brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
ś The DBC does not operate when: driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
- The shift lever is in P (Park). quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
- The ESC is activated. may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If the
braking action does not return to normal,
stop as soon as it is safe to do so. We
recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.

6-53
Driving your vehicle

FOUR WHEEL DRIVE ǣWDǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

NOTICE
Do not drive in water if the level is
higher than the bottom of the vehicle.
ś Check your brake condition once
you are out of mud or water. Depress
the brake pedal several times as you
move slowly until you feel normal
braking return.
ś Shorten your scheduled
maintenance interval if you drive in
OOS060003K off-road conditions such as sand,
The Four Wheel Drive (4WD) System mud or water (see “Maintenance
delivers engine power to all front and Under Severe Usage Conditions” in
rear wheels for maximum traction. 4WD chapter 9).
is useful when extra traction is required ś Always wash your vehicle thoroughly
on slippery, muddy, wet, or snow- after off road use, especially the
covered roads. bottom of the vehicle.
Occasional off-road use such as ś Be sure to equip all four tires with the
established unpaved roads and trails are correct size and type.
OK. It is always important that the driver ś Make sure that a full time 4WD
carefully reduces the speed to a level vehicle is towed by a flat bed tow
that does not exceed the safe operating truck.
speed for those conditions.

WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH:
ś Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging off-road
conditions.
ś Avoid high speeds when cornering or
turning.
ś Do not make quick steering wheel
movements, such as sharp lane
changes or fast, sharp turns.
ś The risk of a rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of your
vehicle at highway speeds.
ś Loss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway
and the driver over steers to reenter
the roadway.
ś In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
6-54
 06
4WD operation
Four Wheel Drive (4WD) mode selection
Transfer
Selection button Indicator light Description
mode
In the 4WD AUTO mode, under
normal operating conditions,
the vehicle operates similar to
conventional 2WD vehicles. If the
4WD AUTO system determines there is a need
(4WD LOCK for four wheel drive, the engine’s
is deactivated) driving power is distributed to all
four wheels automatically.
(not illuminated) Use this mode when driving on
normal roads.

śThis mode is used for climbing

or descending sharp grades,
off-road driving, driving on
sandy and muddy roads, etc., to
maximize traction.
śThis mode automatically begins
to deactivate at speeds above
4WD LOCK
40 km (25 mph) and is shifted to
4WD AUTO mode at speed above
60 km (38 mph). If the vehicle
decelerates to speeds below
(illuminated) 40 km (25 mph), however, the
transfer mode is shifted into 4WD
LOCK mode again.

WARNING
If 4WD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a
malfunction with the 4WD system. When the 4WD warning light ( ) illuminates we
recommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.

CAUTION
When driving on normal roads, deactivate the 4WD LOCK mode by pushing the
4WD LOCK button (4WD LOCK indicator light goes off). Driving on normal roads
with the 4WD LOCK mode, especially, when cornering may cause mechanical noise
or vibration. The noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is
deactivated. Prolonged driving with the noise and vibration may damage some parts
of the power train.

6-55
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE CAUTION
When the 4WD LOCK mode is When the vehicle is stuck in snow, sand
deactivated, a sensation may be felt as or mud, place a non-slip material under
the driving power is delivered entirely the drive wheels to provide traction
to the front wheels. OR slowly spin the wheels in forward
and reverse directions which causes
For safe 4WD operation a rocking motion that may free the
Before driving vehicle. However, avoid running the
ś Make sure all passengers are wearing engine continuously at high RPM, doing
seat belts. so may damage the 4WD system.
ś Sit upright and closer to the steering
wheel than usual. Adjust the steering
wheel to a position comfortable for
you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icy roads

ś Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
ś Use snow tires or tire chains.
ś Keep sufficient distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. OLMB053017
ś Use engine braking during Driving up or down hills
deceleration.
ś Driving uphill
ś Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and sharp - Before starting off, check if it is
turns to prevent skids. possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
Driving in sand or mud ś Driving downhill
ś Maintain slow and constant speed. - Do not change gear while driving
ś Use tire chains driving in mud if downhill. Select gear before driving
necessary. downhill.
ś Keep sufficient distance between your - Drive slowly using engine braking
vehicle and the vehicle in front of you. while driving downhill.
ś Reduce vehicle speed and always - Drive straight as possible.
check the road condition.
ś Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration, WARNING
sudden brake applications, and sharp
turns to prevent getting stuck. Exercise extreme caution driving up or
down steep hills. The vehicle may flip
depending on the grade, terrain and
water/mud conditions.

6-56
 06
Additional driving conditions
ś Become familiar with the off-road
conditions before driving.
ś Always pay attention when driving off-
road and avoid dangerous areas.
ś Drive slowly when driving in heavy
wind.
ś Reduce vehicle speed when
cornering. The center of gravity
of 4WD vehicles is higher than
OLMB053018 conventional 2WD vehicles, making
them more likely to roll over when you
rapidly turn corners.
WARNING
Do not drive across the contour of steep
hills. A slight change in the wheel angle
can destabilize the vehicle, or a stable
vehicle may lose stability if the vehicle
stops its forward motion. Your vehicle
may roll over and lead to a serious injury
or death.

Driving through water

ś Try to avoid driving in deep standing
water. It may stall your engine and
OOS057075L
clog your exhaust pipes.
ś If you need to drive in water, stop your ś Always hold the steering wheel firmly
vehicle, set the vehicle in 4WD LOCK when you are driving off-Wroad.
mode and drive under 8 km/h (5mph).
ś Do not change gear while driving in WARNING
water. Do not grab the inside of the steering
wheel when you are driving off-road.
CAUTION You may hurt your arm by a sudden
steering maneuver or from steering
Always drive slowly in water. If you wheel rebound due to an impact with
drive too fast, water may get into the objects on the ground. You could lose
engine compartment and wet the control of the steering wheel which may
ignition system causing your vehicle to lead to serious injury or death.
suddenly stop.

6-57
Driving your vehicle

Emergency precautions
Tires
Do not use tire and wheel with different
size and type from the one originally
installed on your vehicle. It can affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could lead to steering failure or
rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to B
equip all four tires with the tire and wheel A
of the same size, type, tread, brand and OOS057009
load-carrying capacity. If you equip your
[A] : Roll Tester (Speedometer)
vehicle with any tire/wheel combination
[B] : Temporary Free Roller
not recommended by HYUNDAI for off-
road driving, you should not use these A full-time 4WD vehicle should not be
tires for highway driving. tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a 2WD
roll tester must be used, perform the
following procedure:
WARNING 1. Check the tire pressures
Never start or run the engine while a recommended for your vehicle.
full-time 4WD vehicle is raised on a jack. 2. Place the front wheels on the roll
The vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack tester for a speedometer test as
causing serious injury or death to you or shown in the illustration.
those nearby.
3. Release the parking brake.
Towing 4. Place the rear wheels on the
4WD vehicles must be towed with temporary free roller as shown in the
a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed illustration.
equipment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more information, refer to CAUTION
“Towing” in chapter 6.
ś Never engage the parking brake
Dynamometer testing while performing the test.
A full-time 4WD vehicle must be ś When the vehicle is lifted up, do not
tested on a special four wheel chassis operate the front and rear wheel
dynamometer. separately. All four wheels should be
operated.

WARNING
Keep away from the front of the vehicle
while the vehicle is in gear on the
dynamometer. The vehicle can jump
forward and cause serious injury or
death.

6-58
 06
IDLE STOP AND GO ǣISGǤ SYSTEM ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Your vehicle may be equipped with Auto stop
the ISG system, which reduces fuel
Gasoline engine
„ Diesel engine
„
consumption by stopping and restarting
the engine automatically.
The engine starts automatically as soon
as the starting conditions are met.

NOTICE
When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning lights
(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking
brake warning light) may turn on for a
OOS058013L OOS057013
few seconds. This happens because of
low battery voltage. It does not mean To stop the engine in idle stop mode
the system is malfunctioning. (except 48V MHEV)
Manual Transmission/Intelligent
Activating the ISG Manual Transmission
The ISG system turns on whenever you 1. Decrease the vehicle speed to less
switch the ignition on. than 5 km/h (3 mph).
2. Shift into N (Neutral) position.
Deactivating the ISG 3. Release the clutch pedal.

Intelligent Variable Transmission/Dual

Clutch Transmission
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 km/h
(0 mph).
2. Press the brake pedal.
The engine will stop and the green AUTO
STOP indicator ( ) on the instrument
cluster will illuminate.

OOS060014L
NOTICE
If you want to deactivate the ISG system,
ś Vehicle which is equipped with
press the ISG OFF button.
manual transmission or intelligent
The light on the ISG OFF button will manual transmission must reach
illuminate. a speed of at least 8 km/h (5 mph)
If you press the ISG OFF button again, since last idle stop and vehicle
the system will be activated and the light which is equipped with automatic
on the ISG OFF button will turn off. transmission or dual clutch
transmission must reach a speed of
at least 5 km/h (3 mph) since last idle
stop.
ś If you unfasten the seat belt or open
the driver's door (engine hood) ISG
system will be deactivated.

6-59
Driving your vehicle

To stop the engine in idle stop mode Intelligent Variable Transmission/Dual

(for 48V MHEV) Clutch Transmission
Manual Transmission/Intelligent ś Conventional Idle STOP
Manual Transmission - Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 km/h
Three versions of idle stop are available (0 mph).
for MHEV which is equipped with manual - Press the brake pedal.
transmission or intelligent manual
transmission. ś Extended Idle STOP
śConventional Idle STOP - Decrease the vehicle speed less than 25
km/h (15 mph).
- Decrease the vehicle speed to less than
7 km/h (4 mph). - Press the brake pedal.
- Shift into N (Neutral) position. ś During Sailing Mode
- Release the clutch pedal. You can keep engine off status from
sailing to standstill by pressing brake
śExtended Idle STOP pedal below 40 km/h (24 mph).
- Depress the brake pedal.
- Depress the clutch pedal. NOTICE
śDuring Sailing Mode Vehicle which is equipped automatic
You can keep engine off status from transmission or dual clutch
sailing to standstill by pressing clutch transmission must reach a speed of at
and brake pedal nearly at the same time. least 30 km/h (18 mph) for Extended
Idle STOP or 5 km/h (3 mph) for
Conventional Idle STOP since last idle
NOTICE stop.
1. If last gear position was 1st, ISG STOP - If you unfasten the seat belt or open the
will not be activated. driver's door (engine hood) in auto stop
2. Vehicle which is equipped with mode at standstill, ISG system will be
manual transmission or intelligent deactivated.
manual transmission must reach
a speed of at least 8 km/h (5 mph)
since last idle stop.
3. During ISG STOP status, you can shift
into N(Neutral) position and release
clutch pedal, then ISG STOP status
will remain as STOP.
4. Extended Idle STOP operates even
over 7km/h if it meets the speed
requirement in each gear position.
(example: Extended Idle STOP
operates even at the 3rd speed,
40km/h. (24 mph))
5. If you unfasten the seat belt or open
the driver's door (engine hood), ISG
system will be deactivated.

6-60
 06
Auto start Intelligent Variable Transmission/
To restart the engine from idle stop mode Dual Clutch Transmission
(except 48V MHEV) - Release the brake pedal.
Manual transmission vehicle/ The engine will start and the green AUTO
Intelligent Manual Transmission STOP indicator ( ) on the instrument
Vehicle which is equipped with manual cluster will go out.
transmission or intelligent manual
transmission is available two version of To restart the engine from idle stop mode
restart. (for 48V MHEV)
- Conventional restart Manual Transmission/Intelligent
Manual Transmission
Press the clutch pedal when the shift
lever is in the N (Neutral) position. - Before standstill
Press the clutch pedal if the clutch pedal
- Late restart (if equipped) has not pressed.
1. Depress the clutch pedal If the clutch pedal has already been
2. Engage the gear pressed, release the brake pedal or
move the gear to a position other than N
3. Release the brake pedal position.
- After standstill
NOTICE ś If the clutch pedal has already been
1. Late restart function is only operated pressed, release the brake pedal or
when it is on a level ground and the move the gear from N (Neutral).
vehicle is stable. ś If the clutch pedal is not pressed, the
2. To start the engine when the brake engine will restart in accordance with
pedal is not pressed or gear is already the LATE Restart procedure.
engaged, press the brake pedal first 1) Depress the clutch pedal
and press on the clutch pedal for
safety. 2) Engage the gear
3. To turn on the engine without vehicle 3) Release only the brake pedal
movement with the brake pedal
pressed (only with Late Restart),
 ś3UHVVDQGUHOHDVHWKHFOXWFKSHGDO
 ś3UHVVWKHFOXWFKSHGDODJDLQ
immediately
4. After the engine stall, If you operate
as below the engine will start.
 ś5HOHDVHWKHFOXWFKSHGDODIWHUWKH
engine completely stop
 ś'HSUHVVWKHFOXWFKSHGDO

6-61
Driving your vehicle

NOTICE Condition of ISG system

1. Late restart function is only operated operation
when it is on a level ground and the The ISG system will operate under the
vehicle is stable. following condition:
2. To start the engine when the brake ś The driver’s seatbelt is fastened
pedal is not pressed or gear is already
ś The driver’s door and hood are closed
engaged, press the brake pedal first
and press on the clutch pedal for ś The brake vacuum pressure is
safety. adequate
3. To turn on the engine without vehicle ś The battery sensor is activated and
movement with the brake pedal the battery is sufficiently charged
pressed (only with Late Restart), ś Outside temperature is not too low or
 ś3UHVVDQGUHOHDVHWKHFOXWFKSHGDO too high
 ś3UHVVWKHFOXWFKSHGDODJDLQ ś The vehicle is driven over a constant
immediately speed and stops
4. After the engine stall, if you operate ś The climate control system satisfies
as below the engine will start. the conditions
 ś5HOHDVHWKHFOXWFKSHGDODIWHUWKH ś The vehicle is sufficiently warmed up
engine completely stops ś The vehicle is not on a steep road
 ś'HSUHVVWKHFOXWFKSHGDO grade (Except Manual Transmission)
5. After operating ISG STOP, if the ś The steering wheel is not at a sharp
vehicle speed increases instead of angle (Except Manual Transmission)
decreasing, the engine may restart ś The vehicle is not at a high elevation
automatically. ś The front windshield defroster is off
ś You have not selected Manual shift
Intelligent Variable Transmission/
mode (Except Manual Transmission)
Dual Clutch Transmission
ś When sufficient time has elapsed after
Release the brake pedal
shifting to R (Reverse) was released
ISG system malfunction
NOTICE
After operating ISG STOP, if the vehicle
speed increases instead of decreasing,
the engine may restart automatically.

6-62
 06
The engine will also restart automatically ISG Indication
without the driver’s any actions if the
The ISG System is indicated by lamp on
following occurs:
the instrument cluster. If your vehicle is
ś The brake vacuum pressure is low. equipped with a supervision cluster, the
ś You have exceeded the maximum notice will illuminate on the LCD display.
engine off time Gasoline engine
„ Diesel engine
„
ś The air conditioning is ON with the fan
speed set to the highest position.
ś Fogging of the windows could occur
and the air conditioning is on.
ś The battery is not within optimal
operating conditions.
ś The cooling and heating performance
of the climate control system is
unsatisfactory.
ś When you press the ISG OFF button OOS058013L OOS057013
with the engine automatically stopped The system may require the engine to
(except Manual Transmission) manually restart when the light on the
ś Your vehicle is moving after standstill. ISG OFF button will illuminate and If your
ś You press the accelerator and the vehicle is equipped with a supervision
brake pedal at the same time. (Except cluster warning message comes on
Manual Transmission) continuously.
ś The driver safety belt becomes
unfastened or the driver door is
ajar (Except Manual Transmission)
conditions.
The green AUTO STOP indicator ( )
on the instrument cluster will blink for 5
seconds.

NOTICE
If the ISG system does not meet that
operation condition, the ISG system is
deactivated.

6-63
Driving your vehicle

Unintentionally, when the engine is

turned off or the vehicle is moving, if the
gear is engaged and the clutch pedal
is not pressed, the system displays the
warning message as shown below. At
this time, if the driver presses the clutch
pedal all the way, the engine restarts
automatically. (Only with Late Restart
equipped ISG system)

OOS060014L

OPDE050564L

OTLE055036 OAD055087

The engine will not start if the shift lever

is moved from the N (neutral) stage to
the D (driving) stage, manual mode, or R
(reverse) stage without stepping on the
brake pedal while the engine is stopped
automatically. At this time, if you press
the brake it will be restarted.
Conventional MT vehicle (not MHEV or
not equipped with LATE Restart) is able
to restart engine, only in Neutral gear.
If you select a gear, without depressing
clutch pedal fully, then warning will be
displayed with beep. You should restart
the engine in Neutral gear position.

6-64
 06
ISG malfunction NOTICE
The system may not operate when: If you want to use the ISG function, the
Gasoline engine
„ Diesel engine
„
battery sensor needs to be calibrated
for approximately 4 hours with the
ignition off and then, turn the engine on
and off 2 or 3 times.

WARNING
When the engine is in Idle Stop mode,
it's possible to restart the engine
without the driver taking any action.
Before leaving the car or doing anything
OOS058013L OOS057013
in the engine room area, stop the
engine by turning the ignition switch
The ISG related sensors or system error to the LOCK (OFF) position or removing
occurs. the ignition key.
The yellow AUTO STOP indicator ( ) on
the instrument cluster will stay on after
blinking for 5 seconds and the light on
the ISG OFF button will illuminate.

NOTICE
ś If the ISG OFF button light is not
turned off by pressing the ISG
OFF button again or if the ISG
system continuously does not
work correctly, have your vehicle
inspected by a professional
workshop as soon as possible.
Hyundai recommends to contact an
authorized Hyundai dealer.
ś When the ISG OFF button light comes
on, it may stop illuminating after
driving your vehicle at approximately
80 km/h for a maximum of two hours
and setting the fan speed control
knob below the 2nd position. If the
ISG OFF button light continues to be
illuminated in spite of the procedure,
have your vehicle inspected by a
professional workshop as soon as
possible. Hyundai recommends
to contact an authorized Hyundai
dealer.

6-65
Driving your vehicle

The battery sensor deactivation Information

The ISG system may not operate in the
following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
In those cases, we recommend that you
have the ISG system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOS090040E

[A] : Battery sensor

NOTICE
ś Use only the genuine HYUNDAI ISG
The battery sensor is deactivated, when
battery or the equivalent speficied
the battery is disconnected from the
for your vehicle for replacement. If
negative pole for maintenance purpose.
not, the ISG system may not normally
In this case, the ISG system is limitedly operate.
operated due to the battery sensor
ś Do not recharge the ISG battery with
deactivation. Thus, the driver needs
a general battery charger. If not,
to take the following procedures to
it may damage or explode the ISG
reactivate the battery sensor after
battery.
disconnecting the battery.
ś Do not remove the battery cap. If
Prerequisites to reactivate the not, the battery electrolyte, which
battery sensor is harmful to the human body, may
leak out.
Keep the engine in the OFF status for 4
hours, and attempt to restart the engine
3 to 4 times for the battery-sensor
reactivation.
Pay extreme caution not to connect any
accessories (i.e. navigation and black
box) to the vehicle with the engine in the
OFF status. If not, the battery sensor may
not be reactivated.

6-66
 06
START STOP COASTING ǣSSCǤ ǣFOR V MHEVǤ
Start Stop Costing helps reduce fuel Engine restarting conditions
consumption by automatically stopping
ś The engine will restart manually when:
the engine when the vehicle is in motion.
The engine is stopped when vehicle - The accelerator pedal is depressed
speed can be maintained without the - The brake pedal is depressed
accelerator pedal being depressed. - The gear is shifted
SSC operating conditions ś The engine will restart automatically
Start Stop Coasting will operate under when:
the following conditions. - The steering wheel is steered above
ś ECO is selected for driving mode 30~45 degrees
ś Vehicle speed maintains a certain - The road gradient is between -4~+4
speed percent
ś The accelerator or brake pedal is not - The remaining high voltage battery
depressed level or 12 volt battery level is low
When Start Stop Coasting is operating,
the ‘Sailing!’ message appears on the NOTICE
cluster.
ś Start Stop Coasting operates only
when Drive mode is ECO.
ś Start Stop Coasting may deactivate
depending on indoor or outdoor
temperature conditions.
ś Start Stop Coasting may deactivate
depending on climate control
conditions (defrost, fan speed, etc.).
ś Do not shift without depressing
the clutch pedal while activating
Start Stop Coasting. It may cause
transmission damage. Shift the gear
all the way after the clutch pedal
is fully depressed. (equipped with
Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT))

6-67
Driving your vehicle

DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Type A
„ ECO mode (if equipped)
When the Drive Mode is set
to ECO mode, the engine
and transmission control
logic are changed to
maximize fuel efficiency.
ś When the ECO mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the
ECO indicator will illuminate.
ś If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,
OOS060015L when the engine is turned OFF and
Type B
„ restarted, the Drive Mode setting will
remain in ECO mode.
ś Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will change to ECO
mode. If the vehicle is equipped
with intelligent manual transmission,
whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will change to ECO mode.

Information
OOS060012K Fuel efficiency depends on the driver’s
The drive mode may be selected driving habit and road condition.
according to the driver’s preference or
road condition. When ECO mode is activated:
The system resets to be in the NORMAL ś The acceleration response may be
mode (except if it is in ECO mode), when slightly reduced as the accelerator
the engine is restarted. pedal is depressed moderately.
When the engine is restarted, Drive ś The air conditioner performance may
Mode is set to ECO by default (for iMT/ be limited.
DCT with 48 MHEV).
ś The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission/dual clutch transmission
Information may change.
If there is a problem with the instrument ś The engine noise may get louder.
cluster, the drive mode will be in NORMAL
mode and may not change to SPORT mode. The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated,
The mode changes, as below, whenever to improve fuel efficiency.
the DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
ECO (if equipped)

SPORT NORMAL

When NORMAL mode is selected, it is

not displayed on the instrument cluster.

6-68
 06
Limitation of ECO mode operation: SPORT mode
If the following conditions occur while SPORT mode manages the
ECO mode is operating, the system driving dynamics by
operation is limited even though there is automatically adjusting the
no change in ECO indicator. steering effort, the engine
ś When the coolant temperature is low: and transmission control
logic for enhanced driving
The system will be limited until engine
performance.
performance becomes normal.
ś When SPORT mode is selected by
ś When driving the vehicle with the
pressing the DRIVE MODE button, the
automatic transmission/dual clutch
SPORT indicator will illuminate.
transmission gear shift lever in manual
shift mode: ś Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
The system will be limited due to the
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode is
shift location.
desired, re-select SPORT mode from
the DRIVE MODE button.
NOTICE ś Whenever the engine is restarted,
Start Stop Coasting (SSC) is activated the Drive Mode will change to ECO
when Drive Mode is ECO mode (for iMT/ mode. If the vehicle is equipped
DCT with 48 MHEV). with intelligent manual transmission,
whenever the engine is restarted, the
Drive Mode will change to ECO mode.
ś When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to remain
raised over a certain length of time
even after releasing the accelerator
- Upshifts are delayed when
accelerating
- When braking condition, the
transmission downshifted earlier for
re-acceleration (for DCT).

Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency may
decrease.

6-69
Driving your vehicle

TRACTION CONTROL ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Traction Control is a system that Traction mode operation
achieve optimal driving performance by
controlling engine and braking by road
condition (snow, muddy, sandy).

Traction Control mode

OOS060016L OOS060017L

OOS060012L

If you press the “DRIVE/TRACTION”

mode button, the driving mode is
changed from Driving control to Traction
control. You can select SNOW, MUD
or SAND mode by rotation the knob.
If you press the “DRIVE/TRACTION”
mode button again, the driving mode OOS060018L
is changed from Traction Control to Traction mode offers special traction
previous driving control. tuning for snow/mud/sand, optimizing
The driving mode will be set to Driving available traction in adverse conditions.
control when the restarted, If it is in Traction mode adjusts left and right
Traction Control. wheel slip control, engine torque and
shift patterns according to available
traction levels.
WARNING
Traction mode is designed base on
2WD (2 Wheel Drive), Do not drive in
condition that exceed the vehicles
intended design.
Invalid mode selection can lead to loss
of traction and skidding, particularly
on slippery roads, this can cause you to
lose control of the vehicle, which can
lead to accidents and serious injuries.

6-70
 06
LCD display message ś When the message "Transmission
Transmission hot! Park with engine cooled down. Resume driving (Trans
On cooled. Resume driving)" appears you
can continue to drive your vehicle.
ś When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.

OJS058137L

OJS058138L

ś Under certain conditions, such as

harsh driving conditions (mud or sand
road), the transmission temperatures
will increase excessively. Finally the
transmission could be overheated.
ś If the vehicle continues to be driven
and the transmission temperatures
reach the maximum temperature
limit, the "Transmission hot! Park with
engine On" warning will be displayed.
When this occurs the transmission is
disabled until the transmission cools
to normal temperatures.
ś The warning will display a time to wait
for the transmission to cool.
ś If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes and
shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow
the transmission to cool.

6-71
Driving your vehicle

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions WARNING
When hazardous driving elements If the vehicle is stuck and excessive
are encountered such as water, snow, wheel spin occurs, the temperature
ice, mud and sand, take the following in the tires can increase very quickly.
precautions: If the tires become damaged, a tire
ś Drive cautiously and maintain a longer blow out or tire explosion can occur.
braking distance. This condition is dangerous - you and
ś Avoid abrupt braking or steering. others may be injured. Do not attempt
this procedure if people or objects are
ś When your vehicle is stuck in snow, anywhere near the vehicle.
mud, or sand, use the second
gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid If you attempt to free the vehicle, the
unnecessary wheel spinning. vehicle can overheat quickly, possibly
causing an engine compartment fire
ś Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or other or other damage. Try to avoid spinning
non-slip materials under the wheels the wheels as much as possible to
to provide additional traction while prevent overheating of either the tires
being stuck in ice, snow, or mud. or the engine. DO NOT allow the vehicle
to spin the wheels above 56 km/h (35
WARNING mph).
Downshifting with an a automatic
transmission/dual clutch transmission Information
while driving on slippery surfaces can The ESC system (if equipped) must be
cause an accident. The sudden change turned OFF before rocking the vehicle.
in tire speed could cause the tires to
skid. Be careful when downshifting on
slippery surfaces. NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking the
Rocking the vehicle vehicle a few times, have the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn engine overheating, possible damage to
the steering wheel right and left to clear the transmission, and tire damage. See
the area around your front wheels. Then, “Towing” in chapter 8.
shift back and forth between R (Reverse)
and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do
not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait until
the wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transmission
is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in
forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.

6-72
 06
Smooth cornering Driving in the rain
Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving
corners, especially when roads are wet. dangerous. Here are a few things to
Ideally, corners should always be taken consider when driving in the rain or on
under gentle acceleration. slick pavement:
ś Slow down and allow extra following
Driving at night distance. A heavy rainfall makes
Night driving presents more hazards than it harder to see and increases the
driving in the daylight. Here are some distance needed to stop your vehicle.
important tips to remember: ś Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (if
ś Slow down and keep more distance equipped)
between you and other vehicles, as it ś Replace your windshield wiper blades
may be more difficult to see at night, when they show signs of streaking or
especially in areas where there may missing areas on the windshield.
not be any street lights. ś Be sure your tires have enough tread.
ś Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare If your tires do not have enough tread,
from other drivers’ headlamps. making a quick stop on wet pavement
ś Keep your headlamps clean and can cause a skid and possibly lead to
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly an accident. See “Tire replacement”
aimed headlamps will make it much in chapter 9.
more difficult to see at night. ś Turn on your headlamps to make it
ś Avoid staring directly at the easier for others to see you.
headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You ś Driving too fast through large puddles
could be temporarily blinded, and it can affect your brakes. If you must go
will take several seconds for your eyes through puddles, try to drive through
to readjust to the darkness. them slowly.
ś If you believe your brakes may be wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the water.
The best advice is SLOW DOWN when
the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increases as

the depth of tire tread decreases, refer
to “Tire replacement” in chapter 9.

6-73
Driving your vehicle

Driving in flooded areas Reducing the risk of a rollover

Avoid driving through flooded areas Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is
unless you are sure the water is no defined as a Sports Utility Vehicle (SUV).
higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. SUV’s have higher ground clearance
Drive through any water slowly. Allow and a narrower track to make them
adequate stopping distance because capable of performing in a wide variety
brake performance may be reduced. of off-road applications. The specific
After driving through water, dry the design characteristics give them a higher
brakes by gently applying them several center of gravity than ordinary vehicles
times while the vehicle is moving slowly. making them more likely to roll over if
you make abrupt turns. Utility vehicles
Highway driving have a significantly higher rollover rate
than other types of vehicles. Due to this
Tires risk, driver and passengers are strongly
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified. recommended to buckle their seat belts.
Under-inflation may overheat or damage In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
the tires. is significantly more likely to die than a
Do not install worn-out or damaged tires, person wearing a seat belt.
which may reduce traction or fail the There are steps that a driver can make
braking operation. to reduce the risk of a rollover. If at all
possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers, do not load your vehicle
Information with heavy cargo on the roof, and never
Never over-inflate your tires above the modify your vehicle in any way.
maximum inflation pressure, as specified
on your tires.
WARNING
Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Utility vehicles have a significantly
Driving at higher speeds on the highway higher rollover rate than other types of
consumes more fuel and is less efficient vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of
than driving at a slower, more moderate control:
speed. Maintain a moderate speed in ś Take corners at slower speeds than
order to conserve fuel when driving on you would with a passenger vehicle.
the highway. ś Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
Be sure to check both the engine coolant maneuvers.
level and the engine oil before driving. ś Do not modify your vehicle in any
way that you would raise the center
Drive belt of gravity.
A loose or damaged drive belt may ś Keep tires properly inflated.
overheat the engine. ś Do not carry heavy cargo on the roof.

WARNING
In a rollover crash, an unbelted person
is significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seat belt. Make sure
all passengers are wearing their seat
belts.

6-74
 06
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of winter Snow tires
quickly wear out tires and cause other
problems. To minimize winter driving
problems, you should take the following WARNING
suggestions: Snow tires should be equivalent in size
and type to the vehicle’s standard tires.
Otherwise, the safety and handling of
Information your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Information for Snow Tires and Tire
Chains in the national language (Icelandic) If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
is provided in the Appendix. make sure to use radial tires of the same
size and load range as the original tires.
Snow or icy conditions Mount snow tires on all four wheels
You need to keep sufficient distance to balance your vehicle’s handling in
between your vehicle and the vehicle in all weather conditions. The traction
front of you. provided by snow tires on dry roads
may not be as high as your vehicle’s
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, rapid
original equipment tires. Check with
acceleration, sudden brake applications,
the tire dealer for maximum speed
and sharp turns are potentially
recommendations.
very hazardous practices. During
deceleration, use engine braking to the
fullest extent. Sudden brake applications Information
on snowy or icy roads may cause skids
to occur. Do not install studded tires without first
checking local and municipal regulations
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it for possible restrictions against their use.
may be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains,
a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a
shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,
etc.

6-75
Driving your vehicle

Tire chains Information

ś Install tire chains on the front tires.
It should be noted that installing
tire chains on the tires will provide
a greater driving force, but will not
prevent side skids.
ś Do not install studded tires without
first checking local and municipal
regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.

OOS060004K Chain Installation

Since the sidewalls of radial tires are When installing tire chains, follow the
thinner than other types of tires, they manufacturer’s instructions and mount
may be damaged by mounting some them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
types of tire chains on them. Therefore, (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with
the use of snow tires is recommended chains installed. If you hear the chains
instead of tire chains. Do not mount contacting the body or chassis, stop and
tire chains on vehicles equipped with tighten them. If they still make contact,
aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a slow down until the noise stops. Remove
wire type snow chain. If tire chains must the tire chains as soon as you begin
be used, use genuine HYUNDAI parts driving on cleared roads.
or equivalent specified for your vehicle When mounting snow chains, park the
and install the tire chain after reviewing vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
the instructions provided with the tire Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
chains. Damage to your vehicle caused Flasher and place a triangular emergency
by improper tire chain use is not covered warning device behind the vehicle (if
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. available). Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
WARNING chains.
The use of tire chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling:
ś Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph)
or the chain manufacturer’s
recommended speed limit,
whichever is lower.
ś Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
ś Avoid sharp turns or locked wheel
braking.

6-76
 06
NOTICE Winter Precautions
When using tire chains: Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
ś Wrong size chains or improperly Your vehicle is delivered with high
installed chains can damage your quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, cooling system. It is the only type of
body and wheels. coolant that should be used because it
ś Use SAE “S” class or wire chains. helps prevent corrosion in the cooling
system, lubricates the water pump and
ś If you hear noise caused by chains prevents freezing. Be sure to replace or
contacting the body, retighten the replenish your coolant in accordance
chain to prevent contact with the with the maintenance schedule in
vehicle body. chapter 9. Before winter, have your
ś To prevent body damage, retighten coolant tested to assure that its freezing
the chains after driving 0.5~1.0 km point is sufficient for the temperatures
(0.3~0.6 miles). anticipated during the winter.
ś Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels. If Check battery and cables
unavoidable, use a wire type chain. Winter temperatures affect battery
ś Use wire chains less than 12 mm (0.47 performance. Inspect the battery and
in) wide to prevent damage to the cables, as specified in the chapter 9.
chain’s connection. We recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Change to “winter weight” oil if

necessary
In some regions during winter, it is
recommended to use the “winter
weight” oil with lower viscosity. For
further information, refer to the chapter
2. When you are not sure about a type of
winter weight oil, we recommend that
you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignition system

Inspect the spark plugs, as specified
in the chapter 9. If necessary, replace
them. Also check all ignition wirings and
components for any cracks, wear-out,
and damage.

6-77
Driving your vehicle

To prevent locks from freezing Do not let ice and snow accumulate
To prevent the locks from being frozen, underneath
spray approved de-icing fluid or glycerin Under some conditions, snow and ice
into key holes. When a lock opening is can build up under the fenders and
already covered with ice, spray approved interfere with the steering. When driving
de-icing fluid over the ice to remove it. in such conditions during the severe
When an internal part of a lock freezes, winter, you should check underneath
try to thaw it with a heated key. Carefully the vehicle on a regular basis, to ensure
use the heated key to avoid an injury. that the front wheels and the steering
components is unblocked.
Use approved window washer anti-
freeze solution in system Carry emergency equipment
To prevent the window washer from In accordance with weather conditions,
being frozen, add authorized window you should carry appropriate emergency
washer anti-freeze solution, as specified equipment, while driving. Some of the
on the window washer container. items you may want to carry include tire
Window washer anti-freeze solution is chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight,
available from an authorized HYUNDAI emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper
dealer, and most vehicle accessory cables, window scraper, gloves, ground
outlets. Do not use engine coolant or cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
other types of anti-freeze solution, to
prevent any damage to the vehicle paint. Do not place objects or materials in the
engine compartment
Do not let your parking brake freeze Putting objects or materials in the engine
Under some conditions your parking compartment may cause an engine
brake can freeze in the engaged position. failure or combustion, because they may
This is most likely to happen when there block the engine cooling. Such damage
is an accumulation of snow or ice around will not be covered by the manufacturer’s
or near the rear brakes or if the brakes warranty.
are wet. When there is the risk that your
parking brake may freeze, temporarily
apply it with the shift lever in P (Park).
Also, block the rear wheels in advance,
so the vehicle may not roll. Then, release
the parking brake.

6-78
 06
TRAILER TOWING ǣFOR EUROPEǤ
If you are considering to tow with your
vehicle, you should first your country’s
Information - For Europe
legal requirements. As laws vary the ś The technically permissible maximum
requirements for towing trailers, cars, or load on the rear axle(s) may be
other types of vehicles or apparatus may exceeded by not more than 15 % and
differ. We recommend that you ask an the technically permissible maximum
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for further laden mass of the vehicle may be
details before towing. exceeded by not more than 10% or 100
Remember that trailering is different kg (220.4 lbs), whichever value is lower.
than just driving your vehicle by In this case, do not exceed 100 km/h
itself. Trailering means changes in (62.1 mph) for vehicle of category M1
handling, durability, and fuel economy. or 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehicle of
Successful, safe trailering requires category N1.
correct equipment, and it has to be used ś When a vehicle of category M1 is
properly. Damage to your vehicle caused towing a trailer, the additional load
by improper trailer towing is not covered imposed at the trailer coupling device
by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty. may cause the tire maximum load
This section contains many time-tested, ratings to be exceeded, but not by more
important trailering tips and safety than 15%. In this case, do not exceed
rules. Many of these are important for 100 km/h (62.1 mph) and increase the
your safety and that of your passengers. tire inflation pressure by at least 0.2
Please read this section carefully before bar.
you pull a trailer. Ã M1 : passenger vehicle (9-seater or
under)
à N1 : commercial vehicle (3.5ton or
WARNING under)
Take the following precautions:
ś If you don’t use the correct
equipment and/or drive improperly,
you can lose control of the vehicle
when you are pulling a trailer. For
example, if the trailer is too heavy,
the braking performance may be
reduced. You and your passengers
could be seriously or fatally injured.
Pull a trailer only if you have followed
all the steps in this section.
ś Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW (Gross
Combination Weight), GVW (Gross
Vehicle Weight), GAW (Gross Axle
Weight) and trailer tongue load are
all within the limits.
ś When you tow a trailer, make sure to
turn off the ISG system.

6-79
Driving your vehicle

If you decide to pull a trailer? Trailer weight

Here are some important points if you Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight
decide to pull a trailer:
ś Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a trailer hitch dealer about
sway control.
ś Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 2,000 km (1,200
miles) in order to allow the engine to
properly break in. Failure to heed this
caution may result in serious engine
or transmission damage.
OLMB053047
ś When towing a trailer, we
recommend that you consult an What is the maximum safe weight of a
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for trailer? It should never weigh more than
further information on additional the maximum trailer weight with trailer
requirements such as a towing kit, etc. brakes. But even that can be too heavy.
ś Always drive your vehicle at a It depends on how you plan to use your
moderate speed (less than 100 km/h trailer. For example, speed, altitude,
(60 mph)) or posted towing speed road grades, outside temperature and
limit. how often your vehicle is used to pull a
trailer are all important. The ideal trailer
ś On a long uphill gradient, do not weight can also depend on any special
exceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or the equipment that you have on your vehicle.
posted towing speed limit, whichever
is lower.
ś Carefully observe the weight and load
limits provided in the following pages.

6-80
 06
Tongue load WARNING
Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight
Take the following precautions:
ś Never load a trailer with more weight
in the rear than in the front. The front
should be loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load; the rear
should be loaded with approximately
40% of the total trailer load.
ś Never exceed the maximum weight
limits of the trailer or trailer towing
equipment.
OLMB053048 Improper loading can result in
The tongue load is an important weight damage to your vehicle and/or
to measure because it affects the personal injury. Check weights and
total Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) of loading at a commercial scale or
your vehicle. The trailer tongue should highway patrol office equipped with
weigh a maximum of 10% of the total scales.
loaded trailer weight, within the limits
of the maximum trailer tongue load
permissible. Information
After you’ve loaded your trailer, With increasing altitude the engine
weigh the trailer and then the tongue, performance decreases. From 1,000 m
separately, to see if the weights are above sea level and for every 1,000 m
proper. If they aren’t, you may be able thereafter 10% of vehicle/trailer weight
to correct them simply by moving some (trailer weighter + gross vehicle weight)
items around in the trailer. must be deducted.

6-81
Driving your vehicle

Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer (for Europe)

Gasoline Engine
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDI/
Smartstream
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDI (48V)
Item G1.6 T-GDI
MHEV
MT IMT DCT DCT
2WD 2WD 2WD 2WD 4WD
With brake
Maximum trailer system 1200 (2645) 1250 (2756)
weight
kg (Ibs.) Without 600 (1322)
brake system
Maximum permissible static
vertical load on the coupling
80 (176)
device
kg (Ibs.)
Recommended distance from
rear wheel center to coupling
820 (32.3)
point
mm (inch)

Diesel Engine
Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV
Item
IMT DCT
2WD 2WD 4WD
With brake Standard package : 700 (1543)
Maximum trailer system Trailer Package : 1250 (2756)
weight
kg (Ibs.) Without brake 600 (1322)
system
Maximum permissible static
vertical load on the coupling
80 (176)
device
kg (Ibs.)
Recommended distance from
rear wheel center to coupling
820 (32.3)
point
mm (inch)
M/T : Manual transmission
DCT : Dual clutch transmission
IMT : Intelligent manual transmission

6-82
 06
Trailer towing equipment ś Any part of the rear number plate or
Hitches lighting devices of the vehicle must
not be obscured by the mechanical
coupling device. If the rear number
plate and/or lighting devices can
be obscured partially by any part
of the mechanical coupling device,
mechanical coupling devices that can
not be easily removed or repositioned
without use of any tools, except an
easily operated (i.e. an effort not
exceeding 20Nm) release key which is
supplied by the manufacturer of the
coupling device, are not permitted for
OOS060019L use.
Please note that the mechanical
Information coupling device that is fitted and not
in use must always be removed or
The mounting hole for hitches are located repositioned if the rear number
on both sides of the underbody behind the plate and/or rear lighting devices
rear tires. are obscured by any part of the
mechanical coupling device.
It’s important to have the correct hitch ś A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory is
equipment. Crosswinds, large trucks available at an authorized HYUNDAI
going by, and rough roads are a few dealer.
reasons why you’ll need the right hitch.
Here are some rules to follow: Safety chains
ś Do you have to make any holes in You should always attach chains between
the body of your vehicle when you your vehicle and your trailer.
install a trailer hitch? If you do, then
be sure to seal the holes later when Instructions about safety chains may
you remove the hitch. If you don’t seal be provided by the hitch manufacturer
them, carbon monoxide (CO) from or trailer manufacturer. Follow the
your exhaust can get into your vehicle, manufacturer’s recommendation for
as well as dirt and water. attaching safety chains. Always leave just
enough slack so you can turn with your
ś The bumpers on your vehicle are not trailer. And, never allow safety chains to
intended for hitches. Do not attach drag on the ground.
rental hitches or other bumper-type
hitches to them. Use only a frame-
mounted hitch that does not attach to
the bumper.

6-83
Driving your vehicle

Trailer brakes Driving with a trailer

If your trailer is equipped with a braking Towing a trailer requires a certain
system, make sure it conforms to amount of experience. Before setting
your country’s regulations and that out for the open road, you must get to
it is properly installed and operating know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with
correctly. the feel of handling and braking with the
If your trailer weighs more than the added weight of the trailer. And always
maximum trailer weight without trailer keep in mind that the vehicle you are
brakes loaded, then it needs its own driving is now longer and not nearly as
brakes and they must be adequate. responsive as your vehicle is by itself.
Be sure to read and follow the Before you start, check the trailer hitch
instructions for the trailer brakes so you’ll and platform, safety chains, electrical
be able to install, adjust and maintain connector(s), lights, tires and brakes.
them properly. Be sure not to modify During your trip, occasionally check
your vehicle’s brake system. to be sure that the load is secure, and
that the lights and trailer brakes are still
working.
WARNING
Do not use a trailer with its own brakes Distance
unless you are absolutely certain that Stay at least twice as far behind the
you have properly set up the brake vehicle ahead as you would when driving
system. This is not a task for amateurs. your vehicle without a trailer. This can
Use an experienced, competent trailer help you avoid situations that require
shop for this work. heavy braking and sudden turns.

Passing
You will need more passing distance up
ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And,
because of the increased vehicle length,
you’ll need to go much farther beyond
the passed vehicle before you can return
to your lane.

Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering wheel
with one hand. Then, to move the trailer
to the left, move your hand to the left. To
move the trailer to the right, move your
hand to the right. Always back up slowly
and, if possible, have someone guide
you.

6-84
 06
Making turns Driving on hills
When you’re turning with a trailer, make Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear
wider turns than normal. Do this so your before you start down a long or steep
trailer won’t strike soft shoulders, curbs, downgrade. If you don’t shift down, you
road signs, trees, or other objects. Avoid might have to use your brakes so much
jerky or sudden maneuvers. Signal well in that they would get overheated and may
advance. not operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down and
Turn signals reduce your speed to around 70 km/h (45
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle has mph) to reduce the possibility of engine
to have a different turn signal flasher and and transmission overheating.
extra wiring. The green arrows on your If your trailer weighs more than the
instrument panel will flash whenever you maximum trailer weight without
signal a turn or lane change. Properly trailer brakes and you have automatic
connected, the trailer lights will also flash transmission/dual clutch transmission,
to alert other drivers you’re about to turn, you should drive in D (Drive) when
change lanes, or stop. towing a trailer.
When towing a trailer, the green arrows Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)
on your instrument panel will flash for when towing a trailer will minimize heat
turns even if the bulbs on the trailer build-up and extend the life of your
are burned out. Thus, you may think transmission.
drivers behind you are seeing your
signals when, in fact, they are not. It’s
important to check occasionally to be NOTICE
sure the trailer bulbs are still working. To prevent engine and/or transmission
You must also check the lights every time overheating:
you disconnect and then reconnect the ś When towing a trailer on steep
wires. grades (in excess of 6%) pay close
attention to the engine coolant
WARNING temperature gauge to ensure the
engine does not overheat. If the
Do not connect a trailer lighting system needle of the coolant temperature
directly to your vehicle’s lighting gauge moves towards “H” (HOT),
system. Use an approved trailer wiring pull over and stop as soon as it is
harness. Failure to do so could result in safe to do so, and allow the engine
damage to the vehicle electrical system to idle until it cools down. You may
and/or personal injury. We recommend proceed once the engine has cooled
that you consult an authorized sufficiently.
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
ś If you tow a trailer with the maximum
gross vehicle weight and maximum
trailer weight, it can cause the
engine or transmission to overheat.
When driving in such conditions,
allow the engine to idle until it cools
down. You may proceed once the
engine or transmission has cooled
sufficiently.

6-85
Driving your vehicle

ś When towing a trailer, your vehicle Parking on hills

speed may be much slower than the Generally, if you have a trailer attached
general flow of traffic, especially to your vehicle, you should not park your
when climbing an uphill gradient. vehicle on a hill.
Use the right hand lane when towing
a trailer on an uphill gradient.
Choose your vehicle speed according However, if you ever have to park your
to the maximum posted speed trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it:
limit for vehicles with trailers, the 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking space.
steepness of the gradient, and your Turn the steering wheel in the
trailer weight. direction of the curb (right if headed
ś Vehicles equipped with a down hill, left if headed up hill).
automatic transmission/dual clutch 2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park, for
transmission when towing a trailer automatic transmission/dual clutch
on steep gradients, need to be aware transmission vehicle) or neutral (for
that the clutch in the transmission manual transmission vehicle).
could overheat.
3. Set the parking brake and shut off the
When the clutch is overheated, the vehicle.
safe protection mode engages. If the
4. Place wheel chocks under the trailer
safe protection mode engages, the
wheels on the down hill side of the
gear position indicator on the cluster
wheels.
blinks with a chime sound.
5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes, shift
At this time, a warning message
to neutral, release the parking brake
will appear on the LCD display and
and slowly release the brakes until the
driving may not be smooth.
trailer chocks absorb the load.
If you ignore this warning, the driving
6. Reapply the brakes and parking
condition may become worse.
brakes.
To return to normal driving
7. Move the shift lever to P (Park, for
conditions, stop the vehicle on a flat
automatic transmission/dual clutch
road and apply the foot brake for a
transmission vehicle) or 1st gear (for
few minutes before driving off.
manual transmission vehicle) when
the vehicle is parked on a uphill
gradient and in R (Reverse) on a
downhill.
8. Shut off the vehicle and release the
vehicle brakes but leave the parking
brake set.

6-86
 06
WARNING Maintenance when towing a
To prevent serious or fatal injury:
trailer
Your vehicle will need service more
ś Do not get out of the vehicle without
often when you regularly pull a trailer.
the parking brake firmly set. If you
Important items to pay particular
have left the engine running, the
attention to include engine oil, automatic
vehicle can move suddenly. You and
transmission/dual clutch transmission
others could be seriously or fatally
fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system
injured.
fluid. Brake condition is another
ś Do not apply the accelerator pedal to important item to frequently check.
hold the vehicle on an uphill. If you’re trailering, it’s a good idea to
review these items before you start your
Ready to leave after parking on a hill trip. Don’t forget to also maintain your
1. With the shift lever in P (Park, for trailer and hitch. Follow the maintenance
automatic transmission/dual clutch schedule that accompanied your trailer
transmission vehicle) or neutral (for and check it periodically. Preferably,
manual transmission vehicle), apply conduct the check at the start of each
your brakes and hold the brake pedal day’s driving. Most importantly, all hitch
down while you: nuts and bolts should be tight.
śStart your engine;
śShift into gear; and NOTICE
śRelease the parking brake. To prevent vehicle damage:
2. Slowly remove your foot from the ś Due to higher load during trailer
brake pedal. usage, overheating might occur on
hot days or during uphill driving.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of If the coolant gauge indicates
the chocks. over-heating, switch off the air
4. Stop and have someone pick up and conditioner and stop the vehicle in a
store the chocks. safe area to cool down the engine.
ś Do not switch off the engine while
the coolant gauge indicates over-
heating.
(Keep the engine idle to cool down
the engine)
ś When towing check automatic
transmission/dual clutch
transmission fluid more frequently.
ś If your vehicle is not equipped with
an air conditioner, you should install
a condenser fan to improve engine
performance when towing a trailer.

6-87
Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT
Two labels on your driver’s door sill show GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
how much weight your vehicle was This is the maximum allowable weight
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading of the fully loaded vehicle (including
Information Label and the Certification all options, equipment, passengers
Label. and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize Certification Label located on the driver’s
yourself with the following terms for door sill.
determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, from the vehicle’s specifications Overloading
and the Certification Label:

Base Curb Weight WARNING

This is the weight of the vehicle The Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
including a full tank of fuel and all and the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
standard equipment. It does not (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the
include passengers, cargo, or optional Certification Label attached to the
equipment. driver’s (or front passenger’s) door.
Exceeding these ratings can cause an
Vehicle Curb Weight accident or vehicle damage. You can
calculate the weight of your load by
This is the weight of your new vehicle weighing the items (and people) before
when you picked it up from your dealer putting them in the vehicle. Be careful
plus any aftermarket equipment. not to overload your vehicle.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)

This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the Certification Label. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)

This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers.

6-88
7. Driver assistance system
Driving Safety
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Front view camera only) .................... 7-2
Forward Collision–Avoidance Assist (FCA) (Sensor fusion) ...................................7-14
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ....................................................................................... 7-28
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) ...................................................................... 7-34
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ........................................................7-43
Safe Exit Warning (SEW)..........................................................................................7-56
Manual Speed Limit Assist (MSLA) (for Europe) .....................................................7-61
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (ISLW) .................................................................7-64
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) .............................................................................7-69
Driving Convenience
Cruise Control (CC) ...................................................................................................7-75
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) .................................................................................... 7-79
Navigation-Based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC) ..................................................7-95
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ....................................................................................7-102
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ............................................................................... 7-106
Parking Safety
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ........................................................................................7-112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) ...................................................... 7-116
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA) .........................................7-124
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ............................................................7-134
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ............................................ 7-137
Declaration of conformity ............................................................................................7-142

7
Driver assistance system

FORWARD COLLISIONǙAVOIDANCE ASSIST ǣFCAǤ

ǣFRONT VIEW CAMERA ONLYǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
ś NEVER disassemble the detecting
sensor or sensor assembly, or apply
any impact on it.
ś If the detecting sensor have been
replaced or repaired, we recommend
that you have your vehicle inspected
OTM070237
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is ś NEVER install any accessories or
designed to help detect and monitor the stickers on the front windshield, or
vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in tint the front windshield.
the roadway and warn the driver that
a collision is imminent with a warning ś Pay extreme caution to keep the
message and audible warning, and if front view camera dry.
necessary, apply emergency braking. ś NEVER place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
Detecting sensor dashboard. Any light reflection may
prevent the system from functioning
properly.

OOS070001K
[1] : Front view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.

7-2
 07
Forward Collision-Avoidance WARNING
Assist settings When the engine is restarted, Forward
Setting features Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is selected
after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.

CAUTION
If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking is
not assisted.

OTM070090N Information
Forward Safety Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
With the engine on, select or deselect will turn off when ESC is turned off by
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ)RUZDUG6DIHW\ŔIURP pressing and holding the ESC OFF button
the Settings menu to set whether or not for more than 3 seconds. The warning
to use each function. light will illuminate on the cluster.
- ,Iœ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔLVVHOHFWHGWKH
function will warn the driver with
a warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk.
- ,Iœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔLVVHOHFWHGWKH
function will warn the driver with
a warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
- ,Iœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHGWKHV\VWHPZLOO
turn off. The warning light will
illuminate on the cluster.

The driver can monitor Forward Collision-

Avoidance Assist ON/OFF status from the
Settings menu. If the warning light
remains ON when the function is ON, we
recommend that you have the function
inspected by an HYUNDAI dealer.

7-3
Driver assistance system

OTM070140N OTM070141N

Warning Timing Warning Volume

With the engine on, select ‘Driver With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH $VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the initial Settings menu to change the Warning
warning activation time for Forward 9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, If you change the warning volume,
:DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX the Warning Volume of other Driver
change the Warning Timing, the warning Assistance systems may change.
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
CAUTION
ś The setting of the Warning timing
and Warning volume applies to
all functions of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
ś Even though, ‘Normal’ is selected for
Warning Timing if the front vehicle
suddenly stops the initial warning
activation time may not seem late.
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting.

7-4
 07
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
Warning and control
The basic feature of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is to help warn and
control the vehicle depending on
FROOLVLRQOHYHOœ&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJŔ
œ(PHUJHQF\%UDNLQJŔDQGœ6WRSSLQJ
YHKLFOHDQGHQGLQJEUDNHFRQWUROŔ
OTM070144N
Emergency braking
ś To warn the driver that emergency
braking will occur, the ‘Emergency
%UDNLQJŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU
on the cluster and an audible warning
will sound.
ś If a vehicle is detected in front,
the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 10~60 km/h (6~37
OTM070143N
mph).
Collision warning ś If a pedestrian is detected in front,
the function will operate when
ś To warn the driver of a collision, the your vehicle speed is between
œ&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJH approximately 10~60 km/h (6~37
will appear on the cluster and an mph).
audible warning will sound.
ś In emergency braking situation,
ś If a vehicle is detected in front, braking is assisted with strong braking
the function will operate when power by the function to help prevent
your vehicle speed is between collision with the vehicle or pedestrian
approximately 10~180 km/h (6~112 ahead.
mph).
ś If a pedestrian is detected in front,
the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 10~60 km/h (6~37
mph).
ś ,Iœ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔLVVHOHFWHGEUDNLQJ
may be assisted.

7-5
Driver assistance system

ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
ś The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehicle.
Do not solely depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance,
and, if necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce driving speed or to
stop the vehicle.
OTM070059L
ś Never deliberately operate Forward
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
ś When the vehicle is stopped due animal, objects, etc. It may cause
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive serious injury or death.
FDUHIXOO\ŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
appear on the cluster. Assist may not operate if the driver
For your safety, the driver should depresses the brake pedal to avoid
depress the brake pedal immediately collision.
and check the surroundings. ś Depending on the road and driving
ś Brake control will end after the vehicle conditions, Forward Collision-
is stopped by emergency braking for Avoidance Assist may warn the driver
approximately 2 seconds. late or may not warn the driver.
ś During Forward Collision-Avoidance
WARNING Assist operation the vehicle may
stop suddenly injuring passengers
Take the following precautions when and shifting loose objects. Always
using Forward Collision-Avoidance have the seat belt on and keep loose
Assist: objects secured.
ś For your safety, change the Settings ś If any other function’s warning
after parking the vehicle at a safe message is displayed or audible
location. warning is generated, Forward
ś With ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’ Collision-Avoidance Assist warning
selected, when ESC is turned off by message may not be displayed
pressing and holding the ESC OFF and audible warning may not be
button for more than 3 seconds, generated.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist ś You may not hear the warning sound
will turn off automatically. In this of Forward Collision-Avoidance
case, the function cannot be set Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
from the Settings menu and the ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
warning light will illuminate on the Assist may turn off or may not
cluster which is normal. If ESC is operate properly or may operate
turned on by pressing the ESC OFF unnecessarily depending on the road
button, Forward Collision-Avoidance conditions and the surroundings.
Assist will maintain the last setting.

7-6
 07
WARNING Forward Collision-Avoidance
ś Even if there is a problem with
Assist malfunction and
Forward Collision-Avoidance limitations
Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
performance will operate normally. malfunction
ś During emergency braking, Type A
„ Type B
„
braking control by the function
will automatically cancel when the
driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.

CAUTION
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating speed range may reduce
due to the conditions of the vehicle or OTM070094N OTM070094L
pedestrian in front or surroundings. When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Depending on the speed, the function Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check
may only warn the driver, or the function )RUZDUG6DIHW\V\VWHP V ŔZDUQLQJ
may not operate. message will appear, and the and
warning lights will illuminate on the
cluster. We recommend that the function
Information be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
In a situation where collision is imminent, dealer.
braking may be assisted by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist when braking
is insufficient by the driver.

7-7
Driver assistance system

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Limitations of Forward Collision-

disabled Avoidance Assist
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may
not operate normally, or the system
may operate unexpectedly under the
following circumstances:
ś The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
ś The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
ś The camera lens is contaminated due
OTM070093N to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
When the front windshield where the material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
front view camera is located or the glass
sensor is covered with foreign material,
such as snow or rain, it can reduce the ś Moisture is not removed or frozen on
detecting performance and temporarily the windshield
limit or disable Forward Collision- ś Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
Avoidance Assist. or the wiper is on
If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety system ś Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
GLVDEOHG&DPHUDREVFXUHGŔZDUQLQJ fog
message, and the and warning ś The field of view of the front view
lights will illuminate on the cluster. camera is obstructed by sun glare
The function will operate normally when ś Street light or light from an oncoming
such snow, rain or foreign material is vehicle is reflected on the wet road
removed. surface, such as a puddle on the road
If the function does not operate normally ś An object is placed on the dashboard
after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed, we recommend ś Your vehicle is being towed
that the function be inspected by an ś The surrounding is very bright
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. ś The surrounding is very dark, such as
in a tunnel, etc.
WARNING ś The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
ś Even though the warning message or tunnel
warning light does not appear on the
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance ś The brightness outside is low, and the
Assist may not properly operate. headlamps are not on or are not bright
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate in an
area (e.g. open terrain), where any
substance are not detected after
turning ON the engine.

7-8
 07
ś Driving through steam, smoke or ś You are departing or returning to the
shadow lane
ś Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or ś Unstable driving
cyclist is detected ś You are on a roundabout and the
ś The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy vehicle in front is not detected
truck, truck with a unusually shaped ś You are continuously driving in a circle
luggage, trailer, etc.
ś The vehicle in front has an unusual
ś The vehicle in front has no tail lights, shape
tail lights are located unusually, etc.
ś The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
ś The brightness outside is low, and the downhill
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
ś The pedestrian is not fully detected,
ś The rear of the front vehicle is small for example, if the pedestrian is
or the vehicle does not look normal, leaning over or is not fully walking
such as when the vehicle is tilted, upright
overturned, or the side of the vehicle
is visible, etc. ś The pedestrian is wearing clothing or
equipment that makes it difficult to
ś 7KHIURQWYHKLFOHŔVJURXQGFOHDUDQFHLV detect as a pedestrian
low or high
ś A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly cuts
in front
ś The vehicle in front is detected late
ś The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
ś The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
ś The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
ś 7KHIURQWYHKLFOHŔVVSHHGLVIDVWRU
OADAS051
slow
ś The vehicle in front steers in the The illustration above shows the image
opposite direction of your vehicle to the front view camera will detect as a
avoid a collision vehicle and pedestrian.
ś With a vehicle in front, your vehicle ś The pedestrian in front is moving very
changes lane at low speed quickly
ś The vehicle in front is covered with ś The pedestrian in front is short or is
snow posing a low posture
ś The pedestrian in front has impaired
mobility
ś The pedestrian in front is moving
intersected with the driving direction

7-9
Driver assistance system

ś There is a group of pedestrians or a WARNING

large crowd in front
ś The pedestrian is wearing clothing ś Driving on a curve
that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to
detect
ś The pedestrian is difficult to
distinguish from the similar shaped
structure in the surroundings
ś You are driving by a pedestrian,
traffic sign, structure, etc. near the
intersection
ś Driving in a parking lot
ś Driving through a tollgate, OADAS003 OADAS002
construction area, unpaved road, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
partial paved road, uneven road, may not detect other vehicles
speed bumps, etc. or pedestrians in front of you on
ś Driving on an incline road, curved curved roads adversely affecting the
road, etc. performance of the sensors. This may
ś Driving through a roadside with trees result in no warning or braking assist
or streetlights when necessary.
ś The adverse road conditions cause When driving on a curve, you must
excessive vehicle vibrations while maintain a safe braking distance,
driving and if necessary, steer the vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
ś Your vehicle height is low or high reduce your driving speed in order to
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire maintain a safe distance.
pressure, etc.
ś Driving through a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown
ś There is interference by
electromagnetic waves such as
driving in an area with strong radio
waves or electrical noise

7-10
 07
ś Driving on a slope

OADAS006 OADAS005

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist OADAS009

may detect a vehicle or pedestrian
in the next lane or outside the lane
when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the function may
unnecessarily warn the driver and
control the brake. Always check the
traffic conditions around the vehicle.

OADAS007

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist

may not detect other vehicles or
pedestrians in front of you while
driving uphill or downhill adversely
affecting the performance of the
sensors.
This may result in unnecessary
warning or braking assist, or no
warning or braking assist when
necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle or
pedestrian ahead is suddenly
detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and
if necessary, steer the vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.

7-11
Driver assistance system

ś Changing lanes

OADAS033
[A] : Your vehicle,
OADAS032
[B] : Lane changing vehicle,
[A] : Your vehicle,
[C] : Same lane vehicle
[B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your lane When a vehicle in front of you
from an adjacent lane, it cannot merges out of the lane, Forward
be detected by the sensor until it Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
is in the sensor's detection range. immediately detect the vehicle that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is now in front of you.
may not immediately detect the In this case, you must maintain a safe
vehicle when the vehicle changes braking distance, and if necessary,
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must steer the vehicle and depress the
maintain a safe braking distance, brake pedal to reduce your driving
and if necessary, steer the vehicle speed in order to maintain a safe
and depress the brake pedal to distance.
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.

7-12
 07
ś Detecting vehicle WARNING
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are
similar in shape or characteristics
to vehicles and pedestrians are
detected.
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
OOS058022 does not operate on bicycles,
If the vehicle in front of you has motorcycles, or smaller wheeled
cargo that extends rearward from objects, such as luggage bags,
the cab, or when the vehicle in front shopping carts, or strollers.
of you has higher ground clearance, ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
additional special attention is Assist may not operate normally if
required. Forward Collision- interfered by strong electromagnetic
Avoidance Assist may not be able waves.
to detect the cargo extending from ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
the vehicle. In these instances, may not operate for 15 seconds after
you must maintain a safe braking the vehicle is started, or the front
distance from the rearmost object, view camera is initialized.
and if necessary, steer the vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.

7-13
Driver assistance system

FORWARD COLLISIONǙAVOIDANCE ASSIST ǣFCAǤ

ǣSENSOR FUSIONǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Detecting sensor (Front view
camera, Front radar)

OJX1070255L

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is

designed to help detect and monitor the OOS070001K
vehicle ahead or help detect a pedestrian
or cyclist in the roadway and warn the
driver that a collision is imminent with
a warning message and an audible
warning, and if necessary, apply
emergency braking.

OOS070002K
[1] : Front view camera,
[2] : Front radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.

7-14
 07
CAUTION ś If unnecessary force has been
applied to the radar or around the
Take the following precautions to radar, Forward Collision-Avoidance
maintain optimal performance of the Assist may not properly operate
detecting sensor: even though a warning message
ś Never disassemble the detecting does not appear on the cluster. We
sensor or sensor assembly, or apply recommend that the vehicle be
any impact on it. inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
ś If the detecting sensors have been dealer.
replaced or repaired, we recommend ś Use only genuine parts to repair or
that you have your vehicle inspected replace a damaged front radar cover.
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Do not apply paint to the front radar
ś Never install any accessories or cover.
stickers on the front windshield, or
tint the front windshield.
ś Pay extreme caution to keep the
front view camera dry.
ś Never place any reflective objects
(i.e. white paper, mirror) over the
dashboard. Any light reflection may
prevent the system from functioning
properly.
ś Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker,
film or a bumper guard, near the
front radar cover.
ś Always keep the front radar and
cover clean and free of dirt and
debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized
water directly on the sensor or
sensor cover.

7-15
Driver assistance system

Forward Collision-Avoidance WARNING

Assist settings When the engine is restarted, Forward
Setting features Collision-Avoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is selected
after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.

CAUTION
ś If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
is not assisted.
ś The settings for Forward Safety
include ‘Basic function’.
OTM070090N

Forward Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect Information
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ)RUZDUG6DIHW\ŔIURP Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
the Settings menu to set whether or not will turn off when ESC is turned off by
to use each function. pressing and holding the ESC OFF button
- ,Iœ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔLVVHOHFWHGWKH for more than 3 seconds. The warning
function will warn the driver with light will illuminate on the cluster.
a warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk.
- ,Iœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔLVVHOHFWHGWKH
function will warn the driver with
a warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
- ,Iœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHGWKHIXQFWLRQZLOO
turn off. The warning light will
illuminate on the cluster.

The driver can monitor Forward

Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF
status from the Settings menu. If the
warning light remains ON when the
function is ON, we recommend that the
function be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

7-16
 07

OTM070140N OTM070141N

Warning Timing Warning Volume

With the engine on, select ‘Driver With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH $VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the initial Settings menu to change the Warning
warning activation time for Forward 9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered, If you change the warning volume,
:DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX the Warning Volume of other Driver
change the Warning Timing, the warning Assistance systems may change.
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
CAUTION
ś The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to
all functions of Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
ś Even though ‘Normal’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if the front vehicle
suddenly stops, the initial warning
activation time may not seem late.
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting.

7-17
Driver assistance system

Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Basic function
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist is to help warn and
control the vehicle depending on the
FROOLVLRQOHYHOœ&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJŔ
œ(PHUJHQF\%UDNLQJŔDQGœ6WRSSLQJ
YHKLFOHDQGHQGLQJEUDNHFRQWUROŔ
OTM070144N
Emergency Braking
ś To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
œ(PHUJHQF\%UDNLQJŔZDUQLQJ
message will appear on the cluster
and an audible warning will sound.
ś If a vehicle is detected in front,
the function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 10~75 km/h (6~47
OTM070143N
mph).
Collision Warning ś If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, the function will operate
ś To warn the driver of a collision, the when your vehicle speed is between
œ&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJH approximately 10~65 km/h (6~40
will appear on the cluster and an mph).
audible warning will sound.
ś In emergency braking situation,
ś If a vehicle is detected in front, braking is assisted with strong braking
the function will operate when power by the function to help prevent
your vehicle speed is between collision with the vehicle, pedestrian
approximately 10~180 km/h (6~112 or cyclist ahead.
mph).
ś If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, the function will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 10~85 km/h (6~53
mph).
ś ,Iœ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔLVVHOHFWHGEUDNLQJ
may be assisted.

7-18
 07
WARNING
Take the following precautions when
using Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist:
ś For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.
ś With ‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’
selected, when ESC is turned off by
pressing and holding the ESC OFF
OTM070059L
button for more than 3 seconds,
Stopping vehicle and ending brake control Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
ś When the vehicle is stopped due will turn off automatically. In this
to emergency braking, the ‘Drive case, the function cannot be set
FDUHIXOO\ŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO from the Settings menu and the
appear on the cluster. warning light will illuminate on the
For your safety, the driver should cluster which is normal. If ESC is
depress the brake pedal immediately turned on by pressing the ESC OFF
and check the surroundings. button, Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will maintain the last setting.
ś Brake control will end after the vehicle
is stopped by emergency braking for ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
approximately 2 seconds. does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
ś The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehicle.
Do not solely depend on Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce driving speed or to stop
the vehicle.
ś Never deliberately operate Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may cause
serious injury or death.
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the driver
depresses the brake pedal to avoid
collision.
ś Depending on the road and driving
conditions, Forward Collision-
Avoidance Assist may warn the driver
late or may not warn the driver.

7-19
Driver assistance system

ś During Forward Collision-Avoidance CAUTION

Assist operation, the vehicle may
stop suddenly injuring passengers ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
and shifting loose objects. Always Assist operating speed range may
have the seat belt on and keep loose reduce due to the conditions of
objects secured. the vehicle or pedestrian in front
ś If any other system’s warning or surroundings. Depending on the
message is displayed or audible speed, the system may only warn
warning is generated, Forward the driver, or the system may not
Collision-Avoidance Assist warning operate.
message may not be displayed ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
and audible warning may not be will operate under certain conditions
generated. by judging the risk level based on
ś You may not hear the warning sound the condition of the oncoming
of Forward Collision-Avoidance vehicle, driving direction, speed and
Assist if the surrounding is noisy. surroundings.
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may turn off or may not Information
operate properly or may operate In a situation where collision is imminent,
unnecessarily depending on the road braking may be assisted by Forward
conditions and the surroundings. Collision-Avoidance Assist when braking
is insufficient by the driver.
WARNING
ś Even if there is a problem with
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking
performance will operate normally.
ś During emergency braking,
braking control by the system will
automatically cancel when the
driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal or sharply steers
the vehicle.

7-20
 07
Forward Collision-Avoidance Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
Assist malfunction and disabled
limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction
Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM070093N OTM070095N

When the front windshield where the

front view camera is located, front radar
OTM070094N OTM070094L
cover, or sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or rain, it can
When Forward Collision-Avoidance reduce the detecting performance and
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check temporarily limit or disable Forward
)RUZDUG6DIHW\V\VWHP V ŔZDUQLQJ Collision-Avoidance Assist.
message will appear, and the and
warning lights will illuminate on the If this occurs the ‘Forward Safety
cluster. We recommend that the function V\VWHP V GLVDEOHG&DPHUDREVFXUHGŔRU
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI the ‘Forward Safety system(s) disabled.
dealer. 5DGDUEORFNHGŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJH
and the and warning lights will
illuminate on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
when such snow, rain or foreign material
is removed.
If the function does not operate normally
after obstruction (snow, rain, or foreign
material) is removed, we recommend
that the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-21
Driver assistance system

WARNING ś Your vehicle is being towed

ś The surrounding is very bright
ś Even though the warning message or
warning light does not appear on the ś The surrounding is very dark, such as
cluster, Forward Collision-Avoidance in a tunnel, etc.
Assist may not properly operate. ś The brightness changes suddenly, for
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist example when entering or exiting a
may not properly operate in an tunnel
area (e.g. open terrain), where any ś The brightness outside is low, and the
substance are not detected after headlamps are not on or are not bright
turning ON the engine. ś Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
Limitations of Forward Collision-
ś Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian or
Avoidance Assist cyclist is detected
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist may ś The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
not operate normally, or the system truck, truck with a unusually shaped
may operate unexpectedly under the luggage, trailer, etc.
following circumstances:
ś The vehicle in front has no tail lights,
ś The detecting sensor or the tail lights are located unusually, etc.
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged ś The brightness outside is low, and the
tail lamps are not on or are not bright
ś The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low ś The rear of the front vehicle is small
or the vehicle does not look normal,
ś The camera lens is contaminated due such as when the vehicle is tilted,
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield, overturned, or the side of the vehicle
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign is visible, etc.
material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
glass ś 7KHIURQWYHKLFOHŔVJURXQGFOHDUDQFHLV
low or high
ś Moisture is not removed or frozen on
the windshield ś A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front
ś Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on ś The bumper around the front radar is
impacted, damaged or the front radar
ś Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick is out of position
fog
ś The temperature around the front
ś The field of view of the front view radar is high or low
camera is obstructed by sun glare
ś Street light or light from an oncoming
vehicle is reflected on the wet road
surface, such as a puddle on the road
ś An object is placed on the dashboard

7-22
 07
ś Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge ś The pedestrian or cyclist is not
ś Driving in large areas where there are fully detected, for example, if the
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert, pedestrian is leaning over or is not
meadow, suburb, etc.) fully walking upright
ś Driving near areas containing metal ś The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing
substances, such as a construction clothing or equipment that makes it
zone, railroad, etc. difficult to detect as a pedestrian or
cyclist
ś A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
ś The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not reflect
on the front radar
ś The vehicle in front is detected late
ś The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
ś The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed
ś The vehicle in front is bent out of OADAS044
shape
The illustration above shows the image
ś 7KHIURQWYHKLFOHŔVVSHHGLVIDVWRU the front view camera will detect as a
slow vehicle, pedestrian and cyclist.
ś The vehicle in front steers in the ś The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
opposite direction of your vehicle to moving very quickly
avoid a collision
ś The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
ś With a vehicle in front, your vehicle short or is posing a low posture
changes lane at low speed
ś The pedestrian or cyclist in front has
ś The vehicle in front is covered with impaired mobility
snow
ś The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
ś You are departing or returning to the moving intersected with the driving
lane direction
ś Unstable driving ś There is a group of pedestrians,
ś You are on a roundabout and the cyclists or a large crowd in front
vehicle in front is not detected
ś You are continuously driving in a circle
ś The vehicle in front has an unusual
shape
ś The vehicle in front is driving uphill or
downhill

7-23
Driver assistance system

ś The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing WARNING

clothing that easily blends into the
background, making it difficult to ś Driving on a curve
detect
ś The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult to
distinguish from the similar shaped
structure in the surroundings
ś You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic sign, structure, etc. near
the intersection
ś Driving in a parking lot
ś Driving through a tollgate,
construction area, unpaved road,
partial paved road, uneven road, OADAS014
speed bumps, etc.
ś Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
ś Driving through a roadside with trees
or streetlights
ś The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
ś Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc. OADAS016 OADAS018
ś Driving through a narrow road where Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
trees or grass are overgrown may not detect other vehicles,
ś There is interference by pedestrians or cyclists in front of you
electromagnetic waves, such as on curved roads adversely affecting
driving in an area with strong radio the performance of the sensors. This
waves or electrical noise may result in no warning or braking
assist when necessary.
When driving on a curve, you must
maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer the vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.

7-24
 07
ś Driving on a slope

OADAS015

OADAS012

OADAS017 OADAS019

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist OADAS010 OADAS011

may detect a vehicle, pedestrian or Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
cyclist in the next lane or outside the may not detect other vehicles,
lane when driving on a curved road. pedestrians or cyclists in front of
If this occurs, the system may you while driving uphill or downhill
unnecessarily warn the driver and adversely affecting the performance
control the brake. Always check the of the sensors.
traffic conditions around the vehicle. This may result in unnecessary
warning or braking assist, or no
warning or braking assist when
necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly
decrease when a vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist ahead is suddenly
detected.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving uphill or downhill and
if necessary, steer your vehicle and
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.

7-25
Driver assistance system

ś Changing lanes

OADAS031
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle,
OADAS030
[C] : Same lane vehicle
[A] : Your vehicle,
[B] : Lane changing vehicle When a vehicle in front of you
When a vehicle moves into your lane merges out of the lane, Forward
from an adjacent lane, it cannot Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
be detected by the sensor until it immediately detect the vehicle that
is in the sensor's detection range. is now in front of you. In this case,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist you must maintain a safe braking
may not immediately detect the distance, and if necessary, steer your
vehicle when the vehicle changes vehicle and depress the brake pedal
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must to reduce your driving speed in order
maintain a safe braking distance, to maintain a safe distance.
and if necessary, steer your vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.

7-26
 07
ś Detecting vehicle WARNING
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may operate if objects that are
similar in shape or characteristics to
vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists are
detected.
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
OOSH069048 does not operate on bicycles,
If the vehicle in front of you has motorcycles, or smaller wheeled
cargo that extends rearward from objects, such as luggage bags,
the cab, or when the vehicle in front shopping carts, or strollers.
of you has higher ground clearance, ś Forward Collision-Avoidance
additional special attention is Assist may not operate normally if
required. Forward Collision- interfered by strong electromagnetic
Avoidance Assist may not be able waves.
to detect the cargo extending from ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
the vehicle. In these instances, may not operate for 15 seconds after
you must maintain a safe braking the vehicle is started, or the front
distance from the rearmost object, view camera is initialized.
and if necessary, steer your vehicle
and depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.

7-27
Driver assistance system

LANE KEEPING ASSIST ǣLKAǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Lane Keeping Assist is designed to help Lane Keeping Assist settings
detect lane markings (or road edges) Setting features
while driving over a certain speed. The
function will warn the driver if the vehicle
leaves the lane without using the turn
signal, or will automatically assist the
GULYHUŔVVWHHULQJWRKHOSSUHYHQWWKH
vehicle from departing the lane.

Detecting sensor
(Front view camera)

OTM070184N

Lane Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ/DQH6DIHW\ŔIURP
the Settings menu to set whether or not
to use each function.
- ,Iœ$VVLVWŔLVVHOHFWHGWKHIXQFWLRQ
ZLOODXWRPDWLFDOO\DVVLVWWKHGULYHUŔV
OOS070001K steering when lane departure is
[1] : Front view camera detected to help prevent the vehicle
The front view camera is used as a from moving out of its lane.
detecting sensor to detect lane markings - If 'Warning Only' is selected, the
(or road edges). function will warn the driver with an
Refer to the picture above for the audible warning when lane departure
detailed location of the detecting sensor. is detected. The driver must steer the
vehicle.
- ,Iœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHGWKHIXQFWLRQZLOO
CAUTION turn off. The indicator light will
For more details on the precautions turn off on the cluster.
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7. WARNING
ś If 'Warning Only' is selected, steering
is not assisted.
ś Lane Keeping Assist does not control
the steering wheel when the vehicle
is driven in the middle of the lane.
ś The driver should always be aware
of the surroundings and steer the
vehicle if ‘Off’ is selected.

7-28
 07
Turning the function On/Off (Lane
Driving Assist button)

OTM070141N

Warning Volume
OOS070014K With the engine on, select ‘Driver
ś Except Europe $VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
With the engine on, press and hold Settings menu to change the Warning
the Lane Driving Assist button located 9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
on the steering wheel to turn on Lane Keeping Assist.
Lane Keeping Assist. The white If you change the Warning Volume,
indicator light will illuminate on the the Warning Volume of other Driver
cluster. Assistance systems may be changed.
Press the button again to turn off the
system.
If the engine is restarted, Lane
Keeping Assist will maintain the last
setting.
ś For Europe
Whenever the engine is turned on,
Lane Keeping Assist will always turn
on. The white indicator light will
illuminate on the cluster.
When Lane Keeping Assist is on,
press and hold the Lane Driving Assist
button to turn off the function.

CAUTION
When the Lane Driving Assist button is
pressed shortly, Lane Following Assist
will turn on and off.

7-29
Driver assistance system

Lane Keeping Assist operation Lane Keeping Assist

Warning and control ś To warn the driver that the vehicle
Lane Keeping Assist will help warn and is departing from the projected lane
control the vehicle with Lane Departure in front, the green indicator
Warning and Lane Keeping Assist. light will blink on the cluster, and the
steering wheel will make adjustments
Left
„ Right
„
to keep the vehicle inside the lane.
ś The function will operate when
your vehicle speed is between
approximately 60~200 km/h (40~120
mph).

Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM070027 OTM070028

Lane Departure Warning

ś To warn the driver that the vehicle is
departing from the projected lane in
front, the green indicator light
will blink on the cluster, the lane line OTM070037N OTM070037L
will blink on the cluster depending on
which direction the vehicle is veering, Hands-off warning
and an audible warning will sound. If the driver takes their hands off the
ś The function will operate when steering wheel for several seconds, the
your vehicle speed is between œ3ODFHKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJZKHHOŔ RU
approximately 60~200 km/h (40~120 œ.HHSKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJZKHHOŔ 
mph). warning message will appear on the
cluster, and an audible warning will
sound in stages.

7-30
 07
WARNING Information
ś The steering wheel may not be ś You may change settings from the
assisted if the steering wheel is held instrument cluster (User Settings) or
very tight or the steering wheel is infotainment system (Vehicle Settings),
steered over a certain degree. whichever option that is provided with
ś Lane Keeping Assist does not operate your vehicle. For more details, see
at all times. It is the responsibility of "User Settings" section in chapter 4, or
the driver to safely steer the vehicle "Vehicle Settings" section in supplied
and to maintain the vehicle in its Infotainment Manual.
lane. ś When lane markings (or road edges)
ś The hands–off warning message are detected, the lane lines on the
may appear late depending on road cluster will change from grey to white
conditions. Always have your hands and the green indicator light will
on the steering wheel while driving. illuminate.
ś If the steering wheel is held very Lane undetected
„ Lane detected
„
lightly, the hands–off warning
message may appear because the
function may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the steering
wheel.
ś If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, the hands-off warning may
not work properly.

OTM070025 OTM070026

ś Even though the steering is assisted by

Lane Keeping Assist, the driver may
control the steering wheel.
ś The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist than
when it is not.

7-31
Driver assistance system

Lane Keeping Assist malfunction ś If the vehicle is driven at high speed,

and limitations the steering wheel will not be
controlled. The driver must always
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction follow the speed limit when using
Type A
„ Type B
„ the function.
ś If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Lane Keeping
Assist warning message may not be
displayed and audible warning may
not be generated.
ś You may not hear the warning
sound of Lane Keeping Assist if the
surrounding is noisy.
OTM070035N OTM070035L ś If you attach objects to the steering
wheel, steering may not be assisted
When Lane Keeping Assist is not working
properly.
properly, the ‘Check Lane Keeping
$VVLVW /.$ V\VWHPŔ RUœ&KHFN/.$ ś Lane Keeping Assist may not operate
/DQH.HHSLQJ$VVLVW V\VWHPŔ ZDUQLQJ for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
message will appear and the yellow started, or the front view camera is
indicator light will illuminate on the initialized.
cluster. If this occurs, we recommend ś Lane Keeping Assist will not operate
that the function be inspected by an when:
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. - The turn signal or hazard warning
flasher is turned on
WARNING - The vehicle is not driven in the
center of the lane when the system
Take the following precautions when
is turned on or right after changing
using Lane Keeping Assist:
a lane
ś The driver should hold the
- ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
responsibility to safely drive and
or VSM (Vehicle Stability
control the vehicle. Do not solely rely
Management) is activated
on the system and drive dangerously.
- The vehicle is driven on a sharp
ś The operation of Lane Keeping
curve
Assist can be cancelled or not
work properly depending on road - Vehicle speed is below 55 km/h
conditions and surroundings. Always (35 mph) or above 210 km/h
be cautious while driving. (130 mph)
ś Refer to “Limitations of the Function - The vehicle makes sharp lane
” if the lane is not detected properly. changes
ś When you are towing a trailer or - The vehicle brakes suddenly
another vehicle, we recommend that
Lane Keeping Assist is turned off due
to safety reasons.

7-32
 07
Limitations of Lane Keeping Assist ś There is a road edge without a lane
malfunction ś There is a boundary structure in the
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate roadway, such as a tollgate, sidewalk,
normally or may operate unexpectedly curb, etc.
under the following circumstances: ś The distance to the front vehicle is
ś The lane is contaminated or difficult extremely short or the vehicle in front
to distinguish because, is covering the lane marking (or road
- The lane markings (or road edge) edge)
is covered with rain, snow, dirt, oil,
etc. For more details on the limitations
of the front view camera, refer to
- The color of the lane marking (or “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
road edge) is not distinguishable (FCA)” section in chapter 7.
from the road
- There are markings (or road edges)
on the road near the lane or the
markings (or road edges) on the
road looks similar to the lane
markings (or road edge)
- The lane marking (or road edge) is
indistinct or damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking
(or road edge) by a median strip,
trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
ś There are more than two lane
markings (or road edges) on the road
ś The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings (or
road edges) are crossing
ś The lane markings (or road edges) are
complicated or a structure substitutes
for the lines, such as a construction
area
ś There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings and
road signs
ś The lane suddenly disappears, such as
at the intersection
ś The lane (or road width) is very wide
or narrow

7-33
Driver assistance system

BLINDǘSPOT COLLISION WARNING ǣBCWǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Blind-Spot Collision Warning is designed
to help detect and monitor approaching
YHKLFOHVLQWKHGULYHUŔVEOLQGVSRWDUHD
and warn the driver of a possible collision
with a warning message and audible
warning.

OJX1079026

Blind-Spot Collision Warning helps

detect and informs the driver that a
vehicle is approaching at high speed
from the blind spot area.

OJX1079256
CAUTION
Blind-Spot Collision Warning helps
detect and inform the driver that a Warning timing may vary depending on
vehicle is in the blind spot. the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.

CAUTION
Information
The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your vehicle. In the following text, Blind-Spot Collision
However, even if there is a vehicle in Warning will be referred as Blind-Spot
the blind spot, the system may not warn Safety system.
you when you pass by at high speed.

7-34
 07
Detecting sensor ś The system may not work properly
if the bumper has been replaced, or
the surroundings of the rear corner
radar has been damaged or paint has
been applied.
ś If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed,
it may adversely affect the
performance of the rear corner radar
or the system may not operate.

Blind-Spot Safety system

settings
OOS070004K Setting features
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
ś Never disassemble the rear corner
radar or radar assembly, or apply any
impact on it. OTM070202N

ś If the rear corner radars have been Blind-Spot Safety

replaced or repaired, we recommend With the engine on, select or deselect
that the vehicle be inspected by an œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\Ŕ
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. from the Settings menu to set whether or
ś If there is impact on the rear not to use each function.
corner radar or near the radar, - ,Iœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔLVVHOHFWHGWKH
even though the warning message function will warn the driver with
does not appear on the cluster, a warning message and an audible
Blind-Spot Safety system may not warning depending on the collision
operate properly. We recommend risk levels. Braking will not be assisted.
that the system be inspected by an - ,Iœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHGWKHIXQFWLRQZLOO
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. turn off.
ś Use only genuine parts to repair the
rear bumper where the rear corner
radar is located.
ś Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker,
film or a bumper guard near the rear
corner radar.

7-35
Driver assistance system

OTM070097N OTM070140N

When the engine is restarted with the Warning Timing

function off, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety With the engine on, select ‘Driver
6\VWHPLV2IIŔPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDURQ $VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH
the cluster. Settings menu to change the initial
,I\RXFKDQJHWKHVHWWLQJIURPœ2IIŔWR warning activation time for Blind-Spot
œ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔWKHZDUQLQJOLJKWRQWKH Safety system.
outside rearview mirror will blink for When the vehicle is first delivered,
three seconds. :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX
In addition, if the engine is turned on, change the Warning Timing, the warning
when the function is set to ‘Warning time of other Driver Assistance systems
2QO\ŔWKHZDUQLQJOLJKWRQWKHRXWVLGH may change.
rearview mirror will blink for three
seconds.

WARNING
ś If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
is not assisted.
ś If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Safety system will maintain the last
setting.

7-36
 07
Blind-Spot Safety system
operation
Warning and control
Left-side
„

Right-side
„
OTM070141N

Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH OOS057024
Settings menu to change the Warning
9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU Vehicle detection
Blind-Spot Safety system. ś To warn the driver a vehicle is
If you change the Warning Volume, detected, the warning light on the
the warning volume of other Driver outside rearview mirror and head-up
Assistance systems may change. display (if equipped) will illuminate.
ś The function will operate when your
vehicle speed is above 20 km/h (12
CAUTION mph) and the speed of the vehicle in
ś The setting of the Warning Timing the blind spot area is above 10 km/h
and Warning Volume applies to all (7 mph).
functions of the Blind-Spot Safety
system. Collision warning
ś Even though ‘Normal’ is selected ś Collision warning will operate when
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles the turn signal is turned on in the
approaches at high speed, the initial direction of the detected vehicle.
warning activation time may seem ś To warn the driver of a collision, the
late. warning light on the outside rearview
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing mirror and head-up display (if
when traffic is light and when driving equipped) will blink. At the same time,
speed is slow. an audible warning will sound.
ś When the turn signal is turned off or
you move away from the lane, the
collision warning will be canceled
and the system will return to vehicle
detection state.

7-37
Driver assistance system

WARNING WARNING
ś The detecting range of the rear Take the following precautions when
corner radar is determined by the using Blind-Spot Safety system:
standard road width, therefore, on a ś For your safety, change the Settings
narrow road, the function may detect after parking the vehicle at a safe
other vehicles in the next next lane location.
and warn you. In contrast, on a wide
road, the function may not be able to ś If any other function’s warning
detect a vehicle driving in the next message is displayed or audible
lane and may not warn you. warning is generated, Blind-Spot
Safety system’s warning message
ś When the hazard warning light is may not be displayed and audible
on, the collision warning by the turn warning may not be generated.
signal will not operate.
ś You may not hear the warning sound
of Blind-Spot Safety system if the
Information surrounding is noisy.
If the driver's seat is on the left side, the ś Blind-Spot Safety system may warn
collision warning may occur when you the driver late or may not warn the
turn left. Maintain a proper distance with driver depending on the road and
the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver's driving conditions.
seat is on the right side, the collision ś Driver should maintain control
warning may occur when you turn right. of the vehicle at all times. Do not
Maintain a proper distance with the depend on Blind-Spot Safety system.
vehicles in the right lane. Maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce driving speed or to stop
the vehicle.

7-38
 07
Blind-Spot Safety system Blind-Spot Safety system disabled
malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Safety system
malfunction

OTM070098N

When the rear bumper around the rear

corner radar or sensor is covered with
OTM070099N foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
When Blind-Spot Safety system is not
reduce the detecting performance and
working properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot
temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
6DIHW\V\VWHP V ŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO
Safety system.
appear on the cluster, and the function
will turn off automatically, or the function If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
will be limited. We recommend that the V\VWHP V GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ
function be inspected by an authorized warning message will appear on the
HYUNDAI dealer. cluster.
The function will operate normally
Type A
„ Type B
„ when such foreign material or trailer,
etc. is removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If the system does not operate normally
after it is removed, we recommend
that the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTM070100N OTM070100L

When the outside rearview mirror

warning light is not working properly, the
œ&KHFNVLGHYLHZPLUURUZDUQLQJOLJKWŔ
(or 'Check outside mirror warning icon')
warning message will appear on the
cluster. We recommend that the function
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

7-39
Driver assistance system

WARNING ś There is a fixed object near the

vehicle, such as sound barriers,
ś Even though the warning message guardrails, central dividers, entry
does not appear on the cluster, Blind- barriers, street lamps, signs,
Spot Safety system may not properly tunnels, walls, etc. (including double
operate. structures)
ś Blind-Spot Safety system may not ś Driving in large areas where there are
properly operate in an area (e.g. open few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert,
terrain), where any substance are meadow, suburb, etc.)
not detected right after the engine ś Driving through a narrow road where
is turned on, or when the detecting trees or grass are overgrown
sensor is blocked with foreign
material right after the engine is ś Driving on a wet road surface, such as
turned on. a puddle on the road
ś The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
CAUTION vehicle passes by your vehicle in close
Turn off Blind-Spot Safety system to proximity
install a trailer, carrier, etc., or remove ś The speed of the other vehicle is very
the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Blind-Spot fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
Safety system. short time
ś Your vehicle passes by the other
Limitations of Blind-Spot Safety vehicle
system
ś Your vehicle changes lane
Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate normally, or the system may ś Your vehicle has started at the same
operate unexpectedly under the time as the vehicle next to you and
following circumstances: has accelerated
ś There is inclement weather, such as ś The vehicle in the next lane moves
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. two lanes away from you, or when the
vehicle two lanes away moves to the
ś The rear corner radar is covered with next lane from you
snow, rain, dirt, etc.
ś A trailer or carrier is installed around
ś The temperature around the rear the rear corner radar
corner radar is high or low
ś The bumper around the rear corner
ś Driving on a highway (or motorway) radar is covered with objects, such as
ramp a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
ś The road pavement (or the peripheral rack, etc.
ground) abnormally contains metallic ś The bumper around the rear corner
components (i.e. possibly due to radar is impacted, damaged or the
subway construction) radar is out of position
ś Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.

7-40
 07
Blind-Spot Safety system may not WARNING
operate normally, or the system may
operate unexpectedly when the ś Driving on a curve
following objects are detected:
ś A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
ś A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
ś A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
detected
ś A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
ś A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected OJX1079057

Blind-Spot Safety system may not

operate properly when driving on a
curved road. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

OJX1079058

Blind-Spot Safety system may not

operate properly when driving on
the curved road. The system may
recognize the vehicle in the same
lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

7-41
Driver assistance system

ś Driving where the road is merging/ ś Driving where the heights of the
dividing lanes are different

OJX1079059 OOS070017K

Blind-Spot Safety system may not Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate properly when driving where operate properly when driving where
the road merges or divides. The the heights of the lanes are different.
system may not detect the vehicle in The function may not detect the
the next lane. vehicle on a road with different lane
Always pay attention to road and heights (underpass joining section,
driving conditions while driving. grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road and
ś Driving on a slope driving conditions while driving.

WARNING
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that you
turn off Blind-Spot Safety system.
ś Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate normally if interfered by
strong electromagnetic waves.
ś Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate for 15 seconds after the
OTM070031 vehicle is started, or the rear corner
Blind-Spot Safety system may not radars are initialized.
operate properly when driving on
a slope. The system may not detect
the vehicle in the next lane or may
incorrectly detect the ground or
structure.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

7-42
 07
BLINDǘSPOT COLLISIONǘAVOIDANCE ASSIST ǣBCAǤ
ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
is designed to help detect and monitor
DSSURDFKLQJYHKLFOHVLQWKHGULYHUŔV
blind spot area and warn the driver
of a possible collision with a warning
message and audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision
when changing lanes or driving forward
out of a parking space, the function will
help avoid a collision by applying the
brake.
OJX1079026

Blind-Spot Collision Assist helps detect

and informs the driver that a vehicle is
approaching at high speed from the blind
spot area.

CAUTION
Warning timing may vary depending on
the speed of the vehicle approaching at
high speed.
OJX1079256

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist

helps detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.

CAUTION
The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your vehicle.
However, even if there is a vehicle in
the blind spot area, the function may
not warn you when you pass by at high OJX1079027
speeds.
When changing lanes by detecting
the lane ahead, if the function judges
that there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot,
the function will help avoid a collision by
applying the brake.

7-43
Driver assistance system

Detecting sensor (Front view

camera, Rear corner radar)

OJX1079028

When you are driving forward out of a

parking space, if the function judges OOS070001K
that there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot,
the function will help avoid a collision by
applying the brake.

OOS070004L
[1] : Front view camera,
[2] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.

CAUTION
Take the following precautions to
maintain optimal performance of the
detecting sensor:
ś Never disassemble the rear corner
radar or radar assembly, or apply any
impact on it.
ś If there is impact on the rear corner
radar or near the radar, even though
the warning message does not
appear on the cluster, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist may not
operate properly. We recommend
that the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-44
 07
ś If the rear corner radars have been Blind- Spot Collision-Avoidance
replaced or repaired, we recommend Assist settings
that the vehicle be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Settings features
ś Use only genuine parts to repair the
rear bumper where the rear corner
radar is located.
ś Do not apply license plate frame or
objects, such as a bumper sticker,
film or a bumper guard near the rear
corner radar.
ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not work properly if the
bumper has been replaced, or the
surroundings of the rear corner radar OTM070096N
has been damaged or paint has been
Blind-Spot Safety
applied.
With the engine on, select or deselect
ś If a trailer, carrier, etc. is installed,
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\Ŕ
it may adversely affect the
from the Settings menu to set whether or
performance of the rear corner radar
not to use each function.
or Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate. - ,Iœ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔLVVHOHFWHG%OLQG6SRW
Collision-Avoidance Assist will warn
For more details on the precautions the driver with a warning message, an
of the front view camera, refer to audible warning and braking assist will
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist be applied depending on the collision
(FCA)” section in chapter 7. risk levels.
- ,Iœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔLVVHOHFWHG%OLQG
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will warn the driver with a warning
message and an audible warning
depending on the collision risk levels.
Braking will not be assisted.
- ,Iœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHG%OLQG6SRW
Collision-Avoidance Assist will turn
off.

7-45
Driver assistance system

OTM070097N OTM070140N

When the engine is restarted with Blind- Warning Timing

Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist off, With the engine on, select ‘Driver
WKHœ%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\6\VWHPLV2IIŔ $VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH
message will appear on the cluster. Settings menu to change the initial
,I\RXFKDQJHWKHVHWWLQJIURPœ2IIŔWR warning activation time for Blind-Spot
œ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔRUœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔWKH Collision-Avoidance Assist.
warning light on the outside rearview When the vehicle is first delivered,
mirror will blink for three seconds. :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX
In addition, if the engine is turned on, change the Warning Timing, the warning
ZKHQWKHIXQFWLRQLVVHWWRœ$FWLYH$VVLVWŔ time of other Driver Assistance systems
RUœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔWKHZDUQLQJOLJKWRQ may change.
the outside rearview mirror will blink for
three seconds.

WARNING
ś If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, braking
is not assisted.
ś If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings
and drive safely.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist will maintain
the last setting.

7-46
 07
Blind- Spot Safety system
operation
Warning and control
Left-side
„

Right-side
„
OTM070141N

Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH OOS057024
Settings menu to change the Warning
9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU Vehicle detection
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist. ś To warn the driver a vehicle is
If you change the Warning Volume, detected, the warning light on the
the warning volume of other Driver outside rearview mirror and head-up
Assistance systems may change. display (if equipped) will illuminate.
ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
will operate when your vehicle speed
CAUTION is above 20 km/h (12 mph) and the
ś The setting of the Warning Timing speed of the vehicle in the blind spot
and Warning Volume applies to all area is above 10 km/h (7 mph).
functions of the Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
ś Even though ‘Normal’ is selected
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles
approaches at high speed, the initial
warning activation time may seem
late.
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.

7-47
Driver assistance system

Collision Warning
WARNING
ś Collision warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the ś The detecting range of the rear
direction of the detected vehicle. corner radar is determined by a
standard road width, therefore, on
ś ,Iœ:DUQLQJ2QO\ŔLVVHOHFWHGIURPWKH a narrow road, Blind-Spot Collision-
Settings menu, the collision warning Avoidance Assist may detect other
will operate when your vehicle vehicles in the next next lane and
approaches the lane the blind spot warn you. In contrast, on a wide
vehicle is detected. road, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
ś To warn the driver of a collision, the Assist may not be able to detect a
warning light on the outside rearview vehicle driving in the next lane and
mirror and head-up display (if may not warn you.
equipped) will blink. At the same time, ś When the hazard warning flasher is
an audible warning will sound. on, the collision warning by the turn
ś When the turn signal is turned off or signal will not operate.
you move away from the lane, the
collision warning will be canceled and
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist Information
will return to vehicle detection state. If the driver's seat is on the left side, the
collision warning may occur when you
turn left. Maintain a proper distance with
the vehicles in the left lane. If the driver's
seat is on the right side, the collision
warning may occur when you turn right.
Maintain a proper distance with the
vehicles in the right lane.

7-48
 07
WARNING
ś Collision-Avoidance Assist will
be canceled under the following
circumstances:
- Your vehicle enters the next lane
by a certain distance
- Your vehicle is away from the
collision risk
- The steering wheel is sharply
OOS070005L
steered
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while driving) - The brake pedal is depressed
ś To warn the driver of a collision, the - Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
warning light on the outside rearview is operating
mirror will blink and a warning ś After Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
message will appear on the cluster. At Assist operation or lane change,
the same time, an audible warning will you must drive to the center of the
sound and warning light on the head- lane. Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
up display (if equipped) will blink. Assist will not operate if the vehicle is
ś The system will operate when your not driven in the center of the lane.
vehicle speed is between 60~200
km/h (40~120 mph) and both lane
markings of the driving lane are
detected.
ś Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.

7-49
Driver assistance system

OOS070031L OTM070059L

Collision-Avoidance Assist (while Stopping vehicle and ending brake control

departing) ś When the vehicle is stopped due
ś To warn the driver of a collision, the to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
warning light on the outside rearview FDUHIXOO\ŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO
mirror will blink and a warning appear on the cluster.
message will appear on the cluster. At For your safety, the driver should
the same time, an audible warning will depress the brake pedal immediately
sound and warning light on the head- and check the surroundings.
up display (if equipped) will blink.
ś Brake control will end after the vehicle
ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist is stopped by emergency braking for
will operate when your vehicle speed approximately 2 seconds.
is below 3 km/h (2 mph) and the
speed of the vehicle in the blind spot
area is above 5 km/h (3 mph).
ś Emergency braking will be assisted to
help prevent collision with the vehicle
in the blind spot area.

7-50
 07
WARNING ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may warn the driver late or
Take the following precautions when may not warn the driver depending
using Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance on the road and driving conditions.
Assist: ś Driver should maintain control of the
ś For your safety, change the Settings vehicle at all times. Do not depend
after parking the vehicle at a safe on Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
location. Assist. Maintain a safe braking
ś If any other function warning distance, and if necessary, depress
message is displayed or audible the brake pedal to reduce driving
warning is generated, Blind-Spot speed or to stop the vehicle.
Collision-Avoidance Assist’s warning ś Never operate Blind-Spot Collision-
message may not be displayed Avoidance Assist on people, animal,
and audible warning may not be objects, etc. It may cause serious
generated. injury or death.
ś You may not hear the warning sound
of Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surrounding is noisy. WARNING
ś Blind-Spot Safety system may not The brake control may not operate
operate if the driver applies the properly depending on the status of
brake pedal to avoid collision. ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
ś When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance There will only be a warning when:
Assist is operating, braking control - The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
by the system will automatically warning light is on
cancel when the driver excessively - ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
depresses the accelerator pedal or engaged in a different function
sharply steers the vehicle.
ś During Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist operation, the
vehicle may stop suddenly injuring
passengers and shifting loose
objects. Always have the seat belt on
and keep loose objects secured.
ś Even if there is a problem with Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist, the
vehicle’s basic braking performance
will operate normally.
ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
does not operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.

7-51
Driver assistance system

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist malfunction and limitation Assist disabled
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction

OTM070098N

When the rear bumper around the rear

OTM070099N corner radar or sensor is covered with
When Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance foreign material, such as snow or rain,
Assist is not working properly, the ‘Check or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\V\VWHP V ŔZDUQLQJ reduce the detecting performance and
message will appear on the cluster, and temporarily limit or disable Blind-Spot
the function will turn off automatically Collision-Avoidance Assist.
or the function will be limited. We If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
recommend that the function be V\VWHP V GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI warning message will appear on the
dealer. cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
Type A
„ Type B
„ will operate normally when such foreign
material or trailer, etc. is removed, and
then the engine is restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate normally after
it is removed, we recommend that the
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
OTM070100N OTM070100L
ś Even though the warning message
When the outside rearview mirror does not appear on the cluster, Blind-
warning light is not working properly, the Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist may
œ&KHFNVLGHYLHZPLUURUZDUQLQJOLJKWŔ not properly operate.
(or 'Check outside mirror warning icon') ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
warning message will appear on the Assist may not properly operate in
cluster. We recommend that the system an area (e.g. open terrain) where any
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI substance are not detected right
dealer. after the engine is turned on, or
when the detecting sensor is blocked
with foreign material right after the
engine is turned on.

7-52
 07
CAUTION ś The speed of the other vehicle is very
fast that it passes by your vehicle in a
Turn off Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance short time
Assist to install a trailer, carrier, etc., or ś Your vehicle passes by the other
remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use vehicle
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist.
ś Your vehicle changes lane
Limitations of Blind- Spot Collision- ś Your vehicle has started at the same
Avoidance Assist time as the vehicle next to you and
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist has accelerated
may not operate normally, or it may ś The vehicle in the next lane moves
operate unexpectedly under the two lanes away from you, or when the
following circumstances: vehicle two lanes away moves to the
ś There is inclement weather, such as next lane from you
heavy snow, heavy rain, etc. ś A trailer or carrier is installed around
ś The rear corner radar is covered with the rear corner radar
snow, rain, dirt, etc. ś The bumper around the rear corner
ś The temperature around the rear radar is covered with objects, such as
corner radar is high or low a bumper sticker, bumper guard, bike
rack, etc.
ś Driving on a highway (or motorway)
ramp ś The bumper around the rear corner
radar is impacted, damaged or the
ś The road pavement (or the peripheral radar is out of position
ground) abnormally contains metallic
components (i.e. possibly due to ś Your vehicle height is low or high
subway construction) due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
ś There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as sound barriers, Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
guardrails, central dividers, entry may not operate normally, or it may
barriers, street lamps, signs, operate unexpectedly when the
tunnels, walls, etc. (including double following objects are detected:
structures)
ś A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
ś Driving in large areas where there are
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert, ś A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
meadow, suburb, etc.) detected
ś Driving through a narrow road where ś A big vehicle such as a bus or truck is
trees or grass are overgrown detected
ś Driving on a wet road surface, such as ś A moving obstacle such as a
a puddle on the road pedestrian, animal, shopping cart or a
baby stroller is detected
ś The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other ś A vehicle with low height such as a
vehicle passes by your vehicle in close sports car is detected
proximity

7-53
Driver assistance system

%UDNLQJFRQWUROPD\QRWZRUNGULYHUŔV WARNING
attention is required in the following
circumstances: ś Driving on a curve
ś The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
ś Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
ś The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
ś The brake is reworked
ś The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
OJX1079057

For more details on the limitations Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

of the front view camera, refer to Assist may not operate properly
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist when driving on a curved road. The
(FCA)” and “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)” function may not detect the vehicle
section in chapter 7. in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

OJX1079058

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate properly
when driving on a curved road. The
function may recognize a vehicle in
the same lane.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

7-54
 07
ś Driving where the road is merging/ ś Driving where the heights of the
dividing lanes are different

OJX1079059 OOS070017K

Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance

Assist may not operate properly Assist may not operate properly
when driving where the road merges when driving where the heights of
or divides. The system may not the lanes are different. The system
detect the vehicle in the next lane. may not detect the vehicle on a
Always pay attention to road and road with different lane heights
driving conditions while driving. (underpass joining section, grade
separated intersections, etc.).
ś Driving on a slope Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

WARNING
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, make sure that
you turn off Blind-Spot Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally if
interfered by strong electromagnetic
OTM070031 waves.
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist ś Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
may not operate properly when Assist may not operate for 15 seconds
driving on a slope. The function may after the vehicle is started, or the
not detect the vehicle in the next front view camera or rear corner
lane or may incorrectly detect the radars are initialized.
ground or structure.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

7-55
Driver assistance system

SAFE EXIT WARNING ǣSEWǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Detecting sensor (Rear corner radar)

OOS070026K

After the vehicle stops, when an OOS070004K

approaching vehicle from the rear area is [1] : Rear corner radar
detected as soon as a passenger opens
a door, Safe Exit Warning will warn the The rear corner radars are sensors
driver with a warning message and located inside the rear bumper to detect
an audible warning to help prevent a the side and rear areas. Always keep the
collision. rear bumper clean for proper operation
of Safe Exit Warning

CAUTION NOTICE
Warning timing may vary depending on For more details on the precautions
the speed of the approaching vehicle. of the rear corner radars, refer to
“Blind- Spot Collision Warning (BCW)”
or “Blind-Spot Collision Assist (BCA)”
section in chapter 7.

7-56
 07
Safe Exit Warning settings
Setting features

OTM070140N

Warning Timing
OOS070043L With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH
Safe Exit Warning
Settings menu to change the initial
With the engine on, select ‘Driver warning activation time for Blind-Spot
$VVLVWDQFHƟ%OLQG6SRW6DIHW\Ɵ6DIH Safety system.
Exit Warning (SEW) (or SEW (Safe Exit
When the vehicle is first delivered,
:DUQLQJ ŔIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWRWXUQ
:DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX
on Safe Exit Assist and deselect to turn
change the Warning Timing, the warning
off the system.
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
WARNING
The driver should always be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. If ‘Safe Exit Warning’
is deselected, the system cannot assist
you.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit
Warning will maintain the last setting.

7-57
Driver assistance system

Safe Exit Warning operation

Warning and control

OTM070141N

Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver OTM070101N
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the Warning Collision warning when exiting vehicle
9ROXPHœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔDQGœ/RZŔIRU ś When an approaching vehicle from
Blind-Spot Safety system. the rear is detected, the ‘Watch (out)
If you change the Warning Volume, IRUWUDIILFŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO
the Warning Volume of other Driver appear on the cluster, and an audible
Assistance systems may change. warning will sound.
ś Safe Exit Warning will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below
CAUTION 3 km/h (2 mph), and the speed of the
ś The setting of the Warning Timing approaching vehicle from the rear is
and Warning Volume applies to all above 5 km/h (3 mph).
functions of the Safe Exit Warning.
ś Even though ‘Normal’ is selected WARNING
for Warning Timing, if the vehicles
approaches at high speed from the Take the following precautions when
rear, the initial warning activation using Safe Exit Warning
time may seem late. ś For your safety, change the Settings
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing after parking the vehicle at a safe
when traffic is light. location.
ś If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible
warning is generated, Safe Exit
Warning warning message may not
be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
ś You may not hear the warning
sound of Safe Exit Warning if the
surrounding is noisy.
ś Safe Exit Warning does not operate
in all situations or cannot prevent all
collisions.

7-58
 07
ś Safe Exit Warning may warn the Safe Exit Warning malfunction
driver late or may not warn the driver and limitations
depending on the road and driving
conditions. Always check vehicle Safe Exit Warning malfunction
surroundings.
ś The driver and passengers are
responsible for accidents that occurs
while exiting the vehicle. Always
check the surroundings before you
exit the vehicle.
ś Never deliberately operate Safe
Exit Warning. Doing so may lead to
serious injury or death.
ś Safe Exit Warning does not operate
if there is a problem with Blind- OTM070099N
Spot Safety system. There may be
When Safe Exit Warning is not working
a problem with Blind Spot Safety
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot Safety
system when:
V\VWHP V ŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU
- Blind Spot Safety system warning on the cluster, and the warning will turn
light appears off automatically or the warning will be
- Blind-Spot Safety system sensor or limited. We recommend that the warning
the sensor surrounding is polluted be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
or covered dealer.
- Blind-Spot Safety system fails to
warn passengers or falsely warn
passengers

Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe Exit
Warning operates approximately for 3
minutes, but turns off immediately if the
doors are locked.

7-59
Driver assistance system

Safe Exit Warning disabled CAUTION

Turn off Safe Exit Warning to install
a trailer, carrier, etc., or remove the
trailer, carrier, etc. to use Safe Exit
Warning.

Limitations of Safe Exit Warning

Safe Exit Warning may not operate
normally, or the system may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
OTM070098N ś Getting out of the vehicle where trees
When the rear bumper around the rear or grass are overgrown
corner radar or sensor is covered with ś Getting out of the vehicle where the
foreign material, such as snow or rain, road is wet
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can ś The approaching vehicle is very fast or
reduce the detecting performance and very slow
temporarily limit or disable Safe Exit
Warning. For more details on the limitations of
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
V\VWHP V GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)”
warning message will appear on the section in chapter 7.
cluster.
The function will operate normally
when such foreign material or trailer, WARNING
etc. is removed, and then the engine is ś Safe Exit Warning may not operate
restarted. normally if interfered by strong
If the system does not operate normally electromagnetic waves.
after it is removed, we recommend ś Safe Exit Warning may not operate
that the system be inspected by an for 3 seconds after the vehicle is
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. started, or the rear corner radars are
initialized.
WARNING
ś Even though the warning message
does not appear on the cluster,
Safe Exit Warning may not properly
operate.
ś Safe Exit Warning may not properly
operate in an area (e.g. open
terrain) where any substance are
not detected right after the engine
is turned on, or when the detecting
sensor is blocked with foreign
material right after the engine is
turned on.

7-60
 07
MANUAL SPEED LIMIT ASSIST ǣMSLAǤ ǣFOR EUROPEǤ

OTM070111L OOS070006K

(1) Manual Speed Limit Assist enabled 2. Push the + switch up or - switch down,
indicator and release it at the desired speed.
(2) Set speed Push the + switch up or - switch down
You can set the speed limit when you do and hold it. The speed will increase
not want to drive over a specific speed. or decrease to the nearest multiple of
ten (multiple of five in mph) at first,
If you drive over the preset speed limit, and then increase or decrease by 10
Manual Speed Limit Assist will operate km/h (5 mph).
(set speed limit will blink and chime will
sound) until the vehicle speed returns
within the speed limit.

Manual Speed Limit Assist

operation
To set speed limit

Type A
„

OTM070203L

Type B
„ 3. The set speed limit will be displayed
on the cluster.
If you would like to drive over the
preset speed limit, depress the
accelerator pedal beyond the pressure
OOS070008E point to activate the kickdown
1. Press and hold Driving Assist mechanism.
( ) button at the desired The set speed limit will blink and
speed. The Manual Speed Limit chime will sound until you return the
Assist enabled ( ) indicator will vehicle speed within the speed limit.
illuminate on the cluster.

7-61
Driver assistance system

Information To resume Manual Speed Limit

Assist
ś When the accelerator pedal is not
depressed beyond the pressure point,
vehicle speed will maintain within the
speed limit.
ś A clicking sound may be heard from
the kickdown mechanism when the
accelerator pedal is depressed beyond
the pressure point.

To temporarily pause Manual Speed

Limit Assist
OOS070006K
Type A
„
To resume Manual Speed Limit Assist
after the system was paused, push the +,
-, switch.
If you push the + switch up or – switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
Type B
„
current speed on the cluster.
If you push the switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.

OOS070007E
Push the switch to temporarily
pause the set speed limit. The set speed
limit will turn off but the Manual Speed
Limit Assist enabled ( ) indicator
will stay on.

7-62
 07
To turn off Manual Speed Limit WARNING
Assist
Take the following precautions when
Type A
„
using Manual Speed Limit Assist:
ś Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
ś Keep Manual Speed Limit Assist off
when the system is not in use, to
Type B
„ avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
Check that the Manual Speed Limit
Assist enabled ( ) indicator is
off.
ś Manual Speed Limit Assist does
OOS070008E not substitute for proper and safe
Press the Driving Assist ( ) button driving. It is the responsibility of
to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist off. the driver to always drive safely
The Manual Speed Limit Assist enabled and should always be aware of
( ) indicator will go off. unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
Always press the Driving Assist ( ) road conditions at all times.
button to turn Manual Speed Limit Assist
off when not in use.

7-63
Driver assistance system

INTELLIGENT SPEED LIMIT WARNING ǣISLWǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Intelligent Speed Limit Warning uses Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
information from the detected road sign settings
and navigation system to inform the
driver of the speed limit and additional Setting features
information of the current road.

CAUTION
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning may
not operate properly if the function is
used in other countries.

Detecting sensor (Front view camera)

OTM070224L

Speed Limit Warning

With the engine on, select or deselect
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ'ULYLQJ&RQYHQLHQFH
Ɵ6/: 6SHHG/LPLW:DUQLQJ ŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to set whether or not to
use the function.
- ,Iœ6/: 6SHHG/LPLW:DUQLQJ ŔLV
selected, the system will inform the
OOS070001K driver of speed limit and additional
[1] : Front view camera road signs.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.
Information
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning is turned
CAUTION on automatically whenever the engine is
For more details on the precautions turned on.
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.

Information
If the navigation system is available, the
information from the navigation system is
used along with the road sign information
detected by the front view camera.

7-64
 07
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning Information
operation ś Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning provides additional road sign
display information in addition to speed limit.
"Driving Assist"
„ The additional road sign information
screen selected provided may vary according to your
country.
ś Supplementary sign displayed under
the speed limit or overtaking restriction
sign means the conditions under
which the signs must be followed. If
supplementary sign is not recognized, it
will be displayed as blank.

OTM070230L OTM070227L

Intelligent Speed Limit Warning

displays the speed limit information and
overtaking restriction, when your vehicle
passes by relevant traffic signs.

OTM070228L

Conditional road sign

If Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
detects a conditional road sign, the road
sign symbol is overlapped at the bottom
or left side of the speed limit on the
cluster.
OTM070232L
There may be signs with different speed
Displaying speed limit limits on the same road. For example,
Speed limit information is displayed on normally, the speed limit is 100 km/h
the instrument cluster. (60 mph), however, the speed limit is
60 km/h (45 mph) when it is raining or
snowing.
The conditional road sign means that
you must observe the speed limit
and overtaking prohibition on certain
conditions, such as when it rains or
snows.

7-65
Driver assistance system

Additional road signs End of a speed limit

„
No reliable speed limit information
„

---
WUM-207 WUM-208

WTL-220 ś After the vehicle passes a ‘End of

ś The symbol is displayed when VSHHGOLPLWŔVLJQ,QWHOOLJHQW6SHHG
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning does Limit Warning informs the driver of
not have any reliable speed limit the next applicable speed limit based
information. on the information received from the
navigation system.
No passing
„
information Unlimited speed (only in Germany)
„

WTL-222 WTL-221
WUM-205
ś The symbol is displayed when
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning ś 7KHV\PEROœ(QGRIOLPLWDWLRQŔLV
detects a no overtaking sign. displayed on the instrument cluster
for roads in Germany, which have no
speed limit applicable. It is displayed,
until the vehicle passes by a speed
limit sign.

7-66
 07
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
malfunction and limitations disabled
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning
malfunction

OTM070226L

When the front windshield where the

OTM070225L front view camera is located is covered
When Intelligent Speed Limit Warning with foreign material, such as snow
is not working properly, the ‘Check or rain, it can reduce the detecting
VSHHGOLPLWV\VWHPŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJH performance and temporarily limit or
will appear on the cluster. If this occurs, disable Intelligent Speed Limit Warning.
we recommend that the function be If this occurs, the ‘Speed limit system
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI GLVDEOHG&DPHUDREVFXUHGŔZDUQLQJ
dealer. message will appear on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
snow, rain or foreign material is removed.
If the function does not operate normally
after it is removed, we recommend
that the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
ś Even though the warning message
or warning light does not appear on
the cluster, Intelligent Speed Limit
Warning may not operate properly.
ś If the detecting sensor is
contaminated immediately after
starting the engine, the system may
not operate properly.

7-67
Driver assistance system

Limitations of Intelligent Speed ś The field of view of the front view

Limit Warning camera is obstructed by sun glare
Intelligent Speed Limit Warning function ś Driving on a road that is sharply
may not operate or may not provide curved or continuously curved
correct information under the following ś Driving through speed bumps, or
circumstances: driving up and down or left to right on
ś The road sign is contaminated or steep inclines
indistinguishable ś The vehicle is shaking heavily
- The road sign is difficult to see due ś The front view camera may not detect
to bad weather, such as rain, snow, correctly speed limit sign over 130
fog, etc. km/h
- The road sign is not clear or
damaged For more details on the limitations
- The road sign is partially obscured of the front view camera, refer to
by surrounding objects or shadow “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.
ś The road signs do not conform to the
standard
- The text or picture on the road sign
is different from the standard
- The road sign is installed between
the main line and the exit road or
between diverging roads
- An conditional road sign is not
installed with a sign located on the
road to enter or exit
- A sign is attached to another vehicle
ś The brightness changes suddenly, for
example when entering or exiting a
tunnel or passing under a bridge
ś Headlamps are not used or the
brightness of the headlamps are weak
at night or in the tunnel
ś Road signs are difficult to recognize
due to the reflection of sunlight, street
lights, or oncoming vehicles

7-68
 07
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING ǣDAWǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Basic function Drive Attention Warning settings
Driver Attention Warning will help Setting features
determine the driver's attention level
Type A
„ Type B
„
by analyzing driving pattern and driving
time, etc. while vehicle is being driven.
The system will recommend a break
ZKHQWKHGULYHUŔVDWWHQWLRQOHYHOIDOOV
below a certain level.

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert

function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert function
will inform the driver when the front
vehicle departs from a stop. OTM070188N OTM070188L

Driver Attention Warning

Detecting sensor (Front view camera)
With the engine on, select or deselect
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ'ULYHU$WWHQWLRQ
Warning (or DAW (Driver Attention
:DUQLQJ ŔIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWRVHW
whether or not to use each function.
- ,Iœ,QDWWHQWLYH'ULYLQJ:DUQLQJŔ RU
œ6ZD\LQJZDUQLQJŔ LVVHOHFWHG
the system will inform the driver
WKHGULYHUŔVDWWHQWLRQOHYHODQGZLOO
recommend taking a break when the
level falls below a certain level.
OOS070001K
Type A
„ Type B
„
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used to detect
driving patterns and front vehicle
departure while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.

CAUTION
Always keep the front view camera in
good condition to maintain optimal OTM070189N OTM070189L
performance of Driver Attention Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
Warning. - ,Iœ/HDGLQJ9HKLFOH'HSDUWXUH$OHUWŔLV
For more details on the precautions selected, the system will inform the
of the front view camera, refer to driver when the front vehicle departs
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist from a stop.
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.

7-69
Driver assistance system

Drive Attention Warning

operation
Basic function
Function display and warning
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver of their
œ$WWHQWLRQ/HYHOŔDQGWRZDUQWKHGULYHUWR
œ&RQVLGHUWDNLQJDEUHDNŔ

Attention level
OTM070140N
Function off
„ Standby/Disabled
„
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the initial
warning activation time for Driver
Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
:DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX
change the Warning Timing, the warning
time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change. OTM070102N OTM070106N
Attentive driving
„ Inattentive driving
„

Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver Attention
Warning will maintain the last setting.

OOS070032L OTM070191N

ś The driver can monitor his/her driving

conditions on the cluster.
- When the ‘Inattentive Driving
:DUQLQJŔLVGHVHOHFWHGIURPWKH
6HWWLQJVPHQXœ6\VWHP2IIŔLV
displayed.
- The system will operate when
vehicle speed is between
0~210km/h (0~130 mph)
- When vehicle speed is not within
the operating speed, the message
œ6WDQGE\Ŕ RU 'LVDEOHG ZLOOEH
displayed.

7-70
 07
ś 7KHGULYHUŔVDWWHQWLRQOHYHOLVGLVSOD\HG CAUTION
on the scale of 1 to 5. The lower the
level is, the more inattentive the driver ś Driver Attention Warning may
is. suggest a break depending on the
ś The level decreases when the driver driver’s driving pattern or habits,
does not take a break for a certain even if the driver doesn’t feel
period of time. fatigued.
ś Driver Attention Warning is a
Taking a break supplemental system and may not be
able to determine whether the driver
is inattentive.
ś The driver who feels fatigued should
take a break at a safe location, even
though there is no break suggestion
by Driver Attention Warning.

Information
ś You may change settings from the
instrument cluster (User Settings) or
OTM070105L infotainment system (Vehicle Settings),
whichever option that is provided with
ś 7KHœ&RQVLGHUWDNLQJDEUHDNŔPHVVDJH your vehicle. For more details, see
will appear on the cluster and an "User Settings" section in chapter 4, or
audible warning will sound to suggest "Vehicle Settings" section in supplied
that the driver take a break, when the Infotainment Manual.
GULYHUŔVDWWHQWLRQOHYHOLVEHORZ
ś Driver Attention Warning will reset the
ś Driver Attention Warning will not last break time to 00:00 in the following
suggest a break when the total driving situations:
time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10
minutes has not passed after the last - The engine is turned off
break was suggested. - The driver unfastens the seat belt
and opens the driver’s door
WARNING - The vehicle is stopped for more than
10 minutes
For your safety, change the Settings ś When the driver resets Driver Attention
after parking the vehicle at a safe Warning, the last break time is set to
location. 00:00 and the driver’s attention level is
set to High.

7-71
Driver assistance system

Leading Vehicle Departure Alert Drive Attention Warning

function malfunction and limitations
Type A
„ Type B
„ Drive Attention Warning
malfunction

OTM070042N OTM070042L

When the front vehicle departs from a

stop, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert OTM070107L
will inform the driver by displaying the When Driver Attention Warning is not
œ/HDGLQJYHKLFOHLVGULYLQJDZD\Ŕ RU working properly, the ‘Check Driver
œ/HDGLQJYHKLFOHLVGULYLQJRQŔ PHVVDJH $WWHQWLRQ:DUQLQJ '$: V\VWHPŔ
on the cluster and an audible warning warning message will appear on the
will sound. cluster for several seconds, and the
master (WAE-211) warning light will
WARNING illuminate on the cluster. If this occurs,
we recommend that the function be
ś If any other function’s warning inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
message is displayed or audible dealer.
warning is generated, Leading
Vehicle Departure Alert's warning Limitations of Drive Attention
message may not be displayed Warning
and audible warning may not be
generated. Driver Attention Warning may not work
properly in the following situations:
ś The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive and ś The vehicle is driven violently
control the vehicle. ś The vehicle intentionally crosses over
lanes frequently
ś The vehicle is controlled by Driver
CAUTION Assistance system, such as Lane
ś Leading Vehicle Departure Alert is a Keeping Assist
supplemental function and may not
alert the driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
ś Always check the front of the
vehicle and road conditions before
departure.

7-72
 07
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert feature ś When the vehicle ahead sharply steers
ś When the vehicle cuts in

OADAS034

OADAS021 [A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle

If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U-turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.

ś When the vehicle ahead abruptly

departures

OADAS022
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your
vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may
not operate properly.

OADAS024

If the vehicle in front abruptly

departures, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.

7-73
Driver assistance system

ś When a pedestrian or bicycle is ś When driving at a tollgate or

between you and the vehicle ahead intersection, etc.

OADAS025 OADAS026

If there is a pedestrian(s) or bicycle(s) If you pass a tollgate or intersection

in between you and the vehicle in with lots of vehicles or you drive
front, Leading Vehicle Departure Alert where lanes are merged or divided
may not operate properly. frequently, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
ś When in a parking lot
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.

OADAS027

If a vehicle parked in front drives away

from you, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may alert you that the parked
vehicle is driving away.

7-74
 07
CRUISE CONTROL ǣCCǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Cruise Control operation
To set speed
1. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 30 km/h (20
mph).

Type A
„

OTM070111

(1) Cruise indicator Type B

„

(2) Set speed

Cruise Control will allow you to drive at

speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without
OOS070008E
depressing the accelerator pedal.
2. Press the Driving Assist ( )
button at the desired speed. The set
speed and Cruise ( ) indicator
will illuminate on the cluster.
3. Release the accelerator pedal.
Vehicle speed will maintain the set
speed even when the accelerator
pedal is not depressed.

Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may slightly
slow down or speed up while driving uphill
or downhill.

7-75
Driver assistance system

To increase speed To decrease speed

OOS070009K OOS070010K

ś Push the + switch up and release it ś Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will immediately. The cruising speed will
increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time
the switch is operated in this manner. the switch is operated in this manner.
ś Push the + switch up and hold it ś Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on while monitoring the set speed on
the cluster. The cruising speed will the cluster. The cruising speed will
increase to the nearest multiple of decrease to the nearest multiple of
ten (multiple of five in mph) at first, ten (multiple of five in mph) at first,
and then increase by 10 km/h (5 mph) and then decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph)
each time the switch is operated in each time the switch is operated in
this manner. this manner.
Release the switch when the desired Release the switch at the speed you
speed is shown and the vehicle will want to maintain.
accelerate to that speed.

7-76
 07
To temporarily pause Cruise Control To resume Cruise Control

OOS070011K OOS070012K

Cruise Control will be paused when: Push the +, - switch or button.

ś Depressing the brake pedal. If you push the + switch up or - switch
ś Pushing the button. down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
ś Shifting the gear to N (Neutral).
If you push the button, vehicle
ś Decreasing vehicle speed to less than speed will resume to the preset speed.
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).
Vehicle speed must be above 30 km/h
ś ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is (20 mph) for the function to resume.
operating.
ś Downshifting to 2nd gear when in
Manual Shift mode.

The set speed will turn off but the Cruise

( ) indicator will stay on.

7-77
Driver assistance system

To turn off Cruise Control WARNING

Type A
„ Take the following precautions when
using Cruise Control:
ś Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.
ś Keep Cruise Control off when
Type B
„ the system is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed. Check
that the Cruise ( ) indicator is
off.
ś Cruise Control does not substitute
OOS070008E for proper and safe driving. It is the
Press the Driving Assist button to turn responsibility of the driver to always
Cruise Control off. The Cruise ( ) drive safely and should always be
indicator will go off. aware of unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
Always press the Driving Assist button to
turn Cruise Control off when not in use. ś Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring. Pay attention to the
Information road conditions at all times.
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual ś Do not use Cruise Control when it
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at
Driving Assist button to turn off Cruise a constant speed:
Control. However, Manual Speed Limit - When driving in heavy traffic, or
Assist will turn on. when traffic conditions make it
difficult to drive at a constant
speed
- When driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or windy
roads
- When driving in windy areas
- When driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such
as fog, snow, rain and sandstorm)
ś Do not use Cruise Control when
towing a trailer.

7-78
 07
SMART CRUISE CONTROL ǣSCCǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Smart Cruise Control is designed to CAUTION
detect the vehicle ahead and help
maintain the desired speed and Always keep the front view camera
minimum distance between the vehicle and front radar in good condition to
ahead. maintain optimal performance of Smart
Cruise Control.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist For more details on the precautions of
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, the front view camera and front radar,
if the system judges that the driver is refer to “Forward Collision-Avoidance
determined to overtake the vehicle in Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 7.
front, acceleration will be assisted.

Detecting sensor
(Front view camera, Front radar)

OOS070001K

OOS070002K
[1] : Front view camera,
[2] : Front radar
The front view camera and front radar
are used as a detecting sensor to help
detect the vehicles in front.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.

7-79
Driver assistance system

Smart Cruise Control settings

Setting features

Type A
„

Type B
„

OOS070013K
To set vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
OOS070008E vehicle distance changes as follows:
To turn on the function
ś Press the Driving Assist button to turn Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
on the system. The speed will be set
to the current speed on the cluster.
ś If there is no vehicle in front of you, Distance 1
the set speed will be maintained, but
if there is a vehicle in front of you,
the speed may decrease to maintain Information
the distance to the vehicle ahead. If ś If you drive at 90 km/h (56 mph), the
the vehicle ahead accelerates, your distance is maintained as follows:
vehicle will travel at a steady cruising Distance 4 -
speed after accelerating to the set approximately 53 m (172 ft.)
speed.
Distance 3 -
approximately 40 m (130 ft.)
Information Distance 2 -
ś If your vehicle speed is between 0~ approximately 30 m (106 ft.)
30 km/h (0~ 20 mph) when you press Distance 1 -
the Driving Assist button, the Smart approximately 25 m (82 ft.)
Cruise Control speed will be set to ś The distance is set to the last set
30 km/h (20 mph). distance when the engine is restarted,
ś The Driving Assist button symbol may or when the system was temporarily
vary depending on your vehicle option. canceled.

7-80
 07

OOS070009K OOS070010K

To increase speed To decrease speed

ś Push the + switch up and release it ś Push the - switch down and release it
immediately. The cruising speed will immediately. The cruising speed will
increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time
the switch is operated in this manner. the switch is operated in this manner.
ś Push the + switch up and hold it ś Push the - switch down and hold it
while monitoring the set speed on while monitoring the set speed on
the cluster. The cruising speed will the cluster. The cruising speed will
increase by 10 km/h or 5 mph each decrease by 10 km/h or 5 mph each
time the switch is operated in this time the switch is operated in this
manner. Release the switch when manner.
the desired speed is shown, and the Release the switch at the speed you
vehicle will accelerate to that speed. want to maintain. You can set the
You can set the speed to 180 km/h speed to 30 km/h (20 mph).
(110 mph).

WARNING
Check the driving condition before
using the + switch. Driving speed may
sharply increase when you push up and
hold the + switch.

7-81
Driver assistance system

WARNING
Check the driving condition before
using the switch. Driving speed
may sharply increase or decrease when
you press the switch.

Type A
„

OOS070011E
To temporarily cancel the function
Type B
„
Press the switch or depress the
brake pedal to temporarily cancel Smart
Cruise Control.

OOS070008E
To turn off the function
Press the Driving Assist button to turn
Smart Cruise Control system off.

Information
If your vehicle is equipped with Manual
Speed Limit Assist, press and hold the
Driving Assist button to turn off Smart
OOS070012E Cruise Control. However, Manual Speed
To resume the function Limit Assist will turn on.
To resume Smart Cruise Control after the
system was canceled, push the +, - or
switch.
If you push the + switch up or - switch
down, vehicle speed will be set to the
current speed on the cluster.
If you push the switch, vehicle speed
will resume to the preset speed.

7-82
 07
Type A
„ Type B
„ Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate when
the following conditions are satisfied.

Basic function
ś The gear is in D (Drive)
ś 7KHGULYHUŔVGRRULVFORVHG
ś EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is not
OTM070142N OTM070142L
applied
Smart Cruise Reaction ś Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ6PDUW&UXLVH5HDFWLRQ RU - 10~180 km/h (5~110 mph): when
6PDUW&UXLVHUHVSRQVH ŔIURPWKHVHWWLQJV there is no vehicle in front
menu to select the sensitivity of vehicle - 0~180 km/h (0~110 mph): when
speed when following the front vehicle there is a vehicle in front
to maintain the set distance. ś ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS
(Traction Control System) or ABS is on
ś ESC (Electronic Stability Control), TCS
(Traction Control System) or ABS is not
controlling the vehicle
ś Engine RPM is not in the red zone
ś Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
brake control is not operating
ś Remote Smart Parking Assist brake
control is not operating

OTM070141N Information
Warning Volume At a stop, if there is no vehicle in front
With the engine on, select ‘Driver of your vehicle, the function will turn on
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH when the brake pedal is depressed.
Settings menu to change the Warning
9ROXPHœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
Smart Cruise Control.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Volume
will maintain the last setting.

7-83
Driver assistance system

Overtaking Acceleration Assist Smart Cruise Control display and

Overtaking Acceleration Assist will control
operate when the turn signal indicator Basic function
is turned on to the left (left-hand drive)
or turned on to the right (right-hand You can see the status of the Smart
drive) while Smart Cruise Control is Cruise Control operation in the Driving
operating, and the following conditions Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to “LCD
are satisfied: Display Modes” section in chapter 4.
ś Your vehicle speed is above 60 km/h Smart Cruise Control will be displayed
(40 mph) as below depending on the status of the
system.
ś The hazard warning flasher is off
ś A vehicle is detected in front of your
vehicle
ś Deceleration is not needed to
maintain distance with the vehicle in
front

WARNING
ś When the turn signal indicator is
turned on to the left (left-hand drive)
or turned on to the right (right-
OTM070245
hand drive) while there is a vehicle
ahead, the vehicle may accelerate ś When operating
temporarily. Pay attention to the (1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
road conditions at all times. and the selected distance level are
ś Regardless of your countries driving displayed.
direction, Overtaking Acceleration (2) Set speed is displayed.
Assist will operate when the (3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
conditions are satisfied. When and the target vehicle distance are
using the function in countries with displayed.
different driving direction, always
check the road conditions at all
times.

7-84
 07
To temporarily accelerate

OTM070155

ś When temporarily canceled

OTM070246
(1) indicator is displayed.
(2) The previous set speed is shaded. If you want to speed up temporarily
when Smart Cruise Control is on, depress
the accelerator pedal. While the speed
Information is increasing, the set speed, distance
ś The distance of the front vehicle on the level and target distance will blink on the
cluster is displayed according to the cluster.
actual distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle ahead. WARNING
ś The target distance may vary according
Be careful when accelerating
to the vehicle speed and the set
temporarily, because the speed and
distance level. If vehicle speed is low,
distance is not controlled automatically
even though the vehicle distance have
even if there is a vehicle in front of you.
changed, the change of the target
vehicle distance may be small.

7-85
Driver assistance system

Smart Cruise Control temporarily Smart Cruise Control conditions not

canceled satisfied
Type A
„ Type B
„ Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM070113N OTM070113L OTM070112N OTM070112L

Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily If the Driving Assist button, + switch,
canceled automatically when: - switch or switch is pushed when
ś The vehicle speed is above 190 km/h WKHV\VWHPŔVRSHUDWLQJFRQGLWLRQVDUH
(120 mph) not satisfied, the ‘Smart Cruise Control
FRQGLWLRQVQRWPHWŔ RU6&& 6PDUW
ś The vehicle is stopped for a certain &UXLVH&WUOFRQGLWLRQVQRWPHWŔ ZLOO
period of time appear on the cluster, and an audible
ś The accelerator pedal is continuously warning will sound.
depressed for a certain period of time
ś The conditions for the Smart Cruise
Control to operate is not satisfied
If the function is temporarily canceled
automatically, the ‘Smart Cruise Control
FDQFHOHGŔ RUœ6&& 6PDUW&UXLVH&RQWURO 
FDQFHOOHGŔ ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU
on the cluster, and an audible warning
will sound to warn the driver.

If the Smart Cruise Control is temporarily

canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the system operating,
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) maybe
applied.

WARNING
When the function is temporarily
canceled, distance with the front
vehicle will not be maintained. Always
have your eyes on the road while
driving, and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.

7-86
 07
In traffic situation Warning road conditions ahead

OTM070114L OTM070055L

In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the In the following situation, the ‘Watch for
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the VXUURXQGLQJYHKLFOHVŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJH
vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your will appear on the cluster, and an audible
vehicle will start as well. In addition, after warning will sound to warn the driver of
the vehicle has stopped and a certain road conditions ahead.
time have passed, the ‘Use switch or - The vehicle in front disappears when
SHGDOWRDFFHOHUDWHŔPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU Smart Cruise Control is maintaining
on the cluster. Depress the accelerator the distance with the vehicle ahead
pedal or push the + switch, - switch or while driving below a certain speed
switch to start driving.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or
objects that may suddenly appear in
front of you, and if necessary, depress
the brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.

7-87
Driver assistance system

Collision Warning WARNING

Take the following precautions when
using Smart Cruise Control:
ś Smart Cruise Control does not
substitute for proper and safe
driving. It is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
ś Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and sudden
situations or complex driving
OTM070143N situations, so always pay attention to
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, driving conditions and control your
when the collision risk with the vehicle vehicle speed.
DKHDGLVKLJKWKHœ&ROOLVLRQ:DUQLQJŔ ś Keep Smart Cruise Control off when
warning message will appear on the the function is not in use to avoid
cluster, and an audible warning will inadvertently setting a speed.
sound to warn the driver. Always have ś Do not open the door or leave the
your eyes on the road while driving, and vehicle when Smart Cruise Control
if necessary, depress the brake pedal to is operating, even if the vehicle is
reduce your driving speed in order to stopped.
maintain a safe distance.
ś Always be aware of the selected
speed and vehicle distance.
WARNING ś Keep a safe distance according to
In the following situations, Smart Cruise road conditions and vehicle speed.
Control may not warn the driver of a If the vehicle distance is too close
collision. during high-speed driving, a serious
collision may result.
- The distance from the front vehicle
is near, or the vehicle speed of the ś When maintaining distance with the
front vehicle is faster or similar with vehicle ahead, if the front vehicle
your vehicle disappears, the system may suddenly
accelerate to the set speed. Always
- The speed of the front vehicle is very be aware of unexpected and sudden
slow or is at a standstill situations from occurring.
- The accelerator pedal is depressed ś Vehicle speed may decrease on an
right after Smart Cruise Control is upward slope and increase on a
turned on downward slope.
ś Always be aware of situations such
as when a vehicle cuts in suddenly.

7-88
 07
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Information
Smart Cruise Control is turned off ś Smart Cruise Control may not operate
due to safety reasons. for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
ś Turn off Smart Cruise Control when started or the front view camera or
your vehicle is being towed. front radar is initialized.
ś Smart Cruise Control may not ś You may hear a sound when the brake
operate normally if interfered by is controlled by Smart Cruise Control.
strong electromagnetic waves.
ś Smart Cruise Control may not
Smart Cruise Control
detect an obstacle in front and lead malfunction and limitations
to a collision. Always look ahead Smart Cruise Control malfunction
cautiously to prevent unexpected Type A
„ Type B
„
and sudden situations from
occurring.
ś Vehicles moving in front of you with
a frequent lane change may cause
a delay in the system's reaction or
may cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situations
from occurring.
ś Always be aware of the surroundings OTM070116N OTM070116L
and drive safely, even though a When Smart Cruise Control is not working
warning message does not appear or properly, the ‘Check Smart Cruise Control
an audible warning does not sound. V\VWHPŔ RUœ&KHFN6&& 6PDUW&UXLVH
ś If any other function’s warning &RQWURO V\VWHPŔ ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO
message is displayed or warning appear, and the warning light will
sound is generated, Smart Cruise illuminate on the cluster. We recommend
Control warning message may not that the function be inspected by an
be displayed and warning sound may authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
not be generated.
ś You may not hear the warning sound
of Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
ś The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation
or accidents caused by the driver.
ś Always set the vehicle speed to the
speed limit in your country.

7-89
Driver assistance system

Smart Cruise Control disabled Limitations of Smart Cruise Control

Type A
„ Type B
„ Smart Cruise Control may not operate
normally, or the function may operate
unexpectedly under the following
circumstances:
ś The detecting sensor or the
surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
ś Washer fluid is continuously sprayed,
or the wiper is on
ś The camera lens is contaminated due
OTM070115N OTM070115L
to tinted, filmed or coated windshield,
damaged glass, or stuck of foreign
When the front radar cover or sensor material (sticker, bug, etc.) on the
is covered with snow, rain, or foreign glass
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or ś Moisture is not removed or frozen on
disable Smart Cruise Control. the windshield
If this occurs the ‘Smart Cruise Control ś The field of view of the front view
GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ RUœ6&& 6PDUW camera is obstructed by sun glare
&UXLVH&RQWURO GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ ś Street light or light from an oncoming
warning message will appear for a certain vehicle is reflected on the wet road
period of time on the cluster. surface, such as a puddle on the road
The function will operate normally when ś The temperature around the front
snow, rain or foreign material is removed. view camera is high or low
ś An object is placed on the dashboard
WARNING ś The surrounding is very bright
ś Even though the warning message ś The surrounding is very dark, such as
does not appear on the cluster, in a tunnel, etc.
Smart Cruise Control may not ś The brightness changes suddenly, for
properly operate. example when entering or exiting a
ś Smart Cruise Control may not tunnel
properly operate in an area (e.g. open ś The brightness outside is low, and the
terrain), where there is nothing to headlamps are not on or are not bright
detect after turning ON the engine. ś Driving in heavy rain or snow, or thick
fog
ś Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow

7-90
 07
ś Only part of the vehicle is detected ś The vehicle in front is bent out of
ś The vehicle in front has no tail lights, shape
tail lights are located unusually, etc. ś 7KHIURQWYHKLFOHŔVVSHHGLVIDVWRU
ś The brightness outside is low, and the slow
tail lamps are not on or are not bright ś With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
ś The rear of the front vehicle is small changes lane at low speed
or does not look normal (i.e. tilted, ś The vehicle in front is covered with
overturned, etc.) snow
ś 7KHIURQWYHKLFOHŔVJURXQGFOHDUDQFHLV ś Unstable driving
low or high ś You are on a roundabout and the
ś A vehicle suddenly cuts in front vehicle in front is not detected
ś Your vehicle is being towed ś You are continuously driving in a circle
ś Driving through a tunnel or iron bridge ś Driving in a parking lot
ś Driving near areas containing metal ś Driving through a construction area,
substances, such as a construction unpaved road, partial paved road,
zone, railroad, etc. uneven road, speed bumps, etc.
ś A material is near that reflects very ś Driving on an incline road, curved
well on the front radar, such as a road, etc.
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc. ś Driving through a roadside with trees
ś The bumper around the front radar is or streetlights
impacted, damaged or the front radar ś The adverse road conditions cause
is out of position excessive vehicle vibrations while
ś The temperature around the front driving
radar is high or low ś Your vehicle height is low or high
ś Driving in large areas where there are due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
few vehicles or structures (i.e. desert, pressure, etc.
meadow, suburb, etc.) ś Driving through a narrow road where
ś The vehicle in front is made of trees or grass are overgrown
material that does not reflect on the ś There is interference by
front radar electromagnetic waves, such as
ś Driving near a highway (or motorway) driving in an area with strong radio
interchange or tollgate waves or electrical noise
ś Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
ś Driving on a curved road
ś The vehicle in front is detected late
ś The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
ś The vehicle in front suddenly changes
lane or suddenly reduces speed

7-91
Driver assistance system

ś Driving on a curve ś Driving on a slope

OADAS014 OADAS012

On curves, Smart Cruise Control may During uphill or downhill driving, the
not detect a vehicle in the same lane, Smart Cruise Control may not detect
and may accelerate to the set speed. a moving vehicle in your lane, and
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly cause your vehicle to accelerate to
decrease when the vehicle ahead is the set speed. Also, vehicle speed will
detected suddenly. rapidly decrease when the vehicle
Select the appropriate set speed on ahead is detected suddenly.
curves and apply the brake pedal or Select the appropriate set speed on
accelerator pedal according to the inclines and apply the brake pedal or
road and driving conditions ahead. accelerator pedal according to the
road and driving conditions ahead.

OADAS015

Your vehicle speed can be reduced

due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and select
the appropriate set speed. Check
to be sure that the road conditions
permit safe operation of the Smart
Cruise Control.

7-92
 07
ś Changing lanes ś Detecting vehicle

OJX1079181

In the following cases, some vehicles

in your lane cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile, such
OADAS030 as trailers
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle - Narrow vehicles, such as
When a vehicle moves into your lane motorcycles or bicycles
from an adjacent lane, it cannot be - Special vehicles
detected by the sensor until it is in the - Animals and pedestrians
sensor's detection range. Smart Cruise
Adjust your vehicle speed by
Control may not immediately detect
depressing the brake pedal according
the vehicle when the vehicle changes
to the road and driving conditions
lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
ahead.
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.

7-93
Driver assistance system

OOS057022 OTM058119

In the following cases, the vehicle ś When a vehicle in front of you merges
in front cannot be detected by the out of the lane, Smart Cruise Control
sensor: may not immediately detect the new
- Vehicles with higher ground vehicle that is now in front of you.
clearance or vehicles carrying loads Always pay attention to road and
that stick out of the back of the driving conditions while driving.
vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted due
to heavy loads
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply curved
roads
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal according
to the road and driving conditions
ahead.
OTM058124

ś Always look out for pedestrians when

your vehicle is maintaining a distance
with the vehicle ahead.

OTM058129

ś When a vehicle ahead disappears

at an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.

7-94
 07
NAVIGATIONǘBASED SMART CRUISE CONTROL ǣNSCCǤ
ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Navigation-based Smart Cruise
will help automatically adjust vehicle Control settings
speed when driving on highways (or
motorways) by using road information Setting features
from the navigation system while Smart
Cruise Control is operating.

Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control is
available only on controlled access road of
certain highways.
à Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and exits
that allow uninterrupted high speed
OTM070192N
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and
motorcycles are allowed on controlled With the engine on, select ‘Driver
access roads. $VVLVWDQFHƟ'ULYLQJ&RQYHQLHQFHƟ
Auto Highway Speed Control (or Auto
PRWRUZD\VSHHGFRQWURO ŔIURPWKH
Information Settings menu to turn on Navigation-
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control based Smart Cruise Control and deselect
operates on main roads of highways (or to turn off the function.
motorways), and does not operate on
interchanges or junctions.
Information
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown When there is a problem with Navigation-
based Smart Cruise Control, the function
If vehicle speed is high, Highway Curve cannot be set from the Settings menu.
Zone Auto Slowdown function will
temporarily decelerate your vehicle
or limit acceleration to help you drive
safely on a curve based on the curve
information from the navigation.

Highway Set Speed Auto Change

Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function automatically changes Smart
Cruise Control set speed based on
the speed limit information from the
navigation.

7-95
Driver assistance system

Navigation-based Smart Cruise ś Function operating

Control operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
is ready to operate if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
ś Smart Cruise Control is operating
ś Driving on main roads of highways (or
motorways)

Information OTM070161 OTM070209L

For more details on how to operate Smart If temporary deceleration is required in
Cruise Control, refer to “Smart Cruise the standby state and Navigation-based
Control (SCC)” section in chapter 7. Smart Cruise Control is operating, the
green symbol will illuminate on the
Navigation-based Smart Cruise cluster.
Control display and control If the Highway Set Speed Auto Change
When Navigation-based Smart Cruise function operates, the green
Control operates, it will be displayed on symbol and set speed will illuminate on
the cluster as follows: the cluster, and an audible warning will
ś Function standby sound.

WARNING

OTM070160

If the operating conditions are satisfied,

the white indicator will illuminate. OTM070198L

‘Drive carefully’ warning message will

appear in the following circumstances:
- Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not able to slow down your
vehicle to a safe speed

7-96
 07
ś If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
Information function has changed to the standby
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown and state by depressing the brake pedal
Highway Set Speed Auto Change function or pressing the switch on the
uses the same symbol. steering wheel, press the switch
to restart the function.
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown ś Highway Set Speed Auto Change
ś Depending on the curve ahead on the function does not operate on highway
highway (or motorway), the vehicle interchanges or junctions.
will decelerate, and after passing the
curve, the vehicle will accelerate to
Smart Cruise Control set speed. Information
ś Vehicle deceleration time may differ ś Highway Set Speed Auto Change
depending on the vehicle speed function only operates based on
and the degree of the curve on the the speed limits of the highway (or
road. The higher the driving speed, motorway), it does not work with speed
deceleration will start faster. cameras.
ś When Highway Set Speed Auto Change
Highway Set Speed Auto Change function is operating, the vehicle
ś Highway Set Speed Auto Change automatically accelerates or decelerates
function will operate when Smart when the highway (or motorway) speed
Cruise Control set speed and the limit changes.
highway (or motorway) speed limit is ś The maximum set speed for Highway
matched. Set Speed Auto Change function is 140
ś While Highway Set Speed Auto km/h (86 mph).
Change function is operating, when ś If the speed limit of a new road is not
the highway (or motorway) speed limit updated in the navigation, Highway Set
changes, Smart Cruise Control set Speed Auto Change function may not
speed automatically changes to the operate properly.
changed speed limit. ś If the speed unit is set to a unit other
ś If Smart Cruise Control set speed is than the speed unit used in your
adjusted different from the speed country, Highway Set Speed Auto
limit, Highway Set Speed Auto Change Change function may not operate
function will be in the standby state. properly.
ś If Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function has changed to the standby
state by driving on a road other than
the highway (or motorway) main road,
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate again when you
drive on the main road again without
setting the set speed.

7-97
Driver assistance system

Limitations of Navigation-based ś The vehicle enters a service station or

Smart Cruise Control rest area
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control ś The speed limit of some sections
may not operate normally under the changes according to the road
following circumstances: situations
ś The navigation is not working properly ś Android Auto or Car Play is operating
ś Speed limit and road information in ś The navigation cannot detect the
the navigation is not updated current vehicle position (ex: elevated
roads including overpass adjacent to
ś The map information and the actual general roads or nearby roads exist in
road is different because of real-time a parallel way)
GPS data or map information error
ś The navigation is being updated while
ś The navigation searches for a route driving
while driving
ś The navigation is being restarted while
ś GPS signals are blocked in areas such driving
as a tunnel
ś There is bad weather, such as heavy
ś The navigation is updated while rain, heavy snow, etc.
driving
ś Driving on a road under construction
ś Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's ś Driving on a road that is controlled
abnormal operation ś Driving on a road that is sharply
ś A road that divides into two or more curved
roads and joins again ś Driving on roads with intersections,
ś The driver goes off course the route roundabouts, straight entrances and
set in the navigation exits, etc.
ś The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting the
navigation

7-98
 07

OJX1070280L OJX1070281L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route, [1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section [4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
ś When there is a difference between ś When there is a difference between
the navigation set route (branch line) the navigation route (main road)
and the driving route (main road), and the driving route (branch line),
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
function may not operate until the function will operate based on the
driving route is recognized as the curve information on the main road.
main road. ś When it is judged that you are driving
ś When the vehicle's driving route out of the route by entering the
is recognized as the main road by highway interchange or junction,
maintaining the main road instead Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
of the navigation set route, Highway function will not operate.
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will operate. Depending on the
distance to the curve and the current
vehicle speed, vehicle deceleration
may not be sufficient or may
decelerate rapidly.

7-99
Driver assistance system

WARNING
ś Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is not a substitute for safe
driving practices, but a convenience
function. Always have your eyes on
the road, and it is the responsibility
of the driver to avoid violating traffic
laws.
ś The navigation’s speed limit
information may differ from the
OJX1070282L actual speed limit information on the
[1] : Driving route, [2] : Branch line, road. It is the driver's responsibility
[3] : Curved road section, [4] : Main road to check the speed limit on the
ś If there is no destination set on the actual driving road or lane.
navigation, Highway Curve Zone Auto ś Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Slowdown function will operate based Control will automatically be
on the curve information on the main cancelled when you leave the
road. highway (or motorway) main road.
ś Even if you depart from the main road, Always pay attention to road and
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown driving conditions while driving.
function may temporarily operate ś Navigation-based Smart Cruise
due to navigation information of the Control may not operate due to the
highway curve section. existence of leading vehicles and
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is turned off due to safety
reasons.

7-100
 07
ś After you pass through a tollgate on a
highway (or motorway), Navigation-
Information
based Smart Cruise Control will ś The time gap could occur between
operate based on the first lane. If the navigation’s guidance and when
you enter one of the other lanes, the Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
system may not operate properly. operation starts and ends.
ś The vehicle will accelerate if the ś The speed information on the cluster
driver depresses the accelerator and navigation may differ.
pedal while Navigation-based Smart ś Even if you are driving at a speed lower
Cruise Control is operating, and than Smart Cruise Control set speed,
the system will not decelerate the acceleration may be limited by the
vehicle. curve sections ahead.
ś If the driver accelerates and ś If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
releases the accelerator pedal while Control is operating while leaving the
Navigation-based Smart Cruise main road to enter an interchange,
Control is operating, the vehicle may junction, rest area, etc., the system may
not decelerate sufficiently or may operate for a certain period of time.
rapidly decelerate to a safe speed. ś Deceleration by Navigation-based
ś If the curve is too large or too small, Smart Cruise Control may feel it is not
Navigation-based Smart Cruise sufficient due to road conditions such
Control may not operate. as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes,
etc.

7-101
Driver assistance system

LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST ǣLFAǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Lane Following Assist is designed to help Lane Following Assist settings
detect lane markings and/or vehicles on Setting features
WKHURDGDQGDVVLVWVWKHGULYHUŔVVWHHULQJ
to help center the vehicle in the lane.

Detecting sensor (Front view camera)

OOS070014K

Turning the system ON/OFF

With the engine on, shortly press the
OOS070001K Lane Driving Assist button located on the
[1] : Front view camera steering wheel to turn on Lane Following
The front view camera is used as a Assist. The white or green indicator
detecting sensor to help detect lane light will illuminate on the cluster.
markings and vehicles in front. Press the button again to turn off the
Refer to the picture above for the system.
detailed location of the detecting sensor. If the engine is restarted, Lane Following
Assist will maintain the last setting.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.

7-102
 07
Lane Following Assist operation
Warning and control

OTM070141N

Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver OTM070243
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
Lane Following Assist
Settings menu to change the Warning
9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
Hands-off warning. markings are detected and your vehicle
speed is below 200 km/h (120 mph), the
If you change the Warning Volume,
green indicator light will illuminate
the Warning Volume of other Driver
on the cluster, and the function will help
Assistance systems may change.
center the vehicle in the lane by assisting
the steering wheel.

CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not assisted,
the green indicator light will blink
and change to white.

7-103
Driver assistance system

Type A
„ Type B
„
WARNING
ś Lane Following Assist does not
operate at all times. It is the
responsibility of the driver to safely
steer the vehicle and to maintain the
vehicle in its lane.
ś The hands–off warning message
may appear late depending on road
conditions. Always have your hands
on the steering wheel while driving.
OTM070037N OTM070037L ś If the steering wheel is held very
Hands-off warning lightly the hands–off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the message may appear because the
steering wheel for several seconds, the system may not recognize that the
œ3ODFHKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJZKHHOŔ RU driver has their hands on the steering
œ.HHSKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJZKHHOŔ  wheel.
warning message will appear and an ś If you attach objects to the steering
audible warning will sound in stages. wheel, the hands-off warning may
First stage : Warning message not work properly.
Second stage : Warning message (red
steering wheel) and
audible warning

Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM070117N OTM070117L

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Lane Following
$VVLVW /)$ FDQFHOHGŔ RUœ/)$ /DQH
)ROORZLQJ$VVLVW FDQFHOOHGŔ ZDUQLQJ
message will appear and Lane Following
Assist will be automatically canceled.

7-104
 07
Information Lane Following Assist
ś You may change settings from the
malfunction and limitations
instrument cluster (User Settings) or Lane Following Assist malfunction
infotainment system (Vehicle Settings), Type A
„ Type B
„
whichever option that is provided with
your vehicle. For more details, see
"User Settings" section in chapter 4, or
"Vehicle Settings" section in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
ś When both lane markings are detected,
the lane lines on the cluster will change
from grey to white.
Lane undetected
„ Lane detected
„

OTM070118N OTM070118L

When Lane Following Assist is not

working properly, the ‘Check Lane
)ROORZLQJ$VVLVW /)$ V\VWHPŔ RUœ&KHFN
/)$ /DQH)ROORZLQJ$VVLVW V\VWHPŔ 
warning message will appear on the
cluster. If this occurs, we recommend
that the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OTM070025 OTM070026

ś If lane markings are not detected, WARNING

steering wheel control by Lane
Following Assist can be limited For more details on the function
depending on whether a vehicle is in precautions, refer to “Lane Keeping
front or the driving conditions of the Assist (LKA)” section in chapter 7.
vehicle.
Limitations of Lane Following Assist
ś Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Following Assist, the driver For more details on system limitations,
may control the steering wheel. refer to “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
section in chapter 7.
ś The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Following Assist than
when it is not.

7-105
Driver assistance system

HIGHWAY DRIVING ASSIST ǣHDAǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Basic function Detecting sensor (Front view
Highway Driving Assist is designed to camera, Front radar)
help detect vehicles and lanes ahead,
and help maintain distance from the
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed,
and help center the vehicle in the
lane while driving on the highway (or
motorway).

OOS070001K

OADAS035

Information
The Highway Driving Assist is available
only on controlled access road of certain
highways. OOS070002K
à Controlled access road indicates [1] : Front view camera,
roads with limited entrances and exits [2] : Front radar
that allow uninterrupted high speed Refer to the picture above for the
traffic flow. Only passenger cars and detailed location of the detecting
motorcycles are allowed on controlled sensors.
access roads.

CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of
the detecting sensors, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)”
section in chapter 7.

7-106
 07
Highway Driving Assist settings WARNING
Setting features For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
location.

OTM070193N

Highway Driving Assist

With the engine on, select or deselect OTM070141N
œ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ'ULYLQJ&RQYHQLHQFHŔ
from the Settings menu to set whether or Warning Volume
not to use the following function(s). With the engine on, select ‘Driver
- ,Iœ+LJKZD\'ULYLQJ$VVLVWŔ RUœ+'$ $VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
0RWRUZD\'ULYLQJ$VVLVW Ŕ LVVHOHFWHG Settings menu to change the Warning
it helps maintain distance from the 9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
vehicle ahead, maintain the set speed, Hands-off warning.
and helps center the vehicle in the If you change the Warning Volume,
lane. the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Information
ś If there is a problem with the
function(s), the settings cannot be
changed. We recommend that the
function be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ś If the engine is restarted, the function(s)
will maintain the last setting.

7-107
Driver assistance system

Highway Driving Assist (2) Set speed is displayed.

operation (3) Lane Following Assist indicator
Highway Driving Assist display and displayed.
control (4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead and
Function display and control the selected vehicle distance are
displayed.
You can see the status of the Highway
Driving Assist operation in the Driving (5) Whether the lane is detected or not is
Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to “LCD displayed.
Display Modes” section in chapter 4.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed For more details on the display refer
as below depending on the status of the to “Smart Cruise Control (SCC)” and
system. “Lane Following Assist (LFA)” sections
in chapter 7.
Operating state
„ Standby state
„
Function operating
Highway Driving Assist will operate when
entering or driving on the main road of
highways (or motorways), and satisfying
all the following conditions:
- Lane Following Assist is operating
- Smart Cruise Control is operating

OTM070244 OTM070165 Information

(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator, ś While driving on the highway (or
whether there is a vehicle ahead motorway), if Smart Cruise Control
and the selected distance level are starts operating, Highway Driving
displayed. Assist will operate.
à Highway Driving Assist indicator ś When entering the main roads of
- Green : Operating state highways (or motorways), Highway
- White : Standby state Driving Assist will not turn on if the
Lane Following Assist is turned off
even when Smart Cruise Control is
operating.

7-108
 07
ś Restarting after stopping ś Hands-off warning
Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM070114L OTM070037N OTM070037L

When Highway Driving Assist is If the driver takes their hands off the
operating, your vehicle will stop if the steering wheel for several seconds,
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the the ‘Place hands on the steering
vehicle ahead of you starts moving ZKHHOŔ RUœ.HHSKDQGVRQWKHVWHHULQJ
within 30 seconds after the stop, your ZKHHOŔ ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOODSSHDU
vehicle will start as well. In addition, and an audible warning will sound in
after the vehicle has stopped and 30 stages.
seconds have passed, the ‘Use switch First stage : Warning message
RUSHGDOWRDFFHOHUDWHŔPHVVDJH Second stage : Warning message (red
will appear on the cluster. Depress steering wheel) and
the accelerator pedal or push the + audible warning
switch, - switch or switch to start
driving. Type A
„ Type B
„

OTM070195N OTM070195L

If the driver still does not have their

hands on the steering wheel after
the hands-off warning, the ‘Highway
'ULYLQJ$VVLVW +'$ FDQFHOHGŔ
(or ‘HDA (Highway Driving Assist)
FDQFHOOHGŔ ZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO
appear and Highway Driving Assist
and Lane Change Assist will be
automatically canceled.

7-109
Driver assistance system

Function standby
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled while Highway ś The driver is responsible for
Driving Assist is operating, Highway controlling the vehicle for safe
Driving Assist will be in the standby state. driving.
At this time, Lane Following Assist will ś Always have your hands on the
operate normally. steering wheel while driving.
ś Highway Driving Assist is a
Highway Driving Assist supplemental Function that assists
malfunction and limitations the driver in driving the vehicle
Highway Driving Assist malfunction and is not a complete autonomous
driving system. Always check road
Type A
„ Type B
„ conditions, and if necessary, take
appropriate actions to drive safely.
ś Always have your eyes on the road,
and it is the responsibility of the
driver to avoid violating traffic laws.
The vehicle manufacturer is not
responsible for any traffic violation
or accidents caused by the driver.
ś Highway Driving Assist may not
be able to recognize all traffic
situations. The Function may not
OTM070120N OTM070120L detect possible collisions due to
limitations of the system. Always
When Highway Driving Assist or Highway
be aware of the limitations of the
Lane Change function is not working
system. Obstacles such as vehicles,
properly, the ‘Check Highway Driving
motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians,
$VVLVW +'$ V\VWHPŔ RU &KHFN+'$
unspecified objects, structures, etc.
(Motorway Driving Assist) system')
that may collide with the vehicle may
warning message will appear, and the
not be detected.
warning light will illuminate on the
cluster. We recommend that the function ś Highway Driving Assist will turn off
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI automatically under the following
dealer. situations:
- Driving on roads that the system
does not operate, such as a rest
area, intersection, junction, etc.
- The navigation does not operate
properly such as when the
navigation is being updated or
restarted

7-110
 07
ś Highway Driving Assist may Limitations of Highway Driving
inadvertently operate or turn off Assist
depending on road conditions Highway Driving Assist may not operate
(navigation information) and normally, or may not operate under the
surroundings. following circumstances:
ś Lane Following Assist may be ś The map information and the
temporarily disabled when the front actual road is different because the
view camera cannot detect lanes navigation is not updated
properly or the hands-off warning is
on. ś The map information and the actual
road is different because of real-time
ś You may not hear the warning sound GPS data or map information error
of Highway Driving Assist if the
surrounding is noisy. ś The infotainment system is overloaded
by simultaneously performing
ś If the vehicle is driven at high speed functions such as route search, video
above a certain speed at a curve, playback, voice recognition, etc.
your vehicle may drive to one side or
may depart from the driving lane. ś GPS signals are blocked in areas such
as a tunnel
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that ś The driver goes off course or the
Highway Driving Assist is turned off route to the destination is changed or
due to safety reasons. canceled by resetting the navigation
ś The hands–off warning message ś The vehicle enters a service station or
may appear early or late depending rest area
on how the steering wheel is held or ś Android Auto or Car Play is operating
road conditions. Always have your ś The navigation cannot detect the
hands on the steering wheel while current vehicle position (ex: elevated
driving. roads including overpass adjacent to
ś For your safety, please read the general roads or nearby roads exist in
owner's manual before using the a parallel way)
Highway Driving Assist.
ś Highway Driving Assist will not For more details on the limitations of
operate when the engine is started, the front view camera, front radar, front
or when the detecting sensors or corner radar and rear corner radar, refer
navigation is being initialized. to “Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 7.

7-111
Driver assistance system

REAR VIEW MONITOR ǣRVMǤ

Detecting sensor

OOS070015K

OOS070029K
[1] : Rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.

WARNING
The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check the
OOS070016K vehicle's surroundings for safety.
Rear View Monitor will show the area
behind the vehicle to assist you when
parking or backing up.

7-112
 07
Rear View Monitor settings Off conditions
Camera settings śThe rear view cannot be turned off when
śYou can change Rear View Monitor the gear is in R (Reverse).
settings by pressing the setup icon śPress the Parking/View button (1) again
( ) on the screen while the system is while the gear is in P (Park) with the rear
RSHUDWLQJRUVHOHFWœ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ view on the screen, the rear view will turn
3DUNLQJ6DIHW\Ɵ&DPHUD6HWWLQJVŔIURP off.
the Settings menu while the Engine is ON. śShift the gear from R (Reverse) to P (Park),
śIn the Display Contents, you can change the rear view will turn off.
VHWWLQJVIRUœ5HDU9LHZ3DUNLQJ*XLGDQFHŔ
and in the Display Settings, you can Maintaining rear view
FKDQJHWKHVFUHHQŔVœ%ULJKWQHVVŔDQG The rear view will maintain showing on
œ&RQWUDVWŔ the screen to help you when parking.
However, parking guidance is not
Rear View Monitor operation displayed.
Operation button
Operating conditions
Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view will
appear on the screen.

Off conditions
śWhen vehicle speed is above 10 km/h (6
mph), the rear view will turn off.
śShift the gear to P (Park), the rear view will
turn off.
OOS070021K

Parking/View button (if equipped)

Press the Parking/View button to turn on
Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
system.

Rear view
Operating conditions
śShift the gear to R (Reverse), the image
will appear on the screen.
śPress the Parking/View button while the
gear is in P (Park), the image will appear
on the screen. However, parking guidance
is not displayed.

7-113
Driver assistance system

Rear view while driving (if equipped) Operating conditions

Press the Parking/View button while
the gear is in D (Drive) or N (Neutral),
the driving rear view will appear on the
screen.

Off conditions
ś Press the Parking/View button again,
the driving rear view will turn off.
ś Press one of the infotainment system
button, the driving rear view will turn
off.
OOS070021K
ś Shift the gear to P (Park), the driving
rear view will turn off.

When operating
ś If the gear is shifted to R (Reverse),
while Driving rear view is displayed on
the screen, the screen will change to
rear view with parking guidance.
ś When Driving rear view is displayed
on the screen, an icon will appear
on the upper right side of the screen
OOS070030K indicating that the rear view is being
The driver is able to check the rear view displayed.
on the screen while driving, it is to assist
with safe driving.

7-114
 07
Rear top view (if equipped) Rear View Monitor malfunction
and limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working
properly, or the screen flickers, or the
camera image does not display normally,
we recommend that the function be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Limitations of Rear View Monitor

OOS070022K When the vehicle is stopped for a long
time in winter or when the vehicle is
When you touch the icon (1), the top view parked in an indoor parking lot, the
is displayed on the screen and shows the exhaust fumes may temporarily blur the
distance from the vehicle in the back of image.
your vehicle while parking.
WARNING
ś The camera does not cover the
complete area behind the vehicle.
The driver should always check the
rear area directly through the inside
and outside rearview mirror before
parking or backing up.
ś The image shown on the screen may
differ from the actual distance of the
object. Make sure to directly check
the vehicle's surroundings for safety.
ś Always keep the rear view camera
lens clean. If the lens is covered with
foreign material, it may adversely
affect camera performance and
Rear View Monitor may not operate
normally. However, do not use
chemical solvents such as strong
detergents containing high alkaline
or volatile organic solvents (gasoline,
acetone etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.

7-115
Driver assistance system

REAR CROSSǘTRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING ǣRCCWǤ

ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning Detecting sensor (Rear corner radar)
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right side
while your vehicle is reversing, and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning.

OOS070004K
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting sensor.

OJX1070108L CAUTION
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range
For more details on the precautions of
the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
CAUTION (BCW)” section in chapter 7.
The time of warning may vary
depending on vehicle speed of the
approaching vehicle.

Information
In the following text, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning will be referred as Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety system.

7-116
 07
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning settings
Setting features

OTM070140N

Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
OTM070194N
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the initial
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety warning activation time for Rear Cross-
With the engine on, select ‘Driver Traffic Safety system.
$VVLVWDQFHƟ3DUNLQJ6DIHW\Ɵ5HDU&URVV When the vehicle is first delivered,
7UDIILF6DIHW\ŔIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQXWR :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX
turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system change the Warning Timing, the warning
and deselect to turn off the system. time of other Driver Assistance systems
may change.
WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety system will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is selected
after the engine is restarted, the
driver should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.

7-117
Driver assistance system

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision

Warning operation
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system will
warn the driver when a collision is
imminent.
Left-side
„

OTM070141N

Warning Volume
Right-side
„
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the Warning
9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system.
OOS057024
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.

CAUTION
ś The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to all
functions of the Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety. OTM070168
ś Even though ‘Normal’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if the vehicles from
the left and right side approaches
at high speed, the initial warning
activation time may seem late.
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.

Information
OOS070019K
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the Collision Warning
last setting. ś To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side
of your vehicle, the outside rearview
mirror will blink and a warning will
appear on the cluster. At the same
time, an audible warning will sound.
If Rear View Monitor is operating,
a warning will also appear on the
infotainment system screen.
7-118
 07
ś The function will operate when all the WARNING
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse) Take the following precautions when
using Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system:
- Vehicle speed is below 8 km/h
(5 mph) ś For your safety, change the Settings
after parking the vehicle at a safe
- The approaching vehicle is within location.
approximately 25 m (82 ft.) from the
left and right side of your vehicle ś If any other function’s warning
message is displayed or audible
- The speed of the vehicle warning is generated, Rear Cross-
approaching from the left and right Traffic Safety system’s warning
is above 5 km/h (3 mph) message may not be displayed
and audible warning may not be
generated.
Information
ś You may not hear the warning sound
If the operating conditions are satisfied, of Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system if
there will be a warning whenever the the surrounding is noisy.
vehicle approaches from the left or right
side even though your vehicle speed is ś Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
0 km/h (0 mph). warn the driver late or may not warn
the driver depending on the road and
driving conditions.
ś The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehicle.
Do not solely depend on Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety system. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and
if necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce driving speed or to stop
the vehicle.

7-119
Driver assistance system

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning

Warning malfunction and disabled
limitations Type A
„ Type B
„
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
malfunction

OTM070124N OTM070124L

When the rear bumper around the rear

corner radar or sensor is covered with
OTM070125N foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
When Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
reduce the detecting performance and
is not working properly, the ‘Check
temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-
5HDU&URVV7UDIILF6DIHW\V\VWHP V Ŕ
Traffic Safety system.
warning message will appear on the
cluster, and the function will turn off If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
automatically, or the system will be 6DIHW\V\VWHPGLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ
limited. We recommend that the system (or ‘Rear cross-traffic safety functions
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ ZDUQLQJ
dealer. message will appear on the cluster.
The function will operate normally when
Type A
„ Type B
„ such foreign material or trailer, etc. is
removed.
If the function does not operate normally
after it is removed, we recommend
that the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTM070100N OTM070100L

When the outside rearview mirror

warning light is not working properly, the
œ&KHFNVLGHYLHZPLUURUZDUQLQJOLJKWŔ
RUœ&KHFNRXWVLGHPLUURUZDUQLQJLFRQŔ 
warning message will appear on the
cluster. We recommend that the function
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

7-120
 07
WARNING WARNING
ś Even though the warning message ś Driving near a vehicle or structure
does not appear on the cluster, Rear
Cross-Traffic Safety system may not
operate properly.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
not operate properly in an area (for
example: open terrain), where any
substance are not detected after
turning ON the engine.

CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Safety OJX1079111
system to install a trailer, carrier, etc., [A] : Structure
or remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system. may be limited when driving near
a vehicle or structure, and may not
Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic detect the vehicle approaching
Collision Warning from the left or right. If this occurs,
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may the system may not warn the driver
not operate normally, or the system when necessary.
may operate unexpectedly under the Always check your surroundings
following circumstances: while backing up.
ś Departing from where trees or grass
are overgrown
ś Departing from where roads are wet
ś Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow

For more details on the limitations of

the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
Spot Collision-Avoidance Warning
(BCW)” section in chapter 7.

7-121
Driver assistance system

ś When the vehicle is in a complex ś When the vehicle is parked

parking environment diagonally

OJX1079112 OJX1079113

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may [A] : Vehicle

detect vehicles which are parking Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
or pulling out near your vehicle (for may be limited when backing up
example: a vehicle leaving beside diagonally, and may not detect the
your vehicle, a vehicle parking or vehicle approaching from the left or
pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle right. If this occurs, the system may
approaching your vehicle making a not warn the driver when necessary.
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the system Always check your surroundings
may unnecessarily warn the driver. while backing up.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up. ś When the vehicle is on or near a
slope

OOS070018K

Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system

may be limited when the vehicle is
on a uphill or downhill slope, or near
it, and may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or right. If
this occurs, the system may not warn
the driver when necessary.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up.

7-122
 07
ś Pulling into the parking space where ś When the vehicle is parked rearward
there is a structure

OJX1079116
OJX1079115 Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
[A] : Structure, [B] : Wall detect vehicles passing by behind
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system you when parking in reverse into
may detect vehicles passing by a parking space. If this occurs, the
in front of you when parking in system may unnecessarily warn the
reverse into a parking space with a driver.
wall or structure in the rear or side Always check your surroundings
area. If this occurs, the system may while backing up.
unnecessarily warn the driver.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up. WARNING
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend that
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system is
turned off due to safety reasons.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
not operate normally if interfered by
strong electromagnetic waves.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system may
not operate for 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.

7-123
Driver assistance system

REAR CROSSǘTRAFFIC COLLISIONǘAVOIDANCE ASSIST

ǣRCCAǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Detecting sensor (Rear corner radar)
Assist is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right side
while your vehicle is reversing, and warn
the driver that a collision is imminent
with a warning message and an audible
warning. Also, braking is assisted to help
prevent a collision.

OOS070004K
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.

OJX1079108 CAUTION
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range, For more details on the precautions of
[B] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
operating range Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)”
section in chapter 7.

CAUTION
The time of warning may vary
depending on vehicle speed of the
approaching vehicle.

7-124
 07
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist Settings
Setting features

OTM070140N

Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
OTM070194N
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ7LPLQJŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the initial
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety warning activation time for Rear Cross-
With the engine on, select ‘Driver Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
$VVLVWDQFHƟ3DUNLQJ6DIHW\Ɵ5HDU&URVV When the vehicle is first delivered,
7UDIILF6DIHW\ŔIURPWKH6HWWLQJVPHQX :DUQLQJ7LPLQJLVVHWWRœ1RUPDOŔ,I\RX
to turn on Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- change the Warning Timing, the warning
Avoidance Assist and deselect to turn off time of other Driver Assistance systems
the system. may change.

WARNING
When the engine is restarted, Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
will always turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is
selected after the engine is restarted,
the driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and drive safely.

Information
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system include Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning and Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.

7-125
Driver assistance system

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance operation
Warning and control
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will warn and control the vehicle
depending on collision level: ‘Collision
:DUQLQJŔœ(PHUJHQF\%UDNLQJŔDQG
‘Stopping vehicle and ending brake
FRQWUROŔ

OTM070141N Left-side
„

Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ9ROXPHŔIURPWKH
Settings menu to change the Warning
9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔRUœ/RZŔIRU
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Right-side
„
Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change. OOS057024

CAUTION
ś The setting of the Warning Timing
and Warning Volume applies to
all functions of the Rear Collision-
Avoidance Assist.
ś Even though ‘Normal’ is selected for
Warning Timing, if the vehicles from OTM070168
the left and right side approaches
at high speed, the initial warning
activation time may seem late.
ś Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and when driving
speed is slow.

Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning Timing
and Warning Volume will maintain the
last setting. OOS070019K

7-126
 07
Collision Warning Left-side
„
ś To warn the driver of an approaching
vehicle from the rear left/right side of
your vehicle, the warning light on the
outside rearview mirror will blink and
a warning will appear on the cluster.
At the same time, an audible warning Right-side
„
will sound. If Rear View Monitor is
operating, a warning will also appear
on the infotainment system screen.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
OOS057024
Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 8 km/h (5
mph)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 25 m (82 ft.) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and right
is above 5 km/h (3 mph)
OOS070019K

Emergency Braking
Information ś To warn the driver of an approaching
If the operating conditions are satisfied, vehicle from the rear left/right side
there will be a warning whenever the of your vehicle, the warning light on
vehicle approaches from the left or right the outside rearview mirror will blink
side even though your vehicle speed is and, the 'Emergency Braking' warning
0 km/h (0 mph). message will appear on the cluster.
At the same time, an audible warning
will sound. If Rear View Monitor is
operating, a warning will also appear
on the infotainment system screen.

7-127
Driver assistance system

ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance

Assist will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 8 km/h (5
mph)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 1.5 m (5 ft.) from the
left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and right OTM070169L
is above 5 km/h (3 mph) Stopping vehicle and ending brake control
ś Emergency braking will be assisted ś When the vehicle is stopped due
to help prevent collision with to emergency braking, the ‘Drive
approaching vehicles from the left FDUHIXOO\ŔZDUQLQJPHVVDJHZLOO
and right. appear on the cluster.
ś For your safety, the driver should
WARNING depress the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
Brake control will end when:
ś Brake control will end after the vehicle
- The approaching vehicle is out of the is stopped by emergency braking for
detecting range approximately 2 seconds.
- The approaching vehicle passes ś During emergency braking, braking
behind your vehicle control by Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
- The approaching vehicle does not Avoidance Assist will automatically
drive toward your vehicle cancel when the driver excessively
- The approaching vehicle speed slows depresses the brake pedal.
down
- The driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power

7-128
 07
WARNING ś The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the vehicle.
Take the following precautions when Do not solely depend on Rear Cross-
using Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Avoidance Assist: Rather, maintain a safe braking
ś For your safety, change the Settings distance, and if necessary, depress
after parking the vehicle at a safe the brake pedal to reduce driving
location. speed or to stop the vehicle.
ś If any other system’s warning ś Never deliberately operate Rear
message is displayed or audible Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
warning is generated, Rear Cross- Assist on people, animal, objects,
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist’s etc. It may cause serious injury or
warning message may not be death.
displayed and audible warning may
not be generated.
CAUTION
ś You may not hear the warning sound
of Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- The brake control may not operate
Avoidance Assist if the surrounding properly depending on the status of
is noisy. ESC (Electronic Stability Control).
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- There will only be a warning when:
Avoidance Assist may not operate if - The ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
the driver applies the brake pedal to warning light is on
avoid collision. - ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
ś During Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- engaged in a different function
Avoidance Assist operation, the
vehicle may stop suddenly injuring
passengers and shifting loose Information
objects. Always have the seat belt on ś If the system assists you with braking,
and keep loose objects secured. the driver needs to pay attention as the
ś Even if there is a problem with Rear brake assist will end within 2 seconds.
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance The driver must immediately depress
Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking the brake pedal and check vehicle
performance will operate normally. surroundings.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- ś Brake control will end when the
Avoidance Assist does not operate driver depresses the brake pedal with
in all situations or cannot avoid all sufficient power.
collisions. ś After shifting the gear to R (Reverse),
ś During emergency braking, braking control will operate once for
braking control by the system will left and right vehicle approach.
automatically cancel when the
driver excessively depresses the
accelerator pedal.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may warn the
driver late or may not warn the driver
depending on the road and driving
conditions.

7-129
Driver assistance system

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist malfunction Avoidance Assist disabled
and limitations Type A
„ Type B
„
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist malfunction

OTM070124N OTM070124L

When the rear bumper around the rear-

side radar or sensor is covered with
OTM070125N foreign material, such as snow or rain,
or installing a trailer or carrier, it can
When Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system
reduce the detecting performance and
is not working properly, the ‘Check Rear
temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-
&URVV7UDIILF6DIHW\V\VWHPŔ RU 5HDU
Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist.
cross-traffic safety functions disabled.
Radar blocked') warning message will If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
appear on the cluster, and the system 6DIHW\IXQFWLRQGLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ
will turn off automatically or the system (or ‘Rear cross-traffic safety functions
will be limited. We recommend that the GLVDEOHG5DGDUEORFNHGŔ ZDUQLQJ
function be inspected by an authorized message will appear on the cluster.
HYUNDAI dealer. Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate normally when
Type A
„ Type B
„ such foreign material or trailer, etc. is
removed.
If Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate normally after
it is removed, we recommend that the
function be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

OTM070100N OTM070100L

When the outside rearview mirror

warning light is not working properly, the
œ&KHFNVLGHYLHZPLUURUZDUQLQJOLJKWŔ
RUœ&KHFNRXWVLGHPLUURUZDUQLQJLFRQŔ 
warning message will appear on the
cluster. We recommend that the function
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

7-130
 07
WARNING CAUTION
ś Even though the warning message For more details on the limitations of
does not appear on the cluster, Rear the rear corner radar, refer to “Blind-
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)”
Assist may not operate properly. section in chapter 7.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate WARNING
properly in an area (for example:
open terrain), where any substance ś Driving near a vehicle or structure
are not detected after turning ON the
engine.

CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist to install a trailer,
carrier, etc., or remove the trailer,
carrier, etc. to use RRear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.

Limitations of Rear Cross-Traffic OJX1079111

Collision-Avoidance Assist [A] : Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Assist may not operate normally, or the Avoidance Assist may be limited
system may operate unexpectedly under when driving near a vehicle or
the following circumstances: structure, and may not detect the
ś Departing from where trees or grass vehicle approaching from the left or
are overgrown right. If this occurs, the system may
ś Departing from where roads are wet not warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
ś Speed of the approaching vehicle is
fast or slow Always check your surroundings
while backing up.
%UDNLQJFRQWUROPD\QRWZRUNGULYHUŔV
attention is required in the following
circumstances:
ś The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
ś Driving on a slippery surface due to
snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
ś The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
ś The brake is reworked
ś Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)

7-131
Driver assistance system

ś When the vehicle is in a complex ś When the vehicle is parked

parking environment diagonally

OJX1079112 OJX1079113

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- [A] : Vehicle

Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
which are parking or pulling out Avoidance Assist may be limited
near your vehicle (for example: a when backing up diagonally,
vehicle leaving beside your vehicle, and may not detect the vehicle
a vehicle parking or pulling out in approaching from the left or right. If
the rear area, a vehicle approaching this occurs, the system may not warn
your vehicle making a turn, etc.). the driver or control the brakes when
If this occurs, the system may necessary.
unnecessarily warn the driver and Always check your surroundings
control the brake. while backing up.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up. ś When the vehicle is on or near a
slope

OOS070018K

Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-

Avoidance Assist may be limited
when the vehicle is on a uphill or
downhill slope, or near it, and may
not detect the vehicle approaching
from the left or right. If this occurs,
the system may not warn the
driver or control the brakes when
necessary. Always check your
surroundings while backing up.
7-132
 07
ś Pulling into the parking space where ś When the vehicle is parked rearward
there is a structure

OJX1079116
OJX1079115 Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
[A] : Structure, [B] :Wall Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision- passing by behind you when parking
Avoidance Assist may detect vehicles in reverse into a parking space.
passing by in front of you when If this occurs, the system may
parking in reverse into a parking unnecessarily warn the driver and
space with a wall or structure in the control the brake.
rear or side area. If this occurs, the Always check your surroundings
system may unnecessarily warn the while backing up.
driver and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings
while backing up. WARNING
ś When you are towing a trailer or
another vehicle, we recommend
that Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist is turned off due to
safety reasons.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
normally if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
ś Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-
Avoidance Assist may not operate
for 15 seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the rear corner radars are
initialized.

7-133
Driver assistance system

REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING ǣPDWǤ ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

Setting features Reverse Parking Distance
Reverse Parking Distance Warning will Warning operation
help warn the driver if an obstacle is Operating button
detected within a certain distance when
Type A
„
the vehicle is moving in reverse at low
speeds.

Detecting sensor (Rear ultrasonic

sensors)

OOS070033L
Type B
„

OOS070023L
[1] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.

Reverse Parking Distance OOS070045L

Warning settings Parking Distance Warning OFF button (if

Warning Volume equipped)
6HOHFWœ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ ś Press the Parking Distance Warning
9ROXPHŔIURPWKHFOXVWHURULQIRWDLQPHQW OFF ( ) button to turn off Reverse
system Settings menu to change the Parking Distance Warning. Press the
:DUQLQJ9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔ button again to turn on the system.
RUœ/RZŔIRU5HYHUVH3DUNLQJ'LVWDQFH ś When Reverse Parking Distance
Warning. Warning is off (button indicator
+RZHYHUHYHQLIœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHG light on), if you shift the gear
Warning Volume of Reverse Parking to R (Reverse), the system will
Distance Warning will not turn off but the automatically turn on.
YROXPHZLOOVRXQGDVœ/RZŔ ś When Reverse Parking Distance
If you change the Warning Volume, Warning turns on, the button indicator
the warning volume of other Driver light will turn off. If vehicle speed
Assistance systems may change. is above 10 km/h (6 mph), Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will turn off
(button indicator light on).

7-134
 07
Reverse Parking Distance Warning Reverse Parking Distance
ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning Warning malfunction and
will operate when the gear is in R precautions
(Reverse). Reverse Parking Distance Warning
ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction
detects a person, animal or object in After starting the engine, a beep will
WKHUHDUZKHQWKHYHKLFOHŔVUHDUZDUG sound when the gear is shifted to R
speed is below 10 km/h (6 mph). (Reverse) to indicate the system is
operating normally.
Warning
indicator However, if one or more of the following
Distance Warning occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic
when
from object sound sensor is damaged or whether the
driving
backward system is in a non operating condition.
If it still does not work properly, we
60~120 cm Buzzer beeps recommend that the function be
(24~48 in.) intermittently inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
30~60 cm Beeps more
ś The audible warning does not sound.
(12~24 in.) frequently ś The buzzer sounds intermittently.
ś 7KHœ3DUNLQJVHQVRUHUURURUEORFNDJHŔ
within 30 cm Beeps warning message appears on the
(12 in.) continuously cluster.

ś The corresponding indicator will

illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or
object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
ś When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
ś The shape of the indicator in the OTM070218L
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.

7-135
Driver assistance system

WARNING ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning

may malfunction when:
ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning - Heavy rain or water spray is present
is a supplemental function. The
operation of the system can be - Water flows on the surface of the
affected by several factors (including sensor
environmental conditions). It is the - $IIHFWHGE\DQRWKHUYHKLFOHŔV
responsibility of the driver to always sensors
check the rear view before and while - The sensor is covered with snow
parking.
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
ś Your new vehicle warranty does not roads or bushes
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle. - Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
ś Pay close attention when driving
near objects, pedestrians, and - Installing the license plate
especially children. Some objects differently from the original location
may not be detected by the - The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensors, due to the objects ultrasonic sensor installation has
distance, size or material, all of been modified
which can limit the effectiveness of ś The following objects may not be
the sensor. detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
Limitations of Reverse Parking chains or small poles.
Distance Warning
- Objects, which tend to absorb
ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning sensor frequency, such as clothes,
may not operate normally when: spongy material or snow.
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor - Objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in.)
- Sensor is covered with foreign in length and narrower than 14 cm
material, such as snow or water (6 in.) in diameter.
(The function will operate normally ś Parking Distance Warning Indicators
when such foreign material are may be displayed differently from
removed.) the actual detected location when
- The weather is extremely hot or cold the obstacle is located between the
- The sensor or sensor assembly is sensors.
disassembled ś Parking Distance Warning indicator
- The surface of the sensor is pressed may not occur sequentially depending
hard or an impact is applied with a on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
hard object ś If Reverse Parking Distance Warning
- The surface of the sensor is needs repair, we recommend that
scratched with a sharp object the function be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- The sensors or its surrounding
area is directly sprayed with high
pressure washer

7-136
 07
FORWARDREVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING ǣPDWǤ
ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Forward/Reverse Parking
Warning will help warn the driver if an Distance Warning settings
obstacle is detected within a certain
distance when the vehicle is moving Warning Volume
forward or in reverse at low speeds. 6HOHFWœ'ULYHU$VVLVWDQFHƟ:DUQLQJ
9ROXPHŔIURPWKHFOXVWHURULQIRWDLQPHQW
Detecting sensor system Settings menu to change the
:DUQLQJ9ROXPHWRœ+LJKŔœ0HGLXPŔ
RUœ/RZŔIRU)RUZDUG5HYHUVH3DUNLQJ
Distance Warning.
+RZHYHUHYHQLIœ2IIŔLVVHOHFWHG
Warning Volume of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning will not turn off but the
YROXPHZLOOVRXQGDVœ/RZŔ
If you change the Warning Volume,
the warning volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.

OOS070024K Parking Distance Warning Auto On

To use Parking Distance Warning Auto
On function, select ‘Driver Assistance
Ɵ3DUNLQJ6DIHW\Ɵ3DUNLQJ'LVWDQFH
:DUQLQJ$XWR2QŔIURPWKHFOXVWHURU
infotainment system Settings menu.

OOS070023K
[A] : Front ultrasonic sensors,
[B] : Rear ultrasonic sensors
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.

7-137
Driver assistance system

Forward/Reverse Parking Forward Parking Distance Warning

Distance Warning operation ś Forward Parking Distance Warning will
Operating button operate when one of the condition is
satisfied.
Type A
„
- The gear is shifted from R (Reverse)
to D (Drive) with Reverse Parking
Distance Warning on
- The gear is in D (Drive) and the
Parking Safety button indicator light
is on
- œ3DUNLQJ'LVWDQFH:DUQLQJ$XWR2QŔ
is selected from the Settings menu
and the gear is in D (Drive)
ś Forward Parking Distance Warning
OOS070044L
detects a person, animal or object
Type B
„
LQIURQWZKHQWKHYHKLFOHŔVIRUZDUG
speed is below 10 km/h (6 mph).
ś Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's
forward speed is above 10 km/h (6
mph) even when the Parking Safety
button indicator is on. Forward
Parking Distance Warning will operate
again when the vehicle's forward
speed decreases below 10 km/h (6
OOS070020K
mph) while the Parking Safety button
indicator is on.
Parking Safety button
ś When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
ś Press the Parking Safety ( ) button 2QŔLVVHOHFWHGWKH3DUNLQJ6DIHW\
to turn on Forward/Reverse Parking button indicator light stays on.
Distance Warning. Press the button
again to turn off the function.
ś When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is off (button
indicator light off), if you shift the
gear to R (Reverse), the function will
automatically turn on.
ś When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning turns on, the button
indicator light will turn on. If vehicle
speed is above 30 km/h (18 mph),
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will turn off (button indicator
light off).
ś When the gear is in R (Reverse),
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning does not turn off even if the
button is pressed.

7-138
 07
ś When ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto Reverse Parking Distance Warning
2QŔLVGHVHOHFWHGDQGWKHYHKLFOHŔV ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning
forward speed is above 30 km/h will operate when the gear is in R
(18 mph), the Parking Safety button (Reverse).
indicator will turn off. Although you
drive below 10 km/h (6 mph), the ś Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system will not turn on. detects a person, animal or object in
WKHUHDUZKHQWKHYHKLFOHŔVUHDUZDUG
Warning speed is below 10 km/h (6 mph).
Distance indicator Warning ś :KHQWKHYHKLFOHŔVUHDUZDUGVSHHGLV
from object Driving sound below 10 km/h (6 mph), both the front
forward and rear ultrasonic sensors will detect
objects. However, the front ultrasonic
60~100 cm Buzzer beeps sensors can detect a person, animal
(24~40 in.) intermittently when it is within 60 cm (24 in.) from
the sensors.
30~60 cm Beeps more Warning
(12~24 in.) frequently Distance indicator Warning
from object Driving sound
within 30 cm Beeps rearward
(12 in.) continuously
60~120 cm Buzzer beeps
ś The corresponding indicator will (24~48 in.) intermittently
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
sensor detects a person, animal or 30~60 cm Beeps more
object in its sensing range. Also an (12~24 in.) frequently
audible warning will sound.
ś When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest within 30 cm Beeps
one will be warned with an audible (12 in.) continuously
warning.
ś The corresponding indicator will
ś The shape of the indicator in the illuminate whenever each ultrasonic
illustration may differ from the actual sensor detects a person, animal or
vehicle. object in its sensing range. Also an
audible warning will sound.
ś When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the closest
one will be warned with an audible
warning.
ś The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual
vehicle.

7-139
Driver assistance system

Forward/Reverse Parking WARNING

Distance Warning malfunction ś Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
and precautions Warning is a supplemental function.
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance The operation of the function can be
Warning malfunction affected by several factors (including
After starting the engine, a beep will environmental conditions). It is the
sound when the gear is shifted to R responsibility of the driver to always
(Reverse) to indicate the system is check the front and rear views before
operating normally. and while parking.
However, if one or more of the following ś Your new vehicle warranty does not
occurs, first check whether the ultrasonic cover any accidents or damage to
sensor is damaged or whether the the vehicle.
system is in a non-operating condition. ś Pay close attention when driving
If it still does not work properly, we near objects, pedestrians, and
recommend that the function be especially children. Some objects
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI may not be detected by the
dealer. ultrasonic sensors, due to the objects
ś The audible warning does not sound. distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of
ś The buzzer sounds intermittently.
the sensor.
ś 7KHœ3DUNLQJVHQVRUHUURURUEORFNDJHŔ
warning message appears on the
cluster.

OTM070172L

7-140
 07
Limitations of Forward/Reverse ś The following objects may not be
Parking Distance Warning detected:
ś Forward/Reverse Parking Distance - Sharp or slim objects, such as ropes,
Warning may not operate normally chains or small poles.
when: - Objects, which tend to absorb
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor sensor frequency, such as clothes,
- Sensor is covered with foreign spongy material or snow.
material, such as snow or water - Objects smaller than 100 cm (40 in.)
(The system will operate normally in length and narrower than 14 cm
when such foreign material are (6 in.) in diameter.
removed.) ś Parking Distance Warning Indicators
- The weather is extremely hot or cold may be displayed differently from
- The sensor or sensor assembly is the actual detected location when
disassembled the obstacle is located between the
sensors.
- The surface of the sensor is pressed
hard or an impact is applied with a ś Parking Distance Warning indicator
hard object may not occur sequentially depending
on vehicle speed or obstacle shape.
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object ś If Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair, we recommend
- The sensors or its surrounding that the function be inspected by an
area is directly sprayed with high authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
pressure washer
ś Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- $IIHFWHGE\DQRWKHUYHKLFOHŔV
sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- Installing the license plate
differently from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified

7-141
Driver assistance system

'(&/$5$7,212)&21)250,7<ǭ,)(48,33('Ǯ
Front radar
The radio frequency components (front
radar) complies:
„ For Europe and CE certified countries

OANATEL171

OANATEL169

OANATEL172

OANATEL170

7-142
 07

OANATEL173 OANATEL175

OANATEL174 OANATEL176

7-143
Driver assistance system

OANATEL177 OANATEL179

OANATEL178 OANATEL180

7-144
 07
„ For Singapore

OANATEL181

„ For Taiwan OANATEL201

„ For Brazil

OANATEL192

„ For Mexico
OANATEL191

„ For Malaysia

OANATEL198

OANATEL200

7-145
Driver assistance system

„ For Paraguay „ For Moldova

OANATEL207

OANATEL193
„ For Ukraina

„ For UAE

OANATEL189

„ For Argentina
OANATEL194

OANATEL204

7-146
 07
„ For Japan „ For Thailand

OANATEL186

„ For Jordan

OANATEL203
OANATEL199

„ For Republic of South Africa

„ For Russia

OANATEL206
OANATEL190

„ For China

OANATEL205

7-147
Driver assistance system

„ For Hongkong „ For Phillippines

OANATEL188

„ For Serbia

OANATEL197

OANATEL195

„ For Morocco

OANATEL196

7-148
 07
Rear corner radar „ For Taiwan
The radio frequency components (Rear
Corner Radar) complies:
„ For Europe and CE certified countries

OOS070034L

OANATEL005

„ For Indonesia

OANATEL006

7-149
Driver assistance system

„ For Malaysia „ For Mexico

OANATEL007

„ For Singapore

OANATEL012

„ For Japan

OANATEL008

„ For Vietnam

OANATEL010

OANATEL041
„ For Brazil
„ For Ukraine

OANATEL011

OANATEL013

7-150
 07
„ For Jordan „ For Ghana

OANATEL014 OANATEL018

„ For Oman „ For Zambia

OANATEL015 OANATEL019

„ For UAE „ For Jamaica

OANATEL016 OANATEL020

„ For Botswana „ For Paraguay

OANATEL017 OANATEL021

7-151
Driver assistance system

„ For Uzbekistan „ For Israel

OANATEL022

„ For Mozambique

OANATEL209

OANATEL023
„ For South Korea
„ For Thailand

OANATEL210

OANATEL208

7-152
8. Emergency situations
Hazard warning flasher..................................................................................... 8-3
In case of an emergency while driving............................................................ 8-3
If the engine stalls while driving .................................................................................8-3
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ...........................................................8-3
If the engine will not start ................................................................................ 8-4
If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly ................................................ 8-4
If the engine turns over normally but doesn’t start ................................................. 8-4
Jump starting .................................................................................................... 8-5
If the engine overheats......................................................................................8-7
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (Type A) .........................................8-8
Low tire pressure telltale ............................................................................................ 8-9
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator ............................. 8-9
Changing a tire with TPMS ........................................................................................ 8-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (Type B) ........................................8-12
Check tire pressure .................................................................................................... 8-12
Tire pressure monitoring system............................................................................... 8-13
Low tire pressure telltale ........................................................................................... 8-14
Low tire pressure position telltale and tire pressure telltale ................................... 8-14
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator ............................ 8-15
Changing a tire with TPMS ........................................................................................ 8-15
Jack and tools..............................................................................................................8-17
If you have a flat tire (with spare tire) ............................................................. 8-17
Changing tires ............................................................................................................ 8-18
Jack label ....................................................................................................................8-22
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack......................................................................8-23
If you have a flat tire (with Tire Mobility Kit) ................................................. 8-24
Introduction ................................................................................................................8-24
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................................................................8-25
Using the Tire Mobility Kit when a tire is flat ............................................................8-26
How to adjust tire pressure .......................................................................................8-29 8
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ......................................................... 8-30
Towing ..............................................................................................................8-31
Towing service ............................................................................................................ 8-31
Removable towing hook ...........................................................................................8-32
Emergency towing .....................................................................................................8-33
Fire extinguisher ........................................................................................................8-35
First aid kit ..................................................................................................................8-35
Triangle reflector .......................................................................................................8-35
 Emergency commodity .................................................................................. 8-35
Pan-European eCall System .......................................................................... 8-36
Information on data processing ............................................................................... 8-38
Pan-European eCall System ..................................................................................... 8-40

8
 08
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls while driving
ś Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
ś Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
ś Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OOS080006L

The hazard warning flasher serves as If the engine stalls at a crossroad

a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
or crossing
overtaking, or passing your vehicle. If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
It should be used whenever emergency crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift
repairs are being made or when the lever to the N (Neutral) position and then
vehicle is stopped near the edge of a push the vehicle to a safe location.
roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasher on

or off, press the hazard warning flasher
button with the ignition switch in any
position. The button is located in the
center fascia panel. All turn signal lights
will flash simultaneously.
ś The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
ś The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.

8-3
Emergency situations

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT

If you have a flat tire while START
driving If the engine doesn’t turn over or
If a tire goes flat while you are driving: turns over slowly
ś Take your foot off the accelerator ś Be sure the shift lever is in N
pedal and let the vehicle slow down (Neutral) or P (Park) if it is dual clutch
while driving straight ahead. Do not transmission vehicle. The engine
apply the brakes immediately or starts only when the shift lever is in N
attempt to pull off the road as this (Neutral) or P (Park).
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the ś Check the battery connections to be
vehicle has slowed to such a speed sure they are clean and tight.
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully ś Turn on the interior light. If the light
and pull off the road. Drive off the dims or goes out when you operate
road as far as possible and park on the starter, the battery is drained.
firm, level ground. If you are on a Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it.
divided highway, do not park in the This could cause damage to your vehicle.
median area between the two traffic See instructions for “Jump Starting”
lanes. provided in this chapter.
ś When the vehicle is stopped, press the
hazard warning flasher button, move
the shift lever into P (Park, for dual CAUTION
clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral Push or pull starting the vehicle may
(for manual transmission vehicle), cause the catalytic converter to
apply the parking brake, and place overload which can lead to damage to
the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF the emission control system.
position.
ś Have all passengers get out of the If the engine turns over normally
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the but doesn’t start
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic. ś Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
ś When changing a flat tire, follow the
instructions provided later in this If the engine still does not start, we
chapter. recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

8-4
 08
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done If acid gets into your eyes, flush your
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting eyes with clean water for at least 15
procedure in this section to avoid serious minutes and get immediate medical
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in attention. If acid gets on your skin,
doubt about how to properly jump start thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
your vehicle, we strongly recommend pain or a burning sensation, get medical
that you have a service technician or attention immediately.
towing service do it for you. ś When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
WARNING cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
battery carrier or with your hands on
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH opposite corners.
to you or bystanders, always follow ś Do not attempt to jump start your
these precautions when working near vehicle if your battery is frozen.
or handling the battery:
ś NEVER attempt to recharge the
Always read and follow battery when the vehicle’s battery
instructions carefully when cables are connected to the battery.
handling a battery. ś The electrical ignition system works
with high voltage. NEVER touch
these components with the engine
Wear eye protection designed
running or when the ignition switch
to protect the eyes from acid
is in the ON position.
splashes.
ś Do not allow the (+) and (-) jumper
Keep all flames, sparks, or cables to touch. It may cause sparks.
smoking materials away from ś The battery may rupture or explode
the battery. when you jump start with a low or
frozen battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly NOTICE
combustible, and may explode
if ignited. To prevent damage to your vehicle:
Keep batteries out of reach of ś Only use a 12-volt power supply
children. (battery or jumper system) to jump
start your vehicle.
ś Do not attempt to jump start your
Batteries contain sulfuric acid vehicle by push-starting.
which is highly corrosive. Do
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing. Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according to
Pb your local law(s) or regulations.

8-5
Emergency situations

Jump starting procedure 7. Connect the other end of the second

1. Position the vehicles close enough jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
that the jumper cables will reach, but chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
do not allow the vehicles to touch. Do not allow the jumper cables to
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the contact anything except the correct
engine compartment at all times, even battery or jumper terminals or the
when the vehicles are turned off. correct ground. Do not lean over the
battery when making connections.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put 8. Start the engine of the assisting
the vehicles in P (Park, for dual clutch vehicle and let it run at approximately
transmission vehicle) or neutral (for 2,000 RPM for a few minutes. Then
manual transmission vehicle), and set start your vehicle.
the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles If your vehicle will not start after a
OFF. few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of your
battery discharging is not apparent, we
recommend that you have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in the

exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
OOS080008L
2. Disconnect the other end of the
4. Connect the jumper cables in jumper cable from the black, negative
the exact sequence shown in the (-) battery/chassis ground of the
illustration. First connect one jumper assisting vehicle (3).
cable to the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1). 3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from the red, positive (+) battery/
5. Connect the other end of the jumper jumper terminal of the assisting
cable to the red, positive (+) battery/ vehicle (2).
jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2). 4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive (+)
6. Connect the second jumper cable to jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis
ground of the assisting vehicle (3).

8-6
 08
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates WARNING
overheating, you experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, NEVER remove the radiator
the engine may be overheating. If this cap or the drain plug while
happens, you should: the engine and radiator are
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it hot. Hot coolant and steam
is safe to do so. may blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, for dual
clutch transmission vehicle) or neutral Turn the engine off and wait until the
(for manual transmission/dual clutch engine cools down. Use extreme care
transmission vehicle) and set the when removing the radiator cap. Wrap
parking brake. If the air conditioning is a thick towel around it, and turn it
ON, turn it OFF. counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
3. If engine coolant is running out under released from the cooling system. When
the vehicle or steam is coming out you are sure all the pressure has been
from the hood, stop the engine. Do released, press down on the cap, using
not open the hood until the coolant a thick towel, and continue turning
has stopped running or the steaming counterclockwise to remove it.
has stopped. If there is no visible
loss of engine coolant and no steam, 6. If you cannot find the cause of the
leave the engine running and check overheating, wait until the engine
to be sure the engine cooling fan is temperature has returned to normal.
operating. If the fan is not running, Then, if coolant has been lost,
turn the engine off. carefully add coolant to the reservoir
to bring the fluid level in the reservoir
up to the halfway mark.
WARNING 7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert
While the engine is running, for further signs of overheating.
keep hands, clothing and tools If overheating happens again,
away from the moving parts we recommend that you call an
such as the cooling fan and authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
drive belt to prevent serious assistance.
injury.
CAUTION
4. Check for coolant leaking from the ś Serious loss of coolant indicates a
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If leak in the cooling system and we
the air conditioning had been in use, it recommend the system be checked
is normal for cold water to be draining by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
from it when you stop.)
ś When the engine overheats from
5. If engine coolant is leaking out, low engine coolant, suddenly adding
stop the engine immediately and engine coolant may cause cracks
we recommend that you call an in the engine. To prevent damage,
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for add engine coolant slowly in small
assistance. quantities.

8-7
Emergency situations

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM ǣTPMS IF EQUIPPEDǤ

ǣTYPE AǤ
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with
a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate
when the system is not operating
properly. The TPMS malfunction
OOS060047 indicator is combined with the low
(1) Low tire pressure telltale / tire pressure telltale. When the system
TPMS malfunction indicator detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and
Each tire, including the spare (if then remain continuously illuminated.
provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation This sequence will continue upon
pressure recommended by the vehicle subsequent vehicle start-ups as long
manufacturer on the vehicle placard as the malfunction exists. When the
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your malfunction indicator is illuminated,
vehicle has tires of a different size than the system may not be able to detect
the size indicated on the vehicle placard or signal low tire pressure as intended.
or tire inflation pressure label, you should TPMS malfunctions may occur for
determine the proper tire inflation a variety of reasons, including the
pressure for those tires.) installation of replacement or alternate
tires or wheels on the vehicle that
prevent the TPMS from functioning
As an added safety feature, your
properly. Always check the TPMS
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
malfunction telltale after replacing one
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
that illuminates a low tire pressure
ensure that the replacement or alternate
telltale when one or more of your tires is
tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
continue to function properly.
when the low tire pressure telltale
illuminates, you should stop and check
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate NOTICE
them to the proper pressure. Driving on If the TPMS indicator does not
a significantly under-inflated tire causes illuminate for 3 seconds when the
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire ignition switch is turned to the
failure. Under-inflation also reduces ON position or engine is running,
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and or if it comes on after blinking for
may affect the vehicle’s handling and approximately one minute, we
stopping ability. recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-8
 08
Low tire pressure telltale WARNING
Low pressure damage
When the tire pressure monitoring Significantly low tire pressure makes
system warning indicator is illuminated the vehicle unstable and can contribute
and warning message displayed on the to loss of vehicle control and increased
cluster LCD display, one or more of your braking distances.
tires is significantly under-inflated. Continued driving on low pressure tires
If the telltale illuminates, immediately can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping TPMS (Tire Pressure
distances. You should stop and check Monitoring System)
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the malfunction indicator
tires to the proper pressure as indicated
on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation The TPMS malfunction indicator
pressure label located on the driver’s side will illuminate after it blinks for
center pillar outer panel. If you cannot approximately one minute when there
reach a service station or if the tire is a problem with the Tire Pressure
cannot hold the newly added air, replace Monitoring System. If the system is able
the low pressure tire with the spare tire. to correctly detect an under inflation
warning at the same time as system
Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may failure then it will illuminate the TPMS
flash for approximately one minute and malfunction indicator.
then remain continuously illuminated
after restarting and about 10 minutes of We recommend that the system be
continuous driving before you have the checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
low pressure tire repaired and replaced dealer.
on the vehicle.
CAUTION
CAUTION ś The TPMS malfunction indicator
In winter or cold weather, the low tire may be illuminated if the vehicle is
pressure telltale may be illuminated if moving around electric power supply
the tire pressure was adjusted to the cables or radios transmitter such as
recommended tire inflation pressure at police stations, government and
in warm weather. It does not mean public offices, broadcasting stations,
your TPMS is malfunctioning because military installations, airports, or
the decreased temperature leads to a transmitting towers, etc. This can
proportional lowering of tire pressure. interfere with normal operation of
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
When you drive your vehicle from a (TPMS).
warm area to a cold area or from a cold
area to a warm area, or the outside ś The TPMS malfunction indicator may
temperature is greatly higher or lower, illuminate if snow chains or some
you should check the tire inflation separately purchased devices such
pressure and adjust the tires to the as notebook computers, mobile
recommended tire inflation pressure. charger, remote starter, navigation
etc. are used in the vehicle. This can
interfere with normal operation of
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS).

8-9
Emergency situations

Changing a tire with TPMS CAUTION

If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire If original mounted tire is replaced
Pressure will come on. We recommend with the spare tire, the TPMS sensor
that the flat tire be checked by an on the replaced spare wheel should be
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. initiated and we recommend that the
TPMS sensor on the original mounted
CAUTION wheel be deactivated by a HYUNDAI
dealer.
It is recommended that you do not
If the TPMS sensor on the original
use a puncture-repairing agent not
mounted wheel located in the spare tire
approved by HYUNDAI dealer or the
carrier still activates, the tire pressure
equivalent specified for your vehicle to
monitoring system may not operate
repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire.
properly. We recommend that the
Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI
system be serviced by an authorized
dealer or the equivalent specified
HYUNDAI dealer.
for your vehicle may damage the tire
pressure sensor.
You may not be able to identify a low tire
by simply looking at it. Always use a good
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
quality tire pressure gauge to measure
pressure sensor mounted inside
the tire’s inflation pressure. Please note
the tire behind the valve stem. You
that a tire that is hot (from being driven)
must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
will have a higher pressure measurement
recommended that you have your tires
than a tire that is cold.
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. A cold tire means the vehicle has been
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less
Even if you replace the low pressure tire
than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
Telltale will blink or remain on until the Allow the tire to cool before measuring
low pressure tire is repaired and placed the inflation pressure. Always be sure
on the vehicle. the tire is cold before inflating to the
recommended pressure.
After you replace the low pressure tire
with the spare tire, the Low Tire Pressure
Telltale may blink or illuminate after a
few minutes because the TPMS sensor
mounted on the spare wheel is not
initiated.
Once the low pressure tire is reinflated to
the recommended pressure and installed
on the vehicle or we recommend that
the TPMS sensor mounted on the
replaced spare wheel be initiated by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer, the TPMS
malfunction indicator and the low tire
pressure telltale will extinguish within a
few minutes of driving.
If the indicator is not extinguished after a
few minutes of driving, We recommend
that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-10
 08
CAUTION WARNING
We recommend that you use the For EUROPE
sealant approved by HYUNDAI if your ś Do not modify the vehicle, it may
vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure interfere with the TPMS function.
Monitoring System. The liquid sealant
can damage the tire pressure sensors. ś The wheels on the market do not
have a TPMS sensor.
For your safety, we recommend that
WARNING you use parts for replacement from
TPMS an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ś The TPMS cannot alert you to severe ś If you use the wheels on the market,
and sudden tire damage caused by use a TPMS sensor approved by a
external factors such as nails or road HYUNDAI dealer or the equivalent
debris. approved for your vehicle. If your
vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS
ś If you feel any vehicle instability, sensor or TPMS does not work
immediately take your foot off properly, you may fail the periodic
the accelerator, apply the brakes vehicle inspection conducted in your
gradually and with light force, and country.
slowly move to a safe position off the
road. Ã All vehicles sold in the EUROPE
market during below period must be
equipped with TPMS.
WARNING - New model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2012 ~
Protecting TPMS - Current model vehicle : Nov.
Tampering with, modifying, or disabling 1, 2014~ (Based on vehicle
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System registrations)
(TPMS) components may interfere
with the system’s ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions
and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may void the warranty for
that portion of the vehicle.

8-11
Emergency situations

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM ǣTPMSǤ

ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ ǣTYPE BǤ
Check tire pressure

OOS060047

OOS080005L

ś You can check the tire pressure in the

Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the “LCD Display Modes” in
chapter 4.
ś Tire pressure is displayed after a few
minutes of driving after initial engine
start up.
ś If tire pressure is not displayed when
OOS047115L the vehicle is stopped, “Drive to
display” message will appear. After
(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS driving, check the tire pressure.
Malfunction Indicator
ś The displayed tire pressure values may
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale and differ from those measured with a tire
tire pressure telltale (Shown on the pressure gauge.
LCD display)
ś You can change the tire pressure unit
in the User Settings mode on the
instrument cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “LCD Modes” in
chapter 4).

8-12
 08
Tire pressure monitoring system Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator
to indicate when the system is
WARNING not operating properly. The TPMS
Over-inflation or under-inflation can malfunction indicator is combined with
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle the low tire pressure telltale. When
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure the system detects a malfunction, the
that may cause loss of vehicle control telltale will flash for approximately one
resulting in an accident. minute and then remain continuously
illuminated. This sequence will continue
upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as
Each tire, including the spare (if long as the malfunction exists. When
provided), should be checked monthly the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
when cold and inflated to the inflation the system may not be able to detect or
pressure recommended by the vehicle signal low tire pressure as intended.
manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label. (If your TPMS malfunctions may occur for
vehicle has tires of a different size than a variety of reasons, including the
the size indicated on the vehicle placard installation of replacement or alternate
or tire inflation pressure label, you should tires or wheels on the vehicle that
determine the proper tire inflation prevent the TPMS from functioning
pressure for those tires.) properly. Always check the TPMS
malfunction telltale after replacing one
As an added safety feature, your or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
vehicle has been equipped with a tire ensure that the replacement or alternate
pressure monitoring system (TPMS) tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
that illuminates a low tire pressure continue to function properly.
telltale when one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, NOTICE
when the low tire pressure telltale If any of the below happens, we
illuminates, you should stop and check recommend that the system be checked
your tires as soon as possible, and inflate by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
them to the proper pressure. Driving on
a significantly under-inflated tire causes 1. The low tire pressure telltale/TPMS
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire malfunction indicator does not
failure. Under-inflation also reduces illuminate for 3 seconds when the
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and ignition switch is turned to the ON
may affect the vehicle’s handling and position or the engine is running.
stopping ability. 2. The TPMS malfunction indicator
Please note that the TPMS is not a remains illuminated after blinking for
substitute for proper tire maintenance, approximately 1 minute.
and it is the driver’s responsibility to 3. The Low tire pressure position
maintain correct tire pressure, even if telltale remains illuminated.
under-inflation has not reached the level
to trigger illumination of the TPMS low
tire pressure telltale.

8-13
Emergency situations

Low tire pressure telltale NOTICE

The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
Low tire pressure
position telltale and CAUTION
tire pressure telltale
In winter or cold weather, the low
tire pressure telltale may illuminate if
the tire pressure was adjusted to the
recommended tire inflation pressure
OOS047115L in warm weather. It does not mean
your TPMS is malfunctioning because
When the tire pressure monitoring the decreased temperature leads to a
system warning indicators are lowering of tire pressure.
illuminated and a warning message
displayed on the cluster LCD display, When you drive your vehicle from
one or more of your tires is significantly a warm area to a cold area or from
under-inflated. The low tire pressure a cold area to a warm area, or the
position telltale light will indicate which outside temperature is higher or lower,
tire is significantly under-inflated by you should check the tire inflation
illuminating the corresponding position pressure and adjust the tires to the
light. recommended tire inflation pressure.

If either telltale illuminates, immediately WARNING

reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering
and anticipate increased stopping Low pressure damage
distances. You should stop and check Significantly low tire pressure makes
your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the the vehicle unstable and can contribute
tires to the proper pressure as indicated to loss of vehicle control and increased
on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation braking distances.
pressure label located on the driver’s side Continued driving on low pressure tires
center pillar outer panel. If you cannot can cause the tires to overheat and fail.
reach a service station or if the tire
cannot hold the newly added air, replace
the low pressure tire with a spare tire.
If you drive the vehicle for about 10
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h after
replacing the low pressure tire with the
spare tire, the following will happen:
ś The TPMS malfunction indicator may
blink for approximately 1 minute and
then remain continuously illuminated
because the TPMS sensor is not
mounted on the spare wheel.

8-14
 08
TPMS (Tire Pressure ś After you repair a flat tire with a tire
Monitoring System) sealant, we recommend that the
malfunction indicator tire be inspected and serviced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
The TPMS malfunction indicator order to prevent damage to the tire
will illuminate after it blinks for pressure sensor.
approximately one minute when there
is a problem with the Tire Pressure Changing a tire with TPMS
Monitoring System.
If you have a flat tire, the low Tire
We recommend that you have the Pressure and Position telltales will come
system checked by an authorized on.
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
We recommend that you have the flat
tire repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
NOTICE dealer as soon as possible or replace the
If there is a malfunction with the TPMS, flat tire with the spare tire.
the low tire pressure position telltale
will not be displayed even though the
vehicle has an under-inflated tire.
CAUTION
It is recommended that you do not
use a puncture-repairing agent not
CAUTION approved by HYUNDAI dealer or the
ś The TPMS malfunction indicator may equivalent specified for your vehicle to
blink for approximately 1 minute repair and/or inflate a low pressure tire.
and then remain continuously Tire sealant not approved by HYUNDAI
illuminated if the vehicle is moving dealer or the equivalent specified for
around electric power supply cables your vehicle may damage the tire
or radios transmitter such as at pressure sensor.
police stations, government and
public offices, broadcasting stations, Each wheel is equipped with a tire
military installations, airports, or pressure sensor mounted inside
transmitting towers, etc. This can the tire behind the valve stem. You
interfere with normal operation of must use TPMS specific wheels. It is
the Tire Pressure Monitoring System recommended that you have your tires
(TPMS). serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
ś The TPMS malfunction indicator may dealer.
blink for approximately 1 minute If you drive the vehicle for about 10
and then remain continuously minutes at speeds above 25 km/h after
illuminated if snow chains are used replacing the low pressure tire with the
or some separate electronic devices spare tire, the following will happen:
such as notebook computer, mobile ś The TPMS malfunction indicator may
charger, remote starter or navigation blink for approximately 1 minute and
etc., are used in the vehicle. then remain continuously illuminated
This can interfere with normal because the TPMS sensor is not
operation of the Tire Pressure mounted on the spare wheel.
Monitoring System (TPMS).

8-15
Emergency situations

ś The wheels of spare tires are not WARNING

equipped with tire pressure sensors.
When replacing the disabled tire with Tampering with, modifying, or disabling
a spare tire due to such problems the Tire Pressure Monitoring System
including tire puncture or low (TPMS) components may interfere
pressure, the TPMS malfunction with the system’s ability to warn the
indicator may blink or illuminate. driver of low tire pressure conditions
It is recommended that the tire be and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
dealer and replace it with the original Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
tire wheel equipped with a tire components may void the warranty for
pressure sensor. that portion of the vehicle.
You may not be able identify a tire with
low pressure by simply looking at it. WARNING
Always use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to measure the tire’s inflation For EUROPE
pressure. Please note that a tire that is ś Do not modify the vehicle; it may
hot (from being driven) will have a higher interfere with the TPMS function.
pressure measurement than a tire that is ś The wheels on the market do not
cold (from sitting stationary for at least 3 have a TPMS sensor.
hour and driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile)
during that 3 hour period). ś For your safety, we recommend that
you use parts for replacement from
Allow the tire to cool before measuring an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the inflation pressure. Always be sure
the tire is cold before inflating to the ś If you use the wheels on the market,
recommended pressure. use a TPMS sensor approved by a
HYUNDAI dealer or the equivalent
A cold tire means the vehicle has been approved for your vehicle. If your
sitting for 3 hours and driven for less vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS
than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3 hour period. sensor or TPMS does not work
properly, you may fail the periodic
WARNING vehicle inspection conducted in your
country.
ś The TPMS cannot alert you to severe ❈ All vehicles sold in the EUROPE
and sudden tire damage caused by market during below period must be
external factors such as nails or road equipped with TPMS.
debris.
- New model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2012 ~
ś If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off - Current model vehicle : Nov.
the accelerator, apply the brakes 1, 2014~ (Based on vehicle
gradually and with light force, and registrations)
slowly move to a safe position off the
road.

8-16
 08
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE ǣWITH SPARE TIRE IF EQUIPPEDǤ
WARNING
Changing a tire can be dangerous.
Follow the instructions in this section
when changing a tire to reduce the risk
of serious injury or death.

CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack handle to
stay clear of the flat end. The flat end
has sharp edges that could cause cuts. OOS067036L

Turn the winged hold down bolt

Jack and tools counterclockwise to remove the spare
tire.
Store the spare tire in the same
compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools from
“rattling”, store them in their proper
location.

OOS080014L

(1) Jack handle

(2) Jack
(3) Wheel nut wrench
(4) Towing hook

The jack, jack handle, and wheel nut

wrench are stored in the luggage OOS067040
compartment under the luggage box If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down
cover. wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it
The jack is provided for emergency tire easily using the wheel nut wrench.
changing only. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wheel nut
wrench.

8-17
Emergency situations

Changing tires

WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a jack
causing serious injury or death to you or
those nearby. Take the following safety
precautions:
ś Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
ś NEVER attempt to change a tire in OOS080007L
the lane of traffic. ALWAYS move the [A] : Block
vehicle completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from traffic 5. Block both the front and rear of the
before trying to change a tire. If you tire diagonally opposite of the tire you
cannot find a level, firm place off are changing.
the road, call a towing service for
assistance.
ś Be sure to use the jack provided with
the vehicle.
ś ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions on the
vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers
or any other part of the vehicle for
jacking support.
ś Do not start or run the engine while
the vehicle is on the jack.
ś Do not allow anyone to remain in the OOS067017
vehicle while it is on the jack. 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts
ś Keep children away from the road counterclockwise one turn each in
and the vehicle. the order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire has
Follow these steps to change your een raised off of the ground.
vehicle’s tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park, for
dual clutch transmission vehicle)
or neutral (for manual transmission
vehicle), apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire from
the vehicle.

8-18
 08

Front
„ Rear
„

OOS067018 OOS067020

7. Place the jack at the designated 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
jacking position under the frame and turn it clockwise, raising the
closest to the tire you are changing. vehicle until the tire clears the ground.
The jacking positions are plates Make sure the vehicle is stable on the
welded to the frame with two notches. jack.
Never jack at any other position or 9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
part of the vehicle. It may damage the lug nut wrench and remove them with
side seal molding. your fingers. Remove the wheel from
the studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Remove any dirt or
debris from the studs, mounting
surfaces, and wheel.
10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of
the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers
onto the studs with the smaller end of
the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle
counterclockwise.

8-19
Emergency situations

NOTICE
ś Check the tire pressure as soon
as possible after installing a spare
tire. Adjust it to the recommended
pressure.
ś Check and tighten the wheel lug nuts
after driving over 50 km if tires are
replaced. Re-check the tire wheel lug
nuts after driving over 1,000 km.

OOS067019L
CAUTION
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
Your vehicle has metric threads on
tighten the lug nuts in the order
the studs and lug nuts. Make certain
shown. Double-check each lug nut
during tire changing that the same
until they are tight. After changing
nuts that were removed are reinstalled.
tires, we recommend that an
If you have to replace your lug nuts
authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten
make sure they have metric threads to
the lug nuts to their proper torque as
avoid damaging the studs and ensure
soon as possible. The wheel lug nut
the wheel is properly secured to the
should be tightened to 11~13 kgf·m
hub. We recommend that you consult
(79~94 lbf·ft).
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
If you have a tire gauge, check the tire
pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” in
If any of the equipment such as the jack,
chapter 2 for tire pressure instructions.).
lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is
If the pressure is lower or higher than
damaged or in poor condition, do not
recommended, drive slowly to the
attempt to change the tire and call for
nearest service station and adjust it to
assistance.
the recommended pressure. Always
reinstall the valve cap after checking
or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap Use of compact spare tires (if
is not replaced, air may leak from the equipped)
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy another Compact spare tires are designed for
and install it as soon as possible. After emergency use only. Drive carefully on
changing tires, put the flat tire in its the compact spare tire and always follow
place and return the jack and tools to the safety precautions.
their proper storage locations.

8-20
 08
WARNING NOTICE
To prevent compact spare tire failure When the original tire and wheel are
and loss of control possibly resulting in repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle,
an accident: the lug nut torque must be set correctly.
The correct lug nut tightening torque is
ś Use the compact spare tire only in an 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).
emergency.
ś NEVER operate your vehicle over 80
km/h (50 mph). CAUTION
ś Do not exceed the vehicle’s To prevent damaging the compact
maximum load rating or the load spare tire and your vehicle:
carrying capacity shown on the ś Drive slowly enough for the road
sidewall of the compact spare tire. conditions to avoid all hazards, such
ś Do not use the compact spare tire as a potholes or debris.
continuously. Repair or replace the ś Avoid driving over obstacles. The
original tire as soon as possible to compact spare tire diameter is
avoid failure of the compact spare smaller than the diameter of a
tire. conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 25
When driving with the compact spare tire mm (1 inch).
mounted to your vehicle: ś Do not use tire chains on the
ś Check the tire pressure after installing compact spare tire. Because of the
the compact spare tire. The compact smaller size, a tire chain will not fit
spare tire should be inflated to 420 properly.
kPa (60 psi). ś Do not use the compact spare tire
ś Do not take this vehicle through on any other wheels, nor should
an automatic car wash while the standard tires, snow tires, wheel
compact spare tire is installed. covers or trim rings be used with the
ś Do not use the compact spare tire on compact spare wheel.
any other vehicle because this tire
has been designed especially for your
vehicle.
ś The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly and
replace worn compact spare tires with
the same size and design, mounted on
the same wheel.
ś Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
ś Do not tow a trailer while the compact
spare tire is installed.

8-21
Emergency situations

Jack label
Example
„

OOS067043

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the
lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission or move the shift lever
to the P position on vehicles with dual clutch transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and address

8-22
 08
EC Declaration of conformity for Jack

JACKDOC14S

8-23
Emergency situations

IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE ǣWITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT

IF EQUIPPEDǤ
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay mobile
even after experiencing a tire puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing
compound effectively and comfortably
seals most punctures in a passenger car
tire caused by nails or similar objects
and reinflates the tire.
After you ensured that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously
OOS080001K on the tire (distance up to 200 km (120
For safe operation, carefully read and miles)) at a max. speed of 80 km/h (50
follow the instructions in this manual mph) in order to reach a service station
before use. or tire dealer to have the tire replaced.
(1) Compressor It is possible that some tires, especially
with larger punctures or damage to the
(2) Sealant bottle sidewall, cannot be sealed completely.
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely
to the tire and we recommend that the affect tire performance.
system be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt
steering or other driving maneuvers,
especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded
CAUTION or if a trailer is in use.
When two or more tires are flat, do not The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
use the tire mobility kit because the or intended as a permanent tire repair
supported one sealant of Tire Mobility method and is to be used for one tire
Kit is only used for one flat tire. only. This instruction shows you step
by step how to temporarily seal the
puncture simply and reliably.
WARNING Read the section “Notes on the safe use
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit to repair of the Tire Mobility Kit”.
punctures in the tire walls. This can
result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING
Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely
WARNING damaged by driving run flat or with
Have your tire repaired as soon as insufficient air pressure.
possible. The tire may loose air pressure Only punctured areas located within the
at any time after inflating with the Tire tread region of the tire can be sealed
Mobility Kit. using the TMK.

8-24
 08
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

ODE067044

1. Speed-restriction label
2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction
3. Filling hose
4. Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection
5. Holder for the sealant bottle
6. Compressor
7. ON/OFF switch
8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing the tire inflation pressure

Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Strictly follow the specified sequence, otherwise the sealant may escape under high
pressure.

WARNING
Expired sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired (i.e. pasted the expiration
date on the sealant container). This can increase the risk of tire failure.

8-25
Emergency situations

WARNING 1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

Sealant
ś Keep out of reach of children.
ś Avoid contact with eyes.
ś Do not swallow.

Using the Tire Mobility Kit when

a tire is flat

CAUTION
OIGH067042

2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the

sealant bottle (2) in the direction of (A)
and connect the sealant bottle to the
compressor (6) in the direction of (B).
3. Ensure that the compressor is
switched OFF.
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the valve
of the defective wheel and screw the
filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle
onto the valve.
OOSH079017L

Detach the speed restriction label (1)

from the sealant bottle (2), and place
it in a highly visible place inside the
vehicle such as on the steering wheel to
remind the driver not to drive too fast.

CAUTION
If only the tire pressure needs to be
adjusted, refer to “How to Adjust Tire
Pressure” in this chapter.
OOS067011
Before using the Tire Mobility Kit, be
fully aware of the explanation on the
sealant. CAUTION
Securely install the sealant filling hose
to the valve. If not, sealant may flow
backward, possibly clogging the filling
hose.

8-26
 08
WARNING
Carbon monoxide
Do not leave your vehicle running in
a poorly ventilated area for extended
periods of time. Carbon monoxide
poisoning and suffocation can occur.

OOS080002K

5. Plug the compressor power cord (4)

into the vehicle power outlet.

NOTICE
Only use the front passenger side
power outlet when connecting the
power cord.
OLMF064106

6. Switch on the ignition switch. 10. Immediately drive approximately

7~10 km (4~6 miles or, about 10min)
7. Switch on the compressor and let it to evenly distribute the sealant in the
run for approximately 5~7 minutes to tire.
fill the sealant up to proper pressure.
(refer to the Tire and Wheels, chapter Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h (50
8). The inflation pressure of the tire mph). If possible, do not fall below a
after filling is unimportant and will be speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).
checked/corrected later. While driving, if you experience any
Be careful not to overinflate the tire unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
and stay away from the tire when noise, reduce your speed and drive with
filling it. caution until you can safely pull off of the
side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
CAUTION
Tire pressure
Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if
the tire pressure is below 200 kPa (29
psi). This could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.

8. Switch off the compressor.

9. Detach the hoses from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire
valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage
location in the vehicle.

8-27
Emergency situations

Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than
actual reading when the compressor is
running. To get an accurate tire reading,
the compressor needs to be turned off.

CAUTION
If the inflation pressure is not
maintained, drive the vehicle a second
OIGH067043 time, refer to step 10.
Then repeat steps 1 to 4.
Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for
tire damage larger than approximately
4 mm (0.16 in).
We recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer if the tire
cannot be made roadworthy with the
Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING
OOS067011
The tire inflation pressure must be at
11. After driving approximately 7~10 km least 220 kPa (32 psi). If it is not, do not
(4~6 miles or about 10 min), stop at a continue driving.
safety location.
Call for road side service or towing.
12. Connect the filling hose (3) of the
compressor directly to the tire valve.
13. Plug the compressor power cord into CAUTION
the vehicle power outlet. Tire pressure sensor
14. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the (if equipped with TPMS)
recommended tire inflation.
The sealant on the tire pressure sensor
With the ignition switched on, and wheel should be removed when
proceed as follows. you replace the tire with a new one and
- To increase the inflation pressure inspect the tire pressure sensors. We
: Switch on the compressor. To recommend that you get this done at an
check the current inflation pressure authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
setting, briefly switch off the
compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure:
Information
Press the button (9) on the When reinstalling the repaired or replaced
compressor. tire and wheel on the vehicle, tighten the
wheel lug nut to 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
will overheat and may be damaged.

8-28
 08
How to adjust tire pressure NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for more
than 10 minutes, otherwise the device
will overheat and may be damaged.

Information
The pressure gauge may show higher than
actual reading when the compressor is
running. To get an accurate tire reading,
the compressor needs to be turned off.

OIGH067043
CAUTION
Do not use the sealant when the tire
pressure only needs to be adjusted.

WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must be at
least 220 kPa (32 psi). If it is not, do not
continue driving.
Call for road side service or towing.
OOS067011

1. Park your vehicle in a safe location.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the
compressor directly to the tire valve.
3. Plug the compressor power cord into
the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the
recomended tire inflation.
With the ignition swithched on,
proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure
: Switch on the compressor. To
check the current inflation pressure
setting, briefly switch off the
compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure:
Press the button (9) on the
compressor.

8-29
Emergency situations

Notes on the safe use of the Tire ś Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
Mobility Kit unattended while it is being used.
ś Park your car at the side of the road ś Do not leave the compressor running
so that you can work with the Tire for more than 10 min. at a time or it
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic. may overheat.
ś To be sure your vehicle will not move, ś Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
even when you’re on fairly level ambient temperature is below -30°C
ground, always set your parking brake. (-22°F).
ś Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for ś In case of skin contact with the
sealing/inflation passenger car tires. sealant, wash the area thoroughly
Only punctured areas located within with plenty of water. If the irritation
the tread region of the tire can be persists, seek medical attention.
sealed using the tire mobility kit. ś In case of eye contact with the
ś Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles sealant, flush your eyes for at least 15
or any other type of tires. minutes. If the irritation persists, seek
medical attention.
ś When the tire and wheel are
damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit ś In case of swallowing the sealant,
for your safety. rinse the mouth and drink plenty of
water. However, never give anything
ś Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be to an unconscious person and seek
effective for tire damage larger than medical attention immediately.
approximately 6 mm (0.24 in).
ś Long time exposure to the sealant
ś If the tire cannot be made roadworthy may cause damage to bodily tissue
with the Tire Mobility Kit, we such as kidney, etc.
recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ś Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tire
is severely damaged by driving run flat
or with insufficient air pressure.
ś Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
ś Provided the car is outdoors, leave the
engine running. Otherwise operating
the compressor may eventually drain
the car battery.

8-30
 08
TOWING
Towing service On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to tow
the vehicle with the rear wheels on the
ground (without dollies) and the front
wheels off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the vehicle
is being towed with the front wheels on
the ground, use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used,
the front of the vehicle should always be
lifted, not the rear.

CAUTION
ś Do not tow the vehicle with the front
wheels on the ground as this may
cause damage to the vehicle.
OOS067007L
ś An AWD vehicle should never be
[A] : Dollies
towed with the wheels on the
If emergency towing is necessary, ground. This can cause serious
we recommend having it done by damage to the transmission or the
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a AWD system.
commercial tow-truck service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.

CAUTION
The 4WD vehicle should never be towed OOS067021
with the wheels on the ground. This can ś Do not tow with sling-type
cause serious damage to the transaxle equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
or the 4WD system. equipment.

OOS067022

8-31
Emergency situations

WARNING Removable towing hook

If your vehicle is equipped with a 1. Open the tailgate, and remove the
rollover sensor, place the ignition towing hook from the tool case.
switch in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position Front
„
when the vehicle is being towed.
The side impact and curtain air bag
may deploy if the sensor detects the
situation as a rollover.

When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). OOS080012L
3. Release the parking brake. Rear
„

CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in N
(Neutral) may cause internal damage to
the transmission.

OOS067041

2. Remove the hole cover pressing the

lower part of the cover on the bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.

8-32
 08
Emergency towing ś Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you have it done by an authorized ś Fasten the towing cable or chain
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow securely to the hook.
truck service. ś Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
If a towing service is not available in and even force.
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
at the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver
must be in the vehicle to steer it and
operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a short
distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering and OOS067027
brakes must all be in good condition.
ś Use a towing cable or chain less than
5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or
CAUTION red cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)
wide) in the middle of the cable or
The driver must be in the vehicle for
chain for easy visibility.
steering and braking operations when
the vehicle is being towed. Passengers ś Drive carefully so the towing cable or
other than the driver must not be in the chain remains tight during towing.
vehicle. ś Before towing, check the dual clutch
transmission for fluid leaks under your
Always follow these emergency towing vehicle. If the dual clutch transmission
precautions: fluid is leaking, flatbed equipment or a
ś Place the ignition switch in the ACC towing dolly must be used.
position so the steering wheel is not
locked. NOTICE
ś Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle
ś Release the parking brake. in a slow and gradual manner while
ś Depress the brake pedal with more maintaining tension on the tow rope
force than normal as you will have or chain to start or drive the vehicle,
reduced braking performance. otherwise tow hooks and the vehicle
may be damaged.
ś More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
ś Use a vehicle heavier than your own to
tow your vehicle.
ś The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other
frequently.

8-33
Emergency situations

NOTICE
To avoid damage to your vehicle and
vehicle components when towing:
ś Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not pull
from the side or at a vertical angle.
ś Do not use the towing hooks to pull
a vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
ś Limit the vehicle speed to 15km/h
(10mph) and drive less than 1.5km(1
mile) when towing to avoid serious
damage to transmission. (if equipped
with automatic transmission)
ś The vehicle should be towed at
a speed of 25km/h (15 mph) or
less within the distance of 20km
(12 miles). (if equipped with
manual transmission/dual clutch
transmission)

8-34
 08
EMERGENCY COMMODITY ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Your vehicle is equipped with emergency Tire pressure gauge
commodities to help you respond to (if equipped)
emergency situation.
Tires normally lose some air in day-to-
day use, and you may have to add a air
Fire extinguisher periodically and usually it is not a sign of
If there is small fire and you know how a leaking tire, but of normal wear. Always
to use the fire extinguisher, follow these check tire pressure when the tires are
steps carefully. cold because tire pressure increases with
1. Pull out the safety pin at the top of the temperature.
extinguisher that keeps the handle To check the tire pressure, take the
from being accidentally pressed. following steps:
2. Aim the nozzle towards the base of 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is
the fire. located on the rim of the tire.
3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) away 2. Press and hold the gauge against the
from the fire and squeeze the handle tire valve. Some air will leak as you
to discharge the extinguisher. If you begin and more will leak if you don’t
release the handle, the discharge will press the gauge in firmly.
stop. 3. A firm non-leaking push will activate
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth the gauge.
at the base of the fire. After the fire 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge
appears to be out, watch carefully to see whether the tire pressure is low
since it may re-ignite. or high.
First aid kit 5. Adjust the tire pressure to the
specified pressure. Refer to “Tires and
Supplies for use in giving first aid such Wheels” in chapter 8.
as scissors, bandage and adhesive tape,
etc. are provided. 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.

Triangle reflector
Place the triangle reflector on the road
to warn oncoming vehicles during
emergencies, such as when the vehicle is
parked by the roadside due to problems.

8-35
Emergency situations

PANǘEUROPEAN ECALL SYSTEM ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ

The vehicle is equipped with a device* connected with the Pan-European eCall system
for making emergency call to response teams. The Pan-European eCall system is
an automatic emergency call service made in event of a traffic accident or other**
accidents on the roads of Europe. (only in countries with regulation on this system)
The system allows contacting with an officer of the Public Safety Answering Point
(PSAP) in case of accidents on the roads of Europe. (only in countries with regulation on
this system)
The Pan-European eCall system given conditions, stated in the Owner’s Manual as
well as Warranty and Service book transmits data to the Public Safety Answering
Point (PSAP) including such information as vehicle location, vehicle type, VIN (vehicle
identification number of the vehicle).

OOS080009L

1. Road accident
2. Wireless network
3. Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)
4. Rescue
* Pan-European eCall device in the Owner’s Manual means equipment, installed in the
vehicle, which provides connection with the Pan-European eCall system.
** “Other accidents” mean any accidents on the roads of Europe (only in countries with
regulation on this system) resulted in injured people and/or necessity of provision of
assistance. In case of registration of any accident, it is necessary to stop a vehicle,
press button SOS (location of the button is specified on the picture in the chapter
“Pan-European eCall (IF EQUIPPED)”) of the Owner’s Manual. When making a call,
the system gathers information about the vehicle (from which a call was made),
after which connects the car with an officer of the Public Safety Answering Point
(PSAP) to tell about the reason of the emergency call.

8-36
 08
Once the data which is stored in the Pan-European eCall system is delivered to the
rescue center to assist the driver and passengers with proper rescue operations, the
data will be deleted after rescue operation is completed.

Description of the eCall in-vehicle system

ESKEV-501

Overview of the 112-based eCall in-vehicle system, its operation and functionalities:
refer to this section. The 112-based eCall service is a public service of general interest
and is accessible free of charge.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is activated by default. It is activated
automatically by means of in- vehicle sensors in the event of a severe accident.
It will also be triggered automatically when the vehicle is equipped with a TPS system
which does not function in the event of a severe accident.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system can also be triggered manually, if needed.
Instructions for manual activation of the system: refer to this section.
In the event of a critical system failure that would disable the 112-based eCall in-vehicle
system, the following warning will be given to the occupants of the vehicle: refer to this
section.

8-37
Emergency situations

Information on data processing (1) Directive 95/46/EC of the European

Parliament and of the Council of
Any processing of personal data
24 October 1995 on the protection
through the 112-based eCall in-vehicle
of individuals with regard to the
system shall comply with the personal
processing of personal data and on
data protection rules provided for in
the free movement of such data (OJ L
Directives 95/46/EC (1) and 2002/58/EC
281, 23.11.1995, p. 31).
(2) of the European Parliament and of the
Council, and in particular, shall be based (2) Directive 2002/58/EC of the
on the necessity to protect the vital European Parliament and of the
interests of the individuals in accordance Council of 12 July 2002 concerning
with Article 7(d) of Directive 95/46/EC the processing of personal data
(3). and the protection of privacy in the
electronic communications sector
Processing of such data is strictly
(Directive on privacy and electronic
limited to the purpose of handling the
communications) (OJ L 201, 31.7.2002,
emergency eCall to the single European
p. 37).
emergency number 112.
(3) Directive 95/46/EC is repealed by
Types of data and its recipients Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the
European Parliament and of the
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system Council of 27 April 2016 on the
may collect and process only the protection of natural persons with
following data: regard to the processing of personal
- Vehicle Identification Number data and on the free movement of
- Vehicle type (passenger vehicle or light such data (General Data Protection
commercial vehicle) Regulation) (OJ L 119, 4.5.2016, p. 1).
The Regulation applies from 25 May
- Vehicle propulsion storage type
2018.
(gasoline/diesel/CNG/LPG/electric/
hydrogen)
- Vehicle ocations and direction of travel
- Timestamp of the automatic activation
of the system
- Any additional data (if applicable): Not
applicable
Recipients of data processed by the
112-based eCall in-vehicle system are the
relevant public safety answering points
designated by the respective public
authorities of the country on which
territory they are located, to first receive
and handle eCalls to the single European
emergency number 112. Additional
information (if available): Not applicable

8-38
 08
Arrangements for data processing Modalities for exercising data
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system subject’s rights
is designed in such a way as to ensure The data subject (the vehicle’s owner)
that the data contained in the system has a right of access to data and as
memory is not available outside the appropriate to request the rectification,
system before an eCall is triggered. erasure or blocking of data, concerning
Additional remarks (if any): Not him or her, the processing of which
applicable does not comply with the provisions
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is of Directive 95/46/EC. Any third
designed in such a way as to ensure that parties to whom the data have been
it is not traceable and not subject to any disclosed have to be notified of such
constant tracking in its normal operation rectification, erasure or blocking carried
status. Additional remarks (if any): Not out in compliance with this Directive,
applicable unless it proves impossible or involves a
disproportionate effort.
The 112-based eCall in-vehicle system is
designed in such a way as to ensure that The data subject has a right to complain
data in the system internal memory is to the competent data protection
automatically and continuously removed. authority if he or she considers that his or
her rights have been infringed as a result
The vehicle location data is constantly of the processing of his or her personal
overwritten in the internal memory of the data.
system of the vehicle necessary for the
normal functioning of the system. Contact service responsible for handling
access requests (if any): Not applicable
The log of activity data in the 112-based
eCall in-vehicle system is kept for no
longer than necessary for attaining the
purpose of handling the emergency eCall
and in any case not beyond 13 hours from
the moment an emergency eCall was
initiated. Additional remarks (if any): Not
applicable

8-39
Emergency situations

Pan-European eCall System SOS button:

Type A
„ The driver/passenger makes an
emergency call to the single duty
dispatch service by pressing the button.

LED:
The red and green LED illuminates for
3 seconds when the ignition switch is
in the ON position. After that they will
switch off at normal operation of the
system.
OOSEV069174L If there are some problems in the
Type B
„ system, the LED remains in red.

OOSEV069173L

Elements of the Pan-European

eCall system, installed in passenger
compartment:
(1) SOS button
(2) LED

8-40
 08
Automatic accident reporting

System operation in the Connection with the Public

event of a traffic accident Safety Answering Point Emergency services
(PSAP)

OOS080010L

The Pan-European eCall device automatically makes an emergency call to the Public
Safety Answering Point (PSAP) for proper rescuing operations in event of vehicle
accident.
For proper emergency services and support the Pan-European eCall system
automatically transmits the accident data to the Public Safety Answering Point (PSAP)
when a traffic accident is detected.
In this case, the emergency call cannot be hung up by pressing the SOS button and the
Pan-European eCall system remains connected until the emergency service officer,
receiving the call, disconnects the emergency call.
In minor traffic accidents the Pan-European eCall system may not execute an
emergency call. However, an emergency call may be made manually by pressing the
SOS button.

CAUTION
Operation of the system is impossible in case of absence of mobile transmission
and GPS and Galileo signals.

8-41
Emergency situations

Manual accident reporting

OOS080010L

The driver or passenger manually can make an emergency call in the Public Safety
Answering Point(PSAP), by pressing SOS button to call the necessary emergency
services.
A call to the emergency services through the Pan-European eCall system can be
cancelled by pressing the SOS button again within 3 seconds.
After activation of emergency call in the manual mode (for proper emergency services
and support), the Pan-European eCall system automatically transmits the road
accident data / or data on other accident to the officer of the Public Safety Answering
Point(PSAP).
If the driver or passenger accidentally presses the SOS button, it can be canceled by
pressing the button again within 3 seconds.
In case of road accident or other accident for activation of emergency call in manual
mode it is necessary:
1. Stop the vehicle in accordance with traffic rules to ensure safety to yourself and
other participants of road traffic;
2. Press the SOS button, when pressing the button SOS registration of the device
in the wireless telephonic communication networks is carried out, minimum
data set about vehicle and its location is collected in accordance with of the
technical requirements of the device. After that connection with the officer of the
Pan-European eCall system is made for clearing up reasons (conditions) of the
emergency call.
3. After clearing up reasons of the emergency call, the officer of the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) sends emergency services and completes the emergency
call.

If the emergency call is not carried out in accordance with the procedure, mentioned
above, the emergency call will be considered as erroneous.

8-42
 08
WARNING
Emergency power supply of the Pan-
European eCall system from the battery
ś The Pan-European eCall system
battery supplies power in case main
power source of the vehicle is cut
off due to the collision during the
emergency situations.
ś The Pan-European eCall system
battery should be replaced every 3
years. For more information refer to
the Maintenance Schedule in chapter
9.
LED illumination in red (system
malfunction)
If red LED illuminates in normal
driving conditions, this can indicate
malfunction of the Pan-European eCall
system. We recommend that system
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Otherwise correct operation of the Pan-
European eCall system device, installed
in your vehicle is not guaranteed.
Owner of the vehicle incurs liability
for consequences, occurred as a
result of nonobservance of conditions,
mentioned above.
Arbitrary Removal or Modification
The Pan-European eCall system calls
emergency services for assistance.
Thus, any arbitrary removal or changes
to the Pan-European eCall system
settings may affect your driving safety.
Also, it may even make an erroneous
emergency call to the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP). Thereby, we
kindly ask you not to make any changes
by yourself or by the third parties in the
settings of the equipment of the Pan-
European eCall system, installed in your
vehicle.

8-43
9. Maintenance
Engine compartment........................................................................................ 9-3
Maintenance services .......................................................................................9-6
Owner’s responsibility ................................................................................................ 9-6
Owner maintenance ..........................................................................................9-7
Owner maintenance schedule .................................................................................... 9-7
Scheduled maintenance services ....................................................................9-9
Normal maintenance schedule (for Europe) ............................................................ 9-10
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage conditions
(Gasoline engine, for Europe) .................................................................................... 9-14
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage condition
(Diesel Engine, for Europe) ........................................................................................ 9-16
Normal maintenance schedule (except Europe)...................................................... 9-18
Maintenance under severe usage and low mileage condition
(Gasoline Engine, for Europe) ....................................................................................9-22
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ............................................. 9-24
Engine oil ..........................................................................................................9-27
Checking the engine oil level (Diesel engine) ..........................................................9-29
Checking the engine oil and filter ............................................................................ 9-30
Checking the engine coolant level............................................................................ 9-31
Engine coolant .................................................................................................9-31
Changing the engine coolant ....................................................................................9-33
Checking the brake/clutch fluid level .......................................................................9-34
Brake/clutch fluid .......................................................................................... 9-34
Intelligent Manual Transmission(iMT) System actuator fluid ...................... 9-35
Checking the iMT system actuator fluid level ..........................................................9-35
Checking the washer fluid level ................................................................................9-36
Checking the parking brake ......................................................................................9-36
Washer fluid .................................................................................................... 9-36
Parking brake .................................................................................................. 9-36
Fuel Filter (For Diesel)..................................................................................... 9-37
Draining water from fuel filter ...................................................................................9-37
Fuel filter cartridge replacement ..............................................................................9-37
Filter replacement ......................................................................................................9-37
Air cleaner ....................................................................................................... 9-37
Filter inspection..........................................................................................................9-39
Filter replacement ......................................................................................................9-39
9
 Climate control air filter.................................................................................. 9-39
Blade inspection........................................................................................................ 9-40
Blade replacement .................................................................................................. 9-40
Wiper blades ...................................................................................................9-40
Battery .............................................................................................................9-43
For best battery service ............................................................................................ 9-44
Battery capacity label ............................................................................................... 9-44
Battery recharging .................................................................................................... 9-44
Reset items ................................................................................................................ 9-45
Tire care ..................................................................................................................... 9-46
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures .......................................................... 9-46
Tires and wheels .............................................................................................9-46
Check tire inflation pressure .....................................................................................9-47
Tire rotation .............................................................................................................. 9-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance ........................................................................... 9-48
Tire replacement ....................................................................................................... 9-49
Wheel replacement ................................................................................................... 9-50
Tire traction ............................................................................................................... 9-50
Tire maintenance ...................................................................................................... 9-50
Tire sidewall labeling................................................................................................. 9-50
Low aspect ratio tires .................................................................................................9-53
Fuses ................................................................................................................ 9-54
Instrument panel fuse replacement ........................................................................9-55
Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ....................................................... 9-56
Light bulbs ....................................................................................................... 9-70
Headlamp, position lamp, turn signal lamp and daytime running light bulb
replacement ................................................................................................................9-71
Front fog lamp ............................................................................................................ 9-73
Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming (for Europe).................................................. 9-74
Side repeater lamp replacement ..............................................................................9-79
Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ..............................................................9-79
High mounted stop lamp replacement .................................................................... 9-81
License plate light bulb replacement ...................................................................... 9-82
Interior light bulb replacement ................................................................................ 9-82
Exterior care .............................................................................................................. 9-84
Appearance care .............................................................................................9-84
9 Interior care ............................................................................................................... 9-89
Emission control system................................................................................. 9-92
Selective Catalytic Reduction ................................................................................. 9-96
Vetrarakstur ................................................................................................... 9-104
Snjór eða hálka .........................................................................................................9-104
 09
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi
„

Smarstream G1.0 T-GDI (48V) MHEV

„

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS090047L/OOS090020L

1. Engine coolant reservoir/ 5. Air cleaner

Engine coolant cap 6. Engine oil dipstick
2. Fuse box 7. Engine oil filler cap
3. Battery 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

9-3
Maintenance

Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi (including N Line)

„

Smartstream G2.0 Atkinson (Except Europe)

„

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS090002K/OOS090001K

1. Engine coolant reservoir/ 5. Air cleaner

Engine coolant cap 6. Engine oil dipstick
2. Fuse box 7. Engine oil filler cap
3. Battery 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

9-4
 09
Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV
„

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS090022L

1. Engine coolant reservoir/ 5. Air cleaner

Engine coolant cap 6. Engine oil dipstick
2. Fuse box 7. Engine oil filler cap
3. Battery 8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

9-5
Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner maintenance precautions
to prevent damage to your vehicle and
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
injury to yourself whenever performing
servicing may result in operational
any maintenance or inspection
problems with your vehicle that could
procedures.
lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or
We recommend you have your personal injury. This chapter provides
vehicle maintained and repaired by instructions only for the maintenance
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An items that are easy to perform.
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
Your vehicle should not be modified
HYUNDAI’s high service quality
in any way. Such modifications may
standards and receives technical support
adversely affect the performance, safety
from HYUNDAI in order to provide you
or durability of your vehicle and may, in
with a high level of service satisfaction.
addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle.
Owner’s responsibility
Maintenance service and record NOTICE
retention are the owner’s responsibility.
You should retain documents that show Improper owner maintenance during
proper maintenance has been performed the warranty period may affect
on your vehicle in accordance with warranty coverage. For details, read
the scheduled maintenance service the separate Service Passport provided
charts shown on the following pages. with the vehicle. If you’re unsure
You need this information to establish about any servicing or maintenance
your compliance with the servicing procedure, we recommend that the
and maintenance requirements of your system be serviced by an authorized
vehicle warranties. HYUNDAI dealer.
Detailed warranty information is
provided in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered.

9-6
 09
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING WARNING
Performing maintenance work on a Diesel Engine
vehicle can be dangerous. If you lack Never manipulate or modify the
sufficient knowledge and experience injection system while running the
or the proper tools and equipment to diesel engine or within 30 seconds
do the work, we recommend that the after turning OFF the diesel engine. The
system be serviced by an authorized high-pressure pump, high-pressure
HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYS follow pipes, rail, and injectors are still subject
these precautions for performing to high pressure immediately after
maintenance work: stopping the diesel engine.
ś Park your vehicle on level ground, When the fuel leakage vents out, it
move the shift lever into the P (Park, may cause serious body injury. Any
for dual clutch transmission vehicle) people, who are implanted with the
position or neutral (for manual artificial cardiac pacemaker, should
transmission vehicle) position, apply remain away from the ECU or the wiring
the parking brake, and place the harness by at least 30 cm, while running
ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF the diesel engine. The high currents of
position. the electronic engine control system
ś Block the tires (front and back) to produce a considerable amount of
prevent the vehicle from moving. magnetic fields.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry
that can become entangled in Owner maintenance schedule
moving parts.
ś If you must run the engine during When you stop for fuel:
maintenance, do so out doors or in ś Check the engine oil level.
an area with plenty of ventilation. ś Check the coolant level in the engine
ś Keep flames, sparks, or smoking coolant reservoir.
materials away from the battery and ś Check the windshield washer fluid
fuel-related parts. level.
ś Check for low or under-inflated tires.
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections we recommend to be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI WARNING
dealer at the frequencies indicated to
help ensure safe, dependable operation Be careful when checking your engine
of your vehicle. coolant level when the engine is hot.
This may result in coolant being blown
Any adverse conditions should be out of the opening and cause serious
brought to the attention of your dealer as burns and other injuries.
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.

9-7
Maintenance

While operating your vehicle: At least twice a year:

ś Note any changes in the sound of the (i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes ś Check radiator, heater and air
in the vehicle. conditioning hoses for leaks or
ś Check for vibrations in the steering damage.
wheel. Notice if there is any increased ś Check windshield washer spray and
steering effort or looseness in the wiper operation. Clean wiper blades
steering wheel, or change in its with a clean cloth dampened with
straight-ahead position. washer fluid.
ś Notice if your vehicle constantly turns ś Check headlamp alignment.
slightly or “pulls” to one side when ś Check muffler, exhaust pipes, shields
traveling on smooth, level road. and clamps.
ś When stopping, listen and check for ś Check the seat belts for wear and
unusual sounds, pulling to one side, function.
increased brake pedal travel or “hard-
to-push” brake pedal. At least once a year:
ś If any slipping or changes in the ś Clean body and door drain holes.
operation of your transmission occurs,
check the transmission fluid level. ś Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
ś Check the dual clutch transmission P
(Park) function. ś Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
ś Check the parking brake.
ś Lubricate door rubber weather strips.
ś Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air ś Check the air conditioning system.
conditioning system during or after ś Inspect and lubricate dual clutch
use is normal). transmission linkage and controls.
ś Clean the battery and terminals.
At least monthly:
ś Check the brake fluid level.
ś Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
ś Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
ś Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires that
are worn, show uneven wear, or are
damaged.
ś Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

9-8
 09
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of
the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions.
ś Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature or
less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature
ś Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
ś Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads
ś Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
ś Driving in heavy traffic area
ś Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
ś Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack
ś Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing
ś Driving over 170km/h (106 mile/h) or frequent rapid acceleration/deceleration
ś Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition
ś Engine oil usage which is not recommended (mineral, semi- synthetic, viscosity
grade, etc.)

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace
or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the
periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance
intervals.

9-9
 Normal maintenance schedule (for Europe)

9-10
Gasoline engine items
MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
INTERVALS Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192
Maintenance

MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

ITEM Km×1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
Engine oil and engine oil filter *1 *2 Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
*3 At first, inspect at 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months,
Drive belts
after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Smartstream
G 1.0 T-GDi At first Inspect at 15,000km (10,000 miles) or 12 months,
MHEV (Mild Hybrid) belt *3
48V MHEV After that, replace every 105,000 km (65,200 miles) or 84 months
Fuel additives *4 Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R
Spark plugs *5 Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles) or 60 months
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I I I
Fuel tank air filter I I I I
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the amount of engine oil should be checked regularly. Operating
with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.
*4 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle
of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to
use them. Do not mix other additives.
*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.

à The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends
on fuel quality. If there are some important matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, we
recommend that you replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
for details.
 Normal maintenance schedule (for Europe) (Cont.)
Diesel engine items

MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

INTERVALS Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
ITEM Km×1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
Engine oil and engine oil filter *1 *2 *3 *4 R R R R R R R R
*5 At first, inspect at 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months,
Drive belts
after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Smartstream
D 1.6 T-GDi At first, Inspect at 90,000km (60,000 miles) or 48 months,
MHEV (Mild Hybrid) belt *5
48V MHEV After that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Fuel filter cartridge *6 I R I R I R I R
Fuel filler cap I I I I
Inspect Timing belt every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
Timing belt system (Timing belt, Oil pump belt,
Replace Timing belt system (Timing belt, Water pump, Tensioner, Idler) every 240,000
Tensioner, idler)
km (160,000 miles)
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R : Replace or change.
*1 : As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the amount of engine oil should be checked regularly. Operating
with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <”EN590 or equivalent”>. If
the diesel fuel specifications don’t meet the EN590, it must be replaced according to the severe maintenance schedule.
*4 : If SAE 0W-30 engine oil is not available, replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 20,000 km or 12 months.
*5 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.
*6 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <”EN590 or equivalent”>.
If the diesel fuel specifications don’t meet the EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. If there are some important safety
matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardless
of maintenance schedule. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

9-11
09
 Normal maintenance schedule (for Europe) (Cont.)

9-12
General items - for both Gasoline and Diesel engine

MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

Maintenance

INTERVALS Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
ITEM Km×1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
Inspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day.
Cooling system At first, inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
after that, inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
At first, replace at 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years :
Engine coolant *1
after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months *2
All electrical systems I I I I I I I I
Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)
Battery condition I I I I I I I I
Pan-European eCall system battery (if
equipped) / ERA-GLONASS system battery (if Replace every 3 years
equipped)
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Parking brake (if equipped) I I I I I I I I
Brake fluid R R R R R R R R
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*2 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
 Normal maintenance schedule (for Europe) (Cont.)
General items - for both Gasoline and Diesel engine

MAINTENANCE Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first

INTERVALS Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192
MAINTENANCE Miles×1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
ITEM Km×1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Suspension ball joints Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I
Cabin air filter R R R R R R R R
Manual transmission fluid/Intelligent manual
I I I I
transmission fluid (if equipped) *3
Intelligent variable transmission fluid (if
No check, No service required
equipped)
Dual clutch transmission fluid I I I I
Exhaust system I I I I I I I I
Valve clearance *4 Inspect every 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months
Rear differential oil (4WD) *3 I I I I
Transfer case oil (4WD) *3 I I
Propeller shaft I I I I I I I I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*3 : Manual transmission/dual clutch transmission fluid, transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they
have been submerged in water.
*4 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. We recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-13
09
Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions

(Gasoline Engine, for Europe)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe and low mileage driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Engine oil and engine Replace every 7,500 km A, B, C, D, E, F,
R
oil filter (4,500 miles) or 6 months G, H, I, J, K, L
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter R C, E
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
Spark plugs R B, H
depending on the condition
Steering gear rack, Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
linkage and boots depending on the condition
Front suspension ball Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
joints depending on the condition
Disc brakes and pads, Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, G, H
calipers and rotors depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F, G,
Driveshaft and boots I
depending on the condition H, I, J
Replace more frequently
Climate control air filter R C, E, G
depending on the condition
Manual transmission
fluid / Intelligent Every 120,000 km C, D, E, F, G,
R
manual transmission (80,000 miles) H, I, J
fluid
Intelligent Variable A, C, D, E, F,
R Every 90,000 km (60,000 miles)
Transmission Fluid G, H, I, K,J

9-14
 09
Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Dual clutch transmission Every 120,000 km C, D, E, F, G,
R
fluid (80,000 miles) H, I, J
Rear differential oil Every 120,000 km C, D, E, G, H,
R
(4WD) (80,000 miles) I, J
Every 120,000 km C, D, E, G, H,
Transfer case oil (4WD) R
(80,000 miles) I, J
C, D, E, F, G,
Propeller shaft (4WD) I More Frequently
H, I, J

Severe driving conditions

A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal
temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in the heavy dust condition
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly
H. Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack
I. Driving as patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
J. Driving over 170km/h (106mile/h) or frequent rapid acceleration/deceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions and under 15,000 km per year.
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended (mineral type, semi-synthetic, lower
grade, etc.)

9-15
Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions

(Diesel Engine, for Europe)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe and low mileage driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate
maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Engine oil and engine oil Replace every 15,000 km A, B, C, D, E, F,
R
filter (10,000 miles) or 12 months G, H, I, J, K, L
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter R C, E
depending on the condition
Steering gear rack, linkage Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
and boots depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
depending on the condition
Disc brakes and pads, Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, G, H
calipers and rotors depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F, G,
Driveshaft and boots I
depending on the condition H, I

9-16
 09
Maintenance Driving
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals
operation condition
Replace more frequently
Climate control air filter R C, E, G
depending on the condition
Every 120,000 km (80,000 C, D, E, F, G,
Manual transmission fluid R
miles) H, I, J
Dual clutch transmission Every 120,000 km (80,000 C, D, E, F, G,
R
fluid miles) H, I, J
Every 120,000 km (80,000 C, D, E, G, H,
Rear differential oil (4WD) R
miles) I, J
Every 120,000 km (80,000 C, D, E, G, H,
Transfer case oil (4WD) R
miles) I, J
Every 20,000 km (12,500
Propeller shaft (4WD) I miles) C, E
or 12 months

Severe driving conditions

A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature
or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in heavy dust condition
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly
H. Using for towing or camping, and driving with loading on the roof
I. Driving as patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
J. Frequently driving under high speed or rapid acceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions and under 15,000 km per year.
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended(mineral, semi-synthetic, lower grade
spec, etc)

9-17
 Normal Maintenance Schedule (except Europe)

9-18
Gasoline engine items

MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Maintenance

INTERVALS Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Drive belts *1 I I I I
Engine oil and engine oil filter For Middle East *5 Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
*2 *3 Except Middle East *5 R R R R R R R R
For Middle East *5 Add every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Fuel additives *4
Except middle East *5 Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Except Middle East *5 I I R I I R I I
Air cleaner filter
For Middle East *5 R R R R R R R R

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil can
damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.
*4 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bottle
of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use
them. Do not mix other additives.
*5 : Middle East includes Iran, Libya, Algeria, Sudan, Morocco, Tunisia and Egypt.
 Normal Maintenance Schedule (except Europe) (Cont.)
Gasoline engine items
MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Spark plugs *6 Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles) or 60 months

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I
Fuel tank air filter I R I R
Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*6 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
* : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance
schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem etc, we recommend that you replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance
schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

9-19
09
 Normal Maintenance Schedule (except Europe) (Cont.)

9-20
General items – for Gasoline
MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
Maintenance

INTERVALS Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Inspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day. At first, inspect
Cooling system 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months after that, inspect every
30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months
At first, replace at 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months : after
Engine coolant *1
that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months
All electrical systems I I I I I I I I
Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)
For Middle East Inspect every 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or 6 months
Battery condition
Except Middle East I I I I I I I I
Pan-European eCall system battery (if equipped) /
Replace every 3 years
ERA-GLONASS system battery (if equipped)
Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I
Parking brake I I I I
Brake/clutch fluid I I R I I R I I
Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I
Driveshaft and boots I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*1 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. For your convenience, it can be
replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
 Normal Maintenance Schedule (except Europe) (Cont.)
General items – for Gasoline
MAINTENANCE Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96
INTERVALS Miles×1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
MAINTENANCE
ITEM Km×1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120
Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I
Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I
Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I
Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R
Manual transmission fluid /
I I
Intelligent manual transmission fluid (if equipped) *2
Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) *2 I I
Intelligent variable transmission fluid (if equipped) No check, No service required
Valve clearance *3 I
Exhaust system I I I I
Transfer case oil (4WD) *2 I I
Rear differential oil (4WD) *2 I I
Propeller shaft (4WD) I I I I I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.

R : Replace or change.
*2 : Manual transmission/dual clutch transmission fluid, transfer case oil and differential oil should be changed anytime they have
been submerged in water.
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. We recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-21
09
Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions

(Gasoline Engine, except Europe)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under
severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Engine oil and engine 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H,
R
oil filter months I, J, K, L
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter R C, E
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
Spark plugs R B, H
depending on the condition
Steering gear rack, Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
linkage and boots depending on the condition
Front suspension ball Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, F, G
joints depending on the condition
Disc brakes and pads, Inspect more frequently
I C, D, E, G, H
calipers and rotors depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Parking brake I C, D, G, H
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
Driveshaft and boots I C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
depending on the condition

9-22
 09
Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Climate control air Replace more frequently
R C, E, G
filter depending on the condition
Manual transmission
fluid/Intelligent Every 120,000 km
R C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
manual transmission (80,000 miles)
fluid
Intelligent Variable Every 90,000 km A, C, D, E, F,
R
Transmission Fluid (60,000 miles) G, H, I, K,J
Dual clutch Every 120,000 km
R C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
transmission fluid (80,000 miles)
Rear differential oil Every 120,000 km
R C, D, E, G, H, I, J
(4WD) (80,000 miles)
Every 120,000 km
Transfer case oil (4WD) R C, D, E, G, H, I, J
(80,000 miles)
Every 20,000 km
Propeller shaft (4WD) I C, E
(12,500 miles) or 12 months

Severe driving conditions

A. Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal temperature
or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature
B. Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C. Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt spread roads
D. Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather
E. Driving in the heavy dust condition
F. Driving in heavy traffic area
G. Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly
H. Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack
I. Driving as patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
J. Driving over 170km/h (106mile/h) or frequent rapid acceleration/deceleration
K. Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L. Engine oil usage which is not recommended (mineral, semi-synthetic, lower grade
spec, etc.)

9-23
Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and
The engine oil and filter should be connections
changed at the intervals specified in the Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle connections for leakage and damage.
is being driven in severe conditions, We recommend that the fuel lines, fuel
more frequent oil and filter changes are hoses and connections be replaced by an
required. authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Drive belts Fuel filter (for gasoline)

Inspect all drive belts for evidence HYUNDAI gasoline vehicle is equipped
of cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil a lifetime fuel filter that integrated with
saturation and replace if necessary. Drive the fuel tank. Regular maintenance
belts should be checked periodically or replacement is not needed but
for proper tension and adjusted as depends on fuel quality. If there are
necessary. some important safety matters like
fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem etc, fuel
CAUTION filter inspection or replace is needed.
When you are inspecting the belt, place We recommend that the fuel filter be
the ignition switch to the lock/off or Inspected or replaced by an authorized
ACC position. HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuel filter (cartridge) Vapor hose and fuel filler cap

A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
vehicle driving speed, damage the be inspected at those intervals specified
emission system, and cause the hard in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
starting. When a considerable amount that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
of foreign substances are accumulated correctly replaced.
in the fuel tank, the fuel filter should be
replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate
the diesel engine for several minutes,
and check the connections for any
leakages. We recommend you to have
the fuel filter replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.

9-24
 09
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Valve clearance (for Gasoline
hoses (if equipped) Engine)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
of heat and/or mechanical damage. engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
Hard and brittle rubber, cracking, We recommend that the system be
tears, cuts, abrasions, and excessive serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
swelling indicate deterioration. Particular dealer.
attention should be paid to examine
those hose surfaces nearest to high heat Cooling system
sources, such as the exhaust manifold.
Check the cooling system parts, such
Inspect the hose routing to ensure that as radiator, coolant reservoir, hoses and
the hoses do not come in contact with connections for leakage and damage.
any heat source, sharp edges or moving Replace any damaged parts.
component which might cause heat
damage or mechanical wear. Inspect Engine coolant
all hose connections, such as clamps
and couplings, to make sure they are The coolant should be changed at the
secure, and that no leaks are present. intervals specified in the maintenance
Hoses should be replaced immediately if schedule.
there is any evidence of deterioration or
damage. Manual transmission fluid (if
equipped)
Air cleaner filter Inspect the manual transmission fluid
We recommend that the air cleaner filter according to the maintenance schedule.
be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Intelligent manual transmission
fluid (if equipped)
Spark plugs (for Gasoline Engine) Intelligent manual transmission fluid
Make sure to install new spark plugs of should not be checked under normal
the correct heat range. usage conditions.
When assembling parts, be sure to We recommend that the Intelligent
wipe out foreign substances inside manual transmission fluid is changed by
and outside of the boot bottom of the an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according
ignition coil and the insulator of the to the maintenance schedule.
spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent
contamination of the spark plug Intelligent manual transmission
insulator. fluid (if equipped)
Intelligent variable transmission fluid
WARNING should not be checked under normal
usage conditions.
Do not disconnect and inspect spark
plugs when the engine is hot. You may We recommend that the Intelligent
burn yourself. manual transmission fluid is changed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according
to the maintenance schedule.

9-25
Maintenance

Dual clutch transmission fluid (if Steering gear box, linkage &
equipped) boots/lower arm ball joint
Inspect the dual clutch transmission fluid With the vehicle stopped and engine
according to the maintenance schedule. off, check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Brake hoses and lines Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Visually check for proper installation, Check the dust boots and ball joints
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any for deterioration, cracks, or damage.
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or Replace any damaged parts.
damaged parts immediately.
Drive shafts and boots
Brake/Clutch fluid (if equipped) Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
Check the brake/clutch fluid level in the for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
brake fluid reservoir. The level should be Replace any damaged parts and, if
between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the necessary, repack the grease.
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 Air conditioning refrigerant/
specification. compressor
Check the air conditioning lines and
Parking brake connections for leakage and damage.
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake lever and
cables.

Brake pads, calipers and rotors

Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for
fluid leakage.
For more information on checking the
pads or lining wear limit, refer to the
HYUNDAI web site.
(http://service.hyundai-motor.com)

Suspension mounting bolts

Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.

9-26
 09
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
(Gasoline engine) the level. The level should be between
F (Full) and L (Low).
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi /
„
Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi (48V) MHEV 6. If it is near or at L, add enough oil to
bring the level to F.

WARNING
Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the radiator
hose when checking or adding the
engine oil as it may be hot enough to
burn you.
OOS090023L
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
„ NOTICE
ś Do not overfill the engine oil.
It may damage the engine.
ś Do not spill engine oil, when adding
or changing engine oil. If you drop
the engine oil on the engine room,
wipe it off immediately.
ś When you wipe the oil dipstick, you
should wipe it with a clean cloth.
When mixed with debris, it can cause
OOS090003K engine damage.
Smartstream G2.0 Atkinson
„ ś Oil consumption may increase while
you break in a new vehicle and it will
be stabilized after driving 6,000 km.
ś The engine oil consumption can be
affected by driving habits, climate
conditions, traffic conditions,
oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is
recommended that you inspect the
engine oil level regularly and refill it
if necessary.
OOS090004K ś The engine oil change interval is
set for the purpose of preventing
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. oil deterioration, and is not related
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach the amount of oil consumption; so,
normal operating temperature. check and refill the amount of the oil
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few regularly.
minutes (about 15 minutes) for the oil ś If exceeding the maintenance
to return to the oil pan. schedule for replacement of engine
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and oil, the engine oil performance may
re-insert it fully. deteriorate and the engine condition
may be affected. Therefore, the
replacement cycle should be
observed.
9-27
Maintenance

ś To keep the engine in optimal Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi /

„
condition, use recommended engine Smartstream G1.0 T-GDi (48V) MHEV
oil. If not using the recommended
oil, replace it according to the severe
usage maintenance conditions.

OOS090048L
Smartstream G1.6 T-GDi
„

OOS090005K
Smartstream G2.0 Atkinson
„

OOS090006K

Use only the specified engine oil.

(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in chapter 2.)

9-28
 09
Checking the engine oil level WARNING
(Diesel engine) Radiator hose
Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV
„
Be very careful not to touch the radiator
hose when checking or adding the
engine oil as it may be hot enough to
burn you.

NOTICE
ś Do not spill engine oil, when adding
or changing engine oil. If you drop
the engine oil on the engine room,
wipe it off immediately.
OOS090024L
ś When you wipe the oil level gauge,
you should wipe it with a clean cloth.
Figure Required action When mixed with debris, it can cause
Recommend to contact engine damage.
Range (A) an authorized HYUNDAI ś Oil consumption may increase while
dealer. you break in a new vehicle and it will
Range (B) Do not refill engine oil. be stabilized after driving 6,000 km.
Normal. You may add ś The engine oil consumption can be
engine oil as long as affected by driving habits, climate
Range (C) conditions, traffic conditions,
the oil level does not go
above the C range. oil quality, etc. Therefore, it is
You must add oil and recommended that you inspect the
Range (D) make sure that the oil engine oil level regularly and refill it
level is in the C Range. if necessary.
ś The engine oil change interval is
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. set for the purpose of preventing
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach oil deterioration, and is not related
normal operating temperature. the amount of oil consumption; so,
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few check and refill the amount of the oil
minutes (about 15 minutes) for the oil regularly.
to return to the oil pan. ś If exceeding the maintenance
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and schedule for replacement of engine
re-insert it fully. oil, the engine oil performance may
deteriorate and the engine condition
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check may be affected. Therefore, the
the level. replacement cycle should be
6. The level should be in the C range. If observed.
the level is in the D range, add enough ś To keep the engine in optimal
engine oil to bring the level up to the condition, use recommended engine
C range. oil. If not using the recommended
oil, replace it according to the every
20,000km or 12months maintenance
conditions.

9-29
Maintenance

Smartstream D1.6 (48V) MHEV

„ Checking the engine oil and
filter

OOS090025L

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

bring the level to F. Do not overfill. OCN7080082L
Use only the specified engine oil. We recommend that the engine oil
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants and filter be replaced by an authorized
and capacities” in chapter 2.) HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING
ś Used engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in contact
with the skin for prolonged periods
of time. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer
in laboratory animals. Always protect
your skin by washing your hands
thoroughly with soap and warm
water as soon as possible after
handling used oil.
ś If the oil pressure lowers due to
insufficient engine oil, etc., the
engine oil pressure warning light
turns on and an enhanced engine
protection system that limits the
engine’s power is activated. After
that, engine warning light turns on if
driving repeatedly and continuously.
When oil pressure is restored to
an optimal level, the oil pressure
warning light and the protection
system that limits engine power will
turn off.

9-30
 09
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system has a Checking the engine coolant
reservoir filled with year-round antifreeze level
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the
factory. Gasoline engine
„

Check the antifreeze protection and

coolant concentration level at least once
a year, at the beginning of the winter
season, and before traveling to a colder
climate.

NOTICE
ś When the engine overheats from
low engine coolant, suddenly adding
engine coolant may cause cracks OOS090026L

in the engine. To prevent damage, Diesel engine

„
add engine coolant slowly in small
quantities.
ś Do not drive with no engine coolant.
It may cause water pump failure and
engine seizure, etc.

OOS090027L

Check the condition and connections

of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen or
deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between MAX and MIN (or F (Full) and L
(Low)) marks on the side of the coolant
reservoir when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water. Bring the level
to MAX, (or F (Full)) but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

9-31
Maintenance

Gasoline engine
„
WARNING

The electric motor for the cooling fan

may continue to operate or start up
OOS090028L when the engine is not running and can
Diesel engine
„ cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools away
from the rotating fan blades of the
cooling fan.

The electric motor for the cooling

fan is controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off. This
OOS090029L is a normal condition. If your vehicle is
equipped with T-GDI, the electric motor
for the cooling fan may begin to operate
WARNING at any time and continue to operate until
Never remove the coolant you disconnect the negative battery
cap/radiator cap or the cable.
drain plug while the engine
and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure,
causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait until
the engine cools down. Use extreme
care when removing the coolant cap/
radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around
it, and turn it counterclockwise slowly
to the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the cooling
system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released, press down
on the cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.

9-32
 09
Recommended engine coolant Changing the engine coolant
ś When adding coolant, use only We recommend that coolant be changed
distilled (deionized) water for your by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
vehicle and never mix hard water in according to the Maintenance Schedule
the coolant filled at the factory. An at the beginning of this chapter.
incorrect coolant mixture can result
in serious malfunction or engine
damage. NOTICE
ś The engine in your vehicle has To prevent damage to engine parts, put
aluminum engine parts and must be a thick towel around the radiator cap
protected by an ethylene-glycol with and/or radiator cap before refilling the
phosphate based coolant to prevent coolant to prevent the coolant from
corrosion and freezing. overflowing into engine parts, such as
the alternator.
ś DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
ś Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the

following table.

Mixture Percentage
Ambient (volume)
Temperature
Antifreeze Water
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
-25°C (-13°F) 40 60
-35°C (-31°F) 50 50
-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of -35°C
(-31°F) and higher.

9-33
Maintenance

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID
Checking the brake/clutch fluid Information
level Clean the filler cap before removing. Use
only DOT3 or DOT4 brake/clutch fluid
from a sealed container.

WARNING
If the brake/clutch system requires
frequent additions of fluid this could
indicate a leak in the brake/clutch
system. We recommend that the vehicle
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OOS090011K

Check the fluid level in the reservoir

periodically. The fluid level should be WARNING
between MAX and MIN marks on the side Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to come
of the reservoir. in contact with your eyes. If brake/
Before removing the reservoir cap clutch fluid comes in contact with
and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean your eyes, flush your eyes with clean
the area around the reservoir cap water for at least 15 minutes and get
thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid immediate medical attention.
contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX NOTICE
level. The level will fall with accumulated ś Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
mileage. This is a normal condition contact the vehicle’s body paint, as
associated with the wear of the brake paint damage will result.
linings.
ś Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
If the fluid level is excessively low, we exposed to open air for an extended
recommend that the system be checked time should never be used as its
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be disposed of properly.
Information ś Don’t put in the wrong kind of fluid. A
few drops of mineral-based oil, such
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid. as engine oil, in your brake/clutch
Refer to “Recommended lubricants and system can damage system parts.
capacities” in chapter 2.

Information
Before removing the brake/clutch filler
cap, read the warning on the cap.

9-34
 09
INTELLIGENT MANUAL TRANSMISSIONǣIMTǤ SYSTEM
ACTUATOR FLUID ǣIF EQUIPPEDǤ
Checking the iMT system CAUTION
actuator fluid level Do not allow iMT system actuator fluid
In normal driving conditions, the to contact the vehicle’s body paint, as
actuator fluid level does not go down paint damage will result.
rapidly.
The iMT system actuator fluid, which
However, oil consumption rate may has been exposed to open air for an
rise as vehicle mileage increases, and extended time should never be used
leakage in actuator related parts may as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It
result in increased consumption of the should be properly disposed.
iMT system actuator oil. Regularly check
Don’t put in the wrong kind of fluid. A
and make sure the iMT system actuator
few drops of mineral based oil, such as
oil fluid level is between MIN and MAX
engine oil, in your iMT system actuator
marks.
can damage iMT system actuator parts.
If the oil level is below MIN mark, have
the vehicle checked by a professional
workshop. We recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer/
service partner.
Use only the specified iMT system
actuator fluid. (Refer to Recommended
lubricants or capacities.) Never mix
different types of fluid.

NOTICE
Loss of iMT system actuator fluid
In the event the iMT system actuator
requires frequent additions of fluid,
have the system inspected by a
professional workshop.
We recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE
iMT system actuator fluid
When changing and adding iMT system
actuator fluid, handle it carefully.
Do not let it come in contact with your
eyes.
If iMT system actuator fluid should
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a doctor as
soon as possible.

9-35
Maintenance

WASHER FLUID PARKING BRAKE

Checking the washer fluid level Checking the parking brake

OOS090012K OOS057010

Check the fluid level in the washer fluid Check the stroke of the parking brake by
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain counting the number of “clicks’’ heard
water may be used if washer fluid is not while fully applying it from the released
available. However, use washer solvent position. Also, the parking brake alone
with antifreeze characteristics in cold should securely hold the vehicle on a
climates to prevent freezing. fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or
less than specified, we recommend that
the system be serviced by an authorized
WARNING HYUNDAI dealer.
To prevent serious injury or death, take
the following safety precautions when Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg
using washer fluid: (44 lbs, 196 N).
ś Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir. Engine coolant can
severely obscure visibility when
sprayed on the windshield and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to
paint and body trim.
ś Do not allow sparks or flames to
contact the washer fluid or the
washer fluid reservoir. Washer fluid
may contain alcohol and can be
flammable.
ś Do not drink washer fluid and avoid
contact with skin. Washer fluid is
poisonous to humans and animals.
ś Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.

9-36
 09
FUEL FILTER ǣFOR DIESELǤ AIR CLEANER
Draining water from fuel filter Filter replacement
The fuel filter in the diesel engine
operates the critical function of
separating water from the fuels and
preventing accumulating of water in the
base.
When enough water is accumulated
inside the fuel filter, the warning light
( ) illuminates with the ignition switch
in the ON position.
In this case, we recommend you to have
the system checked by an authorized
OOS090013K
HYUNDAI dealer.
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned for
inspection using compressed air.
NOTICE
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it, as
When the accumulated water is not water will damage the filter.
drained at the proper timing, water may
permeate in the fuel filter, damaging If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
the major vehicle components, such as replaced.
the fuel system.

Fuel filter cartridge replacement

We recommend the fuel filter cartridge
be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.

OOS090015K

1. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching

clips and open the cover.

9-37
Maintenance

Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element
more often than the usual recommended
intervals (refer to “Maintenance Under
Severe Usage Conditions” in chapter 9).

NOTICE
ś Do not drive with the air cleaner filter
OOS077016 removed. This will result in excessive
engine wear.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
ś When removing the air cleaner filter,
3. Replace the air cleaner filter. be careful that dust or dirt does not
4. Lock the cover with the cover enter the air intake, or damage may
attaching clips. result.
5. Check that the cover is firmly ś Use HYUNDAI genuine parts or the
installed. equivalent specified for your vehicle.
Use of parts without the matching
quality could damage the air flow
sensor.

9-38
 09
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
Filter inspection
If the vehicle is operated in the severely
air-polluted cities or on dusty rough
roads for a long period, it should be
inspected more frequently and replaced
earlier. When you, the owner, replace
the climate control air filter, replace it
performing the following procedure,
and be careful to avoid damaging other
components.
Replace the filter according to the OOS077019
Maintenance Schedule.
3. Remove the climate control air filter
case while pressing the lock on the
Filter replacement right side of the cover.

OOS077018

1. With the glove box open, remove the OPD076026

stoppers on both sides. 4. Replace the climate control air filter.

5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.

NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter
in the correct direction with the
DUURZV\PERO Ƣ IDFLQJGRZQZDUGV
otherwise, it may be noisy and the
effectiveness of the filter may be
reduced.

OOS077017

2. Remove the support strap (1).

9-39
Maintenance

WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Blade replacement
Contamination of either the windshield When the wipers no longer clean
or the wiper blades with foreign matter adequately, the blades may be worn or
can reduce the effectiveness of the cracked, and require replacement.
windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination are NOTICE
insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments
used by some commercial car washes. If To prevent damage to the wiper arms
the blades are not wiping properly, clean or other components, do not attempt to
both the window and the blades with a move the wipers manually.
good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water. NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper blade
NOTICE could result in wiper malfunction and
To prevent damage to the wiper blades, failure.
arms or other components, do not:
ś Use gasoline, kerosene, paint NOTICE
thinner, or other solvents on or near ś In order to prevent damage to the
them. hood and the wiper arms, the wiper
ś Attempt to move the wipers arms should only be lifted when in
manually. the top wiping position.
ś Use non-specified wiper blades. ś Always return the wiper arms to the
windshield before driving.

Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.

Information
Wiper blades are a consumable item and
normal wear of the wipers may not be
covered by your vehicle warranty.

9-40
 09
Type A Type B

OGSR076067 OLF074017

1. Raise the wiper arm.

OGSR076066

1. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then lift

up the wiper blade. OLF074018

2. While pushing the lock (1), pull down 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull
the wiper blade (2). down the blade assembly and remove
it.

OGSR076068

3. Remove the wiper blade from the

wiper arm.
4. Install a new wiper blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the
windshield.

9-41
Maintenance

Rear window wiper blade

OLF074019

3. Install the new blade assembly in the OTL075050

reverse order of removal.
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
4. Return the wiper arm on the wiper blade assembly.
windshield.

OTL075051

2. Install the new blade assembly by

inserting the center part into the slot
in the wiper arm until it clicks into
place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recommend
that the wiper blades be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-42
 09
BATTERY
WARNING ś When lifting a plastic-cased battery,
excessive pressure on the case may
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a
to you or bystanders, always follow battery carrier or with your hands on
these precautions when working near opposite corners.
or handling the battery: ś Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when ś NEVER attempt to recharge the
handling a battery. battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
Wear eye protection designed
to protect the eyes from acid ś The electrical ignition system works
splashes. with high voltage. NEVER touch
these components with the engine
Keep all flames, sparks, or running or when the ignition switch
smoking materials away from is in the ON position.
the battery.
Hydrogen is always present NOTICE
in battery cells, is highly ś When you do not use the vehicle for a
combustible, and may explode long time in a low temperature area,
if ignited. disconnect the battery and keep it
Keep batteries out of reach of indoors.
children. ś Always charge the battery fully to
prevent battery case damage in low
temperature areas.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid
which is highly corrosive. Do NOTICE
not allow acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing. If you connect unauthorized electronic
devices to the battery, the battery may
If acid gets into your eyes, flush your be discharged. Never use unauthorized
eyes with clean water for at least 15 devices.
minutes and get immediate medical
attention. If acid gets on your skin,
thoroughly wash the area. If you feel
pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.

9-43
Maintenance

For best battery service 1. CMF60L-BCI : The HYUNDAI model

name of battery
2. 12V : The nominal voltage
3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity
(in Ampere hours)
4. 92RC : The nominal reserve capacity
(in min.)
5. 550CCA : The cold-test current in
amperes by SAE
6. 440A : The cold-test current in
amperes by EN
OOS090016K

ś Keep the battery securely mounted. Battery recharging

ś Keep the battery top clean and dry. By battery charger
ś Keep the terminals and connections Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
clean, tight, and coated with calcium-based battery.
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. ś If the battery becomes discharged in a
ś Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the short time (because, for example, the
battery immediately with a solution headlights or interior lights were left
of water and baking soda. on while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
ś If the vehicle is not going to be used for 10 hours.
for an extended time, disconnect the
battery cables. ś If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at
Battery capacity label 20-30A for two hours.
Example
„

WARNING
Always follow these instructions when
recharging your vehicle’s battery to
avoid the risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid burns:
ś Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and place the Engine
Start/ Stop button to the OFF
OLMB073072 position.
The actual battery label in the vehicle ś Keep all flames, sparks, or smoking
may differ from the illustration. materials away from the battery.
ś Always work outdoors or in an area
with plenty of ventilation.

9-44
 09
ś Wear eye protection when checking By jump starting
the battery during charging. After a jump start from a good battery,
ś The battery must be removed from drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes
the vehicle and placed in a well before it is shutoff. The vehicle may
ventilated area. not restart if you shut it off before the
ś Watch the battery during charging, battery had a chance to adequately
and stop or reduce the charging recharge. See “Jump Starting” in chapter
rate if the battery cells begin boiling 6 for more information on jump starting
violently. procedures.
ś The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed last Information
when the battery is disconnected.
Disconnect the battery charger in the An inappropriately disposed of
following order: battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
(1) Turn off the battery charger main health.
switch.
Dispose of the battery according to your
(2) Unhook the negative clamp from local law(s) or regulations.
the negative battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp from Reset items
the positive battery terminal.
The following items may need to be reset
ś Always use a genuine HYUNDAI after the battery has been discharged or
approved battery or the equivalent the battery has been disconnected.
specified for your vehicle when you
replace the battery. ś Auto up/down window
ś Sunroof
ś Trip computer
CAUTION
ś Climate control system
AGM battery (if equipped)
ś Clock
ś Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free ś Audio system
and we recommend that the AGM
battery be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. For charging
your AGM battery, use only fully
automatic battery chargers that
are specially developed for AGM
batteries.
ś When replacing the AGM battery,
we recommend that you use parts
for replacement from an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
ś Do not open or remove the cap on
top of the battery. This may cause
leaks of internal electrolyte that
could result in severe injury.

9-45
Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS

WARNING Tire care
Tire failure may cause loss of vehicle For proper maintenance, safety, and
control resulting in an accident. To maximum fuel economy, you must
reduce risk of SERIOUS INJURY or always maintain recommended tire
DEATH, take the following precautions: inflation pressures and stay within the
load limits and weight distribution
ś Inspect your tires monthly for proper recommended for your vehicle.
inflation as well as wear and damage.
ś The recommended cold tire pressure
for your vehicle can be found in this
manual and on the tire label located
on the driver’s side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure gauge to
measure tire pressure. Tires with
too much or too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
ś Check the pressure of the spare
every time you check the pressure of
the other tires on your vehicle.
OOS087003
ś Replace tires that are worn, show
uneven wear, or are damaged. All specifications (sizes and pressures)
Worn tires can cause loss of braking can be found on a label attached to the
effectiveness, steering control, or driver’s side center pillar.
traction.
ś ALWAYS replace tires with the same Recommended cold tire inflation
size as each tire that was originally pressures
supplied with this vehicle. Using All tire pressures (including the spare)
tires and wheels other than the should be checked when the tires are
recommended sizes could cause cold. “Cold tires” means the vehicle has
unusual handling characteristics, not been driven for at least three hours
poor vehicle control, or negatively or has been driven for less than 1.6 km (1
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake mile).
System (ABS) resulting in a serious
Warm tires normally exceed
accident.
recommended cold tire pressures by 28
to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pressure
or the tires will be under-inflated. For
recommended inflation pressure, refer to
“Tire and Wheels” in chapter 2.

9-46
 09
WARNING Check tire inflation pressure
Recommended pressures must be Check your tires, including the spare tire,
maintained for the best ride, vehicle once a month or more.
handling, and minimum tire wear.
How to check
Over-inflation or under-inflation can
reduce tire life, adversely affect vehicle Use a good quality tire pressure gauge
handling, and lead to sudden tire failure to check tire pressure. You can not tell
that could result in loss of vehicle if your tires are properly inflated simply
control resulting in an accident. by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated when they are under-
Severe under-inflation can lead to inflated.
severe heat build-up, causing blowouts,
tread separation and other tire failures Remove the valve cap from the tire valve
that can result in the loss of vehicle stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the
control resulting in an accident. This valve to get a pressure measurement. If
risk is much higher on hot days and the cold tire inflation pressure matches
when driving for long periods at high the recommended pressure on the
speeds. tire and loading information label, no
further adjustment is necessary. If the
pressure is low, add air until you reach
CAUTION the recommended pressure. Make sure
ś Under-inflation results in excessive to put the valve caps back on the valve
wear, poor handling and reduced stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
fuel economy. Wheel deformation moisture could get into the valve core
is also possible. Keep your tire and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
pressures at the proper levels. If a missing, install a new one as soon as
tire frequently needs refilling, we possible.
recommend it be checked by an If you overfill the tire, release air by
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. pushing on the metal stem in the
ś Over-inflation produces a harsh ride, center of the tire valve. Recheck the tire
excessive wear at the center of the pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure
tire tread, and a greater possibility of to put the valve caps back on the valve
damage from road hazards. stems. Without the valve cap, dirt or
moisture could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.

9-47
Maintenance

Tire rotation WARNING

To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI ś Do not use the compact spare tire for
recommends that the tires be rotated tire rotation.
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or sooner
if irregular wear develops. ś Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
During rotation, check the tires for This may cause unusual handling
correct balance. characteristics that may cause loss
When rotating tires, check for uneven of vehicle control resulting in an
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is accident.
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure,
improper wheel alignment, out-of- Wheel alignment and tire
balance wheels, severe braking or severe balance
cornering. Look for bumps or bulges in
the tread or side of the tire. Replace the The wheels on your vehicle were aligned
tire if you find any of these conditions. and balanced carefully at the factory to
Replace the tire if fabric or cord is visible. give you the longest tire life and best
After rotation, be sure to bring the front overall performance.
and rear tire pressures to specification In most cases, you will not need to have
and check lug nut tightness (proper your wheels aligned again. However,
torque is 11~13 kgf·m [79~94 lbf·ft]). if you notice unusual tire wear or your
vehicle pulling one way or the other, the
Without a spare tire
„ alignment may need to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating when
driving on a smooth road, your wheels
may need to be rebalanced.

NOTICE
Incorrect wheel weights can damage
your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use
only approved wheel weights.

ODH073802

Disc brake pads should be inspected for

wear whenever tires are rotated.

Information
The outside and inside of the
unsymmetrical tire is distinguishable.
When installing an unsymmetrical tire, be
sure to install the side marked “outside”
facing the outside. If the side marked
“inside” is installed on the outside, it
will have a negative effect on vehicle
performance.

9-48
 09
Tire replacement ś When replacing tires (or wheels), it
is recommended to replace the two
A
front or two rear tires (or wheels)
as a pair. Replacing just one tire
can seriously affect your vehicle’s
handling. If only replacing one pair of
tires, it is recommended to install the
pair of new tires on the rear axle.
ś Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, HYUNDAI
recommends that tires be replaced
after six (6) years of normal service.
OLMB073027
ś Heat caused by hot climates or
[A] : Tread wear indicator
frequent high loading conditions can
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear accelerate the aging process. Failure
indicator will appear as a solid band to follow this warning may cause
across the tread. This shows there is less sudden tire failure, which could lead
than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) of tread left on the to a loss of vehicle control resulting
tire. Replace the tire when this happens. in an accident.
Do not wait for the band to appear across
the entire tread before replacing the tire. Compact spare tire replacement
(if equipped)
A compact spare tire has a shorter
WARNING tread life than a regular size tire.
To reduce the risk of DEATH or SERIOUS Replace it when you can see the tread
INJURY: wear indicator bars on the tire. The
ś Replace tires that are worn, show replacement compact spare tire should
uneven wear, or are damaged. be the same size and design tire as the
Worn tires can cause loss of braking one provided with your new vehicle
effectiveness, steering control, and and should be mounted on the same
traction. compact spare tire wheel. The compact
spare tire is not designed to be mounted
ś Always replace tires with the same on a regular size wheel, and the compact
size as each tire that was originally spare tire wheel is not designed for
supplied with this vehicle. Using mounting a regular size tire.
tires and wheels other than the
recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, WARNING
poor vehicle control, or negatively
affect your vehicle’s Anti-Lock Brake The original tire should be repaired or
System (ABS) resulting in a serious replaced as soon as possible to avoid
accident. failure of the spare and loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency
use only. Do not operate your vehicle
over 80 km/h (50 mph) when using the
compact spare tire.

9-49
Maintenance

Wheel replacement 1

When replacing the metal wheels for any 5, 6

reason, make sure the new wheels are 7
equivalent to the original factory units in
diameter, rim width and offset.
4
Tire traction 2
3
Tire traction can be reduced if you drive
on worn tires, tires that are improperly
inflated or on slippery road surfaces. 1
Tires should be replaced when tread OLMB073028
wear indicators appear. To reduce the
possibility of losing control, slow down 1. Manufacturer or brand name
whenever there is rain, snow or ice on Manufacturer or brand name is shown.
the road.
2. Tire size designation
Tire maintenance A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
In addition to proper inflation, correct size designation. You will need this
wheel alignment helps to decrease tire information when selecting replacement
wear. If you find a tire is worn unevenly, tires for your car. The following explains
have your dealer check the wheel what the letters and numbers in the tire
alignment. size designation mean.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This will Example tire size designation:
increase vehicle ride comfort and tire (These numbers are provided as an
life. Additionally, a tire should always example only; your tire size designator
be rebalanced if it is removed from the could vary depending on your vehicle.)
wheel. 205/60R16 92H
Tire sidewall labeling 205 - Tire width in millimeters.
This information identifies and describes 60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
the fundamental characteristics of height as a percentage of its width.
the tire and also provides the tire
identification number (TIN) for safety R - Tire construction code (Radial).
standard certification. The TIN can be 16 - Rim diameter in inches.
used to identify the tire in case of a 92 - Load Index, a numerical code
recall. associated with the maximum load
the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section for
additional information.

9-50
 09
Wheel size designation 3. Checking tire life
Wheels are also marked with important (TIN : Tire Identification Number)
information that you need if you ever Any tires that are over six years old,
have to replace one. The following based on the manufacturing date,
explains what the letters and numbers in (including the spare tire) should be
the wheel size designation mean. replaced by new ones. You can find the
Example wheel size designation: manufacturing date on the tire sidewall
6.5JX16 (possibly on the inside of the wheel),
displaying the DOT Code. The DOT Code
6.5 - Rim width in inches. is a series of numbers on a tire consisting
J - Rim contour designation. of numbers and English letters. The
16 - Rim diameter in inches. manufacturing date is designated by the
last four digits (characters) of the DOT
code.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size The front part of the DOT shows a plant
designation on the sidewall of the tire. code number, tire size and tread pattern
This symbol corresponds to that tire’s and the last four numbers indicate week
designed maximum safe operating and year manufactured.
speed. For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1521 represents that the
Speed Rating tire was produced in the 15th week of
Maximum Speed
Symbol 2021.
S 180 km/h (112 mph)
T 190 km/h (118 mph) 4. Tire ply composition and material
H 210 km/h (130 mph) The number of layers or plies of
rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
V 240 km/h (149 mph)
manufacturers also must indicate the
W 270km/h (168mph) materials in the tire, which include steel,
Y 300km/h (186mph) nylon, polyester, and others. The letter
“R” means radial ply construction; the
letter “D“ means diagonal or bias ply
construction; and the letter “B” means
belted-bias ply construction.

9-51
Maintenance

5. Maximum permissible inflation Tread wear

pressure The tread wear grade is a comparative
This number is the greatest amount rating based on the wear rate of the tire
of air pressure that should be put in when tested under controlled conditions
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum on a specified government test course.
permissible inflation pressure. Refer to For example, a tire graded 150 would
the Tire and Loading Information label wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well
for recommended inflation pressure. on the government course as a tire
graded 100.
6. Maximum load rating The relative performance of tires
This number indicates the maximum depends upon the actual conditions
load in kilograms and pounds that can be of their use, however, and may depart
carried by the tire. When replacing the significantly from the norm due to
tires on the vehicle, always use a tire that variations in driving habits, service
has the same load rating as the factory practices and differences in road
installed tire. characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
7. Uniform tire quality grading sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires. The
Quality grades can be found where tires available as standard or optional
applicable on the tire sidewall between equipment on your vehicle may vary with
tread shoulder and maximum section respect to grade.
width.
For example: Traction - AA, A, B & C
TREAD WEAR 200 The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades
TRACTION AA represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet
TEMPERATURE A pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government
test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction
performance.

9-52
 09
WARNING Low aspect ratio tires
The traction grade assigned to this tire A low aspect ratio tire, of which the
is based on straight-ahead braking aspect ratio is lower than 50, is designed
traction tests, and does not include for a sporty-look vehicle. The low
acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, aspect ratio is to optimize handling and
or peak traction characteristics. braking. Thus, it may be uncomfortable
to ride and it may generate noises, in
comparison with a normal tire.
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the tire’s CAUTION
resistance to the generation of heat The side wall of a low aspect ratio tire
and its ability to dissipate heat when is shorter than the nor- mal one. Thus,
tested under controlled conditions on a the low-aspect wheel and tire are
specified indoor laboratory test wheel. easily dam- aged. Follow the below
Sustained high temperature can cause instructions.
the material of the tire to degenerate ś When driving on a rough road or
and reduce tire life, and excessive driving off a road, be careful not to
temperature can lead to sudden tire damage the tires and wheels. After
failure. Grades B and A represent higher driving, inspect the tires and wheels.
levels of performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum required ś When passing over a pothole, speed
by law. bump, manhole, or curb stone,
slowly drive the vehicle not to
damage the tires and wheels.
WARNING ś When there is an impact on a tire,
The temperature grade for this tire is inspect the tire condition, or we
established for a tire that is properly recommend to contact an authorized
inflated and not overloaded. Excessive HYUNDAI dealer.
speed, under-inflation, over-inflation, ś Inspect the tire condition and
or excessive loading, either separately pressure every 3,000 km (1,800
or in combination, can cause heat build- miles) to prevent a tire damage.
up and possible sudden tire failure. ś It is difficult to recognize a tire
This may cause loss of vehicle control damage only with your eyes. When
resulting in an accident. there is a slight hint of a tire damage,
check and replace the tire to prevent
the damage caused by air leakage.
ś When a tire is damaged while
driving on a rough road, off a road,
or over obstacles, such as a pothole,
manhole, or curb stone, your
warranty does not cover the damage.
ś The tire information is specified on
the tire side wall.

9-53
Maintenance

FUSES
Blade type
„ If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, turn the
engine and all switches off, and then
disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
A B the same rating.
Cartridge type
„ If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem.
Avoid using the system involved. We
recommend that you immediately
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

A B
Multi fuse
„ Information
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type
for lower amperage rating, cartridge
type, and multi fuse for higher amperage
ratings.

A B WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but
another fuse of the same rating.
ś A higher capacity fuse could cause
damage and possibly cause a fire.
ś Do not install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse -
even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
A B

OLF074075 NOTICE
[A] : Normal, [B] : Blown
Do not use a screwdriver or any other
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected metal object to remove fuses because
from electrical overload damage by it may cause a short circuit and damage
fuses. the system.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster,
the other in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle’s lights,
accessories, or controls do not work,
check the appropriate circuit fuse. If a
fuse has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.

9-54
 09
Instrument panel fuse
replacement

OOS090030L
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
OOS070028 engine compartment fuses panel.
1. Turn the vehicle off. 6. Check the removed fuse; replace it if
2. Turn all other switches OFF. it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in
3. Open the fuse panel cover. the instrument panel fuse panels (or in
the engine compartment fuse panel).
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the 7. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
suspected fuse location. and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend
to have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not need
for operating the vehicle, such as the
cigarette lighter fuse.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the fuses
are undamaged, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse is
blown, it must be replaced with the same
rating.

9-55
Maintenance

Fuse switch Engine compartment panel fuse

replacement
Blade type fuse
„

OOS077027

Always, place the fuse switch to the ON OOS090031L

position. Cartridge type fuse
„
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as the audio
system and digital clock must be reset
and the smart key may not work properly.

Information

OOS090032L

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert the
OPDE046119 fuse, use the fuse puller in the engine
compartment fuse panel.
If the fuse switch is OFF, “Turn on FUSE
SWITCH” message will appear. (if 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
equipped) and make sure it fits tightly in the
clips. If it fits loosely, we recommend
to have the system checked by an
NOTICE authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ś Always place the fuse switch in the
ON position while driving the vehicle. NOTICE
ś Do not move the transportation fuse
After checking the fuse panel in the
switch repeatedly. The fuse switch
engine compartment, securely install
may be damaged.
the fuse panel cover. You may hear a
clicking sound if the cover is securely
latched. If it is not securely latched,
electrical failure may occur from water
contact.
9-56
 09
Main fuse Multi fuse

OOS090038E OOS090033L

1. Turn the engine off. If the multi fuse is blown, it must be

2. Turn all other switches off. removed as follows:
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by 1. Turn the vehicle off.
pressing the tab and pulling it up. 2. Disconnect the negative battery
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture cable.
above. 3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
5. Replace the fuse with a new one of pressing the tab and pulling it up.
the same rating. 4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of above.
removal. 5. Replace the fuse with a new one of
the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
Information removal.
If the main fuse is blown, we recommend
that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI If the multi fuse is blown, we recommend
dealer. that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

9-57
Maintenance

Fuse/Relay panel description Information

Driver’s side fuse panel Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle.
It is accurate at the time of printing. When
you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle,
refer to the fuse box label.

OOS070028

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you can

find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.

OOS090050L

9-58
 09
Driver’s side fuse panel

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
Emergency Call (E-Call) Module,
Front Wireless Charger Unit, ATM Shift Lever IND.,
Driver Console Switch, Electro Chromic, Mirror,
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
1.5A
5
MODULE5 MODULE
Low ISG Converter, Data Link Connector, AMP,
Crash Pad Switch, Head Lamp LH/RH,
A/C Control Module, Front/Rear Seat Warmer
Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Control Module

7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, BCM, ATM Shift Lever

3
MODULE3 MODULE

SUNROOF1 20A Sunroof Unit

T/GATE OPEN 10A Tail Gate Relay

LH Power Window LH Relay,

P/WDW LH 25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD)
ISG DC-DC Convertor, Audio,
MULTI MEDIA
MULTI
15A
MEDIA
A/V & Navigation Head Unit
RH Power Window RH Relay,
P/WDW RH 25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD)
DRV
P/SEAT DRV 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

PASS
P/SEAT PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch

EPB Switch, BCM, Front View Camera, 4WD ECM,

7.5A
4
MODULE4 MODULE
Dosing Control Module, Clutch Master Cylinder
3
PDM3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

POWER 2
POWER
20A ICM Relay Box (Power Outlet Relay)
OUTLET2 OUTLET

Foot Lamp LH/RH, Vanity Lamp LH/RH,

INTERIOR 7.5A Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp,
LAMP Glove Box Lamp

E-CALL 7.5A Emergency Call (E-Call) Module

9-59
Maintenance

Driver’s side fuse panel

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating

B/A HORN 10A ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)

A/C Control Module, Rain Sensor,

Electro Chromic Mirror, Head Up, Display,
MEMORY1 MEMORY 10A Instrument Cluster, Dirver Console Switch,
Blind-Spot, Collision Warning Unit LH/RH,
ICM Relay Box (Outside Folding/Unfoling Relay)

S/HEATER RR 20A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module

AMP AMP 30A ISG DC-DC Convertor, AMP

7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

6
MODULE6 MODULE

MDPS 1 7.5A MDPS Unit

Paseenger Console Switch, Hazard Switch,

7.5A
1
MODULE1 MODULE
Data Link Connector
Front Air Ventilation Seat Module,
7.5A Cooling Fan Controller,
7
MODULE7 MODULE
Front/Rear Seat Warmer Module
IND
A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Module

BRAKE BRAKE
7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
SWITCH
SWITCH
Transmission Range Switch (A/T),
START 7.5A
ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay)

CLUSTER CLUSTER 7.5A Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster

Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay,

DR/LOCK 20A
ICM Relay Box (T/Turn Unlock & D/Lock Relay)
2
PDM2 7.5A Immobilizer Module

FCA 10A Front Radar Unit

9-60
 09
Driver’s side fuse panel

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
S/HEATER Front Seat Warmer Module,
20A
FRT Front Air Ventilation Seat Module

A/CON SW 20A A/C Control Module

A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block

A/C 7.5A
(RLY.1, RLY.10, RLY.11 RLY.13)
1 Smart Key Control Module,
PDM1 15A
Start/Stop Button Switch

SPARE 10A Spare

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module

IG1 IG1 25A PCB Block (FUSE : F10-1, F10-2, F12, F14, F16)

Emergency Call (E-Call) Module,

Front USB Charger, Smart Key, Control Module,
10A
2
MODULE2 MODULE
BCM, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
ICM Relay Box (P/Outlet2 Relay)

WASHER 15A Multifunction Switch

LO/HI

Wiper 10A BCM

RR WIPER 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

FRT Front Wiper Motor,

WIPER FRT 25A
PCM Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)
HEATED Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror,
10A
MIRROR A/C Control Module, ECM
POWER 1
POWER
20A Front Power Outlet #2
OUTLET OUTLET

SPARE 15A Spare

HEATED 15A BCM

STEERING

9-61
Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel Information

Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle.
It is accurate at the time of printing. When
you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle,
refer to the fuse box label.

OOS090034L

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, you can

find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.

OOS090051L

9-62
 09
Engine compartment fuse panel

Relay No. Symbol Relay Name

RLY.1 E61 PTC Heater #2 Relay

2
RLY.2 E62 Cooling Fan #2 Relay
3

RLY.3 E63 PDM #3 (IG1) Relay

(IG1)

1
RLY.4 E64 Srart #1 Relay

RLY.5 E65 Fuel Filter Heater Relay

4

RLY.6 E66 PDM #4 (IG2) Relay

(IG2)

FUEL
RLY.7 E67 PUMP Fuel Pump Relay

RLY.8 E68 PDM #2 (ACC) Relay

1
RLY.9 E69 Cooling Fan #1 Relay

RLY.10 E70 Blower Relay

RLY.11 E71 PTC Heater #1 Relay

RLY.12 E72 Rear Defogger Relay

RLY.13 E73 PTC Heater #3 Relay

RLY.14 E74 DCU Relat

9-63
Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

Type
Name
180A
(G4FJ/D4FE) E/R Junction Block (Fuse - F19, F20, F21,
MAIN MAIN 150A F22, F23, F24-1, F24-2, F25), Alternator
MULTI
FUSE-1 (G3LE/G4FP)

MDPS 1 80A MDPS Unit

5 PCB Block (Fuse - F1, F2, F3, F6),

BATT5 60A
Engine Control Relay)
2
BATT2 60A IGPM ((Fuse - F30), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)

3
BATT3 60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7)

4 IGPM (Fuse - F3, F4, F5, F7, F8, F9, F12,

BATT4 50A
F15, F17, F18)

C/FAN 60A/50A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2, RLY.9)

MULTI
FUSE-2 40A
(W/O EPB)
ABS1 ESP Control Module
60A
(With EPB)

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch

IG1 IG1 40A With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block
(RLY.3, RLY.8)
W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch
IG2 IG2 40A With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block
(RLY.6, RLY.4)

9-64
 09
Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse
Type Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
T1
TCM 15A TCM

CLUTCH 15A Electronic Clutch Module

ACTUATOR 2

CLUTCH 40A Electronic Clutch Module

ACTUATOR 1
VACUUM
V/PUMP PUMP 20A Vacuum Pump

FUEL
F/PUMP PUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.7)

1 IGPM ((Fuse - F21, F24, F27, F28,

BATT1 40A
F33), Leak Current Autocut Device)
1
DCT1 DCT 40A TCM
FUSE
2
DCT2 DCT 40A TCM

DCT3 40A SGA

BATTERY 15A E/R Juntion Block (Fuse - F32, F33)

MANAGEMENT1

RR HTD 40A E/R Juntion Block (RLY. 12)

TRAILER 40A Trailer Module

4WD 20A 4WD ECM

2 ESP Control Module,

ABS2 40A
Data Link Connector

9-65
Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Fuse
Type Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating

CVVD 40A CVVD Actuator

EOP 40A Electronic Oil Pump

FUSE
DCU 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.14)

F/FILTER 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.5)

GLOW 80A Glow Relay Unit

[D4FE/G3LE/G4FP] Cooling Fan

COOLING FAN2 80A
Motor
MULTI PTC1 50A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)
FUSE-3
PTC2 50A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1)

PTC3 50A E/R Junction Block (RLY.13)

DCU4 15A Dosing Control Module

BATTERY 10A BMS Control Module

MANAGEMENT2
FUSE BATTERY 10A BMS Control Module
MANAGEMENT3

DCU3 20A Dosing Control Module

DCU2 20A Dosing Control Module

9-66
 09
Engine compartment fuse panel (PCB Block)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
A/CON 10A PCB Block (A/C Comp Relay)
COMP

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)

ECU3 15A ECM/PCM

SPARE 10A Not Used

[G4FP/G4NJ] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4

IGN COIL 20A
[G3LE] Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3
[D4FE] Front Nox Sensor, Rear Nox Sensor,
DCU 20A
PM (Particulate Matter) Sensor

ECU4 15A ECM/PCM

[G4FP/G4NJ/G3LE] Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down)

SENSOR1 15A [D4FE] Air Flow Sensor, Pressure Decay Valve,
Lambda Sensor (Up/Down)
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 7)
SENSOR3 10A
[D4FE] E/R Junction Block (RLY. 5)

INJECTOR 15A [G4NJ] Injector #1/#2/#3/#4

[G3LE/D4FE] Mild Hybrid Starter & Generator

MHSG 15A
Motor (Signal)
[W/O Mild HEV & DCT] TCM, Transaxle Range
TCU2 15A Switch
[W/O Mild HEV & CVT] Inhibitor Switch

ECLUTCH 15A [With Mild HEV] Electronic Clutch Module

ECU1 20A ECM/PCM

ABS3 10A Data Link Connector, ESP Control Module

[G4FP/G3LE] ECM
ECU2 10A
[D4FE] Electronic VGT Actuator, PTC Heater

9-67
Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel (PCB Block)

Fuse
Fuse Name Symbol Circuit Protected
Rating
[G4NJ] Electronic Oil Pump
SENSOR4 15A
[D4FE] Disel Heater, Glow Relay Unit
SENSOR2 15A [D4FE] Disel Heater, Glow Relay Unit
[G4FP/G3LE] Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
Variable Oil Pump, Oil Control Valve #1 (Intake),
Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust),
RCV Control Solenoid, E/R Junction Block (RLY. 11),
PCB Block (A/C Comp Relay)
[G4NJ] Oil Pressure Solenoid Valve,
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1
(Intake), Oil Control Valve #2 (Exhaust),
Variable Intake Solenoid,
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 11, RLY. 2, RLY 9),
PCB Block (A/C Comp Relay)
[D4FE] Air Flow Sensor,
E/R Junction Block (RLY. 11, RLY. 2, RLY 9),
PCB Block (A/C Comp Relay)
ECM/PCM
ECU5 10A
[G4FP/G3LE] CVVD Actuator

9-68
 09
Engine compartment fuse panel Information
(Battery terminal cover)
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle;
the information is accurate at the time of
printing. When you inspect the fuse panel
in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel
label.

OOS090035L

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you can

find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/
relay names and ratings.

OOS090052L

NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the cover.
If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur from water contact.

9-69
Maintenance

LIGHT BULBS
We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer to replace
Information
most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult The headlamp and tail lamp lenses could
to replace vehicle light bulbs because appear frosty if the vehicle is washed after
other parts of the vehicle must be driving or the vehicle is driven at night
removed before you can get to the bulb. in wet weather. This condition is caused
This is especially true for removing the by temperature difference between the
headlamp assembly to get to the bulb(s). lamp inside and outside and, it does not
Removing/installing the headlamp indicate a problem with your vehicle.
assembly can result in damage to the When moisture condenses in the lamp,
vehicle. it will be removed after driving with the
headlamp on. The removable level may
differ depending on lamp size, lamp
WARNING position and environmental condition.
However, if moisture is not removed, we
Prior to working on a light, firmly recommend that your vehicle is inspected
apply the parking brake, ensure that by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
the ignition switch is in the LOCK/OFF
position and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehicle and Information
burning your fingers or receiving an
electric shock. The headlamp aiming should be adjusted
after an accident or after the headlamp
assembly is reinstalled. We recommend to
NOTICE consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Be sure to replace the burned-out bulb
with one of the same wattage rating.
Otherwise, it may cause damage to the
Information
fuse or electrical wiring system. - Traffic Change (for Europe)
The low beam light distribution is
asymmetric. If you go abroad to a country
with opposite traffic direction, this
asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car
driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation
demand several technical solutions (ex.
automatic change system, adhesive sheet,
down aiming). These headlamps are
designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So,
you need not change your headlamps in a
country with opposite traffic direction.

9-70
 09
Headlamp, position lamp, turn ś Always handle them carefully, and
signal lamp and daytime running avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
light bulb replacement liquids.
Type A
ś Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
ś A bulb should be operated only when
installed in a headlamp.
ś If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and
carefully dispose of it.

OOS090017K

(1) Turn signal lamp

(2) Headlamp (High/Low)
(3) Daytime running light (if equipped) /
Position lamp (LED)
(4) Daytime running light (if equipped) /
Position lamp (LED)
(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped) OOS090054L

Headlamp
WARNING 1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the bulb cover (1) by turning
it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the bulb socket-
connector. (for low beam and high
beam)
5. Remove the bulb from the headlamp
assembly.
6. Install a new bulb.
OLMB073042L
7. Connect the bulb socket-connector.
ś Handle halogen bulbs with care. (for low beam and high beam)
Halogen bulbs contain pressurized 8. Install the bulb cover by turning it
gas that will produce flying pieces clockwise.
of glass that could cause injuries if
broken.
ś Wear eye protection when changing
a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down
before handling it.

9-71
Maintenance

Type B

OOS090054L

Turn signal lamp OOS090017K

1. Open the hood. (1) Headlamp (High) (LED)
2. Disconnect the negative battery (2) Headlamp (Low) (LED)
cable.
(3) Daytime running light /
3. Remove the bulb cover (2) by turning Position lamp/
it counterclockwise. Turn signal lamp (LED) (if equipped)
4. Disconnect the bulb socket- (4) Daytime running light /
connector. Position lamp/
5. Remove the bulb from the assembly. Turn signal lamp (LED) (if equipped)
6. Install a new bulb. (5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)
7. Connect the bulb socket-connector.
8. Install the bulb cover by turning it WARNING
clockwise.

Daytime running light and position lamp

If the LED lamp does not operate, we
recommend that you have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

OLMB073042L

ś Handle halogen bulbs with care.

Halogen bulbs contain pressurized
gas that will produce flying pieces
of glass that could cause injuries if
broken.
ś Wear eye protection when changing
a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool down
before handling it.

9-72
 09
ś Always handle them carefully, and Front fog lamp (if equipped)
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
ś Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
ś A bulb should be operated only when
installed in a headlamp.
ś If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately and
carefully dispose of it.
OOS090059L

Daytime running light, position lamp, turn 1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of the
signal lamp, and head lamp under cover and then remove the
If the LED lamp does not operate, we undercover.
recommend that you have the vehicle 2. Reach your hand into the back of the
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI front bumper.
dealer. 3. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing (1) by turn the socket align
with the slots of the housing.
5. Install a new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
sockise.

9-73
Maintenance

Headlamp and front fog lamp Front fog lamp aiming

aiming (for Europe)
Headlamp aiming
Bulb type
„ LED type
„

OOS090058L

The front fog lamp can be aimed as the

OOS090056L OOS090057L same manner of the headlamps aiming.
With the front fog lamps and battery
1. Inflate the tires to the specified in normal condition, aim the front fog
pressure and remove any loads from lamps. To aim the front fog lamp up
the vehicle except the driver, spare or down, turn the driver clockwise or
tire, and tools. counterclockwise.
2. The vehicle should be placed on a flat
floor.
3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines
passing through respective head
lamp centers) and a horizontal line
(Horizontal line passing through
center of head lamps) on the screen.
4. With the headlamp and battery in
normal condition, aim the headlamps
so the brightest portion falls on the
horizontal and vertical lines.
5. To aim the low beam left or right,
turn the driver clockwise or
counterclockwise. To aim the low
beam up or down, turn the driver
clockwise or counterclockwise.
To aim the high beam up or
down, turn the driver clockwise or
counterclockwise.

9-74
 09
Aiming point
Halogen lamp
„

LED lamp
„

OOS070048L/OOS070049L

H1 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (Low beam)
H2 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (High beam)
H3 : Height between the fog lamp bulb center and ground
W1 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (Low beam)
W2 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (High beam)
W3 : Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centers

Lamp
Vehicle condition H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3
type
Without driver 625 617 1506 1320
Halogen 332
(24.6) (24.28) (59.27) (51.95)
(13.06)
mm (in) LED 628 (24.71) 1503 (59.15) 880
With driver 617 608 1504 1320 (34.63)
Halogen 323
(24.28) (23.93) (59.15) (51.95)
(12.71)
mm (in) LED 620 (24.4) 1503 (59.15)

9-75
Maintenance

Headlamp low beam (LHD side)

Based on 10m screen
„
&DUD[LV
9HUWLFDOOLQHRIOHIW
KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU
9HUWLFDOOLQHRIULJKW
KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU

+RUL]RQWDOOLQHRI
KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU

&XWRIIOLQH


+
: /RZEHDP
/RZEHDP

*5281'

OPDE076082

1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.

2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.
3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the
horizontal aiming.
4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device
switch to “0”.

9-76
 09
Headlamp low beam (RHD side)
Based on 10m screen
„
&DUD[LV
9HUWLFDOOLQHRIOHIW
KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU
9HUWLFDOOLQHRIULJKW
KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU

+RUL]RQWDOOLQHRI
KHDGODPSEXOEFHQWHU

&XWRIIOLQH


+
: /RZEHDP
/RZEHDP

*5281'

OPDE076083

1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.

2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.
3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the
horizontal aiming.
4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device
switch with 0 positions.

9-77
Maintenance

Front fog lamp

Based on 10m screen
„

1. Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center

2. Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb center
3. Cut-off line
4. Car axis
5. W3 (Front fog)
6. Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center
7. H3 (Front fog)
8. GROUND
OOS077065L

1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard.

2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region).

9-78
 09
Side repeater lamp replacement Rear combination lamp bulb
replacement
Type A (Standard)
„

OOS077039

If the light bulb does not operate, we OOS090018K

recommend that you have the vehicle Type B (LED)
„
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

OOS090018K

OOS090036L

(1) Stop/Tail lamp

(2) Tail lamp(Type A),
Stop/Tail lamp (Type B)
(3) Turn signal lamp (Bulb) (Type A)
Turn signal lamp (LED) (Type B)
(4) Rear fog lamp
(LHD : Left side, RHD : Right side)
(5) Backup lamp
(LHD : Right side, RHD : Left side)

9-79
Maintenance

OOS077066L OOS077068L

Stop/Tail lamp 4. Remove the rear combination lamp

1. Turn off the engine. assembly from the body of the
vehicle.
2. Open the tailgate.
5. Remove the socket from the
3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining assembly by turning the socket
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver. counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into
the socket and rotating it until it locks
into place.
8. Install the socket into the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with
the slots in the assembly. Push the
socket into the assembly and turn the
socket clockwise.
9. 9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.

9-80
 09
Tail / Stop lamp (Type B)
If the LED lamp does not operate, we
recommend that you have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.

Turn signal lamp / Back up lamp / Rear

fog lamp
If these lamps do not operate, we
recommend that you have the vehicle
OOS077069L checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Tail lamp (Type A)
1. Turn off the engine. High mounted stop lamp
2. Open the tailgate. replacement
3. Remove the service cover using a flat-
blade screwdriver.
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on the
assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on the
bulb align with the slots in the socket.
OOS090053L
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into If the high mounted stop does not
the socket and rotating it until it locks operate, we recommend that you
into place. contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7. Install the socket into the assembly by The LED lamps cannot be replaced as
aligning the tabs on the socket with a single unit because it is an integrated
the slots in the assembly. Push the unit. The LED lamps has to be replaced
socket into the assembly and turn the with the unit.
socket clockwise.
A skilled technician should check or
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the repair the LED lamp, for it may damage
body of the vehicle. related parts of the vehicle.

9-81
Maintenance

License plate light bulb Interior light bulb replacement

replacement Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror
lamp and luggage compartment
lamp
Map lamp (Type A)
„

OOS077043

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently

pry the lens cover from the lamp OOS077053
housing. Map lamp (Type B)
„
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OOS077044

9-82
 09
Room lamp (Type A)
„ Glove box lamp
„

OOS077054 OOS077047
Room lamp (Type B)
„ 1. Using a flat-head screwdriver, gently
pry the lens from the interior light
housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb into the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap the
lens into place.

OOS077045
NOTICE
Vanity mirror lamp
„
Be careful not to damage the cover, tab,
and plastic housing.

OOS077046
Luggage compartment lamp
„

OOS077048

9-83
Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits.
NOTICE
A mild soap, safe for use on painted
If you park your vehicle near a stainless surfaces, may be used.
steel sign or glass facade building, the
After washing, rinse the vehicle
vehicle’s exterior plastic parts such
thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
as a bumper, spoiler, garnish, lamp
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
or outside rearview mirror might be
damaged due to sunlight reflected from
the sign or building. To prevent damage NOTICE
of the exterior plastic parts, you should ś Do not use strong soap, chemical
avoid parking in areas where light may detergents or hot water, and do not
be reflected or use a car cover. (The wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
exterior plastic parts applied to your or when the body of the vehicle is
vehicle may vary.) warm.
Exterior general caution ś Be careful when washing the side
windows of your vehicle.
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical Especially, with high-pressure water,
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and water may leak through the windows
caution statements that appear on the and wet the interior.
label. ś To prevent damage to the plastic
parts and lamps, do not clean
Finish maintenance with chemical solvents or strong
detergents.
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly WARNING
and frequently at least once a month Wet brakes
with lukewarm or cold water.
After washing the vehicle, test the
If you use your vehicle for off-road brakes while driving slowly to see if
driving, you should wash it after each they have been affected by water. If
off-road trip. Pay special attention to the braking performance is impaired, dry
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt, the brakes by applying them lightly
mud, and other foreign materials. Make while maintaining a slow forward
sure the drain holes in the lower edges speed.
of the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.

9-84
 09
High-pressure washing NOTICE
ś When using high-pressure washers, Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
make sure to maintain sufficient
Automatic car wash which uses rotating
distance from the vehicle.
brushes should not be used as this can
Insufficient clearance or excessive damage the surface of your vehicle. A
pressure can lead to component steam cleaner which washes the vehicle
damage or water penetration. surface at high temperature may result
ś Do not spray the camera, sensors or the oil to adhere and leave stains that is
its surrounding area directly with a difficult to remove.
high pressure washer. Shock applied Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber towel
from high pressure water may cause or sponge) when washing your vehicle
the device to not operate normally. and dry with a microfiber towel. When
ś Do not bring the nozzle tip close to you hand wash your vehicle, you should
boots (rubber or plastic covers) or not use a cleaner that finishes with wax.
connectors as they may be damaged If the vehicle surface is too dirty (sand,
if they come into contact with high dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the
pressure water. surface with water before washing the
car.

Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier between
your paint and contaminate. Keeping
a good coat of wax on your vehicle will
help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
OOS090046K paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
NOTICE
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
ś Water washing in the engine with a spot remover will usually strip the
compartment including high wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
pressure water washing may cause these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
the failure of electrical circuits does not yet need waxing.
located in the engine compartment.
ś Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.

9-85
Maintenance

NOTICE NOTICE
ś Wiping dust or dirt off the body with Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped)
a dry cloth will scratch the finish. In case of matte paint finish vehicles,
ś Do not use steel wool, abrasive it is impossible to modify only the
cleaners, or strong detergents damaged area and repair of the whole
containing highly alkaline or part is necessary. If the vehicle is
caustic agents on chrome-plated or damaged and painting is required,
anodized aluminum parts. This may we recommend that you have your
result in damage to the protective vehicle maintained and repaired by
coating and cause discoloration or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
paint deterioration. extreme care, as it is difficult to restore
the quality after the repair.
NOTICE
Bright-metal maintenance
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped) ś To remove road tar and insects, use
a tar remover, not a scraper or other
Do not use any polish protector such as sharp object.
a detergent, an abrasive and a polish.
In case wax is applied, remove the wax ś To protect the surfaces of bright-
immediately using a silicon remover metal parts from corrosion, apply a
and if any tar or tar contaminant is on coating of wax or chrome preservative
the surface use a tar remover to clean. and rub to a high luster.
However, be careful not to apply too ś During winter weather or in coastal
much pressure on the painted area. areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
Finish damage repair preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
Deep scratches or stone chips in the jelly or other protective compound.
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major repair
expense.

NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement,
be sure the body shop applies anti-
corrosion materials to the parts
repaired or replaced.

9-86
 09
Underbody maintenance NOTICE
Corrosive materials used for ice and ś Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
snow removal and dust control may polishing compound, solvent, or wire
collect on the underbody. If these brushes on aluminum wheels.
materials are not removed, accelerated ś Clean the wheel when it has cooled.
rusting can occur on underbody parts
such as the fuel lines, frame, floor pan ś Use only a mild soap or neutral
and exhaust system, even though they detergent, and rinse thoroughly
have been treated with rust protection. with water. Also, be sure to clean the
wheels after driving on salted roads.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or ś Do not wash the wheels with high-
cold water once a month, after off-road speed car wash brushes.
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay ś Do not use any cleanser containing
special attention to these areas because acid or alkaline detergents.
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt.
It will do more harm than good to wet Corrosion protection
down the road grime without removing Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
it. The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have drain By using the most advanced design
holes that should not be allowed to clog and construction practices to combat
with dirt; trapped water in these areas corrosion, we produces vehicles of the
can cause rusting. highest quality. However, this is only
part of the job. To achieve the long-term
corrosion resistance your vehicle can
WARNING deliver, the owner’s cooperation and
assistance is also required.
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If Common causes of corrosion
braking performance is impaired, dry The most common causes of corrosion
the brakes by applying them lightly on your vehicle are:
while maintaining a slow forward ś Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
speed. allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
Aluminum wheel maintenance ś Removal of paint or protective
The aluminum wheels are coated with a coatings; by stones, gravel, abrasion
clear protective finish. or minor scrapes and dents which
leave unprotected metal exposed to
corrosion.

9-87
Maintenance

High-corrosion areas To help prevent corrosion

If you live in an area where your vehicle is You can help prevent corrosion from
regularly exposed to corrosive materials, getting started by observing the
corrosion protection is particularly following:
important. Some of the common causes
of accelerated corrosion are road salts, Keep your vehicle clean
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
The best way to prevent corrosion is
industrial pollution.
to keep your vehicle clean and free of
corrosive materials. Attention to the
Moisture breeds corrosion underside of the vehicle is particularly
Moisture creates the conditions in important.
which corrosion is most likely to occur. ś If you live in a high-corrosion area —
For example, corrosion is accelerated where road salts are used, near the
by high humidity, particularly when ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
temperatures are just above freezing. In acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
such conditions, the corrosive material is care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
kept in contact with the vehicle surfaces hose off the underside of your car at
by moisture that is slow to evaporate. least once a month and be sure to
Mud is particularly corrosive because clean the underside thoroughly when
it is slow to dry and holds moisture in winter is over.
contact with the vehicle. Although the ś When cleaning underneath the
mud appears to be dry, it can still retain vehicle, give particular attention to
moisture and promote corrosion. the components under the fenders
High temperatures can also accelerate and other areas that are hidden
corrosion of parts that are not properly from view. Do a thorough job; just
ventilated so the moisture can be dampening the accumulated mud
dispersed. rather than washing it away will
For all these reasons, it is particularly accelerate corrosion rather than
important to keep your vehicle clean and prevent it. Water under high pressure
free of mud or accumulations of other and steam are particularly effective
materials. This applies not only to the in removing accumulated mud and
visible surfaces but particularly to the corrosive materials.
underside of the vehicle. ś When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

9-88
 09
Keep your garage dry Interior care
Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, Interior general precautions
poorly ventilated garage. This creates Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
a favorable environment for corrosion. cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner
This is particularly true if you wash your and air freshener from contacting the
vehicle in the garage or drive it into the interior parts because they may cause
garage when it is still wet or covered with damage or discoloration. If they do
snow, ice or mud. Even a heated garage contact the interior parts, wipe them off
can contribute to corrosion unless it is immediately.
well ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
See the instructions that follow for the
proper way to clean vinyl.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should
be covered with “touch-up” paint as NOTICE
soon as possible to reduce the possibility Never allow water or other liquids
of corrosion. If bare metal is showing to come in contact with electrical/
through, the attention of a qualified body electronic components inside the
and paint shop is recommended. vehicle as this may damage them.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are NOTICE

highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours. When cleaning leather products
Always remove bird droppings as soon as (steering wheel, seats etc.), use neutral
possible. detergents or low alcohol content
solutions. If you use high alcohol
Don’t neglect the interior content solutions or acid/ alkaline
detergents, the color of the leather may
Moisture can collect under the floor mats fade or the surface may get stripped off.
and vehicle peting to cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.

9-89
Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and interior Leather (if equipped)

trim ś Features of seat leather
Vinyl (if equipped) - Leather is made from the outer skin
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl of an animal, which goes through a
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner. special process to be available for
Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner. use. Since it is a natural product,
each part differs in thickness or
Fabric (if equipped) density.
Remove dust and loose dirt from Wrinkles may appear as a natural
fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum result of stretching and shrinking
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution depending on the temperature and
recommended for upholstery or carpets. humidity.
Remove fresh spots immediately with - The seat is made of stretchable
a fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do fabric to improve comfort.
not receive immediate attention, the - The parts contacting the body are
fabric can be stained and its color can be curved and the side supporting
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties area is high which provides driving
can be reduced if the material is not comfort and stability.
properly maintained. - Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
NOTICE product.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect the CAUTION
fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant
properties. ś Wrinkles or abrasions which appear
naturally from usage are not covered
by warranty.
ś Belts with metallic accessories,
zippers or keys inside the back
pocket may damage the seat fabric.
ś Make sure not to wet the seat. It may
change the nature of natural leather.
ś Jeans or clothes which could bleach
may contaminate the surface of the
seat covering fabric.

9-90
 09
ś Caring for the leather seats Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
- Vacuum the seat periodically to webbing
remove dust and sand on the seat. It Clean the belt webbing with any
will prevent abrasion or damage of mild soap solution recommended for
the leather and maintain its quality. cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover the instructions provided with the soap.
often with dry or soft cloth. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing
- Use of proper leather protector may because this may weaken it.
prevent abrasion of the cover and
helps maintain the color. Be sure to Cleaning the interior window glass
read the instructions and consult If the interior glass surfaces of the
a specialist when using leather vehicle become fogged (that is, covered
coating or protective agent. with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they
- Light colored (beige, cream beige) should be cleaned with glass cleaner.
leather is easily contaminated and Follow the directions on the glass cleaner
the stain is noticeable. Clean the container.
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may NOTICE
cause the surface to crack. Do not scrape or scratch the inside of
ś Cleaning the leather seats the rear window. This may result in
- Remove all contaminations damage to the rear window defroster
instantly. Refer to instructions below grid.
for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until
contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural
leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.

9-91
Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM

The emission control system of your 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited system
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Service The positive crankcase ventilation system
Passport in your vehicle. is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
Your vehicle is equipped with an from the crankcase. This system supplies
emission control system to meet all fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
emission regulations. the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
There are three emission control systems the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which are as follows. which then pass through the PCV valve
(1) Crankcase emission control system into the induction system.
(2) Evaporative emission control system
2. Evaporative emission control
(3) Exhaust emission control system
system
In order to ensure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it The Evaporative Emission Control System
is recommended that you have your is designed to prevent fuel vapors from
car inspected and maintained by escaping into the atmosphere.
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance Canister
schedule in this manual. Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
CAUTION running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
For the Inspection and Maintenance canister are drawn into the surge tank
Test (with Electronic Stability Control through the purge control solenoid valve.
(ESC) system)
ś To prevent the vehicle from misfiring Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
during dynamometer testing, turn The purge control solenoid valve
the Electronic Stability Control is controlled by the Engine Control
(ESC) system off by pressing the ESC Module (ECM); when the engine coolant
switch. temperature is low during idling, the
ś After dynamometer testing is PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel
completed, turn the ESC system back is not taken into the engine. After the
on by pressing the ESC switch again. engine warms-up during ordinary
driving, the PCSV opens to introduce
evaporated fuel to the engine.

9-92
 09
3. Exhaust emission control Operating precautions for catalytic
system converters (if equipped)
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls WARNING
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance. ś A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle.
Engine exhaust gas precautions Do not park, idle, or drive the vehicle
over or near flammable objects, such
(carbon monoxide) as dry grass, paper, leaves, etc.
ś Carbon monoxide can be present with
ś The exhaust system and catalytic
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if
system are very hot while the engine
you smell exhaust fumes of any kind
is running or immediately after the
inside your vehicle, have it inspected
engine is turned off. Keep away from
and repaired immediately. If you ever
the exhaust system and catalytic
suspect exhaust fumes are coming
converter as you may get burned.
into your vehicle, drive it only with
all the windows fully open. Have Also, do not remove the heat sink
your vehicle checked and repaired around the exhaust system, do not
immediately. seal the bottom of the vehicle and
do not coat the vehicle for corrosion
control. It may present a fire risk
WARNING under certain conditions.
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon
monoxide (CO). Though colorless and
odorless, it is dangerous and could be
lethal if inhaled. Follow the instructions
following to avoid CO poisoning.

ś Do not operate the engine in confined

or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
ś When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
ś Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
ś When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.

9-93
Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic Gasoline particulate filter (GPF)

converter emission control device. (if equipped)
Therefore, the following precautions The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)
must be observed: system removes the soot in the exhaust
ś Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gas.
gasoline engines. The GPF system automatically burns
ś Do not operate the vehicle when (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in
there are signs of engine malfunction, accordance with driving situations,
such as misfire or a noticeable loss of unlike a disposable air filter.
performance. In other words, the accumulated soot is
ś Do not misuse or abuse the engine. automatically purged out by the engine
Examples of misuse are coasting with control system and by the high exhaust-
the engine off and descending steep gas temperature at normal/ high driving
grades in gear with the engine off. speeds.
ś Do not operate the engine at high However, when the vehicle is continually
idle speed for extended periods (5 driven at repeated short distances or
minutes or more). driven at low speed for a long time,
ś Do not modify or tamper with any the accumulated soot may not be
part of the engine or emission control automatically removed because of low
system. We recommend that all exhaust gas temperature. In this case,
inspections and adjustments are the accumulated soot may reach a
made by an authorized HYUNDAI certain amount regardless of the soot
dealer. oxidization process, then the GPF lamp
will illuminate.
ś Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. If you run out of gasoline, it The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)
could cause the engine to misfire Lamp stops illuminating, when the
and result in excessive loading of the driving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph)
catalytic converter. with engine RPM 1,500 ~ 4,000 and the
gear in the 3rd position or above for
Failure to observe these precautions approximately 30 minutes.
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle. When the GPF lamp starts to blink or
the warning message “Check exhaust
Additionally, such actions could void system” pops up even though the
your warranties. vehicle was driven as mentioned above,
we recommend that you have the
GPF system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
With the GPF lamp blinking for an
extended period of time, it may damage
the GPF system and lower the fuel
economy.

9-94
 09
CAUTION Diesel particulate filter (DPF)
(if equipped)
Gasoline Fuel (if equipped with GPF)
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system
We recommend you to use only the removes the soot in the exhaust gas.
regulated gasoline fuels, when your
vehicle is equipped with the GPF The DPF system automatically burns
system. (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in
accordance with driving situations,
When you use other gasoline fuels, unlike a disposable air filter.
which are high in sulfurs (above 50
ppm) or that contain unspecified In other words, the accumulated soot is
additives, they may damage the automatically purged out by the engine
GPF system and cause white smoke control system and by the high exhaust-
emissions. gas temperature at normal/ high driving
speeds.
However, when the vehicle is continually
driven at repeated short distances or
driven at low speed for a long time, the
accumulated soot may not be
automatically removed because of low
exhaust gas temperature. In this case,
the accumulated soot is out of the
detection range, the soot oxidization
process does not occur, and the Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp ( )
Illuminates.
The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp
stops illuminating, when the driving
speed exceeds 60 km/h (37mph), or
when the engine RPM is between 1,500
and 2,500 with the gear in the 2nd
position or above for approximately 25
minutes.
When the DPF Lamp continuously blinks
or the warning message “Check exhaust
system” illuminates in the above cases,
we recommend that you have the
DPF system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
When the vehicle is continuously driven
with the DPF Lamp flashing for an
extended period of time, it may damage
the DPF system and lower the fuel
economy.

9-95
Maintenance

CAUTION Selective Catalytic Reduction

Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)
(if equipped)
The Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR)
We recommend you to use only the
system is to catalytically convert NOx
regulated diesel fuels, when your
to Nitrogen and Water by using the
vehicle is equipped with the DPF
reduction agent, the urea solution.
system.
When you use other diesel fuels, which Urea gauge (if equipped)
are high in sulfurs (above 50 ppm) or
that contain unspecified additives, they
may damage the DPF system and cause
white smoke emissions.

Lean NOx Trap (if equipped)

The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) system
removes the nitrogen oxide from the
exhaust gas. A smell can occur in the
exhaust gas depending on the quality
of the fuel, and it can degrade NOx
reduction performance. Please use the OTM048163L
regulated automotive diesel fuel.
The urea solution gauge indicates the
approximate amount of remaining urea
solution inside the urea solution tank.
à The urea gauge image pops up,
whenever the ignition switch is
pressed to the ON position.

9-96
 09
Low urea warning message In this case, the tank soon needs to be
(if equipped) refilled. The remaining urea in the tank
approaches to too low level the warning
message “Refill Urea tank or vehicle
will not start” with SCR warning lamp
( ). “xxx km (mile)” represents the
remaining travel distance allowed, so
do not continue driving to the limit of
the remaining travel distance without
refilling.
Otherwise, the vehicle can’t be
restarted once the engine is turned off
by ignition key. Based on the driving
pattern, environmental condition and
road profile, the deducted remaining
mileage may differ from the actual travel
distance.
When “Low Urea” or “Refill Urea”
message is displayed, add enough urea.
When “Refill Urea tank or vehicle will
not start” message is displayed, fill up
enough urea. When “Refill Urea tank
or vehicle will not start” message is
displayed with SCR warning lamp ( ),
the vehicle can’t be restarted once the
engine is turned off by ignition key. For
the above cases, full replenishment is
always recommended.

OOS078080L/OOS078081L/OOS078082L/OOS078083L

The lack warning messages of Urea

appear below Urea 5.4 liter. When
the warning message “Low Urea” is
displayed with SCR warning lamp ( ),
the urea tank needs to be refilled. If not
refilled for a considerable mileage, visual
warning system will escalate the intensity
by displaying the message “Refill Urea”
with SCR warning lamp ( ).

9-97
Maintenance

Malfunction with the SCR system (if equipped)

Driving 50 km after detecting a
Upon detecting a malfunction
malfunction

Urea system failure

(= no urea injection)

OOS078084L OTM078078L

Incorrect urea
detected
(= abnormal urea)

OTM078077L OOS078087L

Abnormal
urea-solution
consumption
(= post treatment
failure)
OTM078078L OOS078088L

SCR system has malfunction due to disconnected electrical components, incorrect

urea and so on.
“xxx km(mile)” represents the remaining travel distance allowed, so do not continue
driving to the limit of the remaining travel distance without fixing the source of the
malfunction. Otherwise, the vehicle can’t be restarted once the engine is turned
off by ignition key. In this case, we recommend that the system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-98
 09
Clearing the vehicle-restarting restriction (if equipped)

No restart

Low urea solution level

OOS078083L

Urea system failure

(= no urea injection)

OOS078089L

Incorrect urea detected

(= abnormal urea)

OOS078090L

Abnormal urea-solution consumption

(= post treatment failure)

OOS078089L

Once the inducement system reached to final status and disabled the vehicle restart, it
will only be deactivated in case the urea tank is replenished or the malfunctions have
been rectified. If the vehicle can’t be restarted with “Refill Urea tank or vehicle will not
start” message, refill enough urea, wait for minutes and try vehicle starting again. If
vehicle starting is not possible regardless of urea level, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-99
Maintenance

Adding the urea solution To refill the urea solution from the refill
bottle
1. Press the ignition switch to the OFF
position
2. Turn the urea solution tank cap in a
counterclockwise direction to open it.
3. Fully add the ISO 22241-specified urea
solution or above the mark on the
urea solution tank.
❈ Pay the great caution not to add
the urea solution into the fuel tank.
OOS048415 If not, it surely applies adverse
impact on the vehicle performance,
To refill the urea solution from the refill causing various malfunctions.
hose
❈ Pay the great caution not to over-
1. Press the ignition switch to the OFF fill the (completely) fulfilled urea
position. solution tank by force while refilling
2. Turn the urea solution tank cap in a the urea solution from the refill
counterclockwise direction to open it. bottle. The over-filled urea solution
3. Fully insert the refill hose to fully add tank will be expanded when it
the ISO 22241-specified urea solution becomes frozen and this can cause
or above the mark on the urea a serious malfunction of the urea
solution tank. solution tank or urea solution
system.
❈ Pay the great caution not to add
the urea solution into the fuel tank. ❈ Never use the urea solution mixture
If not, it surely applies adverse with additives or water. It may allow
impact on the vehicle performance, foreign substances to enter the urea
causing various malfunctions. solution tank. If so, it surely applies
adverse impact on the vehicle
❈ Never use the urea solution mixture performance, causing various
with additives or water. It may allow malfunctions.
foreign substances to enter the urea
solution tank. If so, it surely applies ❈ Use only the ISO 22241-specified
adverse impact on the vehicle urea solution. Any unauthorized
performance, causing various urea solution surely applies
malfunctions. adverse impacts on the vehicle
performance, causing various
❈ Use only the ISO 22241-specified malfunctions.
urea solution. Any unauthorized
urea solution surely applies 4. Turn the urea solution tank cap in a
adverse impacts on the vehicle clockwise direction to securely close
performance, causing various it.
malfunctions. Adding the urea solution: Every
4. Turn the urea solution tank cap in a approximately 5,600 km (The urea
clockwise direction to securely close solution consumption is dependent on
it. the road profile, driving pattern and
environmental condition)
❈ It takes some time to update the
cluster gauges after the UREA
injection.

9-100
 09
WARNING ś When the urea solution contacts
with the eyes or the skin, you should
ś Do not apply any external impact on thoroughly wash the contaminated
the DPF system. It may damage the skin area.
catalyst, which is equipped inside ś When you swallow the urea solution,
the DPF system. thoroughly rinse your mouth and
ś Do not arbitrarily modify or drink a lot of fresh water. Then,
manipulate the DPF system by immediately consult a doctor.
redirecting or lengthen the exhaust ś When your cloth is contaminated
pipe. It may adversely impact the with the urea solution, immediately
DPF system. change your cloth.
ś Avoid contact with the drained water ś When you have an allergic reaction
from the exhaust pipe. The water is to the urea solution, immediately
slightly acid and harmful to skin. If consult a doctor.
contacted, thoroughly wash it.
ś Do not allow a child to contact the
ś Any arbitrary manipulation or urea solution.
modification of the DPF system may
cause a system malfunction. The DPF ś Wipe off any urea solution spillage
system is controlled by the complex with water or cloth. When the urea
device. solution is crystalized, wipe it off
with the sponge or the cloth, which
ś Wait for the DPF system to cool down is dampened in the cold water. When
before the maintenance service, as the urea solution spillage is exposed
it is hot due to the heat generation. in the air for an extended period
Otherwise, it may case a skin burn. of time, it is crystalized in white,
ś Add only the specified urea solution, damaging the vehicle surface.
when your vehicle is equipped with ś The urea solution is not the fuel
the urea solution system. additives. Thus, it should not be
ś The urea solution system (i.e. urea injected to the fuel tank. Otherwise,
solution nozzle, urea solution pump, it may damage the engine.
and DCU) operates for approximately ś The urea solution is the aqueous
2 minutes more to eliminate the solution, which is inflammable, non-
remaining urea solution inside, even toxic, colorless and odorless.
after the ignition switch is pressed
to the OFF position. Before the ś Store the urea solution tank only in
maintenance service, make sure the well-ventilated locations. When
that the urea solution system is the urea solution is exposed to the
completely turned OFF. hot temperature at approximately
50°C for an extended period of time
ś The poor urea solution or the (i.e. under the direct sunlight), the
unauthorized liquids may damage chemical decomposition may occur,
the vehicle components, including emitting the ammonia vapor.
the DPF system. Any unverified
additives in the urea solution may
clog the SCR catalyst and cause
other malfunctions, which require
the expensive DPF system to be
replaced.

9-101
Maintenance

Storing the urea solution Urea solution purity

ś It is improper to store the urea ś The following situations may damage
solution in the containers made with the DPF system.
the certain materials (i.e. aluminum, - Fuels or any unauthorized liquids
copper, copper alloy, non-alloyed are added into the urea solution
still, and galvanized steel). The tank.
urea solution dissolves the metal
materials, severely damaging the - Additives are mixed in the urea
exhaust purification system to be non- solution.
repairable. - Water is added to dilute the urea
ś Store the urea solution only in the solution.
containers made with the following ś Use only the ISO 22241- or DIN7007O-
materials. specified urea solution. When any
(DIN EN 10 088-1-/-2-/-3-specified unauthorized urea solution is added
CR-Ni steel, Mo-Cr-Ni steel, to the tank, we recommend you to
polypropylene, and polyethylene) contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
ś When any unauthorized impurities
enter the urea solution tank, it may
occur the following problems.
- Increased emission
- Malfunction with the DPF system
- Engine failure
Never add the used urea solution,
which is drained from the tank (i.e.
while maintaining the vehicle). Its purity
cannot be guaranteed. Always add the
new urea solution.

Liquid such as diesel,

gasoline and alcohol
shall never be used
for SCR system.
Specification Any fluid other than
of the recommended urea
standard urea solution (conform to
solution ISO22241 or DIN70070)
can damage SCR
system hardware and
deteriorate vehicle
emission.

9-102
 09
WARNING Incorrect urea or diluted urea can
increase the freezing point, and thus
ś When opening the urea solution tank defrosting may not be properly done
cap at high outside temperatures, by the heater which is activated
ammonia vapors may escape. below certain temperatures. This
Ammonia vapors have a pungent phenomenon may cause malfunction
smell and primarily cause irritation of the SCR system which can lead to
of the: the prohibition of engine restarting.
- Skin ś The time to defrost the urea
- Mucous membranes solution varies in accordance with
- Eyes driving conditions and outside
temperatures.
You may experience a burning
sensation in your eyes, nose and
throat, as well as coughing and CAUTION
watering of the eyes. Do not inhale ś If defective urea solution or liquid
ammonia vapors. Do not allow urea that is not recommended is supplied,
solution to come in direct contact there may be damage on the parts
with your skin. It is hazardous to of the vehicle such as processing
your health. Wash any affected areas device. If defective fuel is used,
off with plenty of clean water. If foreign objects will be accumulated
necessary, consult a doctor. to SCR catalyst and cause catalyst
ś When handling with urea solution pushed away or breaking.
in closed space, ensure good After adding the incorrect urea
ventilation. When the bottle of solution, please visit the closest
urea solution container is opened, service center as early as possible.
pungent smelling fumes may escape.
ś Liquid that are not recommended
ś Keep urea solution out of reach of such as diesel, gasoline, and alcohol
children. shall never be used other than the
ś When urea solution overflows into recommended urea solution that
vehicle surface, wash out vehicle satisfy ISO22241 or DIN70070.
surface with clean water to prohibit
corrosion from occurring.
When replenishing, be careful lest
the urea solution should overflow.
ś In case the vehicle was parked at
very low ambient temperature
(below 11 dgree Celcius) for a long
time, the urea solution will be
frozen in the urea solution tank.
With frozen urea, the tank level may
not be detected correctly until the
urea solution will be defrosted by
activated heater.

9-103
Maintenance

VETRARAKSTUR
Slæm veðurskilyrði á veturna valda Snjóhjólbarðar
hröðu sliti á hjólbörðum og öðrum
vandamálum. Til að lágmarka vandamál
við vetrarakstur ættir þú að fara eftir VARÚÐ
eftirfarandi ábendingum: Snjóhjólbarðar ættu að vera af sömu
stærð og gerð og stöðluð gerð fyrir
Snjór eða hálka ökutækið. Annars getur það haft slæm
Nauðsynlegt er að halda hæfilegri áhrif á öryggi og akstur bílsins.
fjarlægð við næsta ökutæki fyrir framan. Ef þú setur snjóhjólbarða á ökutækið
Stígðu varlega á bremsurnar. Hraðakstur, þitt skaltu gæta þess að nota
skyndileg hröðun, nauðhemlun og þverbandahjólbarða af sömu stærð
krappar beygjur geta falið í sér mikla og burðarsviði og upprunalegu
hættu. Þegar dregið er úr hraða er ráðlegt hjólbarðana.
að beita vélarhemlun sem kostur er. Setjið vetrarhjólbarða á öll fjögur
Skyndileg beiting hemla á snævi þöktum hjólin til að tryggja örugga stýringu
eða ísuðum vegum kann að valda því að ökutækisins við öll veðurskilyrði.
ökutækið renni til. Gripið sem snjóhjólbarðar veita
Við akstur í djúpum snjó kann að vera á þurrum vegum er kannski ekki
nauðsynlegt að nota vetrarhjólbarða eða jafnmikið og upprunalegir hjólbarðar
setja keðjur á hjólbarðana. ökutækisins veita. Ráðfærið ykkur við
söluaðila hjólbarðanna um ráðlagðan
Ávallt skal hafa neyðarbúnað meðferðis. hámarkshraða.
Æskilegur búnaður getur verið
snjókeðjur, dráttakaðlar eða -keðjur,
vasaljós, neyðarblys, sandur, skófla, Upplýsingar
startkaplar, ísskafa, hanskar, snjómotta, Áður en negldir hjólbarðar eru settir á er
samfestingar, teppi o.s.frv. rétt að kynna sér reglur um notkun slíkra
hjólbarða á hverjum stað.

9-104
 09
Snjókeðjur VARÚÐ
Notkun dekkjakeðju getur haft neikvæð
áhrif á meðhöndlun ökutækja:
ś Akið ekki hraðar en 30 km/klst. eða
sem nemur þeim hámarkshraða sem
framleiðandi keðjanna mælir með,
hvort sem reynist lægra.
ś Akið gætilega og sneiðið hjá þústum,
holum, kröppum beygjum og öðrum
hættum á veginum, sem gætu valdið
hristingi ökutækisins.
OOS060004K
ś Forðist krappar beygjur og læsta
Hliðar þverofinna hjólbarða eru þynnri hemlun.
en á öðrum gerðum hjólbarða og
sumar gerðir snjókeðja geta því valdið
skemmdum á þeim. Því er ráðlegt að nota Upplýsingar
vetrarhjólbarða fremur en keðjur, ef þess ś Settu dekkjakeðjur á framdekkin.
er kostur. Settu ekki keðjur á hjólbarða Það skal tekið fram að það að setja
á ökutækjum sem búin eru álfelgum. dekkjakeðjur á dekkin mun veita meiri
ef óhjákvæmilegt er, notaðu snjókeðju drifkraft, en kemur ekki í veg fyrir
af vírgerð. Ef nota verður dekkjakeðjur hliðarslit.
skaltu nota ósvikna HYUNDAI hluta ś Áður en negldir hjólbarðar eru settir á
eða sambærilegt sem tilgreint er fyrir er rétt að kynna sér reglur um notkun
ökutækið og setja dekkjakeðjuna upp slíkra hjólbarða á hverjum stað.
eftir að hafa farið yfir leiðbeiningarnar
sem fylgja dekkjakeðjunum.
Ábyrgðartrygging framleiðanda
ökutækisins tekur ekki til skemmda á
ökutækinu sem hljótast af rangri notkun
snjókeðja.

9-105
Maintenance

Uppsetning keðja ATHUGIÐ

Þegar þú ert að setja dekkjakeðjur skaltu Þegar dekkjakeðjur eru notaðar:
fylgja leiðbeiningum framleiðanda og
ś Rangar keðjur eða rangar uppsettar
festa þær eins vel og mögulegt er. Keyrðu
keðjur geta skemmt bremsulínur,
hægt (innan við 30 km / klst.) Með
fjöðrun, yfirbyggingu og hjól
keðjur uppsettar. Ef þú heyrir keðjurnar
ökutækisins.
hafa samband við yfirbyggingu eða
undirvagn skaltu stöðva og herða þær. ś Notaðu SAE „S“ flokk eða vírkeðjur.
Ef þeir ná samt sambandi skaltu hægja á ś Ef þú heyrir hávaða sem stafar af
þér þar til hávaðinn stöðvast. Fjarlægðu keðjum sem hafa samband við
dekkjakeðjurnar um leið og þú byrjar að líkamann skaltu herða keðjuna aftur
keyra á vegum sem eru hreinsaðir. til að koma í veg fyrir snertingu við
Þegar snjókeðjur eru settar upp yfirbyggingu ökutækisins.
skal leggja ökutækinu á sléttum ś Til að koma í veg fyrir
fleti fjarri umferð. Kveikið á líkamsskemmdir skaltu herða
hættuljósum ökutækisins og setjið keðjurnar aftur eftir að hafa keyrt 0,5
viðvörunarþríhyrning upp fyrir aftan það ~ 1,0 km (0,3 ~ 0,6 mílur).
(ef hann er til staðar). Hafið ökutækið ś Ekki nota dekkjakeðjur á ökutækjum
ávallt í handbremsu og drepið á vélinni með álhjólum. Ef það verður ekki
áður en snjókeðjur eru settar á. komist hjá því, notaðu þá vírkeðju.
ś Notaðu vírkeðjur sem eru minna en
12 mm á breidd til að koma í veg fyrir
skemmdir á tengingu keðjunnar.

9-106